The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink About400 S Baldwin Ave T-62 - 2026 - Bacio Di LatteDate Modified: Scale: Project No.: Drawn By: Date Description 2535 N.T.S. Cover Sheet AT A0.0 73200 El Paseo, Suite 2D Palm Desert, CA 92260 gregoryarch.com 760.779.2724 3/19/26 400 S. BALDWIN AVE. SUITE T-62, ARCADIA, CA 91007 BACIO DI LATTE - THE SHOPS AT SANTA ANITA All drawings and written material appearing herein constitute original and unpublished work of Gregory Architects. This document contains proprietary information furnished for the limited purpose of evaluation, bidding, or review and may not be duplicated, used, or disclosed without the prior written consent of Gregory Architects. S T A T E OF CA L I F O R NIA C-36489 GEOFFREY GREGORY 05-31-20 LIC E N S E D ARCHIT E C T 1/30/26 1ST PERMIT SUBMITTAL 3/19/26 2ND PERMIT SUBMITTAL1 3ND PERMIT SUBMITTAL24/14/26 △△△△△△ 400 S. BALDWIN AVE. SUITE T-62 & Storage Unit S48 Arcadia, CA 91007 T E N A N T I M P R O V E M E N T F O R B A C I O D I L A T T E Building: Electrical: Plumbing: Mechanical: Energy: Fire: Green Building: 2025 California Building Code (Volumne 1&2) w/ City Amendments 2025 California Electrical Code w/ City of Arcadia Amendment 2025 California Plumbing Code w/ City Amendments 2025 California Mechanical Code w/ City Amendment 2025 California Energy Code w/ City Amendments 2025 California Fire Code w/ City Amendments 2025 California Green Building Standards Code w/ City Amendments 2025 City of Arcadia Municipal Code SHEET INDEXABBREVIATIONS PROJECT DATASYMBOLS LEGEND PROJECT DIRECTORY VICINITY MAP REFERENCE CODES OCCUPANCY LOAD DIAGRAMS ACT Acoustic Ceiling Tile AD Area Drain AFF Above Finished Floor ALUM Aluminum ANOD Anodized BSMT Basement BYND Beyond BO By Others BOT Bottom BOB Bottom Of Beam CIP Cast In Place CHNL Channel CJ Control Joint CLG Ceiling CLR Clear CMU Concrete Masonry Unit COL Column CONC Concrete CONT Continuous CPT Carpet CT Ceramic Tile CTYD Courtyard DEMO Demolish or Demolition DIA Diameter DIM Dimension DN Down DR Door DWG Drawing E Existing EA Each EJ Expansion Joint EL Elevation ELEC Electrical ELEV Elevator or Elevation EQ Equal EXT Exterior FD Floor Drain or Fire Department FEC Fire Extinguisher Cabinet FF Finish Floor FIN Finish FIXT Fixture FLR Floor FND Foundation FO Face Of FRP Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic GA Gauge GALV Galvanized GYP Gypsum Wall Board HC Hollow Core HI High HM Hollow Metal HP High Point HR Hour HS Hard Surface HVAC Heating, Ventilating, & Air Conditioning IRGWB Impact Resistant Gypsum Wall Board ILO In Lieu Of INSUL Insulated or Insulation INT Interior LO Low LP Low Point MAX Maximum MO Masonry Opening MECH Mechanical MEMBR Membrane MIN Minimum MRGWB Moisture-Resistant Gypsum Wall Board MTL Metal N New NIC Not In Contract NO Number NOM Nominal OC On Center OFCI OFOI Owner Furnished Owner Installed OH Overhang or Opposite Hand OPP Opposite or Opposite Hand PCC Pre-Cast Concrete PLUMB Plumbing PLYD Plywood PT Pressure Treated or Paint PNT Paint or Painted PVC Polyvinyl Chloride RBR Rubber RCP Reflected Ceiling Plan RD Roof Drain REQD Required RM Room SIM Similar SPEC Specified OR Specification SPK Sprinkler or Speaker SSTL Stainless Steel STC Sound Transmission Coefficient STL Steel STRUCT Structure or Structural SV Sheet Vinyl Base T&G Tongue And Groove TELE Telephone TO Top Of TOC Top Of Concrete TOE Top Of Eave TOP Top Of Parapet TOSH Top Of Sheathing TOSM Top Of Sheet Metals TOS Top Of Steel TOW Top of Wall TYP Typical UNO Unless Noted Otherwise VIF Verify In Field WC Wall Covering WGYP Waterproof Gypsum Board WD Wood REVISION REFERENCE SECTION REFERENCE DATUM POINT WALL TYPE CALL OUT REPETITIVE DIMENSION CENTER LINE ALIGN FINISH SURFACE ELEVATION REFERENCE ENLARGED CALLOUT DETAIL REFERENCE KEY NOTE SYMBOL WINDOW SYMBOLDOOR SYMBOL Sheet Number Detail Number 00 A0.0 Section Number Sheet Number 00 A0.0 Detail Number Sheet Number 00 A0.0 Elevation Numbers Elevation Reference Sheet Number 00 A0.0 A C B CL ALIGN 00 A0.0 Sheet Number Detail Number 4'-0 1/4" 00 0 F.F 0'-0" 1 ROOM NUMBER & NAME Work Point Datum Point Control Point Top of Elevation NAME00 BACIO DI LATTE 6800 Owensmouth Avenue, Suite 350 Canoga Park, CA 91303 Contact: Vitor Spagnolli Tel: 424-944-7226 Email: vitor@baciodilatte.us GREGORY ARCHITECTS 73200 El Paseo, Suite 2D Palm Desert, CA 92260 Contact: Chiara V. Gregory Tel: 760-779-2724 Email: chiara@gregoryarch.com ALPHA MEP 333 City Boulevard West, Suite 1741a Orange, CA 92868 Contact: Jeremy Hatfield Tel: 614-561-4277 Email: jeremyh@alphamep.net - Contact: - Tel: - Riderwood USA, Inc. 400 S. Baldwin Ave, Suite 231 Arcadia, CA 91007, Contact: Shannon Ysaac Tel: 626-462-8510 Email: Shannon@shopsatsantaanita.com TENANT: ARCHITECT: MEP ENGINEER: GENERAL CONTRACTOR: LANDLORD: PROJECT DESCRIPTION: SCOPE OF WORK: ADDRESS: APN: ZONING: CONSTRUCTION TYPE: SPRINKLERED: NUMBER OF STORIES: PARKING: EXISTING USE: PROPOSED USE: GROSS SQ FOOTAGE: NET SQ FOOTAGE: STORAGE ROOM SQ FOOTAGE: OCCUPANT LOAD: Tenant Improvement of a new ±924 sf gelato shop in an existing space, formerly "Pressed Juicery". Includes minor demolition, electrical, mechanical and plumbing, new finishes, equipment and furniture. 400 S. Baldwin Ave. Suite T-62 & Storage Unit S48, Arcadia, CA 91007 5775-031-043 (C-R) REGIONAL COMMERCIAL TYPE II-A Yes 2 Not adding square footage or change of use. Parking to remain unchanged. B B 924 sf NO CHANGE 799 sf NO CHANGE 99 sf NO CHANGE CBC 2022 Table 1004.5 Square Footage Load Factor Occupant Load 155 sf 15 net 11 66 sf 5 net 14 99 sf 300 gross 1 288 sf 200 gross 2 924 sf 28 Function of Space Assembly (Unconcentrated tables & chairs): Standing (Queue Line): Assembly Storage Areas: Kitchen: Total: CBC 2022 Ch.10 B Occupancy with occupant load < 50 Required: 1 Exit Provided: 1 Exits Max. common path of travel distance is 100' as stated in Table 1006.2.1 CBC 2022 EXITING REQUIREMENTS: CPC 2022 Tables 422.1, 4-1 with Exception 3 The required urinal shall be permitted to be omitted Square Footage Load Factor Occupant Load 924 sf 150 7 TOILET FACILITY PROVIDED WITHIN 300 LINEAR FEET, REFER TO SHEET A1.0 FOR LOCATION PLUMBING FIXTURE COUNT: Type of Occupancy B VENDOR LIST SIGNAGE:Sign vendor shall be responsible for preparing drawings and obtaining separate signage permits as required by local jurisdiction. Submit to architect for approval. FIRE SPRINKLER AND FIRE ALARM:Design/Built. GC. shall responsible for preparing drawings and obtaining all building permits as req'd. by local jurisdiction. GC shall submit layout to Architect for approval. In business and mercantile occupancies with a total occupant load of 50 or less including customers and employees, one toilet facility, designed for use by no more than one person at a time, shall be permitted for use by both sexes. The total number of required water closets for females shall be not less than the total number of required water closets and urinals for males. [BSC] This requirement shall not apply when single occupancy toilet facilities are provided for each sex in an A or E occupancy with an occupant load of less than 50 DEFERRED SUBMITTAL 1. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATING DELIVERY AND INSTALLATION DATES WITH ALL VENDORS AT BEGINNING OF PROJECT. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE UPDATED WRITTEN CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE TO ALL VENDORS. PRODUCT COMPANY CONTACT PHONE EMAIL SIGNAGE WH 64'-0" < 100'-0" E N 400 S.Baldwin Ave, Suite T-62 Arcadia, CA 91007 18x54 18x36 18x36 18x3618x36 18x36 6 5 4 3 2 1 ARCHITECTURAL •A0.0 COVER SHEET A0.1 GENERAL NOTES •A0.2 CALGREEN •A0.3 CALGREEN •A0.4 CALGREEN •A0.5 CALGREEN •A0.6 ACCESSIBILITY NOTES •A0.7 ACCESSIBILITY NOTES (CONT.) A1.0 EXISTING DISABLED ACCESSBILITY SITE PLAN •A1.1 PROPOSED ROOF PLAN A2.0 EXISTING / DEMO & PROPOSED FLOOR PLAN •A2.1 FINISH & FURNITURE / EQUIPMENT FLOOR PLAN A2.2 POWER PLAN •A3.0 EXISTING / DEMO & PROPOSED RCP A3.1 PROPOSED RCP A3.2 RCP LIGHTING PLAN A5.0 FOH INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A5.1 BOH INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A5.2 ENLARGED COUNTER & ELEVATIONS A6.0 EXTERIOR STOREFRONT ELEVATION & SECTION ••A7.0 DOOR, WINDOW, & MATERIAL SCHEDULES •A7.1 EQUIPMENT & FIXTURE SCHEDULES A8.0 CEILING DETAILS A8.1 WALL DETAILS A8.2 FLOOR TRANSITION DETAILS A8.3 GENERAL DETAILS PLUMBING P0.0 GENERAL PD1.1 EXISTING-DEMO FLOOR PLAN - SANITARY & VENT PD1.2 EXISTING-DEMO FLOOR PLAN - DOMESTIC WATER & GAS ••P1.1 PROPOSED FLOOR PLAN - SANITARY & VENT ••P1.2 PROPOSED FLOOR PLAN - DOMESTIC WATER & GAS P2.1 PROPOSED ROOF PLAN - PLUMBING •P5.0 DETAILS - PLUMBING ••P6.0 SCHEDULES - PLUMBING P6.1 SCHEDULES - PLUMBING ••P7.0 ISOMETRIC - PLUMBING •P8.0 SPECIFICATIONS - PLUMBING MECHANICAL M0.0 GENERAL MD1.1 EXISTING-DEMO PLAN - MECHANICAL MD1.2 EXISTING-DEMO ROOF PLAN - MECHANICAL M1.1 PROPOSED FLOOR PLAN - MECHANICAL M1.2 PROPOSED ROOF PLAN - MECHANICAL M5.0 DETAILS - MECHANICAL •M5.1 DETAILS - MECHANICAL M6.0 SCHEDULES - MECHANICAL M8.0 SPECIFICATIONS - MECHANICAL ELECTRICAL E0.0 GENERAL ED1.1 EXISTING-DEMO PLAN - POWER ED2.1 EXISTING-DEMO PLAN - LIGHTING •E1.1 PROPOSED FLOOR PLAN - POWER E1.2 PROPOSED ROOF PLAN - ELECTRICAL E2.1 PROPOSED FLOOR PLAN - LIGHTING E2.2 EGRESS LIGHTING - FLOOR PLAN - ELECTRICAL E5.0 DETAILS - ELECTRICAL E6.0 SHEDULES - ELECTRICAL E6.1 SHEDULES - ELECTRICAL •E7.0 ONE-LINE - ELECTRICAL E8.0 SPECIFICATIONS - ELECTRICAL E9.0 TITLE 24 - ELECTRICAL STRUCTURAL ••S1.0 TITLE 24 - ELECTRICAL 1 • 13 Date Modified: Scale: Project No.: Drawn By: Date Description 2535 N.T.S. General Notes AT A0.1 73200 El Paseo, Suite 2D Palm Desert, CA 92260 gregoryarch.com 760.779.2724 3/19/26 400 S. BALDWIN AVE. SUITE T-62, ARCADIA, CA 91007 BACIO DI LATTE - THE SHOPS AT SANTA ANITA All drawings and written material appearing herein constitute original and unpublished work of Gregory Architects. This document contains proprietary information furnished for the limited purpose of evaluation, bidding, or review and may not be duplicated, used, or disclosed without the prior written consent of Gregory Architects. S T A TEOF CA L I F O R NIA C-36489 GEOFFREYGREGORY 05-31-20 LIC E N S E D ARCHIT E C T 1/30/26 1ST PERMIT SUBMITTAL 3/19/26 2ND PERMIT SUBMITTAL1 3ND PERMIT SUBMITTAL24/14/26 GENERAL NOTES 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. 32. THESE DRAWINGS ARE AN INSTRUMENT OF SERVICE AND REMAIN THE PROPERTY OF GREGORY ARCHITECTS. THEY ARE NOT TO BE REPRODUCED OR ALTERED IN ANY WAY, NOR DISCLOSED OR ASSIGNED TO ANY THIRD PARTY WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF GREGORY ARCHITECTS. THESE DOCUMENTS HAVE BEEN PREPARED TO SECURE A BUILDING PERMIT, ENABLE PRICING BY SUBCONTRACTORS, AND TO FACILITATE CONSTRUCTION; THEY ARE NOT TO BE CONSIDERED COMPLETE. THE QUALITY OF WORKMANSHIP THROUGHOUT SHALL BE FIRST CLASS AND ALL MATERIALS SHALL MEET OR EXCEED NORMAL INDUSTRY STANDARDS. ALL WORK DESCRIBED BY THESE PLANS OR REQUIRED TO ADEQUATELY PERFORM THE WORK SHALL CONFORM TO ALL CURRENT CODES AND ORDINANCES WHICH HAVE JURISDICTION OVER THIS PROJECT. IF A SEPARATE GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING INVESTIGATION HAS BEEN PERFORMED FOR THIS SITE IT SHALL BE PART OF THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. A REGISTERED SOILS ENGINEER SHALL BE PRESENT DURING ALL BACKFILL AND COMPACTION AS REQUIRED PER LOCAL CODES. REFER TO THE GRADING PLAN PREPARED BY THE CIVIL ENGINEER AND INCORPORATED INTO THESE DOCUMENTS FOR INFORMATION REGARDING ROOF AND SITE DRAINAGE. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND JOB CONDITIONS AND SHALL NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH WORK. WHERE DISCREPANCIES EXIST BETWEEN THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS AND THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS, THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS WILL GOVERN IN MATTERS OF AESTHETIC DETAILS. THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS WILL GOVERN IN MATTERS OF STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY. FOR EXAMPLE, FOR A STAIR NOSING DETAIL OR SOFFIT FRAMING, THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS WOULD GOVERN. FOR REBAR INFORMATION OR A BEAM SIZE, THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS WOULD GOVERN. THE MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING, FLOOR FINISH, AND REFLECTED CEILING SHEETS ARE TO BE USED BY THOSE CONTRACTORS ONLY. THE FLOOR PLAN LAYOUT SHOWN ON THE ARCHITECTURAL FLOOR PLAN HAS PRECEDENCE OVER THESE SHEETS. IF A DISCREPANCY EXISTS BETWEEN THE DRAWINGS & SPECIFICATIONS IT IS THE CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITY TO REQUEST CLARIFICATION FROM THE ARCHITECT DURING BIDDING. IF CLARIFICATION IS NOT REQUESTED THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ASSUME THE GREATEST COST OF THE ITEMS WHERE THE DISCREPANCY EXISTS. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWINGS. THE CONTRACTOR IS TO FIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO COMMENCING WORK. IF DISCREPANCIES ARISE, CONTACT THE ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY FOR RESOLUTION. TEMPORARY SANITARY TOILET FACILITIES SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO THE START OF CONSTRUCTION. PROVIDE ULTRA-LOW FLOW PLUMBING FIXTURES AS REQUIRED BY THE CALIFORNIA PLUMBING CODE. FLASH ALL EXTERIOR OPENINGS. WAIVER LIENS: THE OWNER SHALL BE ENTITLED TO THE WAIVER OF LIENS FROM ALL SUBCONTRACTORS AT THE TIME OF COMPLETION OF THEIR WORK. ALL WAIVER LIEN FORMS MUST BE RECEIVED BY THE OWNER PRIOR TO FINAL PAYMENT. SUBSTITUTIONS, REVISIONS, OR CHANGES MAY BE ALLOWED ONLY IF SUCH ITEMS ARE SUBMITTED TO THE ARCHITECT IN A TIMELY MANNER IN WRITING AND SUBSEQUENTLY APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT IN WRITING. RESOLUTION OF ALL QUESTIONS, OR VARIANCES MUST BE THROUGH THE ARCHITECT BY WRITTEN NOTICE, CHANGE ORDER ETC. PHONE CONVERSATIONS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. THE CONTRACTOR IS TO PROVIDE 3 SAMPLES OF ALL FINISH MATERIALS TO THE ARCHITECT FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO PURCHASE AND INSTALLATION. UPON SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION OF THE WORK, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT WHO SHALL THEN COMPILE A "PUNCH LIST" OF CORRECTIONS. THE ARCHITECT'S FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF THE PUNCH LIST WILL BE CAUSE FOR FINAL PAYMENT TO THE CONTRACTOR. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL LEAVE THE PREMISES AND ALL AFFECTED AREAS CLEAN AND IN AN ORDERLY MANNER READY FOR MOVE-IN. THIS IS TO INCLUDE CLEANING OF ALL GLASS, METAL OR WOOD FRAMES AND CARPETS. ALL FLOORS ARE TO BE LEVELED, FILLED, AND SWEPT BROOM CLEAN BY THE CONTRACTOR. DUST PROTECTION: ALL DIRT OR DUST PRODUCING OPERATIONS SHALL BE PARTITIONED AND SEALED OFF FROM THE STREET AND/OR PUBLIC SPACE BEFORE BEGINNING WORK. DEBRIS: TRASH AND DEMOLITION DEBRIS SHALL BE PROMPTLY REMOVED AND THE SITE SHALL BE MAINTAINED REASONABLY NEAT, CLEAN, AND HAZARD FREE DURING THIS PHASE OF THE WORK. BURNING OF TRASH OR DEBRIS SHALL NOT BE PERMITTED AT THE SITE. THE CONTRACTOR IS TO ASSESS THE EXISTING SITE CONDITIONS PRIOR TO BID AND REMOVE EXISTING TREES, SHRUBS, PAVING, CHAIN LINK FENCES, SITE WALLS, AND APPROPRIATELY CAP OFF ABANDONED UTILITY LINES AS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE JOB WHETHER OR NOT SPECIFICALLY LISTED. IN THE EVENT THAT PUNCH LIST ITEMS ARE NOT COMPLETED IN A TIMELY MANNER, THE OWNER RESERVES THE RIGHT TO SUBCONTRACT THESE ITEMS DIRECTLY, TO BE BILLED AGAINST FINAL PAYMENT TO THE CONTRACTOR. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR INSTALLING AND ADJUSTING FRAMING AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE FIXTURE LOCATIONS AS SHOWN ON THE REFLECTED CEILING PLAN. NO EXCEPTIONS. ALL "OR EQUAL" SUBSTITUTIONS MUST BE SUBMITTED TO AND APPROVED BY THE CITY BUILDING OFFICIAL PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF THE ITEM. PROVIDE FIRE BLOCKING AT ALL INTERSECTIONS BETWEEN CONCEALED WALL AND HORIZONTAL SPACES SUCH AS SOFFITS, ROOFS, OR CEILINGS WHETHER OR NOT SPECIFICALLY SHOWN. FIXED APPLIANCES ARE TO BE SECURELY FASTENED IN PLACE PER CMC. CATALOG CUTS OF ALL LIGHT FIXTURES, ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT REQUIRED SHALL BE SUBMITTED IN TRIPLICATE TO THE ARCHITECT OR OWNER FOR APPROVAL. ALL WALLS ARE TO BE INSULATED FOR SOUND MITIGATION. IF SOUND INSULATION IS NOT SPECIFIED, CONTRACTOR TO USE A MINIMUM OF R19 FIBERGLASS BATT INSULATION. THE CONTRACTOR MAY PROPOSE THE ELIMINATION OF INSULATION TO THE ARCHITECT IN ANY AREA WHERE HE DETERMINES IT HAS NO BENEFIT. WATERPROOF/ MOLD RESISTANT GYP. BOARD TO BE PROVIDED AT ALL WET LOCATIONS (I.E. SINKS, LAVATORY, URINALS AND SHOWERS.) FLOOR TO CEILING TYPICAL. ARCHITECTURAL 1. 2. 3. 4. AN AUTOMATIC RESIDENTIAL NFPA 13D FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ONE- AND TWO-FAMILY DWELLINGS. THIS INCLUDES CARPORTS WITH HABITABLE SPACE ABOVE AND ATTACHED GARAGES. (CRC) PROVIDE WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF RIVERSIDE COUNTY FIRE DEPARTMENT APPROVAL. CONTACT THE FIRE DEPARTMENT DIRECTLY @ (760) 346-1870 FOR REQUIRED APPLICATION, PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. (CRC) EXCEPTION: AN AUTOMATIC RESIDENTIAL FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM SHALL NOT BE REQUIRED FOR ADDITIONS OR ALTERATIONS TO EXISTING BUILDING THAT ARE NOT ALREADY PROVIDED WITH AN AUTOMATIC RESIDENTIAL SPRINKLER SYSTEM. FIRE SPRINKLERS ARE NOT REQUIRED FOR THIS PROJECT. ALL FOAM PLASTIC INSULATION SHALL HAVE A FLAME SPREAD INDEX OF NOT MORE THAN 75 AND A SMOKE-DEVELOPED INDEX OF NOT MORE THAN 450. (CRC) WEEP SCREED SHALL BE PLACED A MINIMUM OF 4 INCHES ABOVE THE EARTH OR 2 INCHES ABOVE PAVED AREAS. (CRC) GENERAL NOTES (CONT.) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. WORK NOT PARTICULARLY DETAILED, NOTED OR SPECIFIED, SHALL BE THE SAME AS SIMILAR PARTS THAT ARE DETAILED, NOTED OR SPECIFIED. IN THE EVENT OF INCONSISTENCIES AMONG THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, THE ARCHITECT SHALL INTERPRET THEM WHEN ASKED TO DO SO BY THE OWNER OR CONTRACTOR. THE ARCHITECT SHALL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE RESULTS OF SUCH INTERPRETATIONS MADE BY OTHERS. THE GENERAL CHARACTER OF DETAIL WORK IS SHOWN ON THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. SUBSEQUENT CLARIFICATIONS MAY BE MADE BY ADDITIONAL LAYOUTS OR LARGE SCALE OR FULL SIZE DETAILS. DRAWINGS AND DIAGRAMS FOR MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL WORK SHALL BE CONSIDERED AS DIAGRAMMATIC ONLY, NOT TO BE USED FOR ANY STRUCTURAL GUIDANCE OR PHYSICAL LAYOUT. IN CASE OF CONFLICT, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, THE ARCHITECT'S DRAWING SHOWING LOCATIONS FOR MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL ITEMS AND APPURTENANCES SHALL TAKE PRECEDENCE. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, IT IS THE INTENTION OF THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR ALL WORK, EQUIPMENT, CASEWORK, MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND SIMILAR DEVICES OF WHATEVER NATURE, BE COMPLETELY INSTALLED, HOOKED-UP, MADE OPERATIONAL AND FUNCTIONAL FOR THE PURPOSE INTENDED, AND THAT ALL COSTS FOR THIS BE INCLUDED IN THE CONTRACTOR'S PROPOSAL. ALL WORK NOTED "N.I.C." OR "NOT IN CONTRACT" IS TO BE ACCOMPLISHED BY A CONTRACTOR OTHER THAN THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND IS NOT TO BE PART OF THE CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH "OTHER" CONTRACTOR'S PER REQUIREMENTS ESTABLISHED BY OWNER AND TENANT. PRODUCTS TO BE FURNISHED AND PAID FOR BY THE OWNER AND INSTALLED BY THE CONTRACTOR ARE INDICATED AS OWNER SUPPLIED IN THE EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE. **OWNER FURNISHED PRODUCTS** 1. 2. 3. OWNERS RESPONSIBILITIES FOR OWNER FURNISHED PRODUCTS: PAY FOR PRODUCT DELIVERY TO SITE. REVIEW DAMAGED PRODUCTS WITH CONTRACTOR PROMPTLY. SUBMIT CLAIMS FOR TRANSPORTATION DAMAGE. REPLACE DAMAGED, DEFECTIVE OR DEFICIENT ITEMS. ARRANGE FOR MANUFACTURER'S WARRANTIES, INSPECTIONS AND SERVICE. CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITIES FOR OWNER FURNISHED PRODUCTS: REVlEW SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLE TO ADEQUATELY ACQUAINT HIMSELF/ HERSELF WITH THE SCOPE OF WORK. REVIEW THE ORDER, SCHEDULE DELIVERY, RECEIVE, UNLOAD AND STORE PRODUCTS AT SITE; INSPECT FOR COMPLETENESS OR DAMAGE. IF ITEMS ARE DAMAGED, GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO NOTIFY ARCHITECT AND OWNER. INSTALL AND FINISH PRODUCTS. REPLACE ANY ITEMS DAMAGED AFTER RECEIPT. UNCRATE, SET IN PLACE, ASSEMBLE, ETC. AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. VERIFY ALL APPLIANCE & EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS WITH MANUFACTURERS. PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY WALL BACKING, BRACING, ELECTRICAL & PLUMBING SUPPLY, FITTINGS & CONNECTORS TO SUPPORT OR COMPLETE INSTALLATION. SUPPLY CATALOG CUT SHEETS FOR ARCHITECTS APPROVAL. **CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES** 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS: LIMITED TO AREAS NOTED ON DRAWINGS. VERIFY TIME RESTRICTIONS FOR PERFORMING WORK WITH LANDLORD CONSTRUCTION CRITERIA UTILITY OUTAGES AND SHUTDOWN SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH LANDLORD. AT ALL TIMES, CONDUCT OPERATIONS TO ENSURE THE LEAST INCONVENIENCE TO THE GENERAL PUBLIC, COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE CODES, AND ORDINANCES FOR SAFETY. ASSUME FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE PROTECTION AND SAFEKEEPING OF PRODUCTS STORED ON THE SITE UNDER THIS CONTRACT. PERFORM DEMOLITION WORK AND SUCH SPRINKLER WORK, CONCRETE SAW CUTTING, PAINTING AND SIMILAR WORK CAUSING EXCESSIVE NOISE, DUST OR ODORS DISTURBING BUILDING OCCUPANTS, OR ANY WORK DISRUPTING TENANTS OR PUBLIC TRAFFIC WITHIN THE BUILDING, AFTER HOURS OR AT TIMES AND IN SUCH A MANNER AS OTHERWISE APPROVED BY LANDLORD. **STANDARDS AND CODES** 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. GIVE ALL NOTICES AND COMPLY WITH ALL LAWS, ORDINANCES, CODES, RULES AND REGULATIONS BEARING ON THE CONDUCT OF THE WORK. IF THE CONTRACTOR OBSERVES THAT THE DRAWINGS AND SPEClFlCATlONS ARE AT VARIANCE THEREWITH, PROMPTLY NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT THAT NECESSARY CHANGES SHALL BE MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE GENERAL CONDITIONS. IF THE CONTRACTOR KNOWINGLY PERFORMS ANY WORK WHICH IS CONTRARY TO SUCH LAWS, ORDINANCES, CODES, RULES AND REGULATIONS, HE SHALL PROMPTLY MAKE ALL CHANGES AS REQUIRED TO COMPLY THEREWITH AND BEAR ALL COSTS ARISING THEREFROM. IN CASE OF CONFLICTS IN THE REQUIRMENTS OF AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION, THE MOST RESTRICTIVE REQUIRMENTS SHALL GOVERN. WHERE CODES OR REGULATIONS, OTHER THAN THOSE LISTED IN THIS SECTION, ARE REFERRED TO IN VARIOUS SECTIONS OF THE SPECIFICATIONS. IT SHALL BE UNDERSTOOD THAT THEY APPLY TO THIS WORK AS FULLY AS IF CITED HEREIN. NO HAZARDOUS MATERIALS SHALL BE USED OR STORED WITHIN THE BUILDING WHICH DO NOT COMPLY WITH THE APPLICABLE CODES. ALL APPLICABLE PERMITS (BUILDING, HAZARDOUS MATERIAL, ETC.) MUST BE OBTAINED PRIOR TO OCCUPANCY. POWER & SIGNAL NOTES 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. PROVIDE 1-HOUR FIRE PROTECTION AT ALL OUTLETS AND SWITCHES LOCATED IN 1-HOUR RATED PARTITIONS. ALL TELEPHONE AND DATA CABLE TO BE TEFLON COATED PLENUM RATED CABLE, SUPPORTED INDEPENDENTLY FROM SUSPENDED CEILING SYSTEM. CABLING TO BE SUPPLIED BY G.C., ALL PULLS AND TERMINATIONS BY CLIENT'S VENDOR. ALL SEPARATE CIRCUIT RECEPTACLES TO BE ORANGE COLOR WITH GRAY STAINLESS STEEL COVER PLATE. ALL NEW WALL MOUNTED OUTLETS TO BE CENTERED AT +18" AFF, U.O.N. ALL OUTLETS TO BE INSTALLED AT LOCATIONS SHOWN BY DIMENSIONS ON THE POWER & SIGNAL PLAN. DIMENSION ALL OUTLETS FROM THE CENTER LINE OF THE OUTLET BOX. NON-DIMENSIONED OUTLETS ARE TO BE LOCATED AT THE NEAREST WALL STUD. WHEN OUTLETS ARE GROUPED TOGETHER (2 OR MORE), THEY ARE TO BE SPACED NO MORE THAN 2" APART. COORDINATE TELEPHONE/ DATA INSTALLATION WITH APPROPRIATE SUB-CONTRACTOR. WHERE ELECTRICAL WORK IS SPECIFIED IN CONJUNCTION WITH CABINET WORK, LAMPS AND FIXTURES ARE TO BE PROVIDED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. CUT-OUTS FOR SWITCHES, OUTLETS, ETC. AS REQUIRED BY THE CABINET CONTRACTOR ARE TO BE COORDINATED WITH THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR, U.O.N. ALL RECEPTACLES WHERE MILLWORK OCCURS SHALL BE LOCATED PER ELEVATIONS OF THE MILLWORK ITEM IN QUESTION. ALL WALL COVER PLATES SHALL BE WHITE DECORA-STYLE WITH WHITE OUTLETS, U.O.N. CUTOUTS FOR SWITCHES, OUTLETS, ETC. AS REQUIRED BY THE CABINET CONTRACTOR ARE TO BE COORDINATED WITH THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR, U.O.N. ALL RECEPTACLES WHERE MILLWORK OCCURS SHALL BE LOCATED PER ELEVATIONS OF THE MILLWORK ITEM IN QUESTION. LOCATIONS OF FURNITURE POWER FEEDS SHALL ACCOMMODATE CIRCUITS & WIRE PER ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. TENANT SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING FURNITURE POWER FEED. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL THE POWER FEED. WHERE DEDICATED ELECTRICAL OUTLETS ARE NOTED WITHIN THE FURNITURE PANEL SYSTEM, THE PANEL SYSTEM SHALL ACCOMMODATE THIS REQUIREMENT. LOCK OUT ALL DEDICATED CIRCUITS ON THE PANEL SYSTEM. ALL EXISTING ELECTRICAL DEVICES ARE TO REMAIN U.O.N. WHEN PLYWOOD BACKBOARDS ARE REQUIRED IN TELEPHONE AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT ROOMS, THEY SHALL BE PAINTED MATCH ADJACENT WALL. THE CENTER OF SWITCHES SHALL BE NO MORE THAN 48 INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR. VERIFY AND MATCH EXISTING. CENTER LINE OF 15, 20, AND 30 AMP RECEPTACLES SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 18 INCHES CENTERED ABOVE FLOOR. FLOOR OUT LETS ARE ACCEPTABLE NEXT TO SLIDING PANELS/ WALLS AND OTHER SPECIAL CONVENIENT LOCATIONS. FINISH NOTES 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. ENSURE THAT SURFACES TO RECEIVE FINISHES ARE CLEAN, TRUE AND FREE OF IRREGULARITIES. DO NOT PROCEED WITH WORK UNTIL UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN CORRECTED. COMMENCEMENT OF WORK SHALL INDICATE INSTALLER'S ACCEPTANCE OF SUBSTRATE. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY FINISHED CONDITION AND LEVEL OF FLOOR TO RECEIVE NEW FINISHES TO BE WITHOUT BOWING AT FLOOR OR WALL BASE. LEVEL FLOOR W/ LT. WT. CONCRETE AS REQURED IN BASE BID. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL FLOOR PREPARATION. REPAIR AND PREPARE EXISTING SURFACES SCHEDULED TO REMAIN AS NECESSARY FOR APPLICATION OF NEW FINISHES. CONTRACTOR SHALL PATCH ANY EXISTING WALLS AND/ OR CEILINGS, AND REPAIR ALL DAMAGES CAUSED BY THE CONTRACTOR. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PATCH SURFACES TO MATCH ADJACENT IN A MANNER SUITABLE TO RECEIVE FINISHES. CONTRACTOR TO ENSURE DELIVERY AND INSTALLATION OF CASEWORK AND FINISH CARPENTRY WILL NOT BE. DAMAGED BY OTHER CONSTRUCTION WORK. ALL CODE-REQUIRED LABELS SUCH AS 'UL', FACTORY MUTUAL OR ANY EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION, PERFORMANCE RATING, NAME OR NOMENCLATURE PLATES SHALL REMAIN READABLE AND NOT PAINTED. COORDINATE WITH OWNER'S DESIGNATED REPRESENTATIVE FOR DELIVERY AND PLACEMENT OF ALL FURNITURE AND WALL-HUNG EQUIPMENT. PROVIDE ADEQUATE BACKING INSIDE WALLS AS REQ'D. ALL GYPSUM BOARD SURFACES SHALL BE TAPED AND FEATHERED SMOOTH TO RECEIVE A MINIMUM LEVEL-4 FINISH AND TWO COATS OF PAINT TO COVER. REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE FOR SPECIFIED FINISHES. REFER TO FIXTURE SCHEDULE FOR MOUNTING HEIGHT REQUIREMENTS. NO FINISH SUBSTITUTIONS MAY BE MADE WITHOUT ARCHITECT'S APPROVAL. WHERE PAINT COLORS CHANGE, CORNERS ARE TO BE CUT-IN FREE OF OVERLAPPING. ALL FINISHES ARE TO BE APPLIED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE TO MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS FOR THAT PARTICULAR SURFACE. CLASSES OF MATERIALS BASED UPON THEIR FLAME CHARACTERISTICS SHALL BE SET PER APPLICABLE CODES. ALL PAINT FINISHES OF METAL PARTS OF DOORS, HANDRAILS, PERIMETER ENCLOSURES, ETC. SHALL BE SEMI-GLOSS, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. WHERE FLOOR MOUNTED OUTLETS ARE REQUIRED ON CARPETED AREA, CUT THE CARPET IN AN 'X' OVER THE HOLE AND CARPET OVER. THIS WILL ALLOW CARPET PATCHING WHERE OUTLETS ARE LATER CAPPED. DO NOT TRIM THE CARPET. PROVIDE AND INSTALL SPECIFIED BASE FOR ALL AREAS TO RECEIVE FLOORING. COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF BASE WITH MILLWORK. DELETE BASE AT WALL WHERE BUILT-IN CABINETS ARE INDICATED. SUBMIT SAMPLES TO ARCHITECT BEFORE PLACING FULL ORDERS WHERE MATERIALS ARE NOT RETURNABLE. NOTIFY GREGORY ARCHITECTS IMMEDIATELY OF LONG LEAD TIME ORDER ITEMS. STONE TILE TO CARPET CONNECTIONS ARE TO BE UNDER DOOR WHEREVER A DOOR IS PRESENT. GLAZING NOTES 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. GLAZING IN DOORS AND ENCLOSURES FOR BATHTUBS AND SHOWERS HAVE A MINIMUM CATEGORY CLASSIFICATION OF II PER CRC STD. ALL GLAZING SHALL HAVE A TEMPORARY LABEL ON THE PRODUCT CERTIFIED BY THE NFRC, SHOWING COMPLIANCE UNTIL THE FIELD INSPECTOR HAS INSPECTED IT. ALL GLAZING IN HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS AS DEFINED IN CRC STD. SHALL BE TEMPERED GLASS, INCLUDING: SWINGING OR SLIDING DOORS GLAZING WITHIN 24" OF DOORS AND WITHIN 60" OF WALKING SURFACE. GLAZING GREATER THEN 9 SQ. FT. WITHIN 18" VERTICALLY OR 36" HORIZONTALLY OF WALKING SURFACE WHOSE TOP EDGE IS HIGHER THEN 36" ABOVE FLOOR. SECURITY NOTES 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. EXTERIOR DOORS, DOORS BETWEEN HOUSE AND GARAGE, WINDOWS AND THEIR HARDWARE SHALL CONFORM TO THE CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS. EXTERIOR SINGLE SWINGING DOOR, AND THE ACTIVE LEAF OF A PAIR OF DOORS SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH A LATCH AND A DEADBOLT KEY-OPERATED FROM THE OUTSIDE. DEADBOLT SHALL HAVE A HARDENED INSERT, 1" MINIMUM THROW AND 5/8" MINIMUM EMBEDMENT INTO JAMB. IF LATCH HAS A KEY LOCKING FEATURE IT SHALL BE A DEAD-LATCH TYPE. DOOR HINGE PINS ACCESSIBLE FROM THE OUTSIDE SHALL BE NON-REMOVABLE. WINDOW AND DOOR LITES WITHIN 40" OF THE LOCKING DEVICE AND ANY GLAZING WITHIN 18 INCHES OF THE ADJACENT FLOOR SHALL BE 1/4 INCH TEMPERED GLASS, MINIMUM. ALL EXTERIOR DOORS, SLIDING GLASS DOORS AND OPERABLE WINDOWS SHALL BE WIRED FOR SECURITY. ALARM SHALL SOUND IF SEAL IS BROKEN. THE CONTRACTOR IS TO CONSULT WITH THE OWNER TO DETERMINE THE EXTENT OF THE SYSTEM BEYOND THIS MINIMUM REQUIREMENT. PLUMBING NOTES 1. 2. 3. WHERE ROOF DRAINS ARE REQUIRED, OVERFLOW HAVING THE SAME SIZE AS THE ROOF DRAIN SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH THE INLET FLOW LINE LOCATED 2" ABOVE THE LOW OF THE ROOF. OVERFLOW DRAINS SHALL BE INDEPENDENT OF ROOF DRAINS. ALL ROOF DRAINS SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH STRAINERS EXTENDING NOT LESS THAN 4" ABOVE THE IMMEDIATE SURFACE. EFFECTIVE JANUARY 1, 2010, NO PERSON SHALL USE ANY PIPE, PIPE OR PLUMBING FITTING OR FIXTURE, SOLDER, OR FLUX THAT IS NOT LEAD FREE IN THE INSTALLATION OR REPAIR OF ANY PUBLIC WATER SYSTEM OR ANY PLUMBING IN A FACILITY PROVIDING WATER FOR HUMAN CONSUMPTION, EXCEPT WHEN NECESSARY FOR THE REPAIR OF LEADED JOINTS OF CAST IRON PIPES. (HEALTH & SAFETY CODE 116875). PROVIDE PRESSURE REGULATOR FOR WATER SERVICE WHERE STATIC PRESSURE EXCEEDS 80 PSI. (CPC) ELECTRICAL NOTES 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. ALL 125-VOLT, 15- AND 20-AMPERE RECEPTACLES SHALL BE LISTED TAMPER-RESISTANT RECEPTACLES IN ALL AREAS SPECIFIED IN THE CALIFORNIA ELECTRICAL CODE SECTION 210.52. (CEC) PROVIDE AT LEAST TWO 20-AMPERE SMALL APPLIANCE BRANCH CIRCUITS TO SERVE ALL WALL, FLOOR, AND COUNTERTOP RECEPTACLES IN KITCHEN, PANTRY, BREAKFAST ROOM, DINING ROOM, OR SIMILAR AREA. SUCH CIRCUITS SHALL HAVE NO OTHER OUTLETS. (CEC) PROVIDE AT LEAST ONE 20-AMPERE BRANCH CIRCUIT TO SERVE BATHROOM RECEPTACLES. SUCH CIRCUITS SHALL HAVE NO OTHER OUTLETS. (CEC) BRANCH CIRCUITS THAT SUPPLY 125-VOLT, SINGLE PHASE, 15- AND 20-AMPERE OUTLETS INSTALLED IN DWELLING UNIT FAMILY ROOMS, DINING ROOMS, LIVING ROOMS, PARLORS, LIBRARIES, DENS, BEDROOMS, SUNROOMS, RECREATION, CLOSETS, HALLWAYS, OR SIMILAR ROOMS OR AREAS SHALL BE PROTECTED BY AN ARC-FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER. (CEC) SMOKE ALARMS SHALL RECEIVE THEIR PRIMARY POWER FROM THE BUILDING WIRING PROVIDED THAT SUCH WIRING IS SERVED FROM A COMMERCIAL SOURCE AND SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH A BATTERY BACK-UP (CRC ) SMOKE ALARMS SHALL BE INTERCONNECTED SO THE ACTIVATION OF ONE ALARM WILL ACTIVATE ALL THE ALARMS IN THE INDIVIDUAL DWELLING UNIT. (CRC) CARBON MONOXIDE ALARMS SHALL RECEIVE THEIR PRIMARY POWER FROM THE BUILDING WIRING PROVIDED THAT SUCH WIRING IS SERVED FROM A COMMERCIAL POWER SOURCE AND SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH A BATTERY BACK-UP. (CRC) CARBON MONOXIDE ALARMS SHALL BE INTERCONNECTED SO THE ACTIVATION OF ONE ALARM WILL ACTIVATE ALL THE ALARMS IN THE INDIVIDUAL DWELLING UNIT. (CRC) PROVIDE PRE WIRING FOR A SECURITY SYSTEM FOR ALL EXTERIOR DOORS AND OPERABLE WINDOWS IN THE BUILDING WITH CONTROL PANEL LOCATIONS AS INSTRUCTED BY THE OWNER. THE CONTRACTOR IS TO CONSULT WITH THE OWNER ON THE EXACT MODEL AND LOCATION OF ALL COMPONENTS OF A SECURITY SYSTEM OTHER THAN THE PREPARATION WORK NOTED ABOVE IF DESIRED BY THE OWNER. THE CONTRACTOR IS TO CONSULT WITH THE OWNER ON THE EXACT MODEL AND LOCATION OF ALL COMPONENTS OF A SPEAKER/SOUND SYSTEM. THE CONTRACTOR IS TO CONSULT WITH THE OWNER ON THE EXACT MODEL AND LOCATION OF ALL COMPONENTS OF AN INTERCOM SYSTEM. ALL SWITCH, OUTLET, AND PLATE COLORS ARE TO BE SELECTED BY THE OWNER. ALL NICHE AREAS SHOWN WITH A SWITCH ARE TO BE EQUIPPED WITH LIGHTING AS SPECIFIED BY THE OWNER AND THE INTERIOR DESIGNER. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IS TO INSTALL SWITCHES IN THE ORDER SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. REFER TO THE REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR EXACT LIGHTING LOCATIONS. LIGHTING LOCATIONS SHOWN MUST BE STRICTLY FOLLOWED. FOR THE PURPOSES OF BIDDING, LIGHT FIXTURES ARE OWNER FURNISHED AND CONTRACTOR INSTALLED. BID TO INCLUDE COST OF INSTALLING OWNER'S LIGHT FIXTURE. ALL CURRENT CARRYING CONDUCTORS SHALL BE COPPER. 110V SMOKE DETECTORS ARE TO HAVE A BATTERY BACK-UP PER CODE. FAN SWITCHES ARE TO BE MULTI-SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES. OPENINGS AROUND ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS THROUGH FIRE RESISTIVE RATED WALLS, PARTITIONS, FLOORS, OR CEILINGS SHALL BE FIRE-STOPPED USING APPROVED METHODS TO MAINTAIN THE FIRE RESISTIVE RATING. DOOR & WINDOW NOTES 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. PER APPLICABLE CODE, GLASS DOORS, ADJACENT GLAZING PANELS AND ALL GLAZED OPENINGS WITHIN 18 INCHES OF THE ADJACENT FLOOR SHALL BE OF GLASS APPROVED FOR IMPACT HAZARDS. ALL HARDWARE SHALL BE INSTALLED 3 FEET ABOVE FINISH FLOOR, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY AND MATCH EXISTING CONDITIONS. SPECIAL LOCKING DEVICES SHALL BE OF AN APPROVED TYPE. CONTRACTOR SHALL REFINISH ANY BLEMISHED DOOR OR REPLACE SAID DOOR IF NOT ABLE TO REFINISH TO "AS NEW" CONDITION. MANUFACTURED FENESTRATION PRODUCTS SHALL HAVE A LABEL WITH A CERTIFIED U-VALUE. EXTERIOR DOORS AND WINDOWS SHALL BE FULLY WEATHER-STRIPPED; ALL JOINTS AND PENETRATIONS FULLY CAULKED AND SEALED. ALL WINDOW AND SLIDING GLASS DOOR OPENINGS ARE TO BE FIELD MEASURED PRIOR TO FABRICATION. THE DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE TO BE USED AS A GUIDELINE. Address Numbers: Approved address numbers, building numbers or approved building identification shall be placed in a position that is plainly legible and visible from the street, road, alley, and walkways giving access to and within the property. These numbers shall contrast with their background. Address numbers shall be Arabic numerals or alphabet letters. Numbers shall be a minimum of four (4) inches(102 mm) high with a minimum stroke width of 0.5 inch (12.7 mm) and shall be illuminated in an approved manner (if numbers are on the exterior). Number height and stroke width shall be increased as needed for legibility based on visibility distance. Fire Extinguishers: Provide a fire extinguisher (minimum 2A-10BC) within a recessed or semi-recessed cabinet within 75 feet travel distance from all points in the occupancy; the extinguisher shall be mounted on a hook within the cabinet (elevated off cabinet floor); the top of the extinguisher shall be no higher than 48 inches (1219 mm) above the floor; extinguisher shall be placed in a easily accessible locations where they will be readily accessible and immediately available for use. Fire Alarm: Existing Systems: Extend/modify the existing building’s fire alarm system to provide complete protection throughout the addition or remodeled area of work. Alterations to the fire alarm system shall be approved under separate permit. Fire alarm plans shall be submitted within 30days of issuance of the building permit by the contractor in possession of the U.L. Certificate for the building. )LUHVSULQNOHUV([LVWLQJ6\VWHP)RUWHQDQWLPSURYHPHQWSURMHFWVH[WHQGPRGLI\WKHH[LVWLQJEXLOGLQJ¶VDXWRPDWLFILUHVSULQNOHUV\VWHPWRSURYLGHFRPSOHWHVSULQNOHUSURWHFWLRQWKURXJKRXWWKHDGGLWLRQRUUHPRGHOHGDUHDRIZRUN$OWHUDWLRQVWRWKHILUHVSULQNOHUV\VWHPVKDOOEHDSSURYHGXQGHUVHSDUDWHSHUPLW3ODQVDQGSHUPLWDSSOLFDWLRQVKDOOEHVXEPLWWHGZLWKLQGD\VRILVVXDQFHRIWKHEXLOGLQJSHUPLW 5. Emergency lighting: Emergency lighting shall comply with the provisions of 2019 CBC. The means of egress illumination shall not be less than one (1) foot-candle at the walking surface level. In the event of power supply failure, an emergency electrical system shall automatically illuminate all areas per code. 6. Exit Signs: Exit signs shall be readily visible from any direction of egress travel, be illuminated at all times and comply with provisions of the 2007 CBC 1011. 7. Door operations: All exit doors shall be openable from the inside without key, special knowledge, or effort. The unlatching of any exit door shall not require more than one operation. 8. /RFNVDQG/DWFKHV7KHORFNLQJGHYLFHIRUWKHPDLQH[WHULRUH[LWGRRUVVKDOOEHUHDGLO\GLVWLQJXLVKDEOHDVORFNHG'RRUVKDOODOVRKDYHDYLVLEOHGXUDEOHVLJQVWDWLQJ´7+,6'225725(0$,181/2&.(':+(1%8,/',1*,62&&83,('´7KHVLJQVKDOOEHLQOHWWHUVRQHLQFKKLJKRQFRQWUDVWLQJEDFNJURXQGDERYHWKHGRRUSRVWHGRQWKHHJUHVVVLGHRUDGMDFHQWWRWKHGRRU´ $GGLWLRQDOSHUPLWV3ULRUWRILQDOLQVSHFWLRQWKHIROORZLQJDQQXDOSHUPLWVDUHUHTXLUHGIURPWKH)LUH 'HSDUWPHQW D Industrial Waste Required GFD inspections: For all inspections, request using the Permit Portal. Fire Department inspections for this project are:•Overhead sprinkler rough inspection (prior to covering any piping).•Fire alarm rough inspection (prior to covering any wiring/conduit).•Sprinkler final.•Fire alarm final.•Industrial Waste final•Fire Prevention Final; CONTRACTOR MUST REQUEST A SEPARATE INSPECTION.Inspection includes, but is not limited to: fire extinguishers; signage; door hardware and means ofegress; emergency/exit lighting; etc. Address Numbers: Approved address numbers, building numbers or approved building identification shall be placed in a position that is plainly legible and visible from the street, road, alley, and walkways giving access to and within the property. These numbers shall contrast with their background. Address numbers shall be Arabic numerals or alphabet letters. Numbers shall be a minimum of four (4) inches(102 mm) high with a minimum stroke width of 0.5 inch (12.7 mm) and shall be illuminated in an approved manner (if numbers are on the exterior). Number height and stroke width shall be increased as needed for legibility based on visibility distance. Fire Extinguishers: Provide a fire extinguisher (minimum 2A-10BC) within a recessed or semi-recessed cabinet within 75 feet travel distance from all points in the occupancy; the extinguisher shall be mounted on a hook within the cabinet (elevated off cabinet floor); the top of the extinguisher shall be no higher than 48 inches (1219 mm) above the floor; extinguisher shall be placed in a easily accessible locations where they will be readily accessible and immediately available for use. Fire Alarm: Existing Systems: Extend/modify the existing building’s fire alarm system to provide complete protection throughout the addition or remodeled area of work. Alterations to the fire alarm system shall be approved under separate permit. Fire alarm plans shall be submitted within 30days of issuance of the building permit by the contractor in possession of the U.L. Certificate for the building. )LUHVSULQNOHUV([LVWLQJ6\VWHP)RUWHQDQWLPSURYHPHQWSURMHFWVH[WHQGPRGLI\WKHH[LVWLQJEXLOGLQJ¶VDXWRPDWLFILUHVSULQNOHUV\VWHPWRSURYLGHFRPSOHWHVSULQNOHUSURWHFWLRQWKURXJKRXWWKHDGGLWLRQRUUHPRGHOHGDUHDRIZRUN$OWHUDWLRQVWRWKHILUHVSULQNOHUV\VWHPVKDOOEHDSSURYHGXQGHUVHSDUDWHSHUPLW3ODQVDQGSHUPLWDSSOLFDWLRQVKDOOEHVXEPLWWHGZLWKLQGD\VRILVVXDQFHRIWKHEXLOGLQJSHUPLW 5. Emergency lighting: Emergency lighting shall comply with the provisions of 2019 CBC. The means of egress illumination shall not be less than one (1) foot-candle at the walking surface level. In the event of power supply failure, an emergency electrical system shall automatically illuminate all areas per code. 6. Exit Signs: Exit signs shall be readily visible from any direction of egress travel, be illuminated at all times and comply with provisions of the 2007 CBC 1011. 7. Door operations: All exit doors shall be openable from the inside without key, special knowledge, or effort. The unlatching of any exit door shall not require more than one operation. 8. /RFNVDQG/DWFKHV7KHORFNLQJGHYLFHIRUWKHPDLQH[WHULRUH[LWGRRUVVKDOOEHUHDGLO\GLVWLQJXLVKDEOHDVORFNHG'RRUVKDOODOVRKDYHDYLVLEOHGXUDEOHVLJQVWDWLQJ´7+,6'225725(0$,181/2&.(':+(1%8,/',1*,62&&83,('´7KHVLJQVKDOOEHLQOHWWHUVRQHLQFKKLJKRQFRQWUDVWLQJEDFNJURXQGDERYHWKHGRRUSRVWHGRQWKHHJUHVVVLGHRUDGMDFHQWWRWKHGRRU´ $GGLWLRQDOSHUPLWV3ULRUWRILQDOLQVSHFWLRQWKHIROORZLQJDQQXDOSHUPLWVDUHUHTXLUHGIURPWKH)LUH 'HSDUWPHQW D Industrial Waste Required GFD inspections: For all inspections, request using the Permit Portal. Fire Department inspections for this project are:•Overhead sprinkler rough inspection (prior to covering any piping).•Fire alarm rough inspection (prior to covering any wiring/conduit).•Sprinkler final.•Fire alarm final.•Industrial Waste final•Fire Prevention Final; CONTRACTOR MUST REQUEST A SEPARATE INSPECTION.Inspection includes, but is not limited to: fire extinguishers; signage; door hardware and means ofegress; emergency/exit lighting; etc. FIRE DEPARTMENT NOTES CHAPTER 5 NONRESIDENTIAL MANDATORY MEASURES SECTION 5.101 GENERAL 5.101.1 SCOPE The provisions of this chapter outline planning, design and development methods that include environmentally responsible site selection, building design, building siting and development to protect, restore and enhance the environmental quality of the site and respect the integrity of adjacent properties. DIVISION 5.1 PLANNING AND DESIGN 2025 CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS CODE NONRESIDENTIAL MANDATORY MEASURES, SHEET 1 Y SECTION 5.102 DEFINITIONS 5.102.1 DEFINITIONS The following terms are defined in Chapter 2 (and are included here for reference) CUTOFF LUMINAIRES. Luminaires whose light distribution is such that the candela per 1000 lamp lumens does not numerically exceed 25 (2.5 percent) at an angle of 90 degrees above nadir, and 100 (10 percent) at a vertical angle of 80 degrees above nadir. This applies to all lateral angles around the luminaire. TENANT-OCCUPANTS. Building occupants who inhabit a building during its normal hours of operation as permanent occupants, such as employees, as distinguished from customers and other transient visitors. ZEV. [BSC-CG, DSA-SS] Any vehicle certified to zero-emission standards. SECTION 5.105 DECONSTRUCTION AND REUSE OF EXISTING STRUCTURES 5.105.1 Scope. [BSC-CG] Effective July 1, 2024, alteration(s) to existing building(s) where the combined altered floor area is 100,000 square feet or greater shall comply with either Section 5.105.2, 5.409.2, or 5.409.3. Addition(s) to existing building(s) where the total floor area combined with the existing building(s) is 100,000 square feet or greater shall comply with either Section 5.105.2, Section 5.409.2, or Section 5.409.3. Effective January 1, 2026, the combined floor area shall be 50,000 square feet or greater. [DSA-SS] Alteration(s) to existing building(s) where the combined altered floor area is 50,000 square feet or greater shall comply with either Section 5.105.2, 5.409.2, or 5.409.3. Addition(s) to existing building(s) where the total floor area combined with the existing building(s) is 50,000 square feet or greater shall comply with either Section 5.105.2, Section 5.409.2, or Section 5.409.3. Exception [BSC-CG, DSA-SS]: Combined addition(s) to existing building(s) of two times the area or more of the existing building(s) is not eligible to meet compliance with Section 5.105.2. 5.105.2 Reuse of existing building. An alteration or addition to an existing building shall maintain at a minimum 45 percent combined of the existing building’s primary structural elements (foundations; columns, beams, walls, and floors; and lateral elements) and existing building enclosure (roof framing, wall framing and exterior finishes). Window assemblies, insulation, portions of buildings deemed structurally unsound or hazardous, and hazardous materials that are remediated as part of the project shall not be included in the calculation. 5.105.2.1 Verification of compliance. Documentation shall be provided in the construction documents to demonstrate compliance with Section 5.105.2. Note: Sample Worksheet WS-3 in Chapter 8 may be used to assist in documenting compliance with this section. 5.105.3 Deconstruction (Reserved). 5.106.5.6 Electric vehicle (EV) charging at public schools and community colleges. [DSA-SS] Electric vehicle infrastructure and electric vehicle charging stations shall comply with Section 5.106.5.6 and shall be provided in accordance with regulations in the California Building Code and the California Electrical Code. Exceptions: 1. On a case-by-case basis where compliance with this section has been demonstrated to be not feasible based upon one of the following conditions,and with concurrence by the Division of the State Architect (DSA), compliance with Section 5.106.5.6 shall not be required. a. Where there is no local utility power supply. b. Where the local utility is unable to supply adequate power. c. The installation of EVCS is impracticable. 2. Parking spaces accessible only by automated mechanical car parking systems are not required to comply with Section 5.106.5.6. 5.106.5.6.1 EV capable spaces. EV capable spaces shall be provided in accordance with Table 5.106.5.6.1 and the following requirements: 1. Raceways complying with the California Electrical Code and no less than 1-inch (25 mm) diameter shall be provided and shall originate at a service panel or a subpanel(s) serving the area and shall terminate in close proximity to the proposed location of the EV capable space and into a suitable listed cabinet, box, enclosure or equivalent. A common raceway may be used to serve multiple EV capable spaces. 2. A service panel or subpanel(s) shall be provided with panel space and electrical load capacity for a dedicated 208/240 volt, 40-ampere minimum branch circuit for each EV capable space, with delivery of 30-ampere minimum to an installed EVSE at each EVCS. 3. The electrical system and any on-site distribution transformers shall have sufficient capacity to supply full rated amperage at each EV capable space. 4. The service panel or subpanel circuit directory shall identify the reserved overcurrent protective device space(s) as “EV CAPABLE.” The raceway termination location shall be permanently and visibly marked as “EV CAPABLE.” 5.106.5.3 Electric vehicle (EV) charging. [N] [BSC-CG] Construction to provide electric vehicle infrastructure and facilitate electric vehicle charging shall comply with Section 5.106.5.3.1 EV capable spaces, Section 5.106.5.3.2 Electric vehicle charging stations and associated Table 5.106.5.3.1, or Section 5.106.5.3.6 Electric vehicle charging stations (EVCS)—Power allocation method and associated Table 5.106.5.3.6 and shall be provided in accordance with regulations in the California Building Code and the California Electrical Code. Exceptions: 1.On a case-by-case basis where the local enforcing agency has determined compliance with this section is not feasible based upon one of the following conditions: a.Where there is no local utility power supply b.Where the local utility is unable to supply adequate power. c.Where there is evidence suitable to the local enforcement agency substantiating the local utility infrastructure design requirements, directly related to the implementation of Section 5.106.5.3, may adversely impact the construction cost of the project. 2. Areas of parking facilities served by parking lifts, including but not limited to, automated mechanical-access open parking garages as defined in the California Building Code; or parking facilities otherwise incapable of supporting electric vehicle charging. 5.106.5.3.1 EV capable spaces. [N] EV capable spaces shall be provided in accordance with Table 5.106.5.3.1 and the following requirements: 1.Raceways complying with the California Electrical Code and no less that 1-inch (25 mm) diameter shall be provided and shall originate at a service panel or a subpanel(s) serving the area, and shall terminate in close proximity to the proposed location of the EV capable and into a suitable listed cabinet, box,enclosure or equivalent. A common raceway may be used to serve multiple EV charging spaces. 2.A service panel or subpanel (s) shall be provided with panel space and electrical load capacity for a dedicated 208/240 volt, 40-ampere minimum branch circuit for each EV capable space, with delivery of 30-ampere minimum to an installed EVSE at each EVCS. 3.The electrical system and any on-site distribution transformers shall have sufficient capacity to supply full rated amperage at each EV capable space. 4.The service panel or subpanel circuit directory shall identify the reserved overcurrent protective devices space(s) as "EV CAPABLE". The raceway termination location shall be permanently and visibly marked as "EV CAPABLE." Note: A parking space served by electric vehicle supply equipment or designed as a future EV charging space shall count as at least one standard automobile parking space only for the purpose of complying with any applicable minimum parking space requirements established by an enforcement agency. See vehicle Code Section 22511.2 for further details. ABBREVIATION DEFINITIONS: HCD Department of Housing and Community Development BSC California Building Standards Commission DSA-SS Division of the State Architect, Structural Safety OSHPD Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development LR Low Rise HR High Rise AA Additions and Alterations N New 5.106.4.1.2 Long-term bicycle parking. Acceptable bicycle parking facility for Section 5.106.4.1.2.1, 5.106.4.1.2.2 and 5.106.4.1.23 shall be conveniently located near the street and shall meet one of the following: 1. Covered, lockable enclosures with permanently anchored racks for bicycles; 2. Lockable bicycle rooms with permanently anchored racks; or 3.Lockable, permanently anchored bicycle lockers. Calculations for bicycle parking requirements shall be rounded up to the nearest whole number. 5.106.4.1.2.1 For new buildings with tenant spaces, provide secure bicycle parking for 10 percent of the tenant-occupants, with a minimum of one bicycle parking facility. 5.106.4.1.2.2 For additions or alternations, provide secure bicycle parking for 10 percent of the tenant-occupants being added, with a minimum of one bicycle parking facility. 5.106.4.1.2.3 For new shell buildings in phased projects, provide secure bicycle parking for 10 percent of the anticipated tenant-occupants, with a minimum of one bicycle parking facility. 5.106.4.2 Bicycle parking. [DSA-SS] For public schools and community colleges, comply with Sections 5.106.4.2.1 and 5.106.4.2.2 5.106.4.2.1 Student bicycle parking. Provide permanently anchored bicycle racks conveniently accessed with a minimum of four two-bike capacity racks per new building. 5.106.4.2.2 Staff bicycle parking. Provide permanent, secure bicycle parking conveniently accessed with a minimum of two staff bicycle parking spaces per new building. Acceptable bicycle parking facilities shall be convenient from the street or staff parking area and shall meet one of the following: 1. Covered, lockable enclosures with permanently anchored racks for bicycles; 2. Lockable bicycle rooms with permanently anchored racks; or 3. Lockable, permanently anchored bicycle lockers. 5.106.4 BICYCLE PARKING. For buildings within the authority of California Building Standards Commission as specified in Section 103, comply with Section 5.106.4.1. For buildings within the authority of the Division of the State Architect pursuant to Section 105, comply with Section 5.106.4.2 5.106.4.1 Bicycle parking. [BSC-CG] Comply with Sections 5.106.4.1.1 and 5.106.4.1.2; or meet the applicable local ordinance, whichever is stricter. 5.106.4.1.1 Short-term bicycle parking. If the new project or an addition or alteration is anticipated to generate visitors, provide permanently anchored bicycle racks within 200 feet of the visitors' entrance, readily visible to passers-by, for 20% of the peak daily visitors, with a minimum of one two-bike capacity rack. Exception: Additions or alterations which add nine or less visitor vehicular parking spaces. CHAPTER 3 GREEN BUILDING SECTION 301 GENERAL 301.1 SCOPE. Buildings shall be designed to include the green building measures specified as mandatory in the application checklists contained in this code. Voluntary green building measures are also included in the application checklists and may be included in the design and construction of structures covered by this code, but are not required unless adopted by a city, county, or city and county as specified in Section 101.7. 301.3 NONRESIDENTIAL ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS. [BSC-CG] The provisions of individual sections of Chapter 5 apply to newly constructed buildings, building additions of 1,000 square feet or greater, and/or building alterations with a permit valuation of $200,000 or above (for occupancies within the authority of California Building Standards Commission). Code sections relevant to additions and alterations shall only apply to the portions of the building being added or altered within the scope of the permitted work. A code section will be designated by a banner to indicate where the code section only applies to newly constructed buildings [N] or to additions and/or alterations [A]. When the code section applies to both, no banner will be used. 301.3.1 Nonresidential additions and alterations that cause updates to plumbing fixtures only: Note: On and after January 1, 2014, certain commercial real property, as defined in Civil Code Section 1101.3, shall have its noncompliant plumbing fixtures replaced with appropriate water-conserving plumbing fixtures under specific circumstances. See Civil Code Section 1101.1 et seq. for definitions, types of commercial real property affected, effective dates, circumstances necessitating replacement of noncompliant plumbing fixtures, and duties and responsibilities for ensuring compliance. 301.3.2 Waste Diversion. The requirements of Section 5.408 shall be required for additions and alterations whenever a permit is required for work. 301.4 PUBLIC SCHOOLS AND COMMUNITY COLLEGES. (see GBSC) 301.5 HEALTH FACILITIES. (see GBSC) SECTION 302 MIXED OCCUPANCY BUILDINGS 302.1 MIXED OCCUPANCY BUILDINGS. In mixed occupancy buildings, each portion of a building shall comply with the specific green building measures applicable to each specific occupancy. SECTION 303 PHASED PROJECTS 303.1 PHASED PROJECTS. For shell buildings and others constructed for future tenant improvements, only those code measures relevant to the building components and systems considered to be new construction (or newly constructed) shall apply. 303.1.1 Initial Tenant improvements. The provisions of this code shall apply only to the initial tenant improvements to a project. Subsequent tenant improvements shall comply with the scoping provisions in Section 301.3 non-residential additions and alterations. 5.106.5.3.2.3 The installation of each DCFC EVSE shall be permitted to reduce the minimum number of required EV capable spaces without EVSE or EVCS with Level 2 EVSE by five and reduce proportionally the required electrical load capacity to the service panel or subpanel. 5.106.5.3.2.4 The installation of two low power Level 2 EV charging receptacles shall be permitted to reduce the minimum number of required EV capable spaces without EVSE in Table 5.106.5.3.1 by one. 5.106.5.3.2.4.1 Raceway capacity requirements. To allow for future upgrades to the electrical conductors serving low power Level 2 charging receptacles, the listed raceway serving such receptacles shall be sized to allow the installation of a dedicated 208/240-volt 40-ampere branch circuit. Where no raceway is used, the conductors shall be sized to accommodate a 208/240-volt 40-ampere receptacle. 5.106.5.3.3 Use of automatic load management systems (ALMS). ALMS shall be permitted for EVCS. When ALMS is installed, the required electrical load capacity specified in Section 5.106.5.3.1 for each EVCS may be reduced when serviced by an EVSE controlled by an ALMS. Each EVSE controlled by an ALMS shall deliver a minimum 30 amperes to an EV when charging one vehicle and shall deliver a minimum 3.3 kW while simultaneously charging multiple EVs. 5.106.5.3.4 Accessible EVCS. When EVSE is installed, accessible EVSC shall be provided in accordance with the California Building Code, Chapter 11B, Section 11B-228.3. Note: For EVCS signs, refer to Caltrans Traffic Operations Policy Directive 13-01 (Zero Emission Vehicle Signs and Pavement Markings) or its successor(s). 5.106.5.3.4 Accessible electric vehicle charging station (EVCS). When EVSE is installed, accessible EVCS shall be provided in accordance with the California Building Code, Chapter 11B, Section 11B-228.3. 5.106.5.3.5 Electric vehicle charging station signage. Electric vehicle charging stations shall be identified by signage or pavement markings in compliance with Caltrans Traffic Operations Policy Directive 13-01 (Zero Emission Vehicle Signs and Pavement Markings) or its successor(s). Power allocation method shall include the following: 1.Use any kVA combination of EV capable spaces, low power Level 2, Level 2 or DCFC EVSEs. 2.At least one Level 2 EVSE shall be provided. 5.106.5.3.6 Electric vehicle charging stations (EVCS)—power allocation method. The power allocation method may be used as an alternative to the requirements in Section 5.106.5.3.1, Section 5.106.5.3.2 and associated Table 5.106.5.3.1. Use Table 5.106.5.3.6 to determine the total power in kVA required based on the total number of actual parking spaces. TABLE 5.106.5.3.1 EV Capable Spaces and EVCS TOTAL NUMBER OF ACTUAL PARKING SPACES NUMBER OF REQUIRED EV CAPABLE SPACES OTHER THAN OFFICE AND RETAIL NUMBER OF REQUIRED ECVS^2,3 OFFICE AND RETAIL NUMBER OF REQUIRED ECVS^2,3 1-9 0 0 0 10-25 4 2 3 26-50 8 4 6 51-75 13 6 8 76-100 17 8 13 101-150 25 12 19 151-200 35 18 26 201 AND OVER 20 percent of actual parking spaces¹ 50 percent of EV capable spaces1 75 percent of EV capable spaces¹ DISCLAIMER:THIS DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED AND INTENDED TO BE USED AS A MEANS TO INDICATE AREAS OF COMPLIANCE WITH THE CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS (CALGREEN) CODE. DUE TO THE VARIABLES BETWEEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT JURISDICTIONS, THIS CHECKLIST IS TO BE USED ON AN INDIVIDUAL PROJECT BASIS AND MAY BE MODIFIED BY THE END USER TO MEET THOSE INDIVIDUAL NEEDS. THE END USER ASSUMES ALL RESPONSIBILITY ASSOCIATED WITH THE USE OF THIS DOCUMENT, INCLUDING VERIFICATION WITH THE FULL CODE. 5.106.2 STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION FOR PROJECTS THAT DISTURB ONE OR MORE ACRES OF LAND. Comply with all lawfully enacted stormwater discharge regulations for projects that (1) disturb one acre or more of land, or (2) disturb less than one acre of land but are part of a larger common plan of development sale. Note: Projects that (1) disturb one acre or more of land, or (2) disturb less than one acre of land but are part of the larger common plan of development or sale must comply with the post-construction requirements detailed in the applicable National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) General permit for Stormwater Discharges Associated with Construction and Land Disturbance Activities issued by the State Water Resources Control Board or the Lahontan Regional Water Quality Control Board (for projects in the Lake Tahoe Hydrologic Unit). The NPDES permits require postconstruction runoff (post-project hydrology) to match the preconstruction runoff (pre-project hydrology) with the installation of postconstruction stormwater management measures. The NPDES permits emphasize runoff reduction through on-site stormwater use, interception, evapotranspiration, and infiltration through nonstructural controls, such as Low Impact Development (LID) practices, and conversation design measures. Stormwater volume that cannot be addressed using nonstructural practices is required to be captured in structural practices and be approved by the enforcing agency. Refer to the current applicable permits on the State Water Resources Control Board website at: www.waterboards.ca.gov/constructionstormwater. Consideration to the stormwater runoff management measures should be given during the initial design process for appropriate integration into site development. N/A Y N/A 1. Calculation for spaces shall be rounded up to the nearest whole number. 2. Each EVCS shall reduce the number of required capable spaces by the same number. 3. At least one Level 2 EVSE shall be provided. Y N/A Y N/A Y = YES N/A =NOT APPLICABLE RESPON. PARTY =RESPONSIBLE PARTY (ie: ARCHITECT, ENGINEER, OWNER, CONTRACTOR, INSPECTOR ETC.) RESPON. PARTY RESPON. PARTY RESPON. PARTY RESPON. PARTY 5.106.5.5 Electric vehicle (EV) charging: medium-duty and heavy-duty. [N] [BSG-CG] Construction shall comply with Section 5.106.5.5.1 to facilitate future installation of electric vehicle supply equipment (EVSE). Construction for warehouses, grocery stores and retail stores, office buildings, and manufacturing facilities with planned off-street loading spaces shall also comply with Section 5.106.5.5.1 for future installation of medium- and heavy-duty EVSE. Exceptions: 1. On a case-by-case basis where the local enforcing agency has determined compliance with this section is not feasible based upon one of the following conditions: a. Where there is no local utility power supply. b. Where the local utility is unable to supply adequate power. c. Where there is evidence suitable to the local enforcing agency substantiating that additional local utility infrastructure design requirements, directly related to the implementation of Section 5.106.5.3, may adversely impact the construction cost of the project. When EVSE(s) is/are installed, it shall be in accordance with the California Building Code, the California Electrical Code and as follows: 5.106.5.5.1 Electric vehicle charging readiness requirements for warehouses, grocery stores, office buildings, and manufacturing facilities and retail stores with planned off-street loading spaces. [N] In order to avoid future demolition when adding EV supply and distribution equipment, spare raceway(s) or busway(s) and adequate capacity for transformer(s), service panel(s) or subpanel(s) shall be installed at the time of construction in accordance with the California Electrical Code. Construction plans and specifications shall include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. The transformer, main service equipment and subpanels shall meet the minimum power requirement in Table 5.106.5.5.1 to accommodate the dedicated branch circuits for the future installation of EVSE. 2. The construction documents shall indicate one or more location(s) convenient to the planned off-street loading space(s) reserved for medium- and heavy-duty ZEV charging cabinets and charging dispensers, and a pathway reserved for routing of conduit from the termination of the raceway(s) or busway(s) to the charging cabinet(s) and dispenser(s), as shown in Table 5.106.5.5.1. 3. Raceway(s) or busway(s) originating at a main service panel or a subpanel(s) serving the area where potential future medium- and heavy-duty EVSE will be located and shall terminate in close proximity to the potential future location of the charging equipment for medium- and heavy-duty vehicles. 4. The raceway(s) or busway(s) shall be of sufficient size to carry the minimum additional system load to the future location of the charging for medium- and heavy-duty ZEVs as shown in Table 5.106.5.5.1. TABLE 5.106.5.3.6 Power Allocation Method TOTAL NUMBER OF ACTUAL PARKING SPACES MINIMUM TOTAL kVA @ 6.6 kVA OTHER THAN OFFICE AND RETAIL TOTAL kVA REQUIRED IN ANY COMBINATION OF EV CAPABLE3,4 LOW POWER LEVEL 2, LEVEL 21, 2 OR DCFC OFFICE AND RETAIL TOTAL kVA REQUIRED IN ANY COMBINATION OF EV CAPABLE4,5 LOW POWER LEVEL 2, LEVEL 21, 2 OR DCFC 1-9 0 0 0 10-25 26.4 26.4 26.4 26-50 52.8 52.8 52.8 51-75 85.8 85.8 85.8 76-100 112.2 112.2 112.2 101-150 165 165 165 151-200 231 231 231 201 AND OVER 20 percent of actual parking spaces x 6.6 Total required kVA = P × .20 × 6.6 Where P = Parking spaces in facility Total required kVA = P × .20 × 6.6 Where P = Parking spaces in facility 1. Level 2 EVSE @ 6.6 kVA minimum. 2. At least one Level 2 EVSE shall be provided. 3. Maximum allowed kVA to be utilized for EV capable spaces is 75 percent. 4. If EV capable spaces are utilized, they shall meet the requirements of Section 5.106.5.3.1 EV capable spaces. 5. For Office and Retail buildings the maximum allowed kVA to be utilized for EV capable is 25 percent. 5.106.5.3.6.1 Receptacle configurations. 208/240V EV charging receptacles shall comply with one of the following configurations: 1. For 20-ampere receptacles, NEMA 6-20R. 2. For 30-ampere receptacles, NEMA 14-30R. 3. For 50-ampere receptacles, NEMA 14-50R. 5.106.5.3.6.2 EV Charger connectors. EV chargers shall be equipped with SAE J1772 with a maximum output 240 Volts AC or SAE J3400 connectors. When using level 2 SAE J3400 connectors, supplied by a 480 V 3-phase service, at least 20 percent of the EV charger connectors shall be SAE J1772 with a maximum output 240 Volts AC. 5.106.5.3.6.3 Raceway capacity requirements. To allow for future upgrades to the electrical conductors serving low power Level 2 charging receptacles, the listed raceway serving such receptacles shall be sized to allow the installation of a dedicated 208/240-volt 40-ampere branch circuit. Where no raceway is used, the conductors shall be sized to accommodate a 208/240-volt 40-ampere receptacle. 5.106.5.4 Additions or alterations to existing buildings or parking facilities [A]. [BSC-CG] Existing buildings or parking facilities being modified by one of the following shall comply with Section 5.106.5.4.1 or 5.106.5.4.2. When EVSE is installed, accessible EVCS shall be provided in accordance with the California Building Code, Chapter 11B, Section 11B-228.3. 1. When the scope of construction work includes an increase in power supply to an electric service panel as part of a parking facility addition or alteration. 2. When a new photovoltaic system is installed covering existing parking spaces. 3. When additions or alterations to existing buildings are triggered pursuant to code Section 301.3 and the scope of work includes an increase in power supply to an electric service panel. Exceptions: 1. On a case-by-case basis where the local enforcing agency has determined compliance with this section is not feasible based upon one of the following conditions: a. Where there is no local utility power supply. b. Where the local utility is unable to supply adequate power. c. Where there is evidence suitable to the local enforcement agency substantiating that additional local utility infrastructure design requirements, directly related to the implementation of Section 5.106.5.3, may adversely impact the construction cost of the project. d. Where demonstrated as impracticable excluding local utility service or utility infrastructure issues. 2. Remote parking facilities that do not have access to the building service panel. 3. Parking area lighting upgrades where no trenching is part of the scope of work. 4. Emergency repairs, including but not limited to water line break in parking facilities, natural disaster repairs, etc. TABLE 5.106.5.5.1 RACEWAY CONDUIT AND PANEL POWER REQUIREMENTS FOR MEDIUM- AND HEAVY-DUTY EVSE [N] BUILDING TYPE BUILDING SIZE (SQ. FT.) NUMBER OF OFF-STREET LOADING SPACES ADDITIONAL CAPACITY REQUIRED (KVA) FOR RACEWAY & BUSWAY AND TRANSFORMER & PANEL Grocery 10,000 to 90,000 1 or 2 200 3 or Greater 400 Greater than 90,000 1 or Greater 400 Manufacturing Facilities 10,000 to 50,000 1 or 2 200 10,000 to 50,000 3 or Greater 400 Greater than 50,000 1 or Greater 400 Office Buildings 10,000 to 135,000 1 or 2 200 10,000 to 135,000 3 or Greater 400 Greater than 135,000 1 or Greater 400 Retail 10,000 to 135,000 1 or 2 200 3 or Greater 400 Greater than 135,000 1 or Greater 400 Warehouse 20,000 to 256,000 1 or 2 200 3 or Greater 400 Greater than 256,000 1 or Greater 400 5.106.5.3.2 Electric vehicle charging stations (EVCS) EV capable spaces shall be provided with electric vehicle supply equipment (EVSE) to create EVCS in the number indicated in Table 5.106.5.3.1. The EVCS required by Table 5.106.5.3.1 shall be provided with Level 2 EVSE or DCFC as permitted in Section 5.106.5.3.2.3. At least one Level 2 EVSE shall be provided. One EV charger with multiple connectors capable of charging multiple EVs simultaneously shall be permitted if the electrical load capacity required by Section 5.106.5.3.1 for each EV capable space is accumulatively supplied to the EV charger. 5.106.5.3.2.1 Receptacle configurations. 208/240V EV charging receptacles shall comply with one of the following configurations: 1. For 20-ampere receptacles, NEMA 6-20R 2. For 30-ampere receptacles, NEMA 14-30R 3. For 50-ampere receptacles, NEMA 14-50R 5.106.5.3.2.2 EV charger connectors. EV chargers shall be equipped with SAE J1772 with a maximum output 240 Volts AC or SAE J3400 connectors.When using level 2 SAE J3400 SAE connectors, supplied by a 480 V 3-phase service, at least 20 percent of the EV charger connectors shall be SAE J1772 with a maximum output 240 Volts AC. 2. Good housekeeping BMPs to manage construction equipment, materials, non-stormwater discharges and wastes that should be considered for implementation as appropriate for each project include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Dewatering activities. b. Material handling and waste management. c. Building materials stockpile management. d. Management of washout areas (concrete, paints, stucco, etc.). e. Control of vehicle/equipment fueling to contractor's staging area. f. Vehicle and equipment cleaning performed off site. g Spill prevention and control. h. Other housekeeping BMPs acceptable to the enforcing agency. SECTION 5.106 SITE DEVELOPMENT 5.106.1 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION FOR PROJECTS THAT DISTURB LESS THAN ONE ACRE OF LAND. Newly constructed projects and additions which disturb less than one acre of land, and are not part of a larger common plan of development or sale, shall prevent the pollution of storm water runoff from the construction activities through one or more of the following measures: 5.106.1.1 Local ordinance. Comply with a lawfully enacted storm water management and/or erosion control ordinance. 5.106.1.2 Best Management Practices (BMPs). Prevent the loss of soil through wind or water erosion by implementing an effective combination of erosion and sediment control and good housekeeping BMPs. 1. Soil loss BMPs that should be considered for implementation as appropriate for each project include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Scheduling construction activity during dry weather, when possible. b. Preservation of natural features, vegetation, soil, and buffers around surface waters. c. Drainage swales or lined ditches to control stormwater flow. d. Mulching or hydroseeding to stabilize disturbed soils. e. Erosion control to protect slopes. f. Protection of storm drain inlets (gravel bags or catch basin inserts). g. Perimeter sediment control (perimeter silt fence, fiber rolls). h. Sediment trap or sediment basin to retain sediment on site. i. Stabilized construction exits. j. Wind erosion control. k. Other soil loss BMPs acceptable to the enforcing agency. 5.106.5.4.1 Existing buildings or parking areas without previously installed EV capable infrastructure [A]. When EV capable infrastructure does not exist at an existing parking facility or building, and the parking facility or building undergoes an addition or alteration listed in Section 5.106.5.4, construction shall include electric vehicle charging in compliance with either Section 5.106.5.3 and associated Table 5.106.5.3.1, or Section 5.106.5.3.6 and associated Table 5.106.5.3.6 for the total number of actual parking spaces being added or altered. 5.106.5.4.2 Existing buildings or parking areas with previously installed EV capable infrastructure [A]. When EV capable infrastructure is available at an existing parking facility or building, and the parking facility or building is undergoing an addition or alteration listed in Section 5.106.5.4, construction shall include electric vehicle charging in compliance with either Section 5.106.5.3 and associated Table 5.106.5.3.1, or Section 5.106.5.3.6 and associated Table 5.106.5.3.6. Install EVCS at all existing EV capable spaces, utilizing the existing EV capable allocated power and infrastructure for the total number of actual parking spaces being added or altered, prior to adding any new EV capable spaces. If the area being added or altered exceeds the existing EV capable capacity, allocated power and infrastructure, provide additional EV charging as needed to comply with this section. Date Modified: Scale: Project No.: Drawn By: Date Description 2535 N.T.S. CALGreen AT A0.2 73200 El Paseo, Suite 2D Palm Desert, CA 92260 gregoryarch.com 760.779.2724 3/19/26 400 S. BALDWIN AVE. SUITE T-62, ARCADIA, CA 91007 BACIO DI LATTE - THE SHOPS AT SANTA ANITA All drawings and written material appearing herein constitute original and unpublished work of Gregory Architects. This document contains proprietary information furnished for the limited purpose of evaluation, bidding, or review and may not be duplicated, used, or disclosed without the prior written consent of Gregory Architects. S T A TEOF CA L I F O R NIA C-36489 GEOFFREYGREGORY 05-31-20 LIC E N S E D ARCHIT E C T 1/30/26 1ST PERMIT SUBMITTAL 3/19/26 2ND PERMIT SUBMITTAL1 3ND PERMIT SUBMITTAL24/14/26 1 1 SECTION 5.408 CONSTRUCTION WASTE REDUCTION, DISPOSAL AND RECYCLING 5.408.1 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT. Recycle and/or salvage for reuse a minimum of 65% of the non-hazardous construction and demolition waste in accordance with Section 5.408.1.1, 5.408.1.2 or 5.408.1.3; or meet a local construction and demolition waste management ordinance, whichever is more stringent. 5.408.1.1 Construction waste management plan. Where a local jurisdiction does not have a construction and demolition waste management ordinance, submit a construction waste management plan that: 1. Identifies the construction and demolition waste materials to be diverted from disposal by efficient usage, recycling, reuse on the project or salvage for future use or sale. 2. Determines if construction and demolition waste materials will be sorted on-site (source-separated) or bulk mixed (single stream). 3. Identifies diversion facilities where construction and demolition waste material collected will be taken. 4. Specifies that the amount of construction and demolition waste materials diverted shall be calculated byweight or volume, but not by both. 5.408.1.2 Waste Management Company. Utilize a waste management company that can provide verifiable documentation that the percentage of construction and demolition waste material diverted from the landfill complies with this section. Note: The owner or contractor shall make the determination if the construction and demolition waste material will be diverted by a waste management company. Exceptions to Sections 5.408.1.1 and 5.408.1.2: 1. Excavated soil and land-clearing debris. 2. Alternate waste reduction methods developed by working with local agencies if diversion or recycle facilities capable of compliance with this item do not exist. 3. Demolition waste meeting local ordinance or calculated in consideration of local recycling facilities and markets. 5.408.1.3 Waste stream reduction alternative. The combined weight of new construction disposal that does not exceed two pounds per square foot of building area may be deemed to meet the 65% minimum requirement as approved by the enforcing agency. 5.408.1.4 Documentation. Documentation shall be provided to the enforcing agency which demonstrates compliance with Sections 5.408.1.1, through 5.408.1.3. The waste management plan shall be updated as necessary and shall be accessible during construction for examination by the enforcing agency. Notes: 1. Sample forms found in "A Guide to the California Green Building Standards Code (Nonresidential)" located www.dgs.ca.gov/BSC/Resources/Page-Content/Building-Standards-Commission- Resources-List-Folder/CALGreen may be used to assist in documenting compliance with the waste management plan. 2. Mixed construction and demolition debris processors can be located at the California Department of Resources Recycling and Recovery (CalRecycle). 5.408.2 UNIVERSAL WASTE. [A] Additions and alterations to a building or tenant space that meet the scoping provisions in Section 301.3 for nonresidential additions and alterations, shall require verification that Universal Waste items such as fluorescent lamps and ballast and mercury containing thermostats as well as other California prohibited Universal Waste materials are disposed of properly and are diverted from landfills. A list of prohibited Universal Waste materials shall be included in the construction documents. Note: Refer to the Universal Waste Rule link at: http://www.dtsc.ca.gov/universalwaste/ SECTION 5.303 INDOOR WATER USE 5.303.1 METERS. Separate submeters or metering devices shall be installed for the uses described in Sections 503.1.1 and 503.1.2. 5.303.1.1 Buildings in excess of 50,000 square feet. Separate submeters shall be installed as follows: 1. For each individual leased, rented or other tenant space within the building projected to consume more than 100 gal/day (380 L/day), including, but not limited to, spaces used for laundry or cleaners, restaurant or food service, medical or dental office, laboratory, or beauty salon or barber shop. 2. Where separate submeters for individual building tenants are unfeasible, for water supplied to the following subsystems: a. Makeup water for cooling towers where flow through is greater than 500 gpm (30 L/s). b. Makeup water for evaporative coolers greater than 6 gpm (0.04 L/s). c. Steam and hot water boilers with energy input more than 500,000 Btu/h (147 kW). 5.303.1.2 Excess consumption. A separate submeter or metering device shall be provided for any tenant within a new building or within an addition that is projected to consume more than 1,000 gal/day. SECTION 5.304 OUTDOOR WATER USE 5.304.1 OUTDOOR POTABLE WATER USE IN LANDSCAPE AREAS. Nonresidential developments shall comply with a local water efficient landscape ordinance or the current California Department of Water Resources' Model Water Efficient Landscape Ordinance (MWELO), whichever is more stringent. Notes: 1. The Model Water Efficient Landscape Ordinance (MWELO) is located in the California Code of Regulations, Title 23, Chapter 2.7, Division 2. 2. MWELO and supporting documents, including a water budget calculator, are available at: https://www.water.ca.gov/. 5.303.4 COMMERCIAL KITCHEN EQUIPMENT. 5.303.4.1 Food Waste Disposers. Disposers shall either modulate the use of water to no more than 1 gpm when the disposer is not in use (not actively grinding food waste/no-load) or shall automatically shut off after no more than 10 minutes of inactivity. Disposers shall use no more than 8 gpm of water. Note: This code section does not affect local jurisdiction authority to prohibit or require disposer installation. 5.303.5 AREAS OF ADDITION OR ALTERATION. For those occupancies within the authority of the California Building Standards Commission as specified in Section 103, the provisions of Section 5.303.3 and 5.303.4 shall apply to new fixtures in additions or areas of alteration to the building. 5.303.6 STANDARDS FOR PLUMBING FIXTURES AND FITTINGS. Plumbing fixtures and fittings shall be installed in accordance with the California Plumbing Code, and shall meet the applicable standards referenced in Table 1701.1 of the California Plumbing Code and in Chapter 6 of this code. SECTION 5.407 WATER RESISTANCE AND MOISTURE MANAGEMENT 5.407.1 WEATHER PROTECTION. Provide a weather-resistant exterior wall and foundation envelope as required by California Building Code Section 1402.2 (Weather Protection), manufacturer's installation instructions or local ordinance, whichever is more stringent. 5.407.2 MOISTURE CONTROL. Employ moisture control measures by the following methods. 5.407.2.1 Sprinklers. Design and maintain landscape irrigation systems to prevent spray on structures. 5.407.2.2 Entries and openings. Design exterior entries and/or openings subject to foot traffic or wind-driven rain to prevent water intrusion into buildings as follows: 5.407.2.2.1 Exterior door protection. Primary exterior entries shall be covered to prevent water intrusion by using nonabsorbent floor and wall finishes within at least 2 feet around and perpendicular to such openings plus at least one of the following: 1. An installed awning at least 4 feet in depth. 2. The door is protected by a roof overhang at least 4 feet in depth. 3. The door is recessed at least 4 feet. 4. Other methods which provide equivalent protection. 5.407.2.2.2 Flashing. Install flashings integrated with a drainage plane. 5.303.3.4 Faucets and fountains. 5.303.3.4.1 Nonresidential Lavatory faucets. Lavatory faucets shall have a maximum flow rate of not more than 0.5 gallons per minute at 60 psi. 5.303.3.4.2 Kitchen faucets. Kitchen faucets shall have a maximum flow rate of not more than 1.8 gallons per minute at 60 psi. Kitchen faucets may temporarily increase the flow above the maximum rate, but not to exceed 2.2 gallons per minute at 60 psi, and must default to a maximum flow rate of 1.8 gallons per minute at 60 psi. 5.303.3.4.3 Wash fountains. Wash fountains shall have a maximum flow rate of not more than1.8 gallons per minute/20 [rim space (inches) at 60 psi]. 5.303.3.4.4 Metering faucets. Metering faucets shall not deliver more than 0.20 gallons per cycle. 5.303.3.4.5 Metering faucets for wash fountains. Metering faucets for wash fountains shall have a maximum flow rate of not more than 0.20 gallons per minute/20 [rim space (inches) at 60 psi]. Note: Where complying faucets are unavailable, aerators or other means may be used to achieve reduction. 5.303.3.4.6 Pre-rinse spray value When installed, commercial pre-rinse spray valves shall meet the requirements in the California Plumbing Code, Section 420.3. 2025 CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS CODE NONRESIDENTIAL MANDATORY MEASURES, SHEET 2 Y DIVISION 5.2 ENERGY EFFICIENCY SECTION 5.201 GENERAL 5.201.1 Scope [BSC-CG]. California Energy Code [DSA-SS]. For the purposes of mandatory energy efficiency standards in this code, the California Energy Commission will continue to adopt mandatory building standards. DIVISION 5.3 WATER EFFICIENCY AND CONSERVATION SECTION 5.301 GENERAL 5.301.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter shall establish the means of conserving water use indoors, outdoors and in wastewater conveyance. 5.106.5.6.5 Requirement to install EVSE. Level 2 EVSE shall be provided in all existing EV capable spaces to create EVCS when a project is required by California Administrative Code Section 4-309 to be submitted for plan approval to the Division of the State Architect. When EVSE is installed in existing EV capable spaces, accessible EVCS shall be provided in accordance with California Building Code Chapter 11B. Exception: Projects in which improvements in parking areas consist only of accessibility improvements are not required to comply with Section 5.106.5.6.5. 5.106.8 LIGHT POLLUTION REDUCTION. [N]. l Outdoor lighting systems shall be designed and installed to comply with the following: 1.The minimum requirements in the California Energy Code for Lighting Zones 0-4 as defined in Chapter 10, Section 10-114 of the California Administrative Code; and 2.Backlight (B) ratings as defined in IES TM-15-11 (shown in Table A-1 in Chapter 8); 3.Uplight and Glare ratings as defined in California Energy Code (shown in Tables 130.2-A and 130.2-B in Chapter 8) and 4.Allowable BUG ratings not exceeding those shown in Table 5.106.8, [N] or Comply with a local ordinance lawfully enacted pursuant to Section 101.7, whichever is more stringent. Exceptions: [N] 1. Luminaires that qualify as exceptions in Sections 130.2 (b) and 140.7 of the California Energy Code. 2. Emergency lighting. 3. Building facade meeting the requirements in Table 140.7-B of the California Energy Code, Part 6. 4. Custom lighting features as allowed by the local enforcing agency, as permitted by Section 101.8 Alternate materials, designs and methods of construction. 5. Luminaires with less than 6,200 initial luminaire lumens. DISCLAIMER:THIS DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED AND INTENDED TO BE USED AS A MEANS TO INDICATE AREAS OF COMPLIANCE WITH THE CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS (CALGREEN) CODE. DUE TO THE VARIABLES BETWEEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT JURISDICTIONS, THIS CHECKLIST IS TO BE USED ON AN INDIVIDUAL PROJECT BASIS AND MAY BE MODIFIED BY THE END USER TO MEET THOSE INDIVIDUAL NEEDS. THE END USER ASSUMES ALL RESPONSIBILITY ASSOCIATED WITH THE USE OF THIS DOCUMENT, INCLUDING VERIFICATION WITH THE FULL CODE. N/A Y N/A Y N/A Y N/A Y = YES N/A =NOT APPLICABLE RESPON. PARTY =RESPONSIBLE PARTY (ie: ARCHITECT, ENGINEER, OWNER, CONTRACTOR, INSPECTOR ETC.) RESPON. PARTY RESPON. PARTY RESPON. PARTY RESPON. PARTY TABLE 5.106.5.6.3 NUMBER OF PARKING SPACES IN A PARKING FACILITY MINIMUM TOTAL POWER (KVA) REQUIRED FOR EVCS 0-9 0 10-25 7 26-50 14 51-75 20 76-100 27 101-150 40 151-200 60 201 AND OVER Total required KVA = P × .05 × 6.6 Where P = Parking spaces in facility 5.106.5.6.4 EVCS for alterations of or additions to parking facilities. Alterations of or additions to parking facilities shall provide EVCS in compliance with Section 5.106.5.6.4. The installation of infrastructure for EV capable spaces required to be provided without EVSE shall not be required. 5.106.5.6.4.1 Alterations of and additions to parking facilities. EVCS shall be provided in accordance with the number indicated in Table 5.106.5.6.1 or minimum power indicated in Table 5.106.5.6.3 when the scope of work includes an increase in power supply to an electric panel serving light fixtures illuminating the parking area or when area containing parking spaces is added to a parking facility. The number of required EVCS shall be based on the total number of existing and new parking spaces in the parking facility. 5.106.5.6.4.2 Alterations consisting of the installation of photovoltaic systems. EVCS shall be provided in accordance with the number indicated in Table 5.106.5.6.1 or maximum power indicated in Table 5.106.5.6.3 when a new photovoltaic system is installed in an existing parking facility. 5.106.10 GRADING AND PAVING. Construction plans shall indicate how site grading or a drainage system will manage all surface water flows to keep water from entering buildings. Examples of methods to manage surface water include, but are not limited to, the following: 1.Swales. 2.Water collection and disposal systems. 3.French drains. 4.Water retention gardens. 5.Other water measures which keep surface water away from buildings and aid in groundwater recharge. Exception: Additions and alterations not altering the drainage path. 5.106.12 SHADE TREES [DSA-SS]. Shade Trees shall be planted to comply with Sections 5.106.12.1, 5.106.12.2, and 5.106.12.3. Percentages shown shall be measured at noon on the summer solstice. Landscape irrigation necessary to establish and maintain tree health shall comply with Section 5.304.6. 5.106.12.1 Surface parking areas. Shade tree plantings, minimum #10 container size or equal, shall be installed to provide shade over 50 percent of the parking area within 15 years. Exceptions: Surface parking area covered by solar photovoltaic shade structures with roofing materials that comply with Table A5.106.11.2.2 in Appendix A5 shall be permitted in whole or in part in lieu of shade tree planting. 5.106.12.2 Landscape areas. Shade tress plantings, minimum #10 container size or equal shall be installed to provide shade of 20% of the landscape area within 15 years. Exceptions: Playfields for organized sport activity are not included in the total area calculation. 5.106.12.3. Hardscape areas. Shade tree plantings, minimum #10 container size or equal shall be installed to provide shade over 20 percent of the hardscape area within 15 years. Exceptions: 1.Walks, hardscape areas covered by solar photovoltaic shade structures or shade structures with roofing materials that comply with Table A5.106.11.2.2 in Appendix A5 shall be permitted in whole or in part in lieu of shade tree planting. 2.Designated and marked play areas of organized sport activity are not included in the total area calculation. BALANCE. To proportion flows within the distribution system, including sub-mains, branches and terminals, according to design quantities. BUILDING COMMISSIONING. A systematic quality assurance process that spans the entire design and construction process, including verifying and documenting that building systems and components are planned, designed, installed, tested, operated and maintained to meet the owner’s project requirements. BUY CLEAN CALIFORNIA ACT (BCCA). The Buy Clean California Act (BCCA) (Public Contract Code Sections 3500-3505) targets carbon emissions associated with the production of structural steel (hot-rolled sections, hollow structural sections, and plate), concrete reinforcing steel, flat glass, and mineral wool board insulation. The maximum acceptable global warming potential (GWP) limits are established by the Department of General Services (DGS), in consultation with the California Air Resources Board (CARB). CRADLE-TO-GRAVE. Activities associated with a product or building’s life cycle from the extraction stage through disposal stage, and covering modules A1 through C4 in accordance with ISO Standards 14025 and 21930. ORGANIC WASTE. Food waste, green waste, landscape and pruning wste, nonhazardous wood waste, and food soiled paper waste that is mixed in with food waste. REFERENCE STUDY PERIOD. The period of use for the building, in years, that will be assumed for life cycle assessment. TEST. A procedure to determine quantitative performance of a system or equipment TYPE III ENVIRONMENTAL PRODUCT DECLARATION (EPD). A third-party verified report that summarizes how a product impacts the environment. Type III EPDs can be either product-specific, factory-specific, or industry-wide EPDs. See “Cradle-to-Gate.” FACTORY-SPECIFIC EPD. A product-specific Type III EPD in which the environmental impacts can be attributed to a single manufacturer and manufacturing facility. INDUSTRY-WIDE EPD (IW-EPD). A Type III EPD in which the environmental impacts are an average of the typical manufacturing impacts for a range of products within the same product category for a group of manufacturers. PRODUCT-SPECIFIC EPD. A Type III EPD in which the environmental impacts can be attributed to a product design and manufacturer across multiple facilities.5.303.3 WATER CONSERVING PLUMBING FIXTURES AND FITTINGS. Plumbing fixtures (water closets and urinals) and fittings (faucets and showerheads) shall comply with the following: 5.303.3.1 Water Closets. The effective flush volume of all water closets shall not exceed 1.28 gallons per flush. Tank-type water closets shall be certified to the performance criteria of the U.S. EPA WaterSense Specification for Tank-Type toilets. Note: The effective flush volume of dual flush toilets is defined as the composite, average flush volume of two reduced flushes and one full flush. 5.303.3.2 Urinals. 5.303.3.2.1 Wall-mounted Urinals. The effective flush volume of wall-mounted urinals shall not exceed 0.125 gallons per flush. 5.303.3.2.2 Floor-mounted Urinals. The effective flush volume of floor-mounted or other urinals shall not exceed 0.5 gallons per flush. 5.303.3.3 Showerheads. [BSC-CG] 5.303.3.3.1 Single showerhead. Showerheads shall have a maximum flow rate of not more than 1.8 gallons per minute at 80 psi. Showerheads shall be certified to the performance criteria of the U.S. EPA WaterSense Specification for Showerheads. 5.303.3.3.2 Multiple showerheads serving one shower. When a shower is served by more than one showerhead, the combined flow rate of all the showerheads and/or other shower outlets controlled by a single valve shall not exceed 1.8 gallons per minute at 80 psi, or the shower shall be designed to allow only one shower outlet to be in operation at a time. Note: A hand-held shower shall be considered a showerhead. 1. IESNA Lighting Zones 0 and 5 are not applicable; refer to Lighting Zones as defined in the California Energy Code and Chapter 10 of the Callifornia Administrative Code. 2. For property lines that abut public walkways, bikeways, plazas and parking lots, the property line may be considered to be 5 feet beyond the actual property line for purpose of determining compliance with this section. For property lines that abut public roadways and public transit corridors, the property line may be considered to be the centerline of the public roadway or public transit corridor for the purpose of determining compliance with this section. 3. General lighting luminaires in areas such as outdoor parking, sales or storage lots shall meet these reduced ratings. Decorative luminaries located in these areas shall meet U-value limits for "all other outdoor lighting" 5.106.8.1 Facing- Backlight Luminaries within 2MH of a property line shall be oriented so that the nearest property line is behind the fixture, and shall comply with the backlight rating specified in Table 5.106.8 based on the lighting zone and distance to the nearest point of that property line. Exception: Corners. If two property lines (or two segments of the same property line) have equidistant point to the luminaire, then the luminaire may be oriented so that the intersection of the two lines (the corner) is directly behind the luminaire. The luminaire shall still use the distance to the nearest points(s) on the property lines to determine the required backlight rating. 5.106.8.2 Facing-Glare. For luminaires covered by 5.106.8.1, if a property line also exists within or extends into the front hemisphere within 2MH of the luminaire then the luminaire shall comply with the more stringent glare rating specified in Table 5.106.8 based on the lighting zone and distance to the nearest point on the nearest property line within the front hemisphere. Note: [N] 1.See also California Building Code, Chapter 12, Section 1205.6 for college campus lighting requirements for parking facilities and walkways. 2.Refer to Chapter 8 (Compliance Forms, Worksheets and Reference Material) for IES TM-15-11 Table A-1, California Energy Code Tables 130.2-A and 130.2-B. 3. Refer to the California Building Code for requirements for additions and alterations. 5.106.5.6.2.1 Reduced number of EV capable spaces. The installation of each DCFC EVSE shall be permitted to reduce the minimum number of required EV capable spaces indicated in Table 5.106.5.6.1 by five and reduce proportionally the required electrical load capacity to the service panel or subpanel. 5.106.5.6.2.2 Multiple connectors. EVSE with multiple vehicle connectors capable of charging multiple EVs simultaneously shall be permitted if the electrical load capacity required by Section 5.106.5.6.1 for each EV capable space is accumulatively supplied to the EVSE. 5.106.5.6.2.3 Use of automatic load management systems (ALMS). ALMS shall be permitted for EVCS installed in accordance with Section 5.105.5.6.2. When ALMS is installed, the required electrical load capacity specified in Section 5.106.5.6.1 for each EVCS may be reduced when serviced by an EVSE controlled by an ALMS. Each EVSE controlled by an ALMS shall deliver a minimum 30 amperes to an EV when charging one vehicle and shall deliver a minimum 3.3 kW while simultaneously charging multiple EVs. 5.106.5.6.3 EVCS alternative compliance. In lieu of compliance with Section 5.106.5.6.2, EVCS shall be provided with Level 1, low power Level 2, or Level 2, or any combination of Level 1, low power Level 2 or Level 2 EVSE such that the total power supplied by the combination of EVSE meets the minimum power indicated in Table 5.106.5.6.3, based on the total number of actual parking spaces in each parking facility. POTABLE WATER. Water that is drinkable and meets the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Drinking Water Standards. See definition in the California Plumbing Code, Part 5. POTABLE WATER. [HCD] Water that is satisfactory for drinking, culinary, and domestic purposes, and meets the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Drinking Water Standards and the requirements of the Health Authority Having Jurisdiction. SPECIAL LANDSCAPE AREA (SLA). [DSA-SS] An area of the landscape dedicated solely to edible plants, planting areas used for educational purposes, recreational areas, areas irrigated with recycled water, water features using recycled water, and where turf provides a playing surface or gathering space. SUBMETER. [HCD 1] A secondary device beyond a meter that measures water consumption of an individual rental unit within a multiunit residential structure or mixed-use residential and commercial structure. (See Civic Code Section 1954.202 (g) and Water code Section 517 for additional details.) 1. Calculation for spaces shall be rounded up to the nearest whole number. 2. Each EVCS shall reduce the number of required EV capable spaces by the same number. 5.106.5.6.2 Electric vehicle charging stations (EVCS). EV capable spaces shall be provided with EVSE to create EVCS in the number indicated in Table 5.106.5.6.1 and shall comply with Section 5.106.5.6.2. EVCS shall be serviced by Level 2 or Direct Current Fast Charging (DCFC) EVSE, or with EVSE in any combination of Level 2 and DCFC. Accessible EVCS shall be provided in accordance with California Building Code Chapter 11B. TABLE 5.106.5.6.1 TOTAL NUMBER OF ACTUAL PARKING SPACES NUMBER OF REQUIRED EV CAPABLE SPACES NUMBER OF REQUIRED EVCS2 0-9 0 0 10-25 4 1 26-50 8 2 51-75 13 3 76-100 17 4 101-150 25 6 151-200 35 9 201 AND OVER 20 percent of total spaces¹25 percent of EV capable spaces¹ TABLE 5.106.8 [N] MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE BACKLIGHT, UPLIGHT AND GLARE (BUG) RATINGS 1,2 ALLOWABLE RATING LIGHTING ZONE LZ0 LIGHTING ZONE LZ1 LIGHTING ZONE LZ2 LIGHTING ZONE LZ3 LIGHTING ZONE LZ4 MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE BACKLIGHT RATING 3 Luminaire greater than 2 mounting heights (MH) from property line N/A No Limit No Limit No Limit No Limit Luminaire back hemisphere is 1-2 MH from property line N/A B2 B3 B4 B4 Luminaire back hemisphere is 0.5-1 MH from property line N/A B1 B2 B3 B3 Luminaire back hemisphere is less than 0.5 MH from property line N/A B0 B0 B1 B2 MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE UPLIGHT RATING (U) For area lighting 3 N/A U0 U0 U0 U0 For all other outdoor lighting,including decorative luminaires N/A U1 U2 U3 UR MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE GLARE RATING 5 (G) MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE GLARE RATING 5 (G)N/A G1 G2 G3 G4 MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE GLARE RATING 5 (G)N/A G0 G1 G1 G2 MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE GLARE RATING 5 (G)N/A G0 G0 G1 G1 MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE GLARE RATING 5 (G)N/A G0 G0 G0 G1 DIVISION 5.4 MATERIAL CONSERVATION AND RESOURCE EFFICIENCY SECTION 5.401 GENERAL 5.401.1 SCOPE. The provisions of this chapter specify the requirements of achieving material conservation, resource efficiency, and greenhouse gas (GHG) emission reduction through protection of buildings from exterior moisture, construction waste diversion, employment of techniques to reduce pollution through recycling of materials, the installation of products with lower GHG emissions and building commissioning or testing and adjusting. SECTION 5.402 DEFINITIONS 5.402.1 DEFINITIONS. The following terms are defined in Chapter 2 (and are included here for reference) ADJUST. To regulate fluid flow rate and air patterns at the terminal equipment, such as to reduce fan speed or adjust a damper. GRAYWATER. Pursuant to Health and Safety Code Section 17922.12, "graywater" means untreated wastewater that has not been contaminated by any toilet discharge, has not been affected by infectious, contaminated, or unhealthy bodily wastes, and does not present a threat from contamination by unhealthful processing, manufacturing, or operating wastes. "Graywater" includes, but is not limited to wastewater from bathtubs, showers, bathroom washbasins, clothes washing machines and laundry tubs, but does not include waste water from kitchen sinks or dishwashers. MODEL WATER EFFICIENT LANDSCAPE ORDINANCE (MWELO). The California ordinance regulating landscape design, installation and maintenance practices that will ensure commercial, multifamily and other developer installed landscapes greater than 2500 square feet meet an irrigation water budget developed based on landscaped area and climatological parameters. MODEL WATER EFFICIENT LANDSCAPE ORDINANCE (MWELO). [HCD] The California model ordinance (California Code of Regulations, Title 23, Division 2, Chapter 2.7), regulating landscape design, installation and maintenance practices. Local agencies are required to adopt the updated MWELO, or adopt a local ordinance at least as effective as the MWELO. SECTION 5.302 DEFINITIONS 5.302.1 Definitions. The following terms are defined in Chapter 2 (and are included here for reference) EVAPOTRANSPIRATION ADJUSTMENT FACTOR (ETAF) [DSA-SS]. An adjustment factor when applied to reference evapotranspiration that adjusts for plant factors and irrigation efficiency, which ae two major influences on the amount of water that needs to be applied to the landscape. FOOTPRINT AREA [DSA-SS]. The total area of the furthest exterior wall of the structure projected to natural grade, not including exterior areas such as stairs, covered walkways, patios and decks. METERING FAUCET. A self-closing faucet that dispenses a specific volume of water for each actuation cycle. The volume or cycle duration can be fixed or adjustable. 5.304.6 OUTDOOR POTABLE WATER USE IN LANDSCAPE AREAS. For public schools and community colleges, landscape projects as described in Sections 5.304.6.1 and 5.304.6.2 shall comply with the California Department of Water Resources Model Water Efficient Landscape Ordinance (MWELO) commencing with Section 490 of Chapter 2.7, Division 2, Title 23, California Code of Regulations, except that the evapotranspiration adjustment factor (ETAF) shall be 0.65 with an additional water allowance for special landscape areas (SLA) of 0.35. Exception: Any project with an aggregate landscape area of 2,500 square feet or less may comply with the prescriptive measures contained in Appendix D of the MWELO. 5.304.6.1 Newly constructed landscapes. New construction projects with an aggregate landscape area equal to or greater than 500 square feet. 5.304.6.2 Rehabilitated landscapes. Rehabilitated landscape projects with an aggregate landscape area equal to or greater than 1,200 square feet.Date Modified: Scale: Project No.: Drawn By: Date Description 2535 N.T.S. CALGreen AT A0.3 73200 El Paseo, Suite 2D Palm Desert, CA 92260 gregoryarch.com 760.779.2724 3/19/26 400 S. BALDWIN AVE. SUITE T-62, ARCADIA, CA 91007 BACIO DI LATTE - THE SHOPS AT SANTA ANITA All drawings and written material appearing herein constitute original and unpublished work of Gregory Architects. This document contains proprietary information furnished for the limited purpose of evaluation, bidding, or review and may not be duplicated, used, or disclosed without the prior written consent of Gregory Architects. S T A TEOF CA L I F O R NIA C-36489 GEOFFREYGREGORY 05-31-20 LIC E N S E D ARCHIT E C T 1/30/26 1ST PERMIT SUBMITTAL 3/19/26 2ND PERMIT SUBMITTAL1 3ND PERMIT SUBMITTAL24/14/26 1 1 DIVISION 5.5 ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY SECTION 5.501 GENERAL 5.501.1 SCOPE. The provisions of this chapter shall outline means of reducing the quantity of air contaminants that are odorous, irritating, and/or harmful to the comfort and well-being of a building's installers, occupants and neighbors. SECTION 5.502 DEFINITIONS 5.502.1 DEFINITIONS. The following terms are defined in Chapter 2 (and are included here for reference) ARTERIAL HIGHWAY. A general term denoting a highway primarily for through traffic usually on a continuous route. A-WEIGHTED SOUND LEVEL (dBA). The sound pressure level in decibels as measured on a sound level meter using the internationally standardized A-weighting filter or as computed from sound spectral data to which A-weighting adjustments have been made. 1 BTU/HOUR. British thermal units per hour, also referred to as Btu. The amount of heat required to raise one pound of water one degree Fahrenheit per hour, a common measure of heat transfer rate. A ton of refrigeration is 12,000 Btu, the amount of heat required to melt a ton (2,000 pounds) of ice at 320 Fahrenheit. COMMUNITY NOISE EQUIVALENT LEVEL (CNEL). A metric similar to the day-night average sound level (Ldn), except that a 5 decibel adjustment is added to the equivalent continuous sound exposure level for evening hours (7pm to 10pm) in addition to the 10 dB nighttime adjustment used in the Ldn. COMPOSITE WOOD PRODUCTS. Composite wood products include hardwood plywood, particleboard and medium density fiberboard. “Composite wood products” does not include hardboard, structural plywood, structural panels, structural composite lumber, oriented strand board, glued laminated timber, timber, prefabricated wood I–joists or finger–jointed lumber, all as specified in California Code of Regulations (CCR), Title 17, Section 93120.1(a). Note: See CCR, Title 17, Section 93120.1. DAY-NIGHT AVERAGE SOUND LEVEL (Ldn). The A-weighted equivalent continuous sound exposure level for a 24-hour period with a 10 dB adjustment added to sound levels occurring during nighttime hours (10p.m. to 7 a.m.). DECIBEL (db). A measure on a logarithmic scale of the magnitude of a particular quantity (such as sound pressure, sound power, sound intensity) with respect to a reference quantity. EXPRESSWAY. An arterial highway for through traffic which may have partial control of access, but which may or may not be divided or have grade separations at intersections. FREEWAY. A divided arterial highway with full control of access and with grade separations at intersections. GLOBAL WARMING POTENTIAL (GWP). The radiative forcing impact of one mass-based unit of a given greenhouse gas relative to an equivalent unit of carbon dioxide over a given period of time. Carbon dioxide is the reference compound with a GWP of one. GLOBAL WARMING POTENTIAL VALUE (GWP VALUE). A 100-year GWP value published by the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) in either its Second Assessment Report (SAR) (IPCC, 1995); or its Fourth Assessment A-3 Report (AR4) (IPCC, 2007). The SAR GWP values are found in column "SAR (100-yr)" of Table 2.14.; the AR4 GWP values are found in column "100 yr" of Table 2.14. HIGH-GWP REFRIGERANT. A compound used as a heat transfer fluid or gas that is: (a) a chlorofluorocarbon, a hdrochlorofluorocarbon, a hydrofluorocarbon, a perfluorocarbon, or any compound or blend of compounds, with a GWP value equal to or greater than 150, or (B) any ozone depleting substance as defined in Title 40 of the Code of Federal Regulations, Part 82, sec.82.3 (as amended March 10, 2009). LONG RADIUS ELBOW. Pipe fitting installed between two lengths of pipe or tubing to allow a change of direction, with a radius 1.5 times the pipe diameter. LOW-GWP REFRIGERANT. A compound used as a heat transfer fluid or gas that: (A) has a GWP value less than 150, and (B) is not an ozone depleting substance as defined in Title 40 of the Code of Federal Regulations, Part 82, sec.82.3 (as amended March 10, 2009). MERV. Filter minimum efficiency reporting value, based on ASHRAE 52.2–1999. MAXIMUM INCREMENTAL REACTIVITY (MIR). The maximum change in weight of ozone formed by adding a compound to the "Base REactive Organic Gas (ROG) Mixture" per weight of compound added, expressed to hundreths of a gram (g O3/g ROC). PRODUCT-WEIGHTED MIR (PWMIR). The sum of all weighted-MIR for all ingredients in a product subject to this article. The PWMIR is the total product reactivity expressed to hundredths of a gram of ozone formed per gram of product (excluding container and packaging). PSIG. Pounds per square inch, guage. REACTIVE ORGANIC COMPOUND (ROC). Any compound that has the potential, once emitted, to contribute to ozone formation in the troposphere. SCHRADER ACCESS VALVES. Access fittings with a valve core installed. SHORT RADIUS ELBOW. Pipe fitting installed between two lengths of pipe or tubing to allow a change of direction, with a radius 1.0 times the pipe diameter. SUPERMARKET. For the purposes of Section 5.508.2, a supermarket is any retail food facility with 8,000 square feet or more conditioned area, and that utilizes either refrigerated display cases, or walk-in coolers or freezers connected to remote compressor units or condensing units. VOC. A volatile organic compound broadly defined as a chemical compound based on carbon chains or rings with vapor pressures greater than 0.1 millimeters of mercury at room temperature. These compounds typically contain hydrogen and may contain oxygen, nitrogen and other elements. See CCR Title 17, Section 94508(a). Note: Where specific regulations are cited from different agencies such as SCAQMD, ARB, etc., the VOC definition included in that specific regulation is the one that prevails for the specific measure in question. SECTION 5.504 POLLUTANT CONTROL 5.504.1 TEMPORARY VENTILATION. The permanent HVAC system shall only be used during construction if necessary to condition the building or areas of addition or alteration within the required temperature range for material and equipment installation. If the HVAC system is used during construction, use return air filters with a Minimum Efficiency Reporting Value (MERV) of 8, based on ASHRAE 52.2-1999, or an average efficiency of 30% based on ASHRAE 52.1-1992 Replace all filters immediately prior to occupancy, or, if the building is occupied during alteration, at the conclusion of construction. 5.504.3 Covering of duct openings and protection of mechanical equipment during construction. At the time of rough installation and during storage on the construction site until final startup of the heating, cooling and ventilation equipment, all duct and other related air distribution component openings shall be covered with tape, plastic, sheetmetal or other methods acceptable to the enforcing agency to reduce the amount of dust, water and debris which may enter the system. 5.410.2.1 Owner's or Owner Representative's Project Requirements (OPR). [N] The expectations and requirements of the building appropriate to its phase shall be documented before the design phase of the project begins. This documentation shall include the following: 1. Environmental and sustainability goals. 2. Building sustainable goals. 3. Indoor environmental quality requirements. 4. Project program, including facility functions and hours of operation, and need for after hours operation. 5. Equipment and systems expectations. 6. Building occupant and operation and maintenance (O&M) personnel expectations. 5.410.2.2 Basis of Design (BOD). [N] A written explanation of how the design of the building systems meets the OPR shall be completed at the design phase of the building project. The Basis of Design document shall cover the following systems: 1. Renewable energy systems. 2. Landscape irrigation systems. 3. Water reuse system. 5.410.2.3 Commissioning plan. [N] Prior to permit issuance a commissioning plan shall be completed to document how the project will be commissioned. The commissioning plan shall include the following: 1. General project information. 2. Commissioning goals. 3. Systems to be commissioned. Plans to test systems and components shall include: a. An explanation of the original design intent. b. Equipment and systems to be tested, including the extent of tests. c. Functions to be tested. d. Conditions under which the test shall be performed. e. Measurable criteria for acceptable performance. 4. Commissioning team information. 5. Commissioning process activities, schedules and responsibilities. Plans for the completion of commissioning shall be included. 5.410.2.4 Functional performance testing. [N] Functional performance tests shall demonstrate the correct installation and operation of each component, system and system-to-system interface in accordance with the approved plans and specifications. Functional performance testing reports shall contain information addressing each of the building components tested, the testing methods utilized, and include any readings and adjustments made. TABLE 5.504.4.1 - ADHESIVE VOC LIMIT1,2 Less Water and Less Exempt Compounds in Grams per Liter ARCHITECTURAL APPLICATIONS CURRENT VOC LIMIT INDOOR CARPET ADHESIVES 50 CARPET PAD ADHESIVES 50 OUTDOOR CARPET ADHESIVES 150 WOOD FLOORING ADHESIVES 100 RUBBER FLOOR ADHESIVES 60 SUBFLOOR ADHESIVES 50 CERAMIC TILE ADHESIVES 65 VCT & ASPHALT TILE ADHESIVES 50 DRYWALL & PANEL ADHESIVES 50 COVE BASE ADHESIVES 50 MULTIPURPOSE CONSTRUCTION ADHESIVES 70 STRUCTURAL GLAZING ADHESIVES 100 SINGLE-PLY ROOF MEMBRANE ADHESIVES 250 OTHER ADHESIVES NOT SPECIFICALLY LISTED 50 SPECIALTY APPLICATIONS PVC WELDING 510 CPVC WELDING 490 ABS WELDING 325 PLASTIC CEMENT WELDING 250 ADHESIVE PRIMER FOR PLASTIC 550 CONTACT ADHESIVE 80 SPECIAL PURPOSE CONTACT ADHESIVE 250 STRUCTURAL WOOD MEMBER ADHESIVE 140 TOP & TRIM ADHESIVE 250 SUBSTRATE SPECIFIC APPLICATIONS METAL TO METAL 30 PLASTIC FOAMS 50 POROUS MATERIAL (EXCEPT WOOD)50 WOOD 30 FIBERGLASS 80 1. IF AN ADHESIVE IS USED TO BOND DISSIMILAR SUBSTRATES TOGETHER, THE ADHESIVE WITH THE HIGHEST VOC CONTENT SHALL BE ALLOWED. 2. FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION REGARDING METHODS TO MEASURE THE VOC CONTENT SPECIFIED IN THIS TABLE, SEE SOUTH COAST AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT DISTRICT RULE 1168, www.arb.ca.gov/DRDB/SC/CURHTML/R1168.PDF TABLE 5.504.4.2 - SEALANT VOC LIMIT Less Water and Less Exempt Compounds in Grams per Liter SEALANTS CURRENT VOC LIMIT ARCHITECTURAL 250 MARINE DECK 760 NONMEMBRANE ROOF 300 ROADWAY 250 SINGLE-PLY ROOF MEMBRANE 450 OTHER 420 SEALANT PRIMERS ARCHITECTURAL NONPOROUS 250 POROUS 775 MODIFIED BITUMINOUS 500 MARINE DECK 760 OTHER 750 NOTE: FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION REGARDING METHODS TO MEASURE THE VOC CONTENT SPECIFIED IN THESE TABLES, SEE SOUTH COAST AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT DISTRICT RULE 1168. 2025 CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS CODE NONRESIDENTIAL MANDATORY MEASURES, SHEET 3 5.409.3.2 Verification of compliance. Calculations to demonstrate compliance, Type III EPDs for products required to comply, if included in the project, and Worksheet WS-5 signed by the design professional of record shall be provided on the construction documents. Updated EPDs for products used in construction shall be provided to the owner at the close of construction and to the enforcement entity upon request. The enforcing agency may require inspection and inspection reports in accordance with Sections 702.2 and 703.1 during and at completion of construction to demonstrate substantial conformance. Inspection shall be performed by the design professional of record or third party acceptable to the enforcing agency. SECTION 5.410 BUILDING MAINTENANCE AND OPERATIONS 5.410.1 RECYCLING BY OCCUPANTS. Provide readily accessible areas that serve the entire building and are identified for the depositing, storage and collection of non-hazardous materials for recycling, including (at a minimum) paper, corrugated cardboard, glass, plastics, organic waste, and metals or meet a lawfully enacted local recycling ordinance, if more restrictive. Exception: Rural jurisdictions that meet and apply for the exemption in Public Resources Code 42649.82 (a)(2)(A) et seq. shall also be exempt from the organic waste portion of this section. 5.410.1.1 Additions. All additions conducted within a 12-month period under single or multiple permits, resulting in an increase of 30% or more in floor area, shall provide recycling areas on site. Exception: Additions within a tenant space resulting in less than a 30% increase in the tenant space floor area. 5.410.1.2 Sample ordinance. Space allocation for recycling areas shall comply with Chapter 18, Part 3, Division 30 of the Public Resources Code. Chapter 18 is known as the California Solid Waste Reuse and Recycling Access Act of 1991 (Act). Note: A sample ordinance for use by local agencies may be found in Appendix A of the document at the CalRecycle’s web site. 5.410.2.5 Documentation and training. [N] A Systems Manual and Systems Operations Training are required, including Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA) requirements in California Code of Regulations (CCR), Title 8, Section 5142, and other related regulations. 5.410.2.5.1 Systems manual. [N] Documentation of the operational aspects of the building shall be completed within the systems manual and delivered to the building owner or representative. The systems manual shall include the following: 1. Site information, including facility description, history and current requirements. 2. Site contact information. 3. Basic operations and maintenance, including general site operating procedures, basic troubleshooting, recommended maintenance requirements, site events log. 4. Major systems. 5. Site equipment inventory and maintenance notes. 6. A copy of verifications required by the enforcing agency or this code. 7. Other resources and documentation, if applicable. 5.504.4 FINISH MATERIAL POLLUTANT CONTROL. Finish materials shall comply with Sections 5.504.4.1 through 5.504.4.6. 5.504.4.1 Adhesives, sealants and caulks. Adhesives, sealants, and caulks used on the project shall meet the requirements of the following standards: 1. Adhesives, adhesive bonding primers, adhesive primers, sealants, sealant primers and caulks shall comply with local or regional air pollution control or air quality management district rules where applicable, or SCAQMD Rule 1168 VOC limits, as shown in Tables 5.504.4.1 and 5.504.4.2. Such products also shall comply with the Rule 1168 prohibition on the use of certain toxic compounds (chloroform, ethylene dichloride, methylene chloride, perchloroethylene and trichloroethylene), except for aerosol products as specified in subsection 2, below. 2. Aerosol adhesives, and smaller unit sizes of adhesives, and sealant or caulking compounds (in units of product, less packaging, which do not weigh more than one pound and do not consist of more than 16 fluid ounces) shall comply with statewide VOC standards and other requirements, including prohibitions on use of certain toxic compounds, of California Code of Regulations, Title 17, commencing with Section 94507. DISCLAIMER:THIS DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED AND INTENDED TO BE USED AS A MEANS TO INDICATE AREAS OF COMPLIANCE WITH THE CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS (CALGREEN) CODE. DUE TO THE VARIABLES BETWEEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT JURISDICTIONS, THIS CHECKLIST IS TO BE USED ON AN INDIVIDUAL PROJECT BASIS AND MAY BE MODIFIED BY THE END USER TO MEET THOSE INDIVIDUAL NEEDS. THE END USER ASSUMES ALL RESPONSIBILITY ASSOCIATED WITH THE USE OF THIS DOCUMENT, INCLUDING VERIFICATION WITH THE FULL CODE. Y N/A 5.410.2 COMMISSIONING. [N] New buildings 10,000 square feet and over. For new buildings 10,000 square feet and over, building commissioning shall be included in the design and construction processes of the building project to verify that the building systems and components meet the owner’s or owner representative’s project requirements. Commissioning shall be performed in accordance with this section by trained personnel with experience on projects of comparable size and complexity. For I-occupancies that are not regulated by OSHPD or for I-occupancies and L-occupancies that are not regulated y the California Energy Code Section 100.0 Scope, all requirements in Sections 5.410.2 through 5.410.2.6 shall apply. Note: For energy-related systems under the scope (Section 100) of the California Energy Code, including heating, ventilation, air conditioning (HVAC) systems and controls, indoor lighting systems and controls, as well as water heating systems and controls, refer to California Energy Code Section 120.8 for commissioning requirements Commissioning requirements shall include: 1. Owner’s or Owner representative’s project requirements. 2. Basis of Design. 3. Commissioning measures shown in the construction documents. 4. Commissioning plan. 5. Functional performance testing. 6. Documentation and training. 7. Commissioning report. Exceptions: 1. Unconditioned warehouses of any size. 2. Areas less than 10,000 square feet used for offices or other conditioned accessory spaces within unconditioned warehouses. 3. Tenant improvements less than 10,000 square feet as described in Section 303.1.1. 4. Open parking garages of any size, or open parking garage areas, of any size, within a structure. Note: For the purposes of this section, unconditioned shall mean a building, area or room which does not provide heating and/or air conditioning. Informational Notes: 1. . Functional performance testing for heating, ventilation, air conditioning systems and lighting controls must be performed in compliance with the California Energy Code. 5.410.4.4 Reporting. After completion of testing, adjusting and balancing, provide a final report of testing signed by the individual responsible for performing these services. 5.410.4.5 Operation and maintenance (O & M) manual. Provide the building owner or representative with detailed operating and maintenance instructions and copies of guaranties/warranties for each system. O & M instructions shall be consistent with OSHA requirements in CCR, Title 8, Section 5142, and other related regulations. 5.410.4.5.1 Inspections and reports. Include a copy of all inspection verifications and reports required by the enforcing agency. Y N/A Y N/A Y N/ARESPON. PARTY RESPON. PARTY RESPON. PARTY RESPON. PARTY Y = YES N/A =NOT APPLICABLE RESPON. PARTY =RESPONSIBLE PARTY (ie: ARCHITECT, ENGINEER, OWNER, CONTRACTOR, INSPECTOR ETC.) 1. The GWP values of the products listed in Table 5.409.3 are based on 175 percent of Buy Clean California Act (BCCA) GWP values, except for concrete products which are not included in the BCCA. 2. For concrete, 175 percent of the National Ready Mixed Concrete Association (NRMCA) 2022 version 3 Pacific Southwest regional benchmark values are used for the GWP allowed, except for High Early Strength. 3. Concrete High Early Strength ready-mixed shall be calculated at 130 percent of the ready-mixed concrete GWP allowed values for each product category. 5.409.3.1 Products shall not exceed the maximum GWP value specified in Table 5.409.3. TABLE 5.409.3 PRODUCT GWP LIMITS BUY CLEAN CALIFORNIA MATERIALS PRODUCT CATEGORY1 MAXIMUM ACCEPTABLE GWP VALUE (unfabricated) (GWPallowed) UNIT OF MEASUREMENT Hot-rolled structural steel sections 1.77 MT CO2e/MT Hollow structural sections 3.00 MT CO2e/MT Steel plate 2.61 MT CO2e/MT Concrete reinforcing steel 1.56 MT CO2e/MT Flat glass 2.50 kg CO2e/MT Light-density mineral wool board insulation 5.83 kg CO2e/MT Heavy-density mineral wool board insulation 14.28 kg CO2e/MT Concrete, Ready-Mixed2, 3 CONCRETE PRODUCT CATEGORY MAXIMUM GWP ALLOWED VALUE (GWPallowed) UNIT OF MEASUREMENT up to 2499 psi 450 kg CO2e/m3 2500−3499 psi 489 kg CO2e/m3 3500−4499 psi 566 kg CO2e/m3 4500−5499 psi 661 kg CO2e/m3 5500−6499 psi 701 kg CO2e/m3 6500 psi and greater 799 kg CO2e/m3 Concrete, Lightweight Ready-Mixed2 CONCRETE PRODUCT CATEGORY MAXIMUM GWP ALLOWED VALUE (GWPallowed) UNIT OF MEASUREMENT up to 2499 psi 875 kg CO2e/m3 2500−3499 psi 956 kg CO2e/m3 3500−4499 psi 1039 kg CO2e/m3 5.409.2 Whole building life cycle assessment. Projects shall conduct a cradle-to-grave whole building life cycle assessment performed in accordance with ISO 14040 and ISO 14044, excluding operating energy, and demonstrating a minimum 10-percent reduction in global warming potential (GWP) as compared to a reference baseline building of similar size, function, complexity, type of construction, material specification, and location that meets the requirements of the California Energy Code currently in effect. Software used to conduct the whole building life cycle assessment, including reference baseline building, shall have a data set compliant with ISO 14044, and ISO 21930 or EN 15804, and the software shall conform to ISO 21931 and/or EN 15978. The software tools and data sets shall be the same for evaluation of both the baseline building and the proposed building. Notes: 1. Software for calculating whole building life cycle assessment is available for free at Athena Sustainable Materials Institute (https://calculatelca.com/software/impact-estimator/) and OneClick LCA-Planetary (www.oneclicklca.com/planetary). Paid versions include, but are not limited to, Sphera GaBi Solutions (gabi.sphera.com), SimaPro (simapro.com), One-Click LCA (www.oneclicklca.com) and Tally for Revit (apps.autodesk.com). 2. ASTM E2921-22 “Standard Practice for Minimum Criteria for Comparing Whole Building Life Cycle Assessments for Use with Building Codes, Standards, and Rating Systems” may be consulted for the assessment. 3. In addition to the required documentation specified in Section 5.409.2.3, Worksheet WS-9 may be required by the enforcing entity to demonstrate compliance with the requirements. 5.409.2.1 Building components. Building enclosure components included in the assessment shall be limited to glazing assemblies, insulation, and exterior finishes. Primary and secondary structural members included in the assessment shall be limited to footings and foundations, and structural columns, beams, walls, roofs, and floors. 5.409.2.2 Reference study period. The reference study period of the proposed building shall be equal to the reference baseline building and shall be 60 years. 5.409.2.3 Verification of compliance. A summary of the GWP analysis produced by the software and Worksheet WS-4 signed by the design professional of record shall be provided in the construction documents as documentation of compliance. A copy of the whole building life cycle assessment which includes the GWP analysis produced by the software, in addition to maintenance and training information, shall be included in the operation and maintenance manual and shall be provided to the owner at the close of construction. The enforcing agency may require inspection and inspection reports in accordance with Sections 702.2 and 703.1 during and at completion of construction to demonstrate substantial conformance. Inspection shall be performed by the design professional of record or third party acceptable to the enforcing agency. 5.409.3 Product GWP compliance—prescriptive path. Each product that is permanently installed and listed in Table 5.409.3 shall have a Type III environmental product declaration (EPD), either product-specific or factory-specific. SECTION 5.503 FIREPLACES 5.503.1 FIREPLACES. Install only a direct-vent sealed-combustion gas or sealed wood-burning fireplace, or a sealed woodstove or pellet stove, and refer to residential requirements in the California Energy Code, Title 24, Part 6, Subchapter 7, Section 150. Woodstoves, pellet stoves and fireplaces shall comply with applicable local ordinances. 5.503.1.1 Woodstoves. Woodstoves and pellet stoves shall comply with U.S. EPA New Source Performance Standards (NSPS) emission limits as applicable, and shall have a permanent label indicating they are certified to meet the emission limits. 5.410.4.2 (Reserved) Note: For energy-related systems under the scope (Section 100) of the California Energy Code, including heating, ventilation, air conditioning (HVAC) systems and controls, indoor lighting system and controls, as well as water heating systems and controls, refer to California Energy Code Section 120.8 for commissioning requirements and Sections 120.5, 120.6, 130.4, and 140.9(b)3 for additional testing requirements of specific systems. 5.410.4.2 Systems. Develop a written plan of procedures for testing and adjusting systems. Systems to be included for testing and adjusting shall include at a minimum, as applicable to the project: 1. Renewable energy systems. 2. Landscape irrigation systems. 3. Water reuse systems. 5.410.4.3 Procedures. Perform testing and adjusting procedures in accordance with manufacturer's specifications and applicable standards on each system. 5.410.4.3.1 HVAC balancing. In addition to testing and adjusting, before a new space-conditioning system serving a building or space is operated for normal use, the system shall be balanced in accordance with the procedures defined by the Testing Adjusting and Balancing Bureau National Standards; the National Environmental Balancing Bureau Procedural Standards; Associated Air Balance Council National Standards or as approved by the enforcing agency. 5.410.2.6 Commissioning report. [N] A report of commissioning process activities undertaken through the design and construction phases of the building project shall be completed and provided to the owner or representative. 5.410.4 TESTING AND ADJUSTING. New buildings less than 10,000 square feet. Testing and adjusting of systems shall be required for new buildings less than 10,000 square feet or new systems to serve an addition or alteration subject to Section 303.1. 5.410.2.5.2 Systems operations training. [N] A program for training of the appropriate maintenance staff for each equipment type and/or system shall be developed and documented in the commissioning report and shall include the following: 1. System/equipment overview (what it is, what it does and with what other systems and/or equipment it interfaces). 2. Review and demonstration of servicing/preventive maintenance. 3. Review of the information in the Systems Manual. 4. Review of the record drawings on the system/equipment. Exception: Concrete may be considered one product category to meet compliance with this section. A weighted average of the maximum GWP for all concrete mixes installed in the project shall be less than the weighted average maximum GWP allowed per Table 5.409.3 using Exception Equation 5.409.3.1. Calculations shall be performed with consistent units of measurement for the material quantity and the GWP value. For the purposes of this exception, industry-wide EPDs are acceptable. Exception EQUATION 5.409.3.1 GWPn < GWPallowedwhere GWPn = Σ (GWPn)(vn) and GWPallowed = Σ (GWPallowed)(vn) and n = each concrete mix installed in the project GWPn = the GWP for concrete mix n per concrete mix EPD, in kg CO2e/m3 GWPallowed = the GWP potential allowed for concrete mix n per Table 5.409.3 vn = the volume of concrete mix n installed in the project, in m3 SECTION 5.409 LIFE CYCLE ASSESSMENT 5.409.1 SCOPE. [BSC-CG] Effective July 1, 2024, projects consisting of newly constructed building(s) with a combined floor area of 100,000 square feet or greater shall comply with either Section 5.409.2 or Section 5.409.3. Alteration(s) to existing building(s) where the combined altered floor area is 100,000 square feet or greater shall comply with either Section 5.105.2, 5.409.2, or 5.409.3. Addition(s) to existing building(s) where the total floor area combined with the existing building(s) is 100,000 square feet or greater shall comply with either Section 5.105.2, Section 5.409.2, or Section 5.409.3. Effective January 1, 2026, the combined floor area shall be 50,000 square feet or greater. [DSA-SS] Projects consisting of newly constructed building(s) with a combined floor area of 50,000 square feet or greater shall comply with either Section 5.409.2 or Section 5.409.3. Alteration(s) to existing building(s) where the combined altered floor area is 50,000 square feet or greater shall comply with either Section 5.105.2, 5.409.2, or 5.409.3. Addition(s) to existing building(s) where the total floor area combined with the existing building(s) is 50,000 square feet or greater shall comply with either Section 5.105.2, Section 5.409.2, or Section 5.409.3. 5.408.3 EXCAVATED SOIL AND LAND CLEARING DEBRIS. 100 percent of trees, stumps, rocks and associated vegetation and soils resulting primarily from land clearing shall be reused or recycled. For a phased project, such material may be stockpiled on site until the storage site is developed. Exception: Reuse, either on or off-site, of vegetation or soil contaminated by disease or pest infestation. Notes: 1. If contamination by disease or pest infestation is suspected, contact the County Agricultural Commissioner and follow its direction for recycling or disposal of the material. 2. For a map of know pest and/or disease quarantine zones, consult with the California Department of Food and Agriculture. (www.cdfa.ca.gov) Date Modified: Scale: Project No.: Drawn By: Date Description 2535 N.T.S. CALGreen AT A0.4 73200 El Paseo, Suite 2D Palm Desert, CA 92260 gregoryarch.com 760.779.2724 3/19/26 400 S. BALDWIN AVE. SUITE T-62, ARCADIA, CA 91007 BACIO DI LATTE - THE SHOPS AT SANTA ANITA All drawings and written material appearing herein constitute original and unpublished work of Gregory Architects. This document contains proprietary information furnished for the limited purpose of evaluation, bidding, or review and may not be duplicated, used, or disclosed without the prior written consent of Gregory Architects. S T A TEOF CA L I F O R NIA C-36489 GEOFFREYGREGORY 05-31-20 LIC E N S E D ARCHIT E C T 1/30/26 1ST PERMIT SUBMITTAL 3/19/26 2ND PERMIT SUBMITTAL1 3ND PERMIT SUBMITTAL24/14/26 1 1 5.504.4.3 Paints and coatings. Architectural paints and coatings shall comply with VOC limits in Table 1 of the ARB Architectural Coatings Suggested Control Measure, as shown in Table 5.504.4.3, unless more stringent local limits apply. The VOC content limit for coatings that do not meet the definitions for the specialty coatings categories listed in Table 5.504.4.3 shall be determined by classifying the coating as a Flat, Nonflat or Nonflat-High Gloss coating, based on its gloss, as defined in Subsections 4.21, 4.36 and 4.37 of the 2007 California Air Resources Board Suggested Control Measure, and the corresponding Flat, Nonflat or Nonflat-High Gloss VOC limit in Table 5.504.4.3 shall apply. 5.504.4.3.1 Aerosol Paints and coatings. Aerosol paints and coatings shall meet the PWMIR Limits for ROC in Section 94522(a)(3) and other requirements, including prohibitions on use of certain toxic compounds and ozone depleting substances, in Sections 94522(c)(2) and (d)(2) of California Code of Regulations, Title 17, commencing with Section 94520; and in areas under the jurisdiction of the Bay Area Air Quality Management District additionally comply with the percent VOC by weight of product limits of Regulation 8 Rule 49. 5.504.4.5 Composite wood products. Hardwood plywood, particleboard and medium density fiberboard composite wood products used on the interior or exterior of the buildings shall meet the requirements for formaldehyde as specified in ARB's Air Toxics Control Measure (ATCM) for Composite Wood (17 CCR 93120 et seq.). Those materials not exempted under the ATCM must meet the specified emission limits, as shown in Table 5.504.4.5. 5.504.4.5.3 Documentation. Verification of compliance with this section shall be provided as requested by the enforcing agency. Documentation shall include at least one of the following: 1. Product certifications and specifications. 2. Chain of custody certifications. 3. Product labeled and invoiced as meeting the Composite Wood Products regulation (see CCR, Title 17, Section 93120, et seq.). 4. Exterior grade products marked as meeting the PS-1 or PS-2 standards of the Engineered Wood Association, the Australian AS/NZS 2269 or European 636 3S standards. 5. Other methods acceptable to the enforcing agency. SPECIALTY COATINGS: ALUMINUM ROOF COATINGS 400 BASEMENT SPECIALTY COATINGS 400 BITUMINOUS ROOF COATINGS 50 BITUMINOUS ROOF PRIMERS 350 BOND BREAKERS 350 CONCRETE CURING COMPOUNDS 350 CONCRETE/MASONRY SEALERS 100 DRIVEWAY SEALERS 50 DRY FOG COATINGS 150 FAUX FINISHING COATINGS 350 FIRE RESISTIVE COATINGS 350 FLOOR COATINGS 100 FORM-RELEASE COMPOUNDS 250 GRAPHIC ARTS COATINGS (SIGN PAINTS)500 HIGH-TEMPERATURE COATINGS 420 INDUSTRIAL MAINTENANCE COATINGS 250 LOW SOLIDS COATINGS1 120 MAGNESITE CEMENT COATINGS 450 MASTIC TEXTURE COATINGS 100 METALLIC PIGMENTED COATINGS 500 MULTICOLOR COATINGS 250 PRETREATMENT WASH PRIMERS 420 PRIMERS, SEALERS, & UNDERCOATERS 100 REACTIVE PENETRATING SEALERS 350 RECYCLED COATINGS 250 ROOF COATINGS 50 RUST PREVENTATIVE COATINGS 250 SHELLACS: CLEAR 730 OPAQUE 550 SPECIALTY PRIMERS, SEALERS & UNDERCOATERS 100 STAINS 250 STONE CONSOLIDANTS 450 SWIMMING POOL COATINGS 340 TRAFFIC MARKING COATINGS 100 TUB & TILE REFINISH COATINGS 420 WATERPROOFING MEMBRANES 250 WOOD COATINGS 275 WOOD PRESERVATIVES 350 ZINC-RICH PRIMERS 340 1. GRAMS OF VOC PER LITER OF COATING, INCLUDING WATER & EXEMPT COMPOUNDS 2. THE SPECIFIED LIMITS REMAIN IN EFFECT UNLESS REVISED LIMITS ARE LISTED IN SUBSEQUENT COLUMNS IN THE TABLE. 3. VALUES IN THIS TABLE ARE DERIVED FROM THOSE SPECIFIED BY THE CALIFORNIA AIR RESOURCES BOARD, ARCHITECTURAL COATINGS SUGGESTED CONTROL MEASURE, FEB. 1, 2008. MORE INFORMATION IS AVAILABLE FROM THE AIR RESOURCES BOARD. TABLE 5.504.4.5 - FORMALDEHYDE LIMITS1 MAXIMUM FORMALDEHYDE EMISSIONS IN PARTS PER MILLION PRODUCT CURRENT LIMIT HARDWOOD PLYWOOD VENEER CORE 0.05 HARDWOOD PLYWOOD COMPOSITE CORE 0.05 PARTICLE BOARD 0.09 MEDIUM DENSITY FIBERBOARD 0.11 THIN MEDIUM DENSITY FIBERBOARD2 0.13 1. VALUES IN THIS TABLE ARE DERIVED FROM THOSE SPECIFIED BY THE CALIFORNIA AIR RESOURCES BOARD, AIR TOXICS CONTROL MEASURE FOR COMPOSITE WOOD AS TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 1333. FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, SEE CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS, TITLE 17, SECTIONS 93120 THROUGH 93120.12. 2. THIN MEDIUM DENSITY FIBERBOARD HAS A MAXIMUM THICKNESS OF 5/16 INCHES (8 MM). 5.508.2.6 Evacuation. The system shall be evacuated after pressure testing and prior to charging. 5.508.2.6.1 First vacuum. Pull a system vacuum down to at least 1000 microns (+/- 50 microns), and hold for 30 minutes. 5.508.2.6.2 Second vacuum. Pull a second system vacuum to a minimum of 500 microns and hold for 30 minutes. 5.508.2.6.3 Third vacuum. Pull a third vacuum down to a minimum of 300 microns, and hold for 24 hours with a maximum drift of 100 microns over a 24-hour period. CHAPTER 7 INSTALLER & SPECIAL INSPECTOR QUALIFICATIONS 702 QUALIFICATIONS 702.1 INSTALLER TRAINING. HVAC system installers shall be trained and certified in the proper installation of HVAC systems including ducts and equipment by a nationally or regionally recognized training or certification program. Uncertified persons may perform HVAC installations when under the direct supervision and responsibility of a person trained and certified to install HVAC systems or contractor licensed to install HVAC systems. Examples of acceptable HVAC training and certification programs include but are not limited to the following: 1. State certified apprenticeship programs. 2. Public utility training programs. 3. Training programs sponsored by trade, labor or statewide energy consulting or verification organizations. 4. Programs sponsored by manufacturing organizations. 5. Other programs acceptable to the enforcing agency. 702.2 SPECIAL INSPECTION [HCD]. When required by the enforcing agency, the owner or the responsible entity acting as the owner's agent shall employ one or more special inspectors to provide inspection or other duties necessary to substantiate compliance with this code. Special inspectors shall demonstrate competence to the satisfaction of the enforcing agency for the particular type of inspection or task to be performed. In addition to other certifications or qualifications acceptable to the enforcing agency, the following certifications or education may be considered by the enforcing agency when evaluating the qualifications of a special inspector: 1. Certification by a national or regional green building program or standard publisher. 2. Certification by a statewide energy consulting or verification organization, building performance contractors, and home energy auditors. 3. Successful completion of a third party apprentice training program in the appropriate trade. 4. Other programs acceptable to the enforcing agency. Notes: 1. Special inspectors shall be independent entities with no financial interest in the materials or the project they are inspecting for compliance with this code. [BSC-CG] When required by the enforcing agency, the owner or the responsible entity acting as the owner's agent shall employ one or more special inspectors to provide inspection or other duties necessary to substantiate compliance with this code. Special inspectors shall demonstrate competence to the satisfaction of the enforcing agency for the particular type of inspection or task to be performed. In addition, the special inspector shall have a certification from a recognized state, national or international association, as determined by the local agency. The area of certification shall be closely related to the primary job function, as determined by the local agency. Note: Special inspectors shall be independent entities with no financial interest in the materials or the project they are inspecting for compliance with this code. 703 VERIFICATIONS 703.1 DOCUMENTATION. Documentation used to show compliance with this code shall include but is not limited to, construction documents, plans, specifications, builder or installer certification, inspection reports, or other methods acceptable to the enforcing agency which demonstrate substantial conformance. When specific documentation or special inspection is necessary to verify compliance, that method of compliance will be specified in the appropriate section or identified applicable checklist. 2025 CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS CODE NONRESIDENTIAL MANDATORY MEASURES, SHEET 4 SECTION 5.505 INDOOR MOISTURE CONTROL 5.505.1 INDOOR MOISTURE CONTROL. Buildings shall meet or exceed the provisions of California Building Code, CCR, Title 24, Part 2, Sections 1202 (Ventilation) and Chapter 14 (Exterior Walls). For additional measures, see Section 5.407.2 of this code. SECTION 5.506 INDOOR AIR QUALITY 5.506.1 OUTSIDE AIR DELIVERY. For mechanically or naturally ventilated spaces in buildings, meet the minimum requirements of Section 120.1 (Requirements For Ventilation) of the California Energy Code, or the applicable local code, whichever is more stringent, and Division 1, Chapter 4 of CCR, Title 8. 5.506.2 CARBON DIOXIDE (CO2) MONITORING. For buildings or additions equipped with demand control ventilation, CO2 sensors and ventilation controls shall be specified and installed in accordance with the requirements of the California Energy Code, Section 120(c)(4). 5.506.3 Carbon dioxide (CO2) monitoring in classrooms. [DSA-SS] Classrooms and other similar rooms that are used for group instruction shall be equipped with a carbon dioxide monitor or sensor. [BSC-CG] Newly constructed projects and qualifying additions and alterations (per scope in Section 301.3) for University of California, California State University and private school classrooms, lecture and post-secondary classrooms shall be equipped with a carbon dioxide monitor or sensor. [DSA-SS, BSC-CG] The carbon dioxide monitor or sensor shall meet the following requirements: 1.The monitor or sensor shall be permanently affixed in a tamper-proof manner in each classroom between 3 and 6 feet (914 mm and 1829 mm) above the floor and at least 5 feet (1524 mm) away from door and operable windows. 2.When the monitor or sensor is not integral to an Energy Management Control System (EMCS), the monitor or sensor shall display the carbon dioxide readings on the device. When the sensor is integral to an EMCS, the carbon dioxide readings shall be available to and regularly monitored by facility personnel. 3.A monitor shall provide notification though a visual indicator on the monitor when the carbon dioxide levels in the classroom have exceeded 1,100ppm. A sensor integral to an EMCS shall provide notification to facility personnel through a visual and/or audible indicator when the carbon dioxide levels in the classroom have exceed 1,100ppm. 4.The monitor or EMCS devices used to measure carbon dioxide levels shall maintain a record of previous data that includes at least the maximum carbon dioxide concentration measured. 5.The monitor or sensor used to measure carbon dioxide levels shall have the capacity to measure carbon dioxide levels with a range of 400ppm to 2000ppm or greater. 6.The monitor or sensor shall be certified by the manufacturer to be accurate within 75ppm at 1,000ppm carbon dioxide concentration and shall be certified by the manufacturer to require calibration no more frequently than once every 5 years. SECTION 5.507 ENVIRONMENTAL COMFORT 5.507.4 ACOUSTICAL CONTROL. Employ building assemblies and components with Sound Transmission Class (STC) values determined in accordance with ASTM E 90 and ASTM E 413, or Outdoor-Indoor Sound Transmission Class (OITC) determined in accordance with ASTM E 1332, using either the prescriptive or performance method in Section 5.507.4.1 or 5.507.4.2. Exception: Buildings with few or no occupants or where occupants are not likely to be affected by exterior noise, as determined by the enforcement authority, such as factories, stadiums, storage, enclosed parking structures and utility buildings. Exception: [DSA-SS] For public schools and community colleges, the requirements of this section and all subsections apply only to new construction. 5.507.4.1 Exterior noise transmission, prescriptive method. Wall and roof-ceiling assemblies exposed to the noise source making up the building or addition envelope or altered envelope shall meet a composite STC rating of at least 50 or a composite OITC rating of no less than 40, with exterior windows of a minimum STC of 40 or OITC of 30 in the following locations: 1. Within the 65 CNEL noise contour of an airport. Exceptions: 1. Ldn or CNEL for military airports shall be determined by the facility Air Installation Compatible Land Use Zone (AICUZ) plan. 2. Ldn or CNEL for other airports and heliports for which a land use plan has not been developed shall be determined by the local general plan noise element. 2. Within the 65 CNEL or Ldn noise contour of a freeway or expressway, railroad, industrial source or fixed-guideway source as determined by the Noise Element of the General Plan. 5.507.4.1.1. Noise exposure where noise contours are not readily available. Buildings exposed to a noise level of 65 dB Leq - 1-hr during any hour of operation shall have building, addition or alteration exterior wall and roof-ceiling assemblies exposed to the noise source meeting a composite STC rating of at least 45 (or OITC 35), with exterior windows of a minimum STC of 40 (or OITC 30). 5.507.4.2 Performance Method. For buildings located as defined in Section 5.507.4.1 or 5.507.4.1.1, wall and roof-ceiling assemblies exposed to the noise source making up the building or addition envelope or altered envelope shall be constructed to provide an interior noise environment attributable to exterior sources that does not exceed an hourly equivalent noise level (Leq-1Hr) of 50 dBA in occupied areas during any hour of operation. 5.507.4.2.1 Site Features. Exterior features such as sound walls or earth berms may be utilized as appropriate to the building, addition or alteration project to mitigate sound migration to the interior. 5.507.4.2.2 Documentation of Compliance. An acoustical analysis documenting complying interior soundlevels shall be prepared by personnel approved by the architect or engineer of record. 5.507.4.3 Interior sound transmission. Wall and floor-ceiling assemblies separating tenant spaces and tenant spaces and public places shall have an STC of at least 40. Note: Examples of assemblies and their various STC ratings may be found at the California Office of Noise Control: www.toolbase.org/PDF/CaseStudies/stc_icc_ratings.pdf. SECTION 5.508 OUTDOOR AIR QUALITY 5.508.1 Ozone depletion and greenhouse gas reductions. Installations of HVAC, refrigeration and fire suppression equipment shall comply with Sections 5.508.1.1 and 5.508.1.2. 5.508.1.1 Chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs). Install HVAC, refrigeration and fire suppression equipment that do not contain CFCs. 5.508.1.2 Halons. Install HVAC, refrigeration and fire suppression equipment that do not contain Halons. 5.508.2 Supermarket refrigerant leak reduction. New commercial refrigeration systems shall comply with the provisions of this section when installed in retail food stores 8,000 square feet or more conditioned area, and that utilize either refrigerated display cases, or walk-in coolers or freezers connected to remote compressor units or condensing units. The leak reduction measures apply to refrigeration systems containing high-global-warming potential (high-GWP) refrigerants with a GWP of 150 or greater. New refrigeration systems include both new facilities and the replacement of existing refrigeration systems in existing facilities. Exception: Refrigeration systems containing low-global warming potential (low-GWP) refrigerant with a GWP value less than 150 are not subject to this section. Low-GWP refrigerants are nonozone-depleting refrigerants that include ammonia, carbon dioxide (CO2), and potentially other refrigerants. 5.508.2.1 Refrigerant piping. Piping compliant with the California Mechanical Code shall be installed to be accessible for leak protection and repairs. Piping runs using threaded pipe, copper tubing with an outside diameter (OD) less than 1/4 inch, flared tubing connections and short radius elbows shall not be used in refrigerant systems except as noted below. 5.508.2.1.1 Threaded pipe. Threaded connections are permitted at the compressor rack. 5.508.2.1.2 Copper pipe. Copper tubing with an OD less than 1/4 inch may be used in systems with a refrigerant charge of 5 pounds or less. 5.508.2.1.2.1 Anchorage. One-fouth-inch OD tubing shall be securely clamped to a rigid base to keep vibration levels below 8 mils. 5.508.2.1.3 Flared tubing connections. Double-flared tubing connections may be used for pressure controls, valve pilot lines and oil. Exception: Single-flared tubing connections may be used with a multiring seal coated with industrial sealant suitable for use with refrigerants and tightened in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 5.508.2.1.4 Elbows. Short radius elbows are only permitted where space limitations prohibit use of long radius elbows. 5.508.2.2 Valves. Valves Valves and fittings shall comply with the California Mechanical Code and as follows. 5.508.2.2.1 Pressure relief valves. For vessels containing high-GWP refrigerant, a rupture disc shall be installed between the outlet of the vessel and the inlet of the pressure relief valve. 5.508.2.2.1.1 Pressure detection. A pressure gauge, pressure transducer or other device shall be installed in the space between the rupture disc and the relief valve inlet to indicate a disc rupture or discharge of the relief valve. 5.508.2.2.2 Access valves. Only Schrader access valves with a brass or steel body are permitted for use. 5.508.2.2.2.1 Valve caps. For systems with a refrigerant charge of 5 pounds or more, valve caps shall be brass or steel and not plastic. 5.508.2.2.2.2 Seal caps. If designed for it, the cap shall have a neoprene O-ring in place. 5.508.2.2.2.2.1 Chain tethers. Chain tethers to fit ovr the stem are required for valves designed to have seal caps. Exception: Valves with seal caps that are not removed from the valve during stem operation. 5.508.2.3 Refrigerated service cases. Refrigerated service cases holding food products containing vinegar and salt shall have evaporator coils of corrosion-resistant material, such as stainless steel; or be coated to prevent corrosion from these substances. 5.508.2.3.1 Coil coating. Consideration shall be given to the heat transfer efficiency of coil coating to maximize energy efficiency. 5.508.2.4 Refrigerant receivers. Refrigerant receivers with capacities greater than 200 pounds shall be fitted with a device tha indicates the level of refrigerant in the receiver. 5.508.2.5 Pressure testing. The system shall be pressure tested during installation prior to evacuation and charging. 5.508.2.5.1 Minimum pressure. The system shall be charged with regulated dry nitrogen and appropriate tracer gas to bring system pressure up to 300 psig minimum. 5.508.2.5.2 Leaks. Check the system for leaks, repair any leaks, and retest for pressure using the same gauge. 5.508.2.5.3 Allowable pressure change. The system shall stand, unaltered, for 24 hours with no more than a +/- one pound pressure change from 300 psig, measured with the same gauge. 5.504.4.6 Resilient flooring systems. Where resilient flooring is installed, at least 80 percent of floor area receiving resilient flooring shall meet the requirements of the California Department of Public Health,"Standard Method for the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers," Version 1.2, January 2017 (Emission testing method for California Specifications 01350) See California Department of Public Health's website for certification programs and testing labs. https://www.cdph.ca.gov/Programs/CCDPHP/DEODC/EHLB/IAQ/Pages/VOC.aspx#material 5.504.4.6.1 Verification of compliance. Documentation shall be provided verifying that resilient flooring materials meet the pollutant emission limits. 5.504.4.7 Thermal insulation Comply with the requirements of the California Department of Public Health, "Standard Method of the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers, "Version 1.2, January 1.2, January 2017 (Emission testing method for California Specification 01350). See California Department of Public Health's website for certification programs and testing labs. https://www.cdph.ca.gov/Programs/CCDPHP/DEODC/EHLB/IAQ/Pages/VOC.aspx#material 5.504.4.7.1 Verification of compliance. Documentation shall be provided verifying that thermal insulation materials meet the pollutant emission limits. 5.504.4.8 Acoustical ceiling and wall panels. Comply with the requirements of the California Department of Public Health, "Standard Method for the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers, " Version 1.2, January 2017 (Emission testing method for California Specification 01350). See California Department of Public Health's website for certification programs and testing labs. 5.504.4.8.1 Verification of compliance. Documentation shall be provided verifying that acoustical finish materials meet the pollutant emission limits. 5.504.5 Filters. In mechanically ventilated buildings, provide regularly occupied areas of the building with air filtration media for outside and return air that provides at least a Minimum Efficiency Reporting Value (MERV) of 13. MERV 13 filters shall be installed prior to occupancy, and recommendations for maintenance with filters of the same value shall be included in the operation and maintenance manual. Exceptions: Existing mechanical equipment. 5.504.5.1 Labeling. Installed filters shall be clearly labeled by the manufacturer indicating the MERV rating. 5.504.7 ENVIRONMENTAL TOBACCO SMOKE (ETS) CONTROL. Where outdoor areas are provided for smoking, prohibit smoking within 25 feet of building entries, outdoor air intakes and operable windows and within the building as already prohibited by other laws or regulations; or as enforced by ordinances, regulations or policies of any city, county, city and county, California Community College, campus of the California State University, or campus of the University of California, whichever are more stringent. When ordinances, regulations or policies are not in place, post signage to inform building occupants of the prohibitions. 5.504.4.3.2 Verification. Verification of compliance with this section shall be provided at the request of the enforcing agency. Documentation may include, but is not limited to, the following: 1. Manufacturer's product specification 2. Field verification of on-site product containers 5.504.4.4 Carpet Systems. All carpet installed in the building interior shall meet the requirements of the California Department of Public Health, "Standard Method for the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers." Version 1.2, January 2017 (Emission testing method for California Specifications 01350). See California Department of Public Health's website for certification programs and testing labs. https://www.cdph.ca.gov/Programs/CCDPHP/DEODC/EHLB/IAQ/Pages/VOC.aspx#material 5.504.4.4.1 Carpet cushion. All carpet cushion installed in the building interior shall meet the requirements of the California Department of Public Health,"Standard Method for the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers,"Version 1.2, January 2017 (Emission testing method for California Specifications 01350). See California Department of Public Health's website for certification programs and testing labs. https://www.cdph.ca.gov/Programs/CCDPHP/DEODC/EHLB/IAQ/Pages/VOC.aspx#material 5.504.4.4.2 Carpet adhesive. All carpet adhesive shall meet the requirements of Table 5.504.4.1. DISCLAIMER:THIS DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED AND INTENDED TO BE USED AS A MEANS TO INDICATE AREAS OF COMPLIANCE WITH THE CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS (CALGREEN) CODE. DUE TO THE VARIABLES BETWEEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT JURISDICTIONS, THIS CHECKLIST IS TO BE USED ON AN INDIVIDUAL PROJECT BASIS AND MAY BE MODIFIED BY THE END USER TO MEET THOSE INDIVIDUAL NEEDS. THE END USER ASSUMES ALL RESPONSIBILITY ASSOCIATED WITH THE USE OF THIS DOCUMENT, INCLUDING VERIFICATION WITH THE FULL CODE. Y N/A Y N/A Y N/A Y N/ARESPON. PARTY RESPON. PARTY RESPON. PARTY RESPON. PARTY Y = YES N/A =NOT APPLICABLE RESPON. PARTY =RESPONSIBLE PARTY (ie: ARCHITECT, ENGINEER, OWNER, CONTRACTOR, INSPECTOR ETC.) TABLE 5.504.4.3 - VOC CONTENT LIMITS FOR ARCHITECTURAL COATINGS2,3 GRAMS OF VOC PER LITER OF COATING, LESS WATER & LESS EXEMPT COMPOUNDS COATING CATEGORY CURRENT VOC LIMIT FLAT COATINGS 50 NONFLAT COATINGS 100 NONFLAT HIGH GLOSS COATINGS 150 Date Modified: Scale: Project No.: Drawn By: Date Description 2535 N.T.S. CALGreen AT A0.5 73200 El Paseo, Suite 2D Palm Desert, CA 92260 gregoryarch.com 760.779.2724 3/19/26 400 S. BALDWIN AVE. SUITE T-62, ARCADIA, CA 91007 BACIO DI LATTE - THE SHOPS AT SANTA ANITA All drawings and written material appearing herein constitute original and unpublished work of Gregory Architects. This document contains proprietary information furnished for the limited purpose of evaluation, bidding, or review and may not be duplicated, used, or disclosed without the prior written consent of Gregory Architects. S T A TEOF CA L I F O R NIA C-36489 GEOFFREYGREGORY 05-31-20 LIC E N S E D ARCHIT E C T 1/30/26 1ST PERMIT SUBMITTAL 3/19/26 2ND PERMIT SUBMITTAL1 3ND PERMIT SUBMITTAL24/14/26 1 1 Date Modified: Scale: Project No.: Drawn By: Date Description 2535 N.T.S. Accessibility Notes AT A0.6 73200 El Paseo, Suite 2D Palm Desert, CA 92260 gregoryarch.com 760.779.2724 3/19/26 400 S. BALDWIN AVE. SUITE T-62, ARCADIA, CA 91007 BACIO DI LATTE - THE SHOPS AT SANTA ANITA All drawings and written material appearing herein constitute original and unpublished work of Gregory Architects. This document contains proprietary information furnished for the limited purpose of evaluation, bidding, or review and may not be duplicated, used, or disclosed without the prior written consent of Gregory Architects. S T A TEOF CA L I F O R NIA C-36489 GEOFFREYGREGORY 05-31-20 LIC E N S E D ARCHIT E C T 1/30/26 1ST PERMIT SUBMITTAL 3/19/26 2ND PERMIT SUBMITTAL1 3ND PERMIT SUBMITTAL24/14/26 ARCHITECTURAL 1. 2. 3. DOORS, DOORWAYS AND GATES THAT ARE PART OF AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION 11B-404. (11B-404.1) DURING ANY PERIOD OF PARTIAL, LIMITED, OR AFTER‑HOURS OPERATION OF THE BUILDING OR ITS FACILITIES, AT LEAST ONE ENTRANCE USED FOR PRIMARY PUBLIC OR OCCUPANT ACCESS SHALL BE AN ACCESSIBLE ENTRANCE ON AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE, WITH DOORS AND HARDWARE. (11B‑404.1 AND 11B‑404.2) AT ALL ACCESSIBLE ENTRANCES AND DOORS, RECESSED OR SURFACE-MOUNTED MATS SHALL BE SECURELY ANCHORED AND DETAILED SO THEY DO NOT CREATE CHANGES IN LEVEL, BUCKLING, OR MOVEMENT THAT WOULD IMPEDE WHEELCHAIR TRAVEL, IN CONFORMANCE WITH CBC 2025 SECTION 11B‑404 FOR ACCESSIBLE DOORWAYS AND ADJACENT FLOOR SURFACES (11B-404) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. DOOR HANDLES, PULLS, LATCHES, LOCKS, AND OTHER OPERATING DEVICES ON DOORS THAT ARE PART OF AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE OR REQUIRED MEANS OF EGRESS SHALL BE OPERABLE WITH ONE SIMPLE MOTION, WITHOUT TIGHT GRASPING, PINCHING, OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST, WITH OPERABLE PARTS MOUNTED 34–44 INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR, AND WITH NO SEPARATE MANUAL SURFACE BOLTS ON REQUIRED EGRESS DOORS. (1010.2.2, 1010.2.4, 11B‑404.2.7) ON DOORS LOCATED ALONG ACCESSIBLE ROUTES AND REQUIRED MEANS OF EGRESS, HAND‑OPERATED LATCHING, LOCKING AND OPENING HARDWARE SHALL BE OPERABLE WITHOUT TIGHT GRASPING, PINCHING, OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST, WITH OPERABLE PARTS MOUNTED 34–44 INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR. PROVIDE LEVER HANDLES, PANIC BARS, PUSH‑PULL BARS, U‑SHAPED PULLS, OR OTHER HARDWARE THAT ALLOWS PASSAGE WITHOUT REQUIRING THE ABILITY TO GRASP THE OPENING HARDWARE. (1010.2.2, 11B‑404.2.7) PROVIDE AT LEAST ONE PRIMARY PUBLIC ENTRANCE ON AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE. DOORS AT ACCESSIBLE ENTRANCES AND ALONG REQUIRED ACCESSIBLE ROUTES SHALL INCLUDE COMPLIANT MANEUVERING CLEARANCES, ACCESSIBLE HARDWARE MOUNTED 34–44 INCHES ABOVE FINISH FLOOR AND OPERABLE WITHOUT TIGHT GRASPING, PINCHING OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST AND SHALL FUNCTION AS PART OF THE REQUIRED MEANS OF EGRESS. (11B‑404.2.7, CBC 1010.2.2) REQUIRED EGRESS AND ACCESSIBLE DOORS SHALL PROVIDE A MINIMUM CLEAR OPENING OF 32 INCHES BETWEEN THE FACE OF THE DOOR AND THE STOP WITH THE DOOR OPEN 90 DEGREES. (1010.1.1, 11B‑404.2.3/404.3.1) FOR HINGED DOORS, THE OPENING WIDTH SHALL BE MEASURED WITH THE DOOR POSITIONED AT AN ANGLE OF 90 DEGREES FROM ITS CLOSED POSITION (11B-404.2.3) WHERE A DOORWAY INCLUDES A PAIR OF SWINGING DOORS, AT LEAST ONE LEAF SHALL PROVIDE A MINIMUM CLEAR OPENING WIDTH OF 32 INCHES, MEASURED BETWEEN THE FACE OF THE DOOR AND THE STOP WITH THE LEAF OPEN 90 DEGREES, IN ACCORDANCE WITH CBC 1010.1.1 AND APPLICABLE ACCESSIBILITY PROVISIONS IN CHAPTERS 11A AND 11B PROVIDE REQUIRED MANEUVERING CLEARANCES WITH A LEVEL, UNOBSTRUCTED FLOOR OR LANDING AT BOTH SIDES OF THE DOOR, WITH NO PROJECTIONS REDUCING THE REQUIRED 32‑INCH CLEAR OPENING WIDTH (1010.1.1, 11B‑404, 11B‑302) THE WIDTH OF THE LEVEL AREA ON THE SIDE TO WHICH THE DOOR SWINGS SHALL EXTEND 24 INCHES PAST THE STRIKE EDGE OF THE DOOR FOR EXTERIOR DOORS AND 18 INCHES PAST THE STRIKE EDGE FOR INTERIOR DOORS. WHERE THE PLANE OF THE DOORWAY IS OFFSET OR LOCATED IN AN ALCOVE A DISTANCE MORE THAN 8 INCHES MEASURED FROM THE PLANE OF THE DOORWAY TO THE FACE OF THE WALL, THE DOOR SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH 60 INCHES MANEUVERING CLEARANCE FOR FRONT APPROACH (11B-404.2.4.1, 11B-404.2.4.3) FRONT, PUSH‑SIDE MANEUVERING CLEARANCES AT MANUAL DOORS WITH BOTH A CLOSER AND A LATCH SHALL INCLUDE A MINIMUM 12‑INCH LATCH‑SIDE CLEARANCE BEYOND THE STRIKE EDGE, IN ADDITION TO THE REQUIRED 48‑INCH DEPTH (TABLE 11B-404.2.4.1) FLOOR OR GROUND SURFACES WITHIN REQUIRED MANEUVERING CLEARANCES AT DOORS SHALL BE ESSENTIALLY LEVEL AND FREE OF ABRUPT CHANGES; ONLY THRESHOLDS MEETING CBC 11B‑404.2.5 ARE PERMITTED TO INTERRUPT THE SURFACE, AND CHANGES IN ELEVATION AT DWELLING‑UNIT DOORS SHALL COMPLY WITH CBC 11B‑809.8.3.1. THE BOTTOM 10 INCHES OF ALL DOORS EXCEPT AUTOMATIC AND SLIDING SHALL HAVE A SMOOTH, UNINTERRUPTED SURFACE TO ALLOW THE DOOR TO BE OPENED BY A WHEELCHAIR FOOTREST WITHOUT CREATING A TRAP OR HAZARDOUS CONDITION (11B-404) THE MAXIMUM FORCE REQUIRED TO PUSH OR PULL OPEN A DOOR SHALL COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING: PUSH OR PULL FORCE FOR A HINGED DOOR SHALL BE MEASURED PERPENDICULAR TO THE DOOR FACE AT THE DOOR OPENING HARDWARE OR 30 INCHES FROM THE HINGED SIDE, WHICHEVER IS FARTHER FROM THE HINGE. PUSH OR PULL FORCE FOR A SLIDING OR FOLDING DOOR SHALL BE MEASURED PARALLEL TO THE DOOR AT THE DOOR PULL OR LATCH. COMPENSATING DEVICES OR AUTOMATIC DOOR OPERATORS COMPLYING WITH SECTION 1122B.2.3.2 MAY BE USED TO MEET THE MAXIMUM FORCE LIMITS A. REQUIRED FIRE DOORS SHALL HAVE THE MINIMUM OPENING FORCE ALLOWABLE BY THE APPROPRIATE ADMINISTRATIVE AUTHORITY, NOT TO EXCEED 15 LBF. B. OTHER THAN REQUIRED FIRE DOORS, INTERIOR DOORS SHALL HAVE A MAXIMUM OPENING FORCE OF 5 LBF C. OTHER THAN REQUIRED FIRE DOORS, EXTERIOR DOORS SHALL HAVE A MAXIMUM OPENING FORCE OF 5 LBF (11B-404.2.9, 11B-404.3) WHEN THE DOOR HAS A CLOSER, THEN THE SWEEP PERIOD OF THE CLOSER SHALL BE ADJUSTED SO THAT FROM AN OPEN POSITION OF 70 DEGREES, THE DOOR WILL TAKE AT LEAST 3 SECONDS TO MOVE TO A POINT 3 INCHES FROM THE LATCH, MEASURED TO THE LEADING EDGE OF THE DOOR (11B-404) DOORS ENTRANCES AND EXITS FLOORS AND LEVELS CORRIDORS AND AISLES CONTROLS AND OPERATING MECHANISMS SPACE ALLOWANCES AND REACH RANGES EMPLOYEE WORK AREAS AND WORK STATIONS ELECTRICAL 1.LEVEL AREA IS DEFINED AS "A SPECIFIED SURFACE THAT DOES NOT HAVE A SLOPE IN ANY DIRECTION EXCEEDING 1/4 INCH IN ONE FOOT FROM THE HORIZONTAL (2.083% GRADIENT.)" 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. PROVIDE EXIT ACCESS CORRIDORS WITH A CLEAR WIDTH NOT LESS THAN 44 INCHES, OR AS OTHERWISE PERMITTED/REQUIRED BY CBC TABLE 1020.3, BASED ON OCCUPANCY AND USE.1 WHERE CORRIDORS SERVE AN OCCUPANT LOAD OF FEWER THAN 50 PERSONS AND THE TABLE PERMITS 36 INCHES, CORRIDOR WIDTH MAY BE REDUCED ACCORDINGLY, SUBJECT TO MAINTAINING REQUIRED EGRESS CAPACITY (TABLE 1020.3) CORRIDORS AND HALLWAYS THAT ARE LOCATED ON AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE AND EXCEED 200 FEET IN LENGTH SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM CLEAR WIDTH OF 60 INCHES. IF AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE HAS LESS THAN 60 INCHES CLEAR WIDTH, THEN PASSING SPACES AT LEAST 60 INCHES BY 60 INCHES SHALL BE LOCATED AT INTERVALS OF 200 FEET MAXIMUM. A "T" INTERSECTION OF TWO CORRIDORS OR WALKS IS AN ACCEPTABLE PASSING PLACE. (11B-403.5.3, 11B-304.3.2) EVERY PORTION OF EVERY BUILDING IN WHICH ARE INSTALLED SEATS, TABLES, MERCHANDISE, EQUIPMENT, OR SIMILAR MATERIALS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH AISLES LEADING TO AN EXIT WHICH COMPLY WITH SECTION 1018. LEVEL OR RAMPED AISLES WITH SEATING ON ONE SIDE ONLY MUST BE AT LEAST 36 INCHES CLEAR, WITH A POSSIBLE REDUCTION TO 30 INCHES WHERE THEY SERVE FEWER THAN 15 SEATS AND DO NOT FORM PART OF AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE. LEVEL OR RAMPED AISLES WITH SEATING ON BOTH SIDES MUST BE AT LEAST 42 INCHES CLEAR, WITH LIMITED REDUCTIONS TO 36 INCHES (SERVING <50 SEATS) OR 30 INCHES (SERVING <15 SEATS AND NOT ON AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE). (1030.9.1) AISLES SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTIONS 11B-206 AND 11B-403, FOR CIRCULATION AROUND OBSTRUCTIONS. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. CONTROLS AND OPERATING MECHANISMS IN ACCESSIBLE SPACES. ALONG ACCESSIBLE ROUTES OR AS PART OF ACCESSIBLE ELEMENTS AND THOSE IN SECTION 1.9.1 ARE REQUIRED TO BE ACCESSIBLE. (11B-205.1 AND 11B-309) CLEAR FLOOR SPACE COMPLYING WITH SECTION 11B-305 THAT ALLOWS A FORWARD OR PARALLEL APPROACH BY A PERSON USING A WHEELCHAIR SHALL BE PROVIDED AT CONTROLS, DISPENSERS, RECEPTACLES AND OTHER OPERABLE EQUIPMENT. THE HIGHEST AND LOWEST OPERABLE PARTS OF CONTROLS, DISPENSERS, RECEPTACLES, AND OTHER OPERABLE EQUIPMENT SERVING ACCESSIBLE ELEMENTS SHALL COMPLY WITH CBC 11B‑205 AND 11B‑309 AND BE LOCATED WITHIN THE FORWARD AND SIDE REACH RANGES SPECIFIED IN CBC 11B‑308, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE MODIFIED BY THE SPECIFIC ACCESSIBILITY SECTION APPLICABLE TO THAT ELEMENT. CONTROLS AND OPERATING MECHANISMS SHALL BE OPERABLE WITH ONE HAND AND SHALL NOT REQUIRE TIGHT GRASPING, PUNCHING, OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST. THE FORCE REQUIRED TO ACTIVATE CONTROLS SHALL BE NO GREATER THAN 5 POUNDS. (11B-309.4) ACCESSIBLE LAVATORY FAUCET CONTROLS SHALL COMPLY WITH CBC 2025 SECTIONS 11B‑606.4 AND 11B‑309.4. CONTROLS SHALL BE OPERABLE WITH ONE HAND, WITHOUT TIGHT GRASPING, PINCHING, OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST, AND SHALL REQUIRE NO MORE THAN 5 POUNDS FORCE TO OPERATE. HAND‑OPERATED METERING FAUCETS, WHERE USED, SHALL REMAIN OPEN FOR NOT LESS THAN 10 SECONDS. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. PROVIDE A CLEAR FLOOR OR GROUND SPACE MEASURING AT LEAST 30 INCHES BY 48 INCHES TO ACCOMMODATE A SINGLE STATIONARY WHEELCHAIR AND OCCUPANT, WITH AT LEAST ONE FULL, UNOBSTRUCTED SIDE ADJOINING AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE OR ANOTHER CLEAR FLOOR OR GROUND SPACE. THIS SPACE MAY BE ORIENTED TO ALLOW EITHER A FORWARD OR A PARALLEL APPROACH TO THE ELEMENT SERVED AND MAY OVERLAP REQUIRED KNEE AND TOE CLEARANCE WHERE PERMITTED. CLEAR FLOOR OR GROUND SPACE SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION 1138A.1.4. ONE FULL-UNOBSTRUCTED SIDE OF THE CLEAR FLOOR OR GROUND SPACE FOR A WHEELCHAIR SHALL ADJOIN OR OVERLAP AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE OR ADJOIN ANOTHER WHEELCHAIR CLEAR FLOOR SPACE. WHERE THE CLEAR FLOOR OR GROUND SPACE IS IN AN ALCOVE OR OTHERWISE CONFINED ON ALL OR PART OF THREE SIDES, PROVIDE ADDITIONAL MANEUVERING CLEARANCE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTIONS 11B‑305.7 AND 11B‑305.7.1/11B‑305.7.2 THE SPACE REQUIRED FOR A WHEELCHAIR TO MAKE A 180-DEGREE TURN IS A CLEAR SPACE OF 60 INCHES DIAMETER OR A T-SHAPED SPACE. (11B-304.3) PROVIDE WHEELCHAIR TURNING IN COMPLIANCE WITH CBC 11B-304; WHERE AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE MAKES A 180-DEGREE TURN AROUND AN ELEMENT LESS THAN 48 INCHES WIDE, PROVIDE CLEAR WIDTHS IN ACCORDANCE WITH CBC 11B-403.5.2. THE MINIMUM CLEAR WIDTH OF AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE FOR TWO WHEELCHAIRS TO PASS IS 60 INCHES. (FIG. 11A-1E) IF THE CLEAR FLOOR SPACE ONLY ALLOWS FORWARD APPROACH TO AN OBJECT, THE MAXIMUM HIGH FORWARD REACH ALLOWED SHALL BE 48 INCHES. SEE FIGURE 11B-5C(A). THE MINIMUM LOW FORWARD REACH IS 15 INCHES. IF THE HIGH FORWARD IS OVER AN OBSTRUCTION, REACH AND CLEARANCES SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION 11B-308.2.1 AND 11B-308.2.2. 1.THE INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY IDENTIFYING ACCESSIBLE FACILITIES, ENTRANCES, PARKING SPACES AND OTHER ACCESSIBLE FEATURES SHALL BE THE SYMBOL DEFINED IN CBC CHAPTER 2 AND SHALL CONFORM TO THE DESIGN AND COLOR REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 11B‑703.7.2.1. WHERE REQUIRED ELSEWHERE IN THIS CODE, SIGNS AND MARKINGS SHALL INCLUDE THIS SYMBOL AND COMPLY WITH THE APPLICABLE PROVISIONS OF SECTIONS 11B‑216, 11B‑502.6, 11B‑703.5 AND 11B‑703.7. 1."WORKSTATION: FOR PURPOSES OF ACCESSIBILITY COMPLIANCE, A WORKSTATION IS AN AREA BOUNDED OR DEFINED PRIMARILY BY FIXED OR BUILT‑IN EQUIPMENT AND/OR WORK SURFACES, INTENDED FOR EMPLOYEE USE ONLY AND GENERALLY OCCUPIED BY ONE OR A SMALL NUMBER OF EMPLOYEES AT A TIME…" 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. THE HIGHEST OPERABLE PART OF ALL CONTROLS, DISPENSERS, RECEPTACLES AND OTHER OPERABLE EQUIPMENT SHALL BE INSTALLED AT AN ACCESSIBLE LOCATION MEETING THE CLEARANCES AND REACH RANGE REQUIREMENTS OF SECTIONS 11B-205, 11B-308 and 11B-309. CONTROLS AND SWITCHES INTENDED TO BE USED BY THE OCCUPANT OF THE ROOM OR AREA TO CONTROL LIGHTING AND RECEPTACLE OUTLETS, APPLIANCES, OR COOLING, HEATING AND VENTILATING EQUIPMENT, SHALL BE LOCATED NO MORE THAN 48 INCHES MEASURED FROM THE TOP OF THE OUTLET BOX NOR LESS THAN 15 INCHES MEASURED FROM THE BOTTOM OF THE OUTLET BOX TO THE LEVEL OF THE FINISH FLOIOR OR WORKING PLATFORM. ALL OPERABLE PARTS, INCLUDING ELECTRICAL SWITCHES AND CONTROLS, MUST COMPLY WITH 11B‑308 REACH RANGES AND 11B‑309 OPERABLE-PART CRITERIA UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE, ELECTRICAL RECEPTACLE OUTLETS ON BRANCH CIRCUITS OF 30A OR LESS AND COMMUNICATION RECEPTACLES SERVING ACCESSIBLE SPACES SHALL BE INSTALLED SO THAT THE BOTTOM OF THE OUTLET BOX IS NOT LESS THAN 15 INCHES ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR AND THE TOP OF THE OUTLET BOX IS NOT MORE THAN 48 INCHES ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR, MEASURED VERTICALLY. WHERE USERS MUST REACH OVER COUNTERS, CASEWORK, OR OTHER OBSTRUCTIONS, RECEPTACLES SHALL BE LOCATED WITHIN THE FORWARD AND SIDE REACH RANGES AND MEASURED TO THE OUTLET BOX AS REQUIRED BY CBC 11B-308 AND 11B-308.1.2.1 RECEPTACLES SERVING A DEDICATED USE AND FLOOR RECEPTACLES ARE NOT REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH THESE REACH-RANGE PROVISIONS PER CBC 11B-205.1 EXCEPTIONS. CONTROLS AND SWITCHES INTENDED FOR OCCUPANT USE TO CONTROL LIGHTING, RECEPTACLES, APPLIANCES, OR HEATING, COOLING AND VENTILATING EQUIPMENT SHALL COMPLY WITH THE REACH RANGES OF CBC 11B-308. FOR WALL-MOUNTED ELECTRICAL SWITCHES AND SIMILAR CONTROLS, PROVIDE 15" MINIMUM TO THE BOTTOM OF THE OUTLET BOX AND 48" MAXIMUM TO THE TOP OF THE OUTLET BOX ABOVE THE FINISHED FLOOR. ELECTRICAL RECEPTACLE OUTLETS ON BRANCH CIRCUITS OF 30 AMPERES OR LESS SHALL BE LOCATED SO THAT THE BOTTOM OF THE OUTLET BOX IS NOT LESS THAN 15 INCHES ABOVE THE FINISHED FLOOR OR WORKING PLATFORM, AND THE TOP OF THE OUTLET BOX IS NOT MORE THAN 48 INCHES ABOVE THE FINISHED FLOOR OR WORKING PLATFORM, EXCEPT WHERE REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH THE REACH-OVER-OBSTRUCTION CRITERIA OF CBC CHAPTER 11B. RECEPTACLES SERVING DEDICATED EQUIPMENT AND FLOOR RECEPTACLES ARE EXEMPT FROM THE REACH-RANGE REQUIREMENTS WHERE PERMITTED BY CBC 11B-205.1 AND 11B-809.12. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. ALL WATER LINES AND DRAIN PIPES UNDER LAVATORIES SHALL BE INSULATED OR OTHERWISE CONFIGURED TO PROTECT AGAINST CONTACT, AND THE UNDERSIDE OF FIXTURES SHALL BE FREE OF SHARP OR ABRASIVE SURFACES. (11B-206.5, 11B-606.1, 11B-805.6) ACCESSIBLE URINALS SHALL BE STALL-TYPE OR WALL-HUNG WITH AN ELONGATED RIM AT A MAXIMUM OF 17" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR. URINALS SHALL BE STALL-TYPE OR WALL-HUNG WITH THE RIM NO HIGHER THAN 17" ABOVE THE FINISH FLOOR AND A MINIIMUM FIXTURE DEPTH OF 13-1/2" WITH A 30" X 48" CLEAR FLOOR SPACE TO ALLOW A FRONT APPROACH AND THE FLUSH CONTROLS SHALL BE HAND-OPERATED WITH THE CONTROLS INSTALLED NO HIGHER THAN 44" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR. WHERE HAND‑OPERATED, CONTROLS SHALL BE USABLE WITH ONE HAND WITHOUT TIGHT GRASPING, PINCHING, OR TWISTING, REQUIRE NO MORE THAN 5 LBF TO OPERATE. (11B-605) FAUCET CONTROLS SHALL COMPLY WITH CBC 11B‑309 OPERABLE PARTS CRITERIA. EXAMPLES OF ACCEPTABLE CONTROL TYPES INCLUDE LEVER-OPERATED, PUSH-TYPE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED FAUCETS. WHERE HAND-OPERATED METERING OR OTHER SELF-CLOSING FAUCET VALVES ARE PROVIDED, THE WATER FLOW SHALL REMAIN ON FOR NOT LESS THAN 10 SECONDS. (11B-606.4) THE DIAMETER OR WIDTH OF THE GRIPPING SURFACES OF A GRAB BAR SHALL BE 1-1/4" TO 2" OR THE SHAPE TO PROVIDE EQUIVALENT GRIPPING SURFACE. THE SPACE BETWEEN THE WALL AND THE GRAB BAR SHALL BE 1-1/2". THE GRAB BAR ASSEMBLY SHALL BE CAPABLE OF WITHSTANDING BENDING STRESSES, SHEAR STRESSES, SHEAR FORCES, AND TENSILE FORCES OF UP TO 250 LB/F. GRAB BARS SHALL NOT ROTATE WITHIN THEIR FITTINGS. THE GRAB BAR AND ANY WALL OR OTHER SURFACE ADJACENT TO IT SHALL BE FREE OF ANY SHARP OR ABRASIVE ELEMENTS. EDGES SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM RADIUS OF 1/8". (11B-609.2, 11B-609.3) MOUNTING HEIGHTS FOR OPERATING CONTROLS OF RESTROOM ACCESSORIES NOT OTHERWISE SPECIFICALLY DIMENSIONED IN THE CBC SHALL COMPLY WITH THE REACH‑RANGE REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 11B‑308 AND THE OPERABILITY PROVISIONS OF SECTION 11B‑309. WHERE SECTION 11B‑603.5 APPLIES, OPERABLE PARTS OF AT LEAST ONE OF EACH TYPE OF ACCESSORY SHALL BE MOUNTED NO HIGHER THAN 40 INCHES ABOVE THE FINISH FLOOR. (11B-603, 11B-604) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. IN BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES, FLOORS OF A GIVEN STORY SHALL BE A COMMON LEVEL THROUGHOUT, OR SHALL BE CONNECTED BY PEDESTRIAN RAMPS OR PASSENGER ELEVATORS (11B-206.2.3) GROUND AND FLOOR SURFACES ALONG ACCESSIBLE ROUTES AND IN ACCESSIBLE ROOMS AND SPACES, INCLUDING FLOORS, WALKS, RAMPS, STAIRS, AND CURB RAMPS, SHALL BE STABLE, FIRM, AND SLIP RESISTANT. (11B-302, 11B-405.4) CHANGES IN LEVEL UP TO 1/4 INCH MAY BE VERTICAL AND WITHOUT EDGE TREATMENT (11B-302.2) CHANGES IN LEVEL BETWEEN 1/4 INCH AND 1/2 INCH SHALL BE BEVELED WITH A SLOPE NO GREATER THAN ONE UNIT VERTICAL IN 2 UNITS HORIZONTAL (50 PERCENT SLOPE). (11B-303.3) CHANGES IN LEVEL GREATER THAN 1/2 INCH SHALL BE ACCOMPLISHED BY MEANS OF A CURB RAMP, RAMP, OR ELEVATOR (11B-303.4) IF CARPET OR CARPET TILE IS USED ON A GROUND OR FLOOR SURFACE, THEN IT SHALL BE SECURELY ATTACHED; HAVE A FIRM CUSHION, PAD OR BACKING OR NO CUSHION OR PAD, AND HAVE A LEVEL LOOP, TEXTURED LOOP, LEVEL CUT PILE, OR LEVEL CUT/UNCUT PILE TEXTURE. THE MAXIMUM PILE HEIGHT SHALL BE FASTENED TO FLOOR SURFACES AND HAVE TRIM ALONG THE ENTIRE LENGTH OF THE EXPOSED EDGE. CARPET EDGE TRIM SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION 11B-302.2 IF GRATINGS ARE LOCATED ON FLOORS, THEN THEY SHALL HAVE SPACES NO GREATER THAN 1/4 INCH WIDE IN ONE DIRECTION. IF GRATINGS HAVE ELONGATED OPENINGS, THEN THEY SHALL BE PLACED SO THAT THE LONG DIMENSION IS PERPENDICULAR TO THE DOMINANT DIRECTION OF TRAVEL. (11B-302.3) 1. 2. 3. EMPLOYEE WORK AREAS SHALL COMPLY WITH THE ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS OF CHAPTER 11B SPECIFIC WORKSTATIONS NEED ONLY COMPLY WITH AISLE WIDTH AND FLOORS AND LEVELS, AND ENTRYWAYS AND EGRESS ROUTES SHALL BE NO LESS THAN 36 INCHES IN CLEAR WIDTH, LIMITED CONSTRICTIONS SHALL BE NO LESS THAN 32 INCHES IN CLEAR WIDTH. AISLES SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 36 INCHES IF SERVING ONLY ONE SIDE, AND NOT LESS THAN 44 INCHES WIDE IF SERVING BOTH SIDES. IN ACCORDANCE WITH CHAPTER 11B. (1005.1, 1020.3) EMPLOYEE WORK AREAS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM OF 36 INCHES CLEAR WIDTH/ACCESS (11B-403.5.1) 1.ELEMENTS OF ACCESSIBLE RESTROOMS SHALL COMPLY WITH CBC SECTIONS 11B‑213, 11B‑603, 11B‑604, 11B‑605, 11B‑606, 11B‑607, 11B‑608 AND 11B‑609, 2025 EDITION. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. PROVIDE THE INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY (ISA) IN ACCORDANCE WITH CBC 11B‑703.7.2.1. THE SYMBOL SHALL BE A WHITE FIGURE ON A BLUE BACKGROUND, WITH THE BLUE APPROXIMATING FS 15090 IN FEDERAL STANDARD 595C. IN EXISTING BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES WHERE SOME BUT NOT ALL ENTRANCES MEET THE ACCESSIBLE DOOR REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 11B‑404, THOSE COMPLIANT ENTRANCES SHALL BE IDENTIFIED BY THE INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY DESIGNED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 11B‑703.7.2.1. AT ANY NON-ACCESSIBLE ENTRANCE OR WHERE THE ACCESSIBLE ROUTE DIVERGES FROM THE USUAL CIRCULATION PATH, SUCH AS A SIDE RAMP OR ALTERNATE ENTRANCE, INSTALL DIRECTIONAL SIGNS AT THOSE JUNCTIONS SHOWING THE PATH TO THE NEAREST ACCESSIBLE ENTRANCE. WHERE PERMANENT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS ARE PROVIDED FOR ROOMS AND SPACES, THEY SHALL INCLUDE RAISED CHARACTERS AND GRADE 2 BRAILLE CONFORMING TO CBC 2025 SECTION 11B-703. SIGNS SHALL BE INSTALLED ON THE WALL ADJACENT TO THE LATCH OUTSIDE OF THE DOOR. WHERE THERE IS NO WALL SPACE ON THE LATCH SIDE, INCLUDING AT DOUBLE LEAF DOORS, SIGNS SHALL BE PLACED ON THE NEAREST ADJACENT WALL, PREFERABLY ON THE RIGHT. MOUNTING HEIGHT SHALL BE 60 INCHES ABOVE THE FINISHED FLOOR TO THE CENTERLINE OF THE SIGN. MOUNTING LOCATION SHALL BE DETERMINED SO THAT A PERSON MAY APPROACH WITHIN 3 INCHES OF SIGNAGE WITHOUT ENCOUNTERING PROTRUDING OBJECTS OR STANDING WITHIN THE SWING OF A DOOR. (11B-703) WHEN SIGNS IDENTIFY PERMANENT INTERIOR OR EXTERIOR ROOMS AND SPACES OF A BUILDING OR SITE, THEY SHALL COMPLY WITH 11B‑216.2 AND 11B‑703 (VISUAL AND TACTILE SIGN REQUIREMENTS, INCLUDING 11B‑703.1, 11B‑703.2, 11B‑703.3 AND 11B‑703.5; PICTOGRAMS, WHERE USED, MUST ALSO COMPLY WITH 11B‑703.6). WHEN RAISED CHARACTERS OR WHEN PICTOGRAM SYMBOLS ARE USED, THEY SHALL CONFORM TO THE FOLLOWING (11B-703.6.) (A) Tactile room-identification signs shall have raised, uppercase, sans‑serif characters complying with CBC 11B‑703.2 (depth, style, proportions, character height, spacing, and format) and shall include contracted (Grade 2) Braille complying with CBC 11B‑703.3. Signs shall be installed at doors in accordance with CBC 11B‑703.4. (B) RAISED CHARACTERS OR SYMBOLS SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 5/8 INCH HIGH AND A MAXIMUM OF 2 INCHES HIGH. (C) PICTORAL SYMBOL SIGNS (PICTOGRAMS) SHALL BE ACCOMPANIED BY THE VERBAL DESCRIPTION PLACED DIRECTLY BELOW THE PICTOGRAM. THE OUTSIDE DIMENSION OF THE PICTOGRAM FIELD SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 6 INCHES IN HEIGHT. (D) CHARACTERS AND BRAILLE SHALL BE IN A HORIZONTAL FORMAT. BRAILLE SHOULD BE PLACED A MINIMUM OF 3/8-INCH AND A MAXIMUM OF 1/2-INCH DIRECTLY BELOW THE TACTILE CHARACTERS; FLUSH LEFT OR CENTERED. WHEN TACTILE SIGN IS MULTI-LINED, ALL BRAILLE SHALL BE PLACED TOGETHER BELOW ALL LINES OF TACTILE TEXT. VISUAL CHARACTERS ON SIGNS SHALL BE SELECTED FROM FONTS WHERE THE WIDTH OF THE UPPERCASE LETTER ‘O’ IS 60% MINIMUM AND 110% MAXIMUM OF THE HEIGHT OF THE UPPERCASE LETTER ‘I’. STROKE THICKNESS OF THE UPPERCASE LETTER ‘I’ SHALL BE 10% MINIMUM AND 20% MAXIMUM OF THE CHARACTER HEIGHT, WITH CHARACTER AND LINE SPACING PER CBC 11B‑703.5. ALL VISUAL SIGN CHARACTERS, PICTOGRAMS AND SYMBOLS OF ACCESSIBILITY, AND THEIR BACKGROUND/FIELD, SHALL HAVE A NON‑GLARE FINISH. CHARACTERS, PICTOGRAMS AND SYMBOLS SHALL PROVIDE VISUAL CONTRAST WITH THEIR BACKGROUND/FIELD USING EITHER LIGHT ELEMENTS ON A DARK BACKGROUND OR DARK ELEMENTS ON A LIGHT BACKGROUND, IN ACCORDANCE WITH CBC 11B‑703.5.1, 11B‑703.6.2 AND 11B‑703.7.1 CHARACTERS AND NUMERALS ON SIGNS REQUIRED TO BE ACCESSIBLE SHALL COMPLY WITH THE RAISED-CHARACTER HEIGHT REQUIREMENTS OF CBC SECTION 11B-703.2.5 AND THE VISUAL-CHARACTER HEIGHT REQUIREMENTS, INCLUDING THE CHARACTER-HEIGHT TABLE, OF CBC SECTION 11B-703.5.5, AS APPLICABLE. BRAILLE SHALL BE CONTRACTED (GRADE 2) AND SHALL COMPLY WITH CBC 2025 SECTIONS 11B‑703.3 AND 11B‑703.4. BRAILLE DOTS SHALL BE DOMED OR ROUNDED, WITH BASE DIAMETER, SPACING AND HEIGHT WITHIN THE LIMITS SPECIFIED IN TABLE 11B‑703.3.1. POLE SUPPORTED PEDESTRIAN TRAFFIC CONTROL BUTTONS SHALL BE IDENTIFIED WITH COLOR CODING CONSISTING OF A TEXTURED HORIZONTAL YELLOW BAND 2 INCHES IN WIDTH ENCIRCLING THE POLE, AND A 1 INCH WIDE DARK BORDER BAND ABOVE AND BELOW THIS YELLOW BAND. COLOR-CODING SHOULD BE PLACED IMMEDIATELY ABOVE THE CONTROL BUTTON,. CONTROL BUTTONS SHALL BE LOCATED NO HIGHER THAN 48 INCHES ABOVE THE SURFACE ADJACENT TO THE POLE. (11B‑703.7.2.7) RESTROOM SIGNS AND IDENTIFICATION 1 Date Modified: Scale: Project No.: Drawn By: Date Description 2535 N.T.S. Accessibility Notes (CONT.) AT A0.7 73200 El Paseo, Suite 2D Palm Desert, CA 92260 gregoryarch.com 760.779.2724 3/19/26 400 S. BALDWIN AVE. SUITE T-62, ARCADIA, CA 91007 BACIO DI LATTE - THE SHOPS AT SANTA ANITA All drawings and written material appearing herein constitute original and unpublished work of Gregory Architects. This document contains proprietary information furnished for the limited purpose of evaluation, bidding, or review and may not be duplicated, used, or disclosed without the prior written consent of Gregory Architects. S T A TEOF CA L I F O R NIA C-36489 GEOFFREYGREGORY 05-31-20 LIC E N S E D ARCHIT E C T 1/30/26 1ST PERMIT SUBMITTAL 3/19/26 2ND PERMIT SUBMITTAL1 3ND PERMIT SUBMITTAL24/14/26 NOTE: 1. HANDICAPPED SIGNAGE WHERE REQUIRED. SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY G.C.2. "ASI" PLAQUE TYPE ACRYLIC W/ SUBSURFACE GRAPHICS TEXT: SC901 WHITE FIELD SC905 BLUE 1/4" THICK, SURFACE APPLIED TO DOOR, CENTER SYMBOL ON DOOR, 60" FROM FINISHED FLOOR. CORRESPONDING GRADE IIBRAILLE LITERARY BRAILLESTANDARD DIMENSIONS: DOT DIAMETER INTER-DOT SPACING HORIZONTAL SEPARATION BETWEEN CELLS VERTICAL SEPARATIONBETWEEN CELLS .059 INCHES .090 INCHES .241 INCHES .395 INCHES LETTERS AND NUMERALS SHALL BE RAISED 1/32", UPPER CASE, SANS SERIF TYPE AND SHALL BE ACCOMPANYIED WITH GRADE II BRAILLE. RAISED CHARACTERS SHALL BE AT LEAST 5/8" HIGH, BUT NO HIGHER THAN 2" BRUSHED ALUM. PLASTIC LAM. BRUSHED ALUM. PLASTIC LAM. 60" A.F.F. TYP. CL 60" A.F.F. TYP. CL UNISEX UNISEX PERMANENT SIGNAGE TO BEINSTALLED ON THE WALL ADJACENTTO THE LATCH SIDE OF THE DOOR.MOUNTING LOCATION MUST ALLOW APERSON TO APPROACH WITHOUTENCOUNTERING PROTRUDING OBJECTSOR STANDING WITHIN THE SWING PATHOF THE DOOR. 12" 12" 12" TYP ADA ALL GENDER RR SIGNAGE Scale 2" = 1'-0"04 ADA FL MOUNTED WC 05 Scale N.T.S. FRONT APPROACH Scale: NTS HINGE APPROACH LATCH APPROACH02 0301Scale NTSScale: NTS 33 " T O 3 6 " 18" 17 " - 1 9 " CL MINMINMAX 36" GRAB BAR 6"12" 36" MIN 12" 30 " M I N 18 " MI N 9 "MI N29 " M I N 34 " M A X 40 " M A X 27 " M I N 48" MIN 19" MAX 6"8" 17" MIN INSULATED DRAIN PIPE * NOTE: IT IS ALLOWED TO HAVE TOE CLEARANC THAT EXTENDS FURTHER THAN 6" UNDER THE LAVATORY. HOWEVER, THE MEASUREMENT OF THE REQUIRED 30" x 48" WHEELCHAIR CLEAR FLOOR SPACE MAY ONLY OBERLAP THIS TOE CLEARANCE BY A MAXIMUM OF 6" 24" WIDE x 36" HIGH MIRROR MAX TOE CLEARANCE * REQUIRED CLEAR SPACE MIN KNEE CLEARANCE HANDICAP ACCESSIBLE SINK AND FAUCET PUSH SIDEPULL SIDE *NOTE: 48" MIN. IF DOOR HAS BOTH A LATCH AND A CLOSER 60" MIN.24" MIN.*44" MIN.12"MIN. PUSH SIDE PULL SIDE CLEAR AT EXTERIOR DOORSCLEAR AT INTERIOR DOORSPROVIDE THIS ADDITIONAL SPACEIF DOOR IS EQUIPPED W/ BOTH LATCH AND A CLOSER60" MIN.24" MIN.18" MIN.48" MIN. PUSH SIDE PULL SIDE 54" MIN *NOTE: 48" MIN. IF DOOR HAS BOTH LATCH AND A CLOSER 60 " M I N . 36" MIN. *4 4 " M I N . 33 " 33 " - 3 6 " 17 " - 1 9 " 19 " M I N 36" MAX 40 " M A X 12" MAX 24" MIN 1'-0"MAX 54" MIN 42" MIN CL5" MI N TOILET SEAT COVER DISPENSER TOILET PAPER HOLDERW/O STOPS 42" GRAB BAR 39 " 39" 18" GRAB BAR NOTE: THESE DIAGRAMS SHOW MOUNTING HEIGHTS FOR DEVICES BUT ARE NOT INTENDED TO SHOW OVERALL ARRANGEMENT FOR ACTUAL CONSTRUCTIONDIMENSIONS, SEE VERTICAL CIRCULATION DETAILS 6' -0" 3' -6" CALL BUTTONS DIRECTION INDICATOR FLOOR LANDING NUMBERS ON BOTH SIDES OF JAMB 2' -5" 5" A B DOOR REOPENING DEVICE HEIGHT 5 3 1 S 6 4 2 B ALARM DESOLCNEPO STOP 3 8"MIN SEPARATION 3/4" MIN BUTTON DIAMETER PLACE STAR ON LEFT SIDE OF MAIN EXIT FLOOR NUMBER DOOR OPEN EMERGENCY ALARM 5 3 1 S 6 4 2 B ALARM DESOLCNEPO STOP 3/8"MIN SEPARATION 3/4" MIN BUTTON DIAMETER PLACE STAR ON LEFT SIDE OF MAIN EXIT FLOOR NUMBER DOOR OPEN EMERGENCY ALARM 35"MIN 35"MIN BOVE FLOOR ABOVE FLOOR AND SYMBOLS HEIGHT 5/8" MIN. CHARACTERS NOTE: 1. HANDICAPPED SIGNAGE WHERE REQUIRED. SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY G.C. 2. SURFACE APPLIED TO DOOR, CENTER SYMBOL ON DOOR, 60" FROM FINISHED FLOOR.3. CUSTOMER USE RESTROOM SIGNAGE SHALL BE BRUSHED S.S. OR EQUAL W/ BLACK TEXT, EMPLOYEE USE RESTROOM SIGNAGE SHALL BE BLACK W/ WHITE TEXT. CORRESPONDING GRADE II BRAILLE LITERARY BRAILLESTANDARD DIMENSIONS: DOT DIAMETER INTER-DOT SPACING HORIZONTAL SEPARATIONBETWEEN CELLS VERTICAL SEPARATION BETWEEN CELLS .059 INCHES .090 INCHES .241 INCHES .395 INCHES LETTERS AND NUMERALS SHALL BE RAISED 1/32", UPPER CASE, SANS SERIF TYPE AND SHALL BE ACCOMPANYIED WITH GRADE II BRAILLE. RAISED CHARACTERS SHALL BE AT LEAST 5/8" HIGH, BUT NO HIGHER THAN 2" BRUSHED ALUM. PLASTIC LAM. BRUSHED ALUM. PLASTIC LAM. 7 1 / 2 " 7 1/2" 1'-0" 12 " 60 " A . F . F . TY P . CL 60 " A . F . F . TY P . CL UNISEX UNISEX PERMANENT SIGNAGE TO BEINSTALLED ON THE WALL ADJACENT TO THE LATCH SIDE OF THE DOOR.MOUNTING LOCATION MUST ALLOW A PERSON TO APPROACH WITHOUTENCOUNTERING PROTRUDING OBJECTS OR STANDING WITHIN THE SWING PATHOF THE DOOR. 06 Scale: 3"= 1'-0" ACCESSIBLE UNISEX SIGNAGE SOAP DISPENSER TOILET SEAT COVER DISPENSER TOWEL DISPENSER/ TRASH 40 " M A X . CL GRAB BARHANDRAIL1-1/2" MIN TYP CLR1-1/4" TO 1-1/2" (O.D.)1-1/2" O. D. PIPE HANDRAIL CLHANDRAIL SUPPORTMETAL FLANGE AS SHOWN Accessibility Details A006.00 04/11/13 JL/AC 1836-A006.00- ADA Details.PC9 05 01 Scale 1/2"= 1'-0"Scale 1/2"= 1'-0" Scale 1/2"= 1'-0" Scale 1/2"= 1'-0" LATCH APPROACHFRONT APPROACH HINGE APPROACH HANDRAIL DETAILS 10 09 02 Scale 1/2"= 1'-0" FLOOR MOUNTED WATER CLOSET 03 04 Scale 1/2"= 1'-0" Scale 1/2"= 1'-0" LAVATORIES TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES 11 12 Scale 6"= 1'-0" Scale 1/2"= 1'-0" ELEVATOR CONTROL PANEL ELEVATOR ELEVATION Date Modiﬁed: Date Created: Scale: Project No.: Drawn By: CAD File: Date DESCRIPTION PROJECT This document contains information proprietary to Valerio Architects and is furnished in conﬁdence for the limited perupose of evaluation, bidding or review. This document or its contents may not be used for any other purpose and may not be reproduced or disclosed to others without the prior written consent of Valerio Architects. SEAL architectureand interiors POLIFORM SHOWROOM 112 MADISON AVENUE NEW YORK, NY 10016 PROJECT TEAM OWNER: Poliform USA, Inc. 150 E. 58th Street, 6th Floor New York, NY 10155 Contact: Luca BiziTel: (212) 421-1800 LANDLORD:Samco Properties 116 East 27th Street, 3rd Floor New York, NY 10016 Contact: Adam SmithTel: (212) 685-6400 Fax: (212) 685-5286 CONTRACTOR: TBD MEP ENGINEER: KEA Engineers 33 Wood Avenue South, 8th Floor Iselin, NJ 08830 Contact: Adam Khachaturian Tel: (732) 635-0044 Fax: (732) 635-1777 STRUCTURAL ENGINEER: PLUMP Engineering, Inc. 125 Wolf Road, Suite 505 Albany, NY 12205 Contact: Nicolas NittiTel: (518) 729-4004 Fax: (518) 729-3473 DESIGN ARCHITECT: Vincent Van Duysen Architects 34 Lombardenvest, B-2000Antwerp, Belgium Contact: Rufus Knight Tel: 32 3 205 91 90Fax: 32 3 204 01 38 ARCHITECT OF RECORD:Valerio Architects 99 Madison Avenue, #500New York, NY 10016 Contact: Carmelina Santoro Tel: (646) 430-5620Fax: (646) 430-5631 REGIST E R E D ARC H I T E CT * S T ATE OF NEW Y O R K * LIC. NO. 030317-1 NICC O L O VALE R I O 09/25/15 1836-15-129 01/29/16 BID SET Scale N.T.S. 33 " T O 3 6 " 18" 17 " - 1 9 " CL MINMINMAX 36" GRAB BAR6"12"36" MIN12" 30 " M I N 18 " MI N 9 "MI N29 " M I N 34 " M A X 40 " M A X 27 " M I N 48" MIN 19"MAX 6"8" 17" MIN INSULATED DRAIN PIPE * NOTE: IT IS ALLOWED TO HAVE TOE CLEARANC THAT EXTENDS FURTHER THAN 6" UNDER THE LAVATORY. HOWEVER, THE MEASUREMENT OF THE REQUIRED 30" x 48" WHEELCHAIR CLEAR FLOOR SPACE MAY ONLY OBERLAP THIS TOE CLEARANCE BY A MAXIMUM OF 6" 24" WIDE x 36" HIGH MIRROR MAX TOE CLEARANCE * REQUIRED CLEAR SPACE MIN KNEE CLEARANCE HANDICAP ACCESSIBLE SINK AND FAUCET PUSH SIDEPULL SIDE *NOTE: 48" MIN. IF DOOR HAS BOTH A LATCH AND A CLOSER60" MIN.24" MIN.*44" MIN.12"MIN.PUSH SIDEPULL SIDE CLEAR AT EXTERIOR DOORSCLEAR AT INTERIOR DOORSPROVIDE THIS ADDITIONAL SPACEIF DOOR IS EQUIPPED W/ BOTH LATCH AND A CLOSER60" MIN.24" MIN.18" MIN.48" MIN. PUSH SIDE PULL SIDE 54" MIN *NOTE: 48" MIN. IF DOOR HAS BOTH LATCH AND A CLOSER 60 " M I N . 36" MIN. *4 4 " M I N . 33 " 33 " - 3 6 " 17 " - 1 9 " 19 " M I N 36" MAX 40 " M A X 12" MAX 24" MIN 1'-0"MAX 54" MIN 42" MIN CL5" MI N TOILET SEAT COVER DISPENSER TOILET PAPER HOLDERW/O STOPS 42" GRAB BAR 39 " 39" 18" GRAB BAR NOTE: THESE DIAGRAMS SHOW MOUNTING HEIGHTS FOR DEVICES BUT ARE NOT INTENDED TO SHOW OVERALL ARRANGEMENT FOR ACTUAL CONSTRUCTIONDIMENSIONS, SEE VERTICAL CIRCULATION DETAILS 6' -0" 3' -6" CALL BUTTONS DIRECTION INDICATOR FLOOR LANDING NUMBERS ON BOTH SIDES OF JAMB 2' -5" 5" A B DOOR REOPENING DEVICE HEIGHT 5 3 1 S 6 4 2 B ALARM DESOLCNEPO STOP 3 8"MIN SEPARATION 3/4" MIN BUTTON DIAMETER PLACE STAR ON LEFT SIDE OF MAIN EXIT FLOOR NUMBER DOOR OPEN EMERGENCY ALARM 5 3 1 S 6 4 2 B ALARM DESOLCNEPO STOP 3/8"MIN SEPARATION 3/4" MIN BUTTON DIAMETER PLACE STAR ON LEFT SIDE OF MAIN EXIT FLOOR NUMBER DOOR OPEN EMERGENCY ALARM 35"MIN 35"MIN BOVE FLOOR ABOVE FLOOR AND SYMBOLS HEIGHT 5/8" MIN. CHARACTERS NOTE: 1. HANDICAPPED SIGNAGE WHERE REQUIRED. SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY G.C. 2. SURFACE APPLIED TO DOOR, CENTER SYMBOL ON DOOR, 60" FROM FINISHED FLOOR. 3. CUSTOMER USE RESTROOM SIGNAGE SHALL BE BRUSHED S.S. OR EQUAL W/ BLACK TEXT, EMPLOYEE USE RESTROOM SIGNAGE SHALL BE BLACK W/ WHITE TEXT. CORRESPONDING GRADE II BRAILLE LITERARY BRAILLE STANDARD DIMENSIONS: DOT DIAMETER INTER-DOT SPACING HORIZONTAL SEPARATION BETWEEN CELLS VERTICAL SEPARATION BETWEEN CELLS .059 INCHES .090 INCHES .241 INCHES .395 INCHES LETTERS AND NUMERALS SHALL BE RAISED 1/32", UPPER CASE, SANS SERIF TYPE AND SHALL BE ACCOMPANYIED WITH GRADE II BRAILLE. RAISED CHARACTERS SHALL BE AT LEAST 5/8" HIGH, BUT NO HIGHER THAN 2" BRUSHED ALUM. PLASTIC LAM. BRUSHED ALUM. PLASTIC LAM. 7 1 / 2 " 7 1/2" 1'-0" 12 " 60 " A . F . F . TY P . CL 60 " A . F . F . TY P . CL UNISEX UNISEX PERMANENT SIGNAGE TO BE INSTALLED ON THE WALL ADJACENTTO THE LATCH SIDE OF THE DOOR. MOUNTING LOCATION MUST ALLOW A PERSON TO APPROACH WITHOUTENCOUNTERING PROTRUDING OBJECTS OR STANDING WITHIN THE SWING PATH OF THE DOOR. 06 Scale: 3"= 1'-0" ACCESSIBLE UNISEX SIGNAGE SOAP DISPENSER TOILET SEAT COVER DISPENSER TOWEL DISPENSER/ TRASH 40 " M A X . CL GRAB BARHANDRAIL1-1/2" MIN TYP CLR1-1/4" TO 1-1/2" (O.D.)1-1/2" O. D. PIPE HANDRAIL CLHANDRAIL SUPPORTMETAL FLANGE AS SHOWN Accessibility Details A006.00 04/11/13 JL/AC 1836-A006.00- ADA Details.PC9 05 01Scale 1/2"= 1'-0"Scale 1/2"= 1'-0" Scale 1/2"= 1'-0" Scale 1/2"= 1'-0"LATCH APPROACHFRONT APPROACH HINGE APPROACH HANDRAIL DETAILS 10 09 02 Scale 1/2"= 1'-0" FLOOR MOUNTED WATER CLOSET 03 04 Scale 1/2"= 1'-0" Scale 1/2"= 1'-0" LAVATORIES TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES 11 12 Scale 6"= 1'-0" Scale 1/2"= 1'-0" ELEVATOR CONTROL PANEL ELEVATOR ELEVATION Date Modiﬁed: Date Created: Scale: Project No.: Drawn By: CAD File: Date DESCRIPTION PROJECT This document contains information proprietary to Valerio Architects and is furnished in conﬁdence for the limited perupose of evaluation, bidding or review. This document or its contents may not be used for any other purpose and may not be reproduced or disclosed to others without the prior written consent of Valerio Architects. SEAL architectureand interiors POLIFORM SHOWROOM 112 MADISON AVENUE NEW YORK, NY 10016 PROJECT TEAMOWNER:Poliform USA, Inc.150 E. 58th Street, 6th FloorNew York, NY 10155Contact: Luca BiziTel: (212) 421-1800 LANDLORD: Samco Properties116 East 27th Street, 3rd Floor New York, NY 10016 Contact: Adam Smith Tel: (212) 685-6400 Fax: (212) 685-5286 CONTRACTOR: TBD MEP ENGINEER: KEA Engineers 33 Wood Avenue South, 8th Floor Iselin, NJ 08830 Contact: Adam Khachaturian Tel: (732) 635-0044 Fax: (732) 635-1777 STRUCTURAL ENGINEER: PLUMP Engineering, Inc. 125 Wolf Road, Suite 505 Albany, NY 12205 Contact: Nicolas Nitti Tel: (518) 729-4004Fax: (518) 729-3473 DESIGN ARCHITECT:Vincent Van Duysen Architects34 Lombardenvest, B-2000Antwerp, BelgiumContact: Rufus KnightTel: 32 3 205 91 90Fax: 32 3 204 01 38 ARCHITECT OF RECORD: Valerio Architects99 Madison Avenue, #500 New York, NY 10016 Contact: Carmelina Santoro Tel: (646) 430-5620 Fax: (646) 430-5631 REGIST E R E D ARCHITECT* STATE OF NEW Y O R K *LIC. NO.030317-1NICCOLO VALERIO 09/25/15 1836-15-129 01/29/16 BID SET TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES Scale N.T.S. LAVATORIES Scale N.T.S. 06 07 09CLEAR FLOOR SPACE & KNEE-TOE CLEARANCE PER 11B-306 Scale N.T.S. CLEAR FLOOR SPACE FOR DINING SURFACES Scale N.T.S. 08 PER CODE 11B-305 & 11B-306 7"-9" MAX 7"-9" MAX 40" EXTERIOR DOOR MANUVERING CLEARANCES Scale 1/2"=1'-0" 24" MIN. 60" MIN. PULL SIDE 44" MIN. PUSH SIDE 48" MIN. PUSH SIDE H- LATCH APPROCH, PULL SIDE B- FRONT APPROCH, PUSH SIDE C- FRONT APPROCH, PUSH SIDE DOOR PROVIDED WITH BOTH A CLOSE AND A LATCH NOTES: 1. MAXIMUM OPERATING FORCE: INTERIOR - 5 POUNDS, EXTERIOR - 5 POUNDS, AND FIRE DOOR - 15 POUNDS. 2. IF THE DOOR HAS A CLOSER, THEN THE SWEEP PERIOD OF THE CLOSER SHALL BE ADJUSTED SO THAT FROM AN OPEN POSITION OF 70 DEGREES, THE DOOR WILL TAKE AT LEAST 3 SECONDS TO MOVE TO A POINT 3" FROM THE LATCH. 36" MIN. 60" MIN. PULL SIDE 44" MIN. PUSH SIDE 22" MIN. 48" MIN. PUSH SIDE 22" MIN. D- HINGE APPROCH, PULL SIDE B- FRONT APPROCH, PUSH SIDE C- FRONT APPROCH, PUSH SIDE DOOR PROVIDED WITH BOTH A CLOSE AND A LATCH ADD 6" AT EXTERIOR SIDE FOR EXTERIOR DOOR 18" MIN. 60" MIN. PULL SIDE 48" MIN. PUSH SIDE 48" MIN. PUSH SIDE 12" MIN. A- FRONT APPROCH, PULL SIDE B- FRONT APPROCH, PUSH SIDE C- FRONT APPROCH, PUSH SIDE DOOR PROVIDED WITH BOTH A CLOSE AND A LATCH LOCATION OF TACTILE SIGNS AT DOOR CLEAR FLOOR SPACE AS REQ'D BY CBC 11B-703.4.2 1'-6" 1'-6" 4'-0" 5'-0" 58"- 60" AFF CL OF MOUNTING HEIGHT HEIGHEST RAISED CHARACTER LOWEST BRAILLE CELL PLAQUE MOUNTED @ LATCH SIDE OF DOOR DOOR OR SIDEWALL RESTROOM SIGN LOCATION PITCOGRAM SIGN PER CBC 11B-703.6.1 EQ.EQ. ACCESSIBLE SIGNAGE 11 Scale N.T.S. 48" MIN. 12" MIN. iNTERIOR EXTERIOR 4'-0" CLEAR & LEVEL AREA (SHOWN DOTTEN) MAXIMUM CROSS SLPE 2% @ EXTERIOR SLIP RESISTIVE SURFACE THRESHOLD DOOR CLOSER IF PROVIDED SHALL HAVE AT LEAST A 3 SECOND CLOSING TIME PERIOD FROM 70% OPEN POSITION TO 3" FROM LATCH ACCESSIBLE ENTRANCE SING- TYPICAL AT ALL ACCESSIBLE ENTRANCES REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE. DOOR HANDLE, SEE HARDWARE NOTES. SMOOTH, UNINTERRUPTED DURABLE SURFACE MIN. 10" 30" TO 44" 58" TO 60" A.F.F. CL OF MOUNTING HEIGHT 4'-0" MIN. LOWEST BRAILLE CELL 5'-0" MIN. HIGHEST RAISED CHARACTER 10" MIN. SMOOTH UNINTERRUPTED DURABLE SURFACE BOTTOM RAIL OF DOOR 1/2" MAX LEVEL CHANGE FINISH MATERIAL SURFACE THRESHOLD WITH 1/4" MAX VERTICAL CHANGE. 1:2 SLOPE FROM 1/4" TO 1/2" 1/2" MAX. LEVEL CHANGE EXTERIOR DOOR CLEARANCE TYP. ENTRANCE/EXIT DOOR BOTTOM RAIL/ THRESHOLD 10 Scale N.T.S. 12 1 1 Date Modified: Scale: Project No.: Drawn By: Date Description 2535 VARIES Existing Disabled Access Plan AT A1.0 73200 El Paseo, Suite 2D Palm Desert, CA 92260 gregoryarch.com 760.779.2724 3/19/26 400 S. BALDWIN AVE. SUITE T-62, ARCADIA, CA 91007 BACIO DI LATTE - THE SHOPS AT SANTA ANITA All drawings and written material appearing herein constitute original and unpublished work of Gregory Architects. This document contains proprietary information furnished for the limited purpose of evaluation, bidding, or review and may not be duplicated, used, or disclosed without the prior written consent of Gregory Architects. S T A TEOF CA L I F O R NIA C-36489 GEOFFREYGREGORY 05-31-20 LIC E N S E D ARCHIT E C T 1/30/26 1ST PERMIT SUBMITTAL 3/19/26 2ND PERMIT SUBMITTAL1 3ND PERMIT SUBMITTAL24/14/26 LEGEND REFER TO KEY NOTES LEASE LINE ACCESSIBLE PATH OF TRAVEL 0 ACCESSIBLE PARKING SPACE PER CBC IIB-208 & IIB-502 REFER TO ACCESSIBILITY NOTES FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 030603060306030606IDENTIFICATION SIGNAGE REFLECTOR SIGN OF PORCELAIN ENAMELED STEEL W/ BEADED TEXT & 2-3/8" GALV. STEEL BOLTS W/ NUT & WASHERS FASTENED THROUGH PIPE SUPPORT, TYP. "PARKING SIGN" AND " TOW AWAY SIGN" SEE BELOW 'A' & 'B' 2" DIA. GALV. PIPE-SET IN 18" Ø X 27" DEEP, 3000 P.S.I., CONC. BASE. SLOPE TOP OF CONC. BASE AWAY FROM PIPE TO DRAIN A - "PARKING" SIGN SIGN TO BE 70 SQ. INCHES & DISPLAY INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL FOR ACCESSIBILITY IN WHITE ON A DARK BLUE BACKGROUND ADDITIONAL LANGUAGE OR SIGN SHALL STATE "MINIMUM FINE $250" B - TOW AWAY SIGN SIGN TO BE 17" X 22" MIN. W/ LETTERS 1" HIGH STATING " UNAUTHORIZED VEHICLES PARKED IN DESIGNATED ACCESSIBLE SPACES NOT DISPLAYING DISTINGUISHING PLACARDS OR SPECIAL LICENSE PLATES ISSUED FOR PERSONS WITH DISABILITIES WILL BE TOWED AWAY AT OWNER'S EXPENSE. TOWED VEHICLES MAY BE RECLAIMED AT ___________ OR BY TELEPHONING ____________ ADDITIONAL LANGUAGE OR SIGN SHALL STATE "MINIMUM FINE $250" SIGN W/ LETTERS READING "VAN ACCESSIBLE" AT ACCESSIBLE PARKING SIGN LOCATIONS AS OCCURS SEE SITE PLAN 3" 2'-0" 2'-3" 1" 6'-1" WHERE "VAN" SIGN OCCURS 6" MIN. 6'-8" IDENTIFICATION SIGNAGE SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0" 2 KEYNOTES 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. (E) LEASE LINE (E) PUBLIC PARKING LOT (E) COMMON RESTROOM CORRIDOR (E) ELEVATOR TO ROOFTOP PARKING (E) STAIRWELL TO ROOFTOP PARKING (E) MALL PLANTER & STATUE, TYP. (E) MALL SEATING, TYP. (E) OUTLINE OF OVERHEAD ROOF (E) POLE, TYP. (E) BUS STOP (E) TREE, TYP. (E) VALET SERVICE BOOTH (E) ADA TRUNCATED DOME, TYP. (E) ACCESSIBLE PARKING AND SIGNAGE TO REMAIN, NO CHANGE, TYP. (E) ACCESSIBLE PATH OF TRAVEL N UP UP UP UP E X I S T IN G R ETA IL ADJACENT TENANT: BENIHANA PROPOSED TENANT: BACIO DI LATTE ±924 SQFT GROSS EXIST ING RETAILEXISTING RETAIL EXISTINGRETAIL EXISTINGRETAIL EXISTING RETAIL E XIS TIN G R E T AIL COMMON RESTROOM: WOMENS COMMON RESTROOM: MENS ELECTRICAL ROOM TENANT TRASH ENCLOSURE REMOTE STORAGE 293 lin.ft < 300 ACCESSIBILITY SITE PLAN SCALE: 1/16" = 1'-0" 1 A1.0 3 13 15 11 12 10 9 8 7 6 4 5 3 1 2 14 SHEET NOTES A. B. C. D. E. F. EXTERIOR LANDING SHALL NOT EXCEED 1/4" PER FOOT (2%) SLOPE. THE WIDTH OF EACH LANDING SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN THE DOOR SERVED AND 36 INCHES IN THE DIRECTION OF TRAVEL. (CRC R311.3) COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE LOCAL, STATE AND FEDERAL CODES AND REGULATIONS PERTAINING TO SAFETY OF PERSONS, PROPERTY AND ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION. PREVENT MOVEMENT OR SETTLEMENT OF STRUCTURES. PROVIDE, ENGINEER, AND PLACE BRACING OR SHORING AND BE RESPONSIBLE FOR SAFETY AND SUPPORT OF STRUCTURE. CEASE OPERATIONS IF SAFETY OF STRUCTURE APPEARS TO BE ENDANGERED. TAKE PRECAUTIONS TO PROPERLY SUPPORT STRUCTURE. DO NOT RESUME OPERATIONS UNTIL SAFETY IS RESTORED. PROTECT EXISTING ITEMS WHICH ARE NOT INDICATED TO BE ALTERED. REMOVE MATERIALS TO BE RE-INSTALLED OR RETAINED IN MANNER TO PREVENT DAMAGE. DEMOLISH IN AN ORDERLY AND CAREFUL MANNER, INCLUDING THAT REQUIRED FOR CONNECTION TO THE EXISTING BUILDING. PROTECT EXISTING SUPPORTING STRUCTURAL MEMBERS. REPAIR ALL DEMOLITION PERFORMED IN EXCESS OF THAT REQUIRED, AT NO COST TO THE OWNER. GC TO ESTABLISH A CONSTRUCTION WASTE DIVERSION. ESTABLISH A CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR THE DIVERTED MATERIALS, OR MEET LOCAL CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION WASTE MANAGEMENT ORDINANCE, WHICHEVER IS MORE STRINGENT. ACCESSIBLE PARKING DIAGRAM SCALE: 3/32" = 1'-0" 3 5'-1" TYP. 18'-0" 13 14 9'-0" 6'-4" TYP. 5'-0" TYP. 5'-3" TYP. 15 Date Modified: Scale: Project No.: Drawn By: Date Description 2535 3/16" = 1'-0" Proposed Roof Plan AT A1.1 73200 El Paseo, Suite 2D Palm Desert, CA 92260 gregoryarch.com 760.779.2724 3/19/26 400 S. BALDWIN AVE. SUITE T-62, ARCADIA, CA 91007 BACIO DI LATTE - THE SHOPS AT SANTA ANITA All drawings and written material appearing herein constitute original and unpublished work of Gregory Architects. This document contains proprietary information furnished for the limited purpose of evaluation, bidding, or review and may not be duplicated, used, or disclosed without the prior written consent of Gregory Architects. S T A TEOF CA L I F O R NIA C-36489 GEOFFREYGREGORY 05-31-20 LIC E N S E D ARCHIT E C T 1/30/26 1ST PERMIT SUBMITTAL 3/19/26 2ND PERMIT SUBMITTAL1 3ND PERMIT SUBMITTAL24/14/26 LEGEND KEYNOTES 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. (E) LEASE LINE (E) LINE OF ROOFTOP PARKING LOT (E) LINE OF ROOFTOP BELOW (E) ELEVATOR TO GROUND LEVEL (E) STAIRWELL TO GROUND LEVEL (E) ADA PARKING AND SIGNAGE, TYP. (E) ACCESSIBLE PATH OF TRAVEL (E) ROOFTOP UNIT TO REMAIN (N) GLYCOL SYSTEM; REFER TO MEP DRAWINGS. (N) EXHAUST FAN; REFER TO MEP DRAWINGS REFER TO KEY NOTES PROPERTY LINE 0 ACCESSIBLE PARKING SPACE PER CBC IIB-208 & IIB-502 REFER TO ACCESSIBILITY NOTES FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NOT IN SCOPE SHEET NOTES A. B. C. REFER TO SHEET A0.1 FOR GENERAL NOTES AND REQUIREMENTS. ANY NEW PENETRATIONS SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH LANDLORD'S REQUIRED ROOF VENDOR. ANY OLD EQUIPMENT NOT TO BE RE-USED SHALL BE REMOVED AND SEALED PROPERLY. UP UP 36"X72" 30"X36" PROPOSED TENANT: BACIO DI LATTE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 N 1 Date Modified: Scale: Project No.: Drawn By: Date Description 2535 1/4" = 1'-0" Existing / Demo & Proposed Floor Plans AT A2.0 73200 El Paseo, Suite 2D Palm Desert, CA 92260 gregoryarch.com 760.779.2724 3/19/26 400 S. BALDWIN AVE. SUITE T-62, ARCADIA, CA 91007 BACIO DI LATTE - THE SHOPS AT SANTA ANITA All drawings and written material appearing herein constitute original and unpublished work of Gregory Architects. This document contains proprietary information furnished for the limited purpose of evaluation, bidding, or review and may not be duplicated, used, or disclosed without the prior written consent of Gregory Architects. S T A TEOF CA L I F O R NIA C-36489 GEOFFREYGREGORY 05-31-20 LIC E N S E D ARCHIT E C T 1/30/26 1ST PERMIT SUBMITTAL 3/19/26 2ND PERMIT SUBMITTAL1 3ND PERMIT SUBMITTAL24/14/26 18x4818x36 18x48 18x4818x36 18x54 WH FOH01 COUNTER02 BOH03 EXISTING / DEMO FLOOR PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" 1 2% MAX ON ALL DIRECTION 54"x72" NOT IN SCOPE: ELEVATOR TO PARKING 1 2 3 4 4 7 4 5 6 6 8 9 10 11 12 ± 15'-10" ± 12'-7" 8'-0"12'-8" 7'-112" 5'-1" 7" LEGEND WH 36"x30" 48"x36" 48"x36" 48"x32" 48"x32" 36"x30" BOH03 ± 14'-10" PROPOSED FLOOR PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" 3 COUNTER02 FOH01 ± 20'-4" DIM A 9'-212"7'-8"13'-7" 7'-2" 6'-2" 5'-712" 2'-9" 7'-112" 4'-10" 2'-412" NOT IN SCOPE: ELEVATOR TO PARKING 2A6.0 2 A6.0 A6.01 A C BA5.0 1D 2 1 6'-2" 2'-8" A C BA5.1 1D 14 13 2% MAX ON ALL DIRECTION 54"x72" 15 16 17 ± 24'-1" ± 9'-10" 1'-012" 2'-6" 7'-212" 3'-3" A5.2 1 A8.1 1 A8.1 2 A8.1 3 A8.1 5 3'-1012" 3'-3" 5'-512" 16 ± 13'-112" DIM B ± 26'-9" DIM C ± 15'-10" DIM D REMOTE STORAGE - EXISTING FLOOR PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" 2 ± 9'-1" ± 11'-3" ± 2'-1112"± 2'-012" ± 1'-6" 8 N SHEET NOTES A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. J. K. L. M. N. O. P. GC TO REPAIR ALL DAMAGED EXISTING TO REMAIN ITEMS AS REQUIRED TO MATCH EXISTING. DEMO (E) PLUMBING FIXTURES AS SHOWN AND TEMPORARILY CAP OFF (E) DRAINS AS REQUIRED FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION. ARRANGE AND PAY FOR DISCONNECTING, REMOVING, CAPPING, & IDENTIFICATION OF UTILITY SERVICES WITHIN AREAS OF DEMOLITION. NOTIFY ARCHITECT, OWNER, AND THE AFFECTED UTILITY COMPANY IN ADVANCE BEFORE STARTING THIS WORK. MARK LOCATION OF DISCONNECTED UTILITIES, THEN IDENTIFY AND INDICATE CAPPING LOCATION ON PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS. DEMO ALL ELECTRICAL LIGHTING/ WIRING (BEYOND SERVICE AND SUB-PANELS). MAINTAIN OUTLETS WHERE THEY CAN BE REUSED. COMPARE WITH NEW PLAN. CONDUCT DEMOLITION TO MINIMIZE INTERFERENCE WITH ADJACENT BUILDING AREAS. MAINTAIN PROTECTED EGRESS AND ACCESS AT ALL TIMES. GC TO NOTIFY ARCHITECT AND STRUCTURAL ENGINEER ABOUT (E) POST, SHEAR WALL, OR OTHER LOAD-BEARING STRUCTURAL ELEMENT NOT VISIBLE PRIOR TO DEMOLITION. THE ARCHITECT AND OWNER HAVE NO KNOWLEDGE OF AND SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY ASBESTOS OR OTHER HAZARDOUS MATERIALS ON THE JOB SITE. COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE LOCAL, STATE AND FEDERAL CODES, AND REGULATIONS PERTAINING TO SAFETY OF PERSONS, PROPERTY, AND ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION. CONDUCT DEMOLITION TO MINIMIZE INTERFERENCE WITH ADJACENT BUILDING AREAS. MAINTAIN PROTECTED EGRESS AND ACCESS AT ALL TIMES. EXCEPT WHERE NOTED OR SPECIFIED OTHERWISE, MAINTAIN POSSESSION OF MATERIALS BEING DEMOLISHED; IMMEDIATELY REMOVE FROM SITE. GC TO ESTABLISH A CONSTRUCTION WASTE DIVERSION. ESTABLISH A CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR THE DIVERTED MATERIALS, OR MEET LOCAL CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION WASTE MANAGEMENT ORDINANCE, WHICHEVER IS MORE STRINGENT. GC REQUIRED TO PROVIDE MEASURES DURING DEMOLITION, AND OTHER DUST CREATED WORK, TO ENSURE DUST CONTAMINATED AIR DOES NOT GO INTO THE ADJACENT TENANTS' PREMISES. DURING DEMOLITION, THE FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM PLACED ON TEST AND ALL PRECAUTIONARY MEASURES TO BE TAKEN PRIOR TO COMMENCING CONSTRUCTION. ALL DEMOLITION AND DEBRIS REMOVAL MUST TAKE PLACE DURING NON-MALL HOURS AND DEBRIS MUST BE OFF HAULED DAILY BY TENANT CONTRACTOR. CONSTRUCTION, DEMOLITION AND DEMOLITION REMOVAL TO BE COMPLETED IN A MANNER THAT THE "QUIET ENJOYMENT" OF ALL ADJACENT OR THE BUILDING COMPLEX IS ADHERED TO AND THE OPERATION OF ADJACENT TENANTS OR THE BUILDING IS NOT HAMPERED IN ANY WAY. GC TO PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING DIMENSIONS BEFORE CONSTRUCTION. NOTIFY ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY OF ANY DISCREPANCIES: DIM A:DIM C: DIM B:DIM D: KEYNOTES 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. (E) RATED DEMISING WALLS TO REMAIN UNALTERED, TYP. (E) ALUMINUM STOREFRONT DOORS AND WINDOWS TO REMAIN, FRAME REPAINTED; P-1, TYP. (E) ELECTRICAL PANEL TO BE REPLACED REMOVE ALL EXISTING FLOORING. GC TO CLEAN PATCH, REPAIR AND PREPARE FOR NEW FINISH. DEMO ALL EXISTING CABINETS AND DECORATIVE DISPLAYS AT FRONT OF HOUSE, INCLUDING DECORATIVE WOOD TRIP AT WALL. REPLACE ALL PLUMBING FIXTURE AND ACCESSORIES. REFER TO PLUMBING AND FIXTURE SCHEDULE REMOVE ALL DECORATIVE WALL FINISH AND WOOD TRIM (E) STRUCTURAL COLUMN TO REMAIN, TYP. (E) STRUCTURAL POST TO REMAIN, TYP.; POST & CONNECTIONS SHALL MAINTAIN EXISING FIRE-RESISTANCE; IF NECESSARY, THESE WILL BE PREAPRED WITH AN INTUMESCENT FIRE-RESISTIVE COATING (E) MOP SINK TO REMAIN (E) WATER HEATER TO REMAIN (E) STRUCTURAL BRACING EXTRUDES INTO SPACE (N) CONCRETE FILL, 2% MAX SLOPE (N) CONCRETE FLOOR INFILL, GC TO SUBMIT COLOR FINISH TO ARCHITECT AND LL FOR APPROVAL (N) PONY WALL @ 32" A.F.F., TYP. (N) ELECTRICAL PANEL (N) FLOOR SINK, TYP. REFER TO KEY NOTES0 (E) 1-HR RATED FIRE BARRIER DEMISING WALL REFER TO SHEET A7.0 WINDOW SCHEDULE REFER TO SHEET A7.0 DOOR SCHEDULE 0 0 FLOOR SINK FLOOR DRAIN NOT IN SCOPE PARTIAL HEIGHT WALL (E) CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN (E) CONSTRUCTION TO BE DEMOLISHED (N) 3 5/8" METAL STUD W/ 5/8" GYP. BD. BOTH SIDES TO EXTEND 6" ABOVE CEILING, TYP. (N) 6" METAL STUD W/ 5/8" CEMENT BD. BOTH SIDES TO EXTEND 6" ABOVE CEILING, TYP. 1 18x54 18x36 18x36 18x3618x36 18x36 REMOTE STORAGE - FURNITURE & EQUIPMENT FLOOR PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" 3 F1 K21 K21 K15 K21 K21A K23 22 13 EXISTING STORAGE ROOM PRE-PACKAGED ITEMS, DRY GOODS & PAPER GOODS STORAGE ONLY EXISTING QUARRY TILE FLOOR FINISH WITH INTEGRATED COVE BASE 23 04 9'-1" 11'-3" Date Modified: Scale: Project No.: Drawn By: Date Description 2535 1/4" = 1'-0" Finish / Furniture & Equipment Floor Plans AT A2.1 73200 El Paseo, Suite 2D Palm Desert, CA 92260 gregoryarch.com 760.779.2724 3/19/26 400 S. BALDWIN AVE. SUITE T-62, ARCADIA, CA 91007 BACIO DI LATTE - THE SHOPS AT SANTA ANITA All drawings and written material appearing herein constitute original and unpublished work of Gregory Architects. This document contains proprietary information furnished for the limited purpose of evaluation, bidding, or review and may not be duplicated, used, or disclosed without the prior written consent of Gregory Architects. S T A TEOF CA L I F O R NIA C-36489 GEOFFREYGREGORY 05-31-20 LIC E N S E D ARCHIT E C T 1/30/26 1ST PERMIT SUBMITTAL 3/19/26 2ND PERMIT SUBMITTAL1 3ND PERMIT SUBMITTAL24/14/26 N WH 36"x30" 48"x36" 48"x36" 48"x32" 48"x32" 36"x30" BOH03 FURNITURE & EQUIPMENT FLOOR PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" 2 COUNTER02 FOH01 K10K7K9K6K27K8 K1 K5 K5 M2 K3 M5 K22A K26 K16 K4 K11 K13K22 NOT IN SCOPE: ELEVATOR TO PARKING K12 K25 K24 K17 K18 K4 K4 K19 K20 K13A M6 2 1 3'-5" 6'-2" 2'-712" 4'-10" 2'-8" 3'-8" 3'-412" K15K14 8 9 10 1112 13 14 15 16 17 19 20 21 18 K2 3'-8" 3'-8" 3'-8" A8.2 6 A8.2 5 3 A8.3 A8.3 4 5 A8.3 1 A8.3 2 A8.3 6 A8.3 ALIGN ALIGN 17 WH BOH03 FINISH FLOOR PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" 1 COUNTER02 FOH01 NOT IN SCOPE: ELEVATOR TO PARKING 2 1 FL-2BB-1 2 3 FL-3 BB-1 FL-1 BB-2 2 3 4 4 5 6 7 A8.2 3 A8.2 2 A8.2 1 FL-2BB-1 FL-2 BB-1 FL-2 BB-1 FL-3 BB-1 24 SHEET NOTES A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. J. K. L. M. N. ACCEPTABLE LEVEL OF FINISHED FLOOR TO BE ± 1/8" FFL. PRIOR TO WOOD FLOORING INSTALLATION, GC TO GRADE OUT ANY PIECES WITH VISIBLE DEFECTS AND STOP THE INSTALLATION SHOULD A RE-OCCURING PROBLEM BE FOUND (OVER THE 5% ALLOWED BY INDUSTRY PRACTICES). DO NOT INSTALL PIECES WITH VISIBLE DEFECTS. GC TO SIFT WOOD FLOOR AND MIX PIECES, SO AS TO NOT HAVE DIFFERENT SHADE SECTIONS. ALL ADHESIVE AND SEALANTS, INTERIOR PAINTS AND COATINGS, CARPET SYSTEMS, COMPOSITE WOOD LAMINATE ADHESIVES, MATERIALS, FURNITURE AND SEATING USED IN THE BUILDING INTERIORS SHOULD NOT EXCEED THE VOC CONTENT LIMITS AS SET FORTH IN THE GUIDELINES PRESCRIBED BY LEED IEQ CREDITS 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4 AND 4.5. GC TO SUBMIT SHOP DRAWING OF MILLWORK FOR REVIEW. ALL OWNER SUPPLIED ITEMS ARE TO BE INSTALLED BY GC, U.O.N. GC TO PROVIDE PROPER PROTECTION OF ALL EXISTING TO REMAIN ITEMS DURING ALL PHASES OF CONSTRUCTION.GC TO REPAIR ALL DAMAGED EXISTING TO REMAIN ITEMS AS REQUIRED TO MATCH EXISTING GC TO FLASH PATCH, REPAIR AND LEVEL THE EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB AS REQUIRED TO RECEIVE THE SCHEDULED FINISH AND MAINTAIN A LEVEL DATUM LINE VERIFY IN FIELD DIMS AND ALL (E) CONDITIONS PRIOR TO START CONSTRUCTION DURING THE COURSE OF THE TENANT IMPROVEMENT CONSTRUCTION THE TENANT / TENANT GC IS REQUIRED TO PUT BACK ALL FLOOR SLAB PENETRATIONS FOR PLUMBING AND ELECTRICAL LINES IN A "LEAK PROOF" CONDITION. IN ADDITION, ALL PLUMBING AND ELECTRICAL LINES LOCATED BEHIND THE SUSPENDED SLAB ARE REQUIRED TO BE PAINTED TO MATCH THE CEILING COLOR FOR UNDERGROUND PARKING GARAGE. ANY ELECTRICAL, DATA, WIRING CONNECTIONS TO MILLWORK/CASEWORK WITHIN THE SALES, RETAIL OR CUSTOMER AREA MUST BE FULLY INTEGRATED AND CONCEALED FROM PUBLIC VIEW. WHERE DINING SURFACES ARE PROVIDED FOR CONSUMPTION OF FOOD OR DRINK, AT LEAST 5% OF THE SEATING SPACES AND STANDING SPACES AT THE DINING SURFACES SHALL COMPLY WITH BUILT-IN ELEMENT REQUIREMENTS LISTED UNDER SECTION 11B-902. IN ADDITION, WHERE WORK SURFACES ARE PROVIDED FOR USE BY OTHER THAN EMPLOYEES, AT LEAST 5% SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION 11B-902 (11B-226.1) AT LEAST 5% BUT NEVER LESS THAN ONE MUST BE ACCESSIBLE, AS REQUIRED IN CBC 11B-226.1 ALL INTERIOR FINISHES TO BE COMPLIANT WITH 803.1 AND TABLE 803.13 FLAME SPREAD PROVISIONS EPOXY TO HAVE LISTED REQUIREMENTS: 1. MINIMUM THICKNESS OF 3/16 INCH. 2. THE FLOORING MUST BE SEALED SO AS TO BE IMPERVIOUS, GREASE, AND ACID RESISTANT. 3. THE SMOOTH FINISH FLOORING MATERIAL MUST BE INSTALLED BENEATH ALL EQUIPMENT AND EQUIPMENT LEGS. 4. THE FLOORING MUST BE SELF-COVED UP THE WALLS AT LEAST SIX INCHES WITH A MINIMUM 3/8 INCH SMOOTH RADIUS COVE. 5. NONSKID AGENTS MAY BE ADDED ONLY TO THE FLOORING IN TRAFFIC AREAS. THE FLOORING BELOW EQUIPMENT AND ON COVED BASES MUST BE SMOOTH AT THE JUNCTURE OF THE FLOOR AND WALLS. 6. NONSKID TILES MAY BE USED IF FLOOR DRAINS ARE PROVIDED. DEPENDENT ON THE AMOUNT OF NONSKID AGENT USED, A HIGH PRESSURE CLEANING SYSTEM MAY ALSO BE REQUIRED. 7. A METAL CAP MUST BE INSTALLED AT THE TOP OF THE COVED BASE. GC TO RECEIVE, UNLOAD AND INSTALL ALL FLOORING MATERIALS. KEYNOTES 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. DASHED LINE FOR HYDROMECHANICAL GREASE TRAP, SIZING, AND REQUIREMENTS SHOWN ON SHEET P6.1. INSTALLATION, ACCESS, AND DOCUMENTATION SHALL COMPLY WITH CURRENT CODE AND MANUFACTURER INSTRUCTIONS. INSTALLED 6" FROM THE WALL WATERPROOFING REQ'D UNDER TILE IN ALL WET AREAS, SEE SHEET NOTES. EPOXY BASE @ BOH & FRONT COUNTER. EPOXY UNDER EQUIPMENT AND ON THE COVE BASE TO BE SMOOTH AND CLEANABLE. EPOXY AT EMPLOYEE WALKING AREA TO BE TEXTURED AND CLEANABLE. KEEP (E) FLUSH FLOOR TRANSITION AT (E) STOREFRONT OPENING. UPON ARRIVAL ON SITE, GC TO NOTIFY ARCH. OF ANY LEVEL DIFFERENCE BETWEEN EXTERIOR AND (N) FLOOR FINISH (N) CONCRETE PAD. COLOR SAMPLES TO BE PROVIDED TO ARCH FOR CONFIRMATION PONY WALL @ 32" A.F.F BY MILLWORKER - INTEGRATED W/ CABINETRY ALL STORAGE SHELVING MUST BE ACCESSIBLE WITH 30" AISLE CLEARANCE ALL EQUIPMENT, INCLUDING SHELVING, MUST BE SUPPORTED BY 6" HIGH EASILY CLEANABLE LEGS COMMERCIAL CASTERS, OR COMPLETELY SEALED IN A POSITION ON A 4" HIGH CONTINUOSLY COVED BASE OR CONCRETE CURB. DINING SURFACE REQ'D TO COMPLY W/ 11B-902, THAT IS TO PROVIDE A CLEAR FLOOR SPACE PER SECTION (11B-305) POSITIONED FOR FORWARD APPROACH, SHALL BE DISPERSED THROUGHOUT THE SPACE / FACILITY CONTAINING DINING SURFACES FOR EACH TYPE OF SEATING IN A FUNCTIONAL AREA (11B-226.2). REFER TO SHEET A6.0 DETAIL 8 AND 9. (E) ALUMINUM STOREFRONT TO REMAIN, REPAINTED WHITE; P-1 (E) STRUCTURAL POST TO REMAIN, TYP. (E) STRUCTURAL COLUMN TO REMAIN, TYP. (E) MOP SINK TO REMAIN (E) WATER HEATER TO REMAIN (E) TRANSFORMER ABOVE TO REMAIN (N) ELECTRICAL PANEL, TYP. (N) 60L TRASH (N) FIXED MILLWORK AT WALL, GC TO PROVIDE 5/8" GYP BACKING WALL MOUNTED ABOVE IT RACK, BY VENDOR RELOCATED FIRE EXTINGUISHER (MINIMUM 2A-10BC) WITHIN A SEMI RECESSED CABINET, WITHIN 75 FEET TRAVEL DISTANCE FROM ALL POINTS IN THE OCCUPANCY; THE EXTINGUISHER SHALL BE MOUNTED ON A HOOK WITHIN THE CABINET (ELEVATED OFF CABINET FLOOR); THE TOP OF THE EXTINGUISHER SHALL BE NO HIGHER THAN 48 INCHES (1219 MM) ABOVE THE FLOOR. REFER TO SHEET A0.3 FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT NOTES WALL HUNG IT RACK, SUPPLIED, & INSTALLED BY VENDOR. GC TO PROVIDE PLYWOOD BACKING FOR IT RACK. (E) FLOOR FINISH TO REMAIN (N) TRENCH DRAIN, REFER TO MEP DRAWINGS REFER TO KEY NOTES0 FLRX REFER TO SHEET A7.0 FINISH SCHEDULE CHANGE IN FLOORING MATERIAL LEGEND ADA CLEARANCE 1 1 1 Date Modified: Scale: Project No.: Drawn By: Date Description 2535 1/4" = 1'-0" Power Plan AT A2.2 73200 El Paseo, Suite 2D Palm Desert, CA 92260 gregoryarch.com 760.779.2724 3/19/26 400 S. BALDWIN AVE. SUITE T-62, ARCADIA, CA 91007 BACIO DI LATTE - THE SHOPS AT SANTA ANITA All drawings and written material appearing herein constitute original and unpublished work of Gregory Architects. This document contains proprietary information furnished for the limited purpose of evaluation, bidding, or review and may not be duplicated, used, or disclosed without the prior written consent of Gregory Architects. S T A TEOF CA L I F O R NIA C-36489 GEOFFREYGREGORY 05-31-20 LIC E N S E D ARCHIT E C T 1/30/26 1ST PERMIT SUBMITTAL 3/19/26 2ND PERMIT SUBMITTAL1 3ND PERMIT SUBMITTAL24/14/26 18x54 18x36 18x36 18x3618x36 18x36 AP REMOTE STORAGE - POWER PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" 2 1'-612" 412" 812" 2'-712" 2 10 9 5 8 12 WH J J J POWER PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" 1 COUNTER02 FOH01 4'-7" NOT IN SCOPE: ELEVATOR TO PARKING 2'-10"2'-312"2'-2"2'-3"2'-3" 1'-1112" 1'-312"1'-6"1'-6" 1'-912" 2'-5" ± 1'-8" 2'-112"2'-7"1'-712"3'-3"2'-812"11"11"1012" 8'-0" 1'-2" 1'-512" 1'-112"1'-0" 10"1'-1012" 1 3 88888 4 4 4 6 BOH03 9 9 9 8 7 4 4 4410 9 1 11 N KEYNOTES SHEET NOTES LEGEND WALL MOUNTED JUNCTION BOX FOR ELECTRICAL DEVICE. HEIGHT TO BE 12" A.F.F. U.O.N. SEE PLAN OR SECTIONS FOR HEIGHTS. A.F.F. AND LOCATIONS NUMBER IN BRACKETS INDICATE THE NUMBER OF CIRCUITS REQUIRED. (SEE ALSO SHEET NOTE #12). DUPLEX OUTLET WALL MOUNTED @ 15" A.F.F. (U.O.N.) WHITE FINISH (U.O.N.). WHERE OUTLET IS LOCATED NEAR WATER SOURCE, GFCI SHALL BE INSTALLED AS PER CODE. SEE PLANS FOR LOCATIONS, GFI NOTED ADJACENT TO OUTLET. J QUAD OUTLET WALL MOUNTED @ 15" A.F.F. (U.O.N.) WHITE FINISH (U.O.N.), WHERE OUTLET IS LOCATED NEAR WATER SOURCE, GFCI SHALL BE INSTALLED AS PER CODE. SEE PLANS FOR LOCATIONS, GFI NOTED ADJACENT TO OUTLET. CEILING MOUNTED DUPLEX OUTLET CEILING MOUNTED JUNCTION BOX FOR ELECTRICAL DEVICE.J A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. J. K. L. M. N. O. P. Q. ALL OUTLETS SHALL BE INSTALLED AS DIMENSIONED ON THIS PLAN. ANY DISCREPANCIES AS TO LOCATION BETWEEN PLAN AND EXISTING FIELD CONDITIONS SHALL BE CLARIFIED WITH THE ARCHITECT BEFORE COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. VERIFY EXACT LOCATIONS AND MOUNTING HEIGHT OF ALL ELECTRICAL OUTLETS AND DEVICES W/ KITCHEN EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. ALL ELECTRICAL WIRING RUNS SHALL BE CONCEALED IN WALLS, FLOOR, CEILING OR COUNTERS. ALL 125V SINGLE PHASE, 20 AMP RECEPTACLES INSTALLED IN THE KITCHEN, BATHROOM AND ON THE ROOF SHALL HAVE GROUND-FAULT CIRCUIT-INTERRUPTER PROTECTION PER NEC. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AND INSTALL ALL JUNCTION AND FILL BOXES REQUIRED FOR THE INSTALLATION OF ELECTRICAL DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT WHETHER OR NOT SPECIFICALLY INDICATED ON PLANS. SIZING OF BOXES SHALL BE PER NEC. CONDUITS THAT ARE EXPOSED TO WIDELY DIFFERENT TEMPERATURES, SUCH AS COOLERS, FREEZERS, DIRECT SUN OR SERVICE ENTRANCE CONDUCTORS, SHALL BE SEALED TO PREVENT CIRCULATION OF AIR AND/OR MOISTURE. IN ALL KITCHEN FOOD PREP, DISHWASHING, AND SERVING AREAS, PROVIDE STAINLESS STEEL OUTLET COVER PLATES. IN ALL OTHER AREAS, MATCH ADJACENT FINISH COLOR. COORDINATE W/ ARCHITECT. ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE HARDWIRED W/ AN AFFORDABLE DISCONNECTING MEANS UNLESS EQUIPMENT IS SUPPLIED W/ A FACTORY INSTALLED CORD AND PLUG. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ALL POWER REQUIREMENTS AND LOCATIONS OF FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT W/ FOOD SERVICE CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. ALL RECEPTACLES ON COMMON WALLS SHALL BE SEPARATE BOXES AND OFFSET 12" MINIMUM. FIRE RATED WALLS SHALL HAVE AN OFFSET OF 24" MINIMUM. COORDINATE W/ ARCH'L FIRE RATED WALL DETAILS. ALL PENETRATIONS THROUGH FIRE-RATED WALLS SHALL BE PROTECTED FROM THE SPREAD OF FIRE W/ AN APPROVED FIRESTOP SYSTEM, EQUAL OR GREATER THAN THE FIRE RATING OF THE WALL. HEIGHT OF ALL RECEPTACLES AT COUNTER SHELVES, ETC, SHALL BE VERIFIED W/ OWNER PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. PROVIDE G.F.C.I TYPE RECEPTACLE WITHIN 6 FEET OF ANY SINK. ALL UNDERGROUND CONDUITS SHALL BE PVC SCHED. 40, MINIMUM 3/4"C. RUN CODE SIZE INSULATED EQUIPMENT GROUND CONDUCTOR. EACH AND EVERY 15 AND 20 AMP, 120 VOLT RECEPTACLE IN KITCHEN, FOOD PREP, BAR AREAS AND RESTROOMS SHALL BE G.F.C.I TYPE PROTECTION. NO PENETRATIONS OF TENANT PLUMBING OR ELECTRICAL LINES AT THE EXTERIOR WALLS OF THE TENANT PREMISES WILL BE PERMITTED. EXTERIOR WALL PENETRATIONS RELATING TO TENANT IMPROVEMENT WORK IS PROHIBITED. ALL ELECTRICAL, WIRING OR DATA CABLING RUNS IN THE OPEN CEILING AREA OF TENANT PREMISES IN THE FOH MUST BE RIGID CONDUIT. THE USE OF FLEX CONDUIT IS PROHIBITED. ANY ELECTRICAL RUN FROM THE CEILING TO A SUSPENDED LIGHT FIXTURE MUST BE HIDDEN IN A RIGID SLEEVE. BUG-EYE TYPE EMERGENCY LIGHTING OR COMBO TYPE LIGHT FIXTURE IS NOT ALLOWED IN AREAS THAT ARE VISIBLE TO THE PUBLIC. TENANT IMPROVEMENT PLANS AND FINAL CONSTRUCTION MUST INSTALL A RECESSED OR SURFACE MOUNTED CLEAR ACRYLIC BLADE EXIT SIGN AT THE STOREFRONT ENTRY. PHONE/ DATA (4) CAD 5 CABLES 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. (N) ELECTRICAL PANEL WALL HUNG IT RACK. SUPPLIED & INSTALLED BY VENDOR. GC TO PROVIDE PLYWOOD BACKING FOR IT RACK. (N) JUNCTION BOX, TYP. 3'-6" @ A.F.F. HORIZONTAL 72" @ A.F.F. 3'-6" @ A.F.F. VERTICAL 28" A.F.F. P.O.S. 48" A.F.F. EQUIP. 18" A.F.F. CONV. HORIZONTAL @ 2'-10" A.F.F. (E) POWER CONNECTION FOR MAIN SIGNAGE ACCESS POINT AT CEILING JUNCTION BOX FOR ELECTRICAL DEVICE @ MILLWORK.J Date Modified: Scale: Project No.: Drawn By: Date Description 2535 1/4" = 1'-0" Existing / Demo & Proposed RCP AT A3.0 73200 El Paseo, Suite 2D Palm Desert, CA 92260 gregoryarch.com 760.779.2724 3/19/26 400 S. BALDWIN AVE. SUITE T-62, ARCADIA, CA 91007 BACIO DI LATTE - THE SHOPS AT SANTA ANITA All drawings and written material appearing herein constitute original and unpublished work of Gregory Architects. This document contains proprietary information furnished for the limited purpose of evaluation, bidding, or review and may not be duplicated, used, or disclosed without the prior written consent of Gregory Architects. S T A TEOF CA L I F O R NIA C-36489 GEOFFREYGREGORY 05-31-20 LIC E N S E D ARCHIT E C T 1/30/26 1ST PERMIT SUBMITTAL 3/19/26 2ND PERMIT SUBMITTAL1 3ND PERMIT SUBMITTAL24/14/26 WH J J J TI (1) F1 F2 F1F1F1F1 F1F1 F2F2F2 (E)(E) F3 F3 TI (1) F1 F1F1F1F1F1 F1 F1F1F1 F1 F2 J J EM-2 EM-1 EM-1 AP PROPOSED RCP SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" 2 (E) 2' X 4' T-BAR CLNG. @ ± 14'-0" A.F.F. BOH03 GYP BOARD SOFFIT. @ ± 10'-8" A.F.F. P-1 SEMI GLOSS COUNTER02 (E) GYP BOARD CLNG. @ ± 13'-7" A.F.F. P-1 SEMI GLOSS FOH01 GYP. BD. CLNG. W/ WOOD FINISH FL-1 @ ± 10'-8" A.F.F. M3 M4 3'-9" M4 NOT IN SCOPE: ELEVATOR TO PARKING 20 21 22 23 24 252726 21 ALIGN 14 TYP. WH T SD SD SD SD SD SD EXISTING / DEMO RCP SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" 1 NOT IN SCOPE: ELEVATOR TO PARKING 2' X 4' T-BAR CLNG. @ ± 14'-0" A.F.F. BOH03 GYP BOARD SOFFIT. @ ± 10'-8" A.F.F. COUNTER02 GYP BOARD CLNG. @ ± 13'-7" A.F.F. FOH01 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 17 16 18 19 TYP. N A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. J. SECTION INCLUDES: 1.REMOVE DESIGNATED BUILDING EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURES. 2.REMOVE DESIGNATED PARTITIONS AND COMPONENTS. 3.CAP AND INDICATED UTILITIES 4.TEMPORARY PARTITIONS TO ALLOW BUILDING OCCUPANCY. 5.THE ARCHITECT, AND OWNER HAVE NO KNOWLEDGE OF AND SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY ASBESTOS OR OTHER HAZARDOUS MATERIALS ON THE JOB SITE. COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE LOCAL, STATE AND FEDERAL CODES AND REGULATIONS PERTAINING TO SAFETY OF PERSONS, PROPERTY AND ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION. CONDUCT DEMOLITION TO MINIMIZE INTERFERENCE WITH ADJACENT BUILDING AREAS. MAINTAIN PROTECTED EGRESS AND ACCESS AT ALL TIMES. ARRANGE AND PAY FOR DISCONNECTING, REMOVING AND CAPPING UTILITY SERVICES WITHIN AREAS OF DEMOLITION. DISCONNECT AND STUB-OFF. NOTIFY ARCHITECT, AND THE AFFECTED UTILITY COMPANY IN ADVANCE BEFORE STARTING THIS WORK. EXCEPT WHERE NOTED OR SPECIFIED OTHERWISE, MAINTAIN POSSESSION OF MATERIALS BEING DEMOLISHED; IMMEDIATELY REMOVE FROM SITE. ERECT AND MAINTAIN WEATHERPROOF CLOSURES FOR EXTERIOR OPENINGS, ERECT AND MAINTAIN TEMPORARY PARTITIONS TO PREVENT SPREAD OF DUST, FUMES, NOISE, AND SMOKE TO PROVIDE FOR OWNER OCCUPANCY, ON COMPLETION, REMOVE PARTITIONS AND REPAIR DAMAGED SURFACES. PROTECT EXISTING ITEMS WHICH ARE NOT INDICATED TO BE ALTERED. REMOVE MATERIALS TO BE RE-INSTALLED OR RETAINED IN MANNER TO PREVENT DAMAGE. DISCONNECT, REMOVE, AND CAP DESIGNATED UTILITY SERVICES WITHIN DEMOLITION AREAS. MARK LOCATION OF DISCONNECTED UTILITIES. IDENTIFY AND INDICATE CAPPING LOCATION ON PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS. DEMOLISH IN AN ORDERLY AND CAREFUL MANNER, INCLUDING THAT REQUIRED FOR CONNECTION TO THE EXISTING BUILDING. PROTECT EXISTING SUPPORTING STRUCTURAL MEMBERS. REPAIR ALL DEMOLITION PERFORMED IN EXCESS OF THAT REQUIRED, AT NO COST TO THE OWNER. GC TO ESTABLISH A CONSTRUCTION WASTE DIVERSION. ESTABLISH A CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR THE DIVERTED MATERIALS, OR MEET LOCAL CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION WASTE MANAGEMENT ORDINANCE, WHICHEVER IS MORE STRINGENT. SHEET NOTES KEYNOTES LEGEND REFER TO KEY NOTES CENTER LINE EMERGENCY EXIT LIGHTING RECESSED CAN LIGHT S SMOKE DETECTOR SPEAKER 1 EXIT CL SECURITY CAMERA RETURN / EXHAUST REGISTER (SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS) SUPPLY DIFFUSER (SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS) RETURN REGISTER (SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS) CEILING MOUNTED JUNCTION BOX FOR ELECTRICAL DEVICE.J SUPPLY WALL MOUNTED GRILL RETURN WALL MOUNTED GRILL 2' X 4' RECESSED LIGHT 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. GC TO REMOVE ALL (E) LIGHT FIXTURES/ CAMERAS THROUGHOUT. PATCH AND REPAIR CEILING (E) DROPPED GYP. BD. CEILING TO BE DEMOLISHED, TYP. (E) STRUCTURAL POST TO REMAIN, TYP. (E) STRUCTURAL COLUMN TO REMAIN, TYP. (E) SPRINKLER LINE. SPRINKLER HEAD AND SMOKE DETECTOR TO REMAIN AND/OR BE MODIFIED PER (N) RCP LAYOUT. UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT. (E) TRANSFORMER ABOVE TO REMAIN (E) ELECTRICAL PANEL TO BE REPLACED (E) WATER HEATER TO REMAIN (E) RETURN AIR DIFFUSOR, TYP. (E) SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSOR, TYP. (E) EXISTING 6" ROUND RECESSED LIGHT, TYP. (E) EXIT SIGN TO BE RELOCATED (E) EXISTING DECORATIVE HANGING LIGHT, TYP. (E) ROLLER SHADE @ STOREFRONT TO REMAIN, TYP. (E) CAMERA TO BE DEMOLISHED, TYP. (E) SMOKE DETECTOR TO BE DEMOLISHED, TYP. (E) SPEAKER TO BE DEMOLISHED, TYP. (E) AIR CURTAIN TO REMAIN (E) 2' X 4' LED LIGHT TO REMAIN (N) 2' X 4' LED LIGHT (N) ELECTRICAL PANEL (N) RECESSED CAN LIGHT, TYP. (N) LED STRIP LIGHTING, TYP. (N) SHELVING (N) DIGITAL MENU BOARD (N) CEILING MOUNTED SIGNAGE ABOVE; GOLD METAL CHANNEL LETTERING (N) JUNCTION BOX, TYP. 1 EXISTING SPRINKLER LINE 1 Date Modified: Scale: Project No.: Drawn By: Date Description 2535 1/4" = 1'-0" RCP Lighting Plan Dimensions AT A3.1 73200 El Paseo, Suite 2D Palm Desert, CA 92260 gregoryarch.com 760.779.2724 3/19/26 400 S. BALDWIN AVE. SUITE T-62, ARCADIA, CA 91007 BACIO DI LATTE - THE SHOPS AT SANTA ANITA All drawings and written material appearing herein constitute original and unpublished work of Gregory Architects. This document contains proprietary information furnished for the limited purpose of evaluation, bidding, or review and may not be duplicated, used, or disclosed without the prior written consent of Gregory Architects. S T A TEOF CA L I F O R NIA C-36489 GEOFFREYGREGORY 05-31-20 LIC E N S E D ARCHIT E C T 1/30/26 1ST PERMIT SUBMITTAL 3/19/26 2ND PERMIT SUBMITTAL1 3ND PERMIT SUBMITTAL24/14/26 LEGEND RCP NOTES 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. (E) SPRINKLER LINE. SPRINKLER HEAD AND SMOKE DETECTOR TO REMAIN AND/OR BE MODIFIED PER (N) RCP LAYOUT. UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT. (E) TRANSFORMER ABOVE TO REMAIN (E) WATER HEATER TO REMAIN (E) ROLLER SHADE @ STOREFRONT TO REMAIN, TYP. (E) AIR CURTAIN TO REMAIN (E) 2' X 4' LED LIGHT TO REMAIN (N) 2' X 4' LED LIGHT; SEE A7.1 FOR LIGHT SCHEDULE (N) 6" RECESSED CAN LIGHT, TYP. (N) ELECTRICAL PANEL (N) SHELVING (N) LED STRIP LIGHTING, TYP. (N) JUNCTION BOX, TYP. (N) DIGITAL MENU BOARD (N) EMERGENCY LIGHTING @ BOH (N) CONCEALED EMERGENCY LIGHTING @ FOH KEYNOTES REFER TO KEY NOTES CENTER LINE EMERGENCY EXIT LIGHTING RECESSED CAN LIGHT S SMOKE DETECTOR SPEAKER 1 EXIT CL SECURITY CAMERA CEILING MOUNTED JUNCTION BOX FOR ELECTRICAL DEVICE.J 2' X 4' RECESSED LIGHT A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. J. LIGHTING FEED LAYOUT MUST BE STRICTLY FOLLOWED. ALL FEEDING LINES OF THE LIGHTING SHALL BE CONNECTED INDEPENDENTLY TO THE SWITCHING PANEL. THE BACK OF HOUSE LIGHTINGS SHALL BE AUTOMATICALLY SWITCHED OFF WHEN THE NIGHT SCENARIO IS ACTIVATED. SUPPORT WIRES MUST NOT BE CONNECTED TO ANY OF THE LANDLORD'S MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING OR FIRE PROTECTION PIPING OR EQUIPMENT. SEE SHEET A7.0 FOR LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE. ALL ELECTRICAL OUTLET COVERS AND SECURITY CAMERAS MUST HAVE A COVER PLATE WHICH ALLOWS THE EQUIPMENT TO BLEND IN SEAMLESSLY WITH THE SURFACE ON WHICH IT IS MOUNTED. PLEASE ENSURE ALL SECURITY DEVICES AND SYSTEMS ARE INTEGRATED WITHIN THE STOREFRONT DESIGN AND FINISHES. ALL ELECTRICAL RUNS IN THE OPEN CEILING AREA OF THE TENANT PREMISES IN THE FRONT OF THE HOUSE MUST BE RIGID CONDUIT. THE USE OF FLEX CONDUIT IS PROHIBITED. IN ADDITION, ANY ELECTRICAL RUN FROM THE CEILING TO A SUSPENDED LIGHT FIXTURE MUST BE HIDDEN IN A RIGID SLEEVE. ANY SECURITY OR OTHER EQUIPMENT LOCATED IN THE MAIN ENTRY AREA MUST BE INSTALLED IN A MANNER THAT IS CONCEALED FROM PUBLIC VIEW. ALL SECURITY DEVICES AND SYSTEMS SHALL BE INTEGRATED WITHIN THE STOREFRONT DESIGN AND FINISHES. FREESTANDING SENSOR PEDESTALS ARE PROHIBITED. BUG-EYE TYPE EMERGENCY LIGHTING OR COMBO TYPE LIGHT FIXTURE IS NOT ALLOWED IN AREAS THAT ARE VISIBLE TO THE PUBLIC. TENANT IMPROVEMENT PLANS AND FINAL CONSTRUCTION MUST INSTALL A RECESSED OR SURFACE MOUNTED CLEAR ACRYLIC BLADE EXIT SIGN AT THE STOREFRONT ENTRY. (E) SPEAKERS TO BE REPLACED W/ NEW ONES N WH J J J TI (1) F1 F2 F1F1F1F1 F1F1 F2F2F2 (E)(E) F3 F3 TI (1) F1 F1F1F1F1F1 F1 F1F1F1 F1 F2 J J EM-2 EM-1 EM-1 AP RCP LIGHTING PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" 1 (E) 2' X 4' T-BAR CLNG. @ ± 14'-0" A.F.F. BOH03 GYP BOARD SOFFIT. @ ± 10'-8" A.F.F. P-1 SEMI GLOSS COUNTER02 (E) GYP BOARD CLNG. @ ± 13'-7" A.F.F. P-1 SEMI GLOSS FOH01 GYP. BD. CLNG. W/ WOOD FINISH FL-1 @ ± 10'-8" A.F.F. NOT IN SCOPE: ELEVATOR TO PARKING 1 5'-1012"5'-1012"5'-10" 3'-3" 3'-6" 4'-1"5'-1" 5'-10"5'-10" 4'-8"4'-8"4'-8"4'-8"4'-8" 5'-8" 1'-4" E.Q.E.Q. TYP. 2 3 45 6 7 8 9 1110 12 13 9 3'-2" 1 Date Modified: Scale: Project No.: Drawn By: Date Description 2535 3/8" = 1'-0" FOH Interior Elevations AT A5.0 73200 El Paseo, Suite 2D Palm Desert, CA 92260 gregoryarch.com 760.779.2724 3/19/26 400 S. BALDWIN AVE. SUITE T-62, ARCADIA, CA 91007 BACIO DI LATTE - THE SHOPS AT SANTA ANITA All drawings and written material appearing herein constitute original and unpublished work of Gregory Architects. This document contains proprietary information furnished for the limited purpose of evaluation, bidding, or review and may not be duplicated, used, or disclosed without the prior written consent of Gregory Architects. S T A TEOF CA L I F O R NIA C-36489 GEOFFREYGREGORY 05-31-20 LIC E N S E D ARCHIT E C T 1/30/26 1ST PERMIT SUBMITTAL 3/19/26 2ND PERMIT SUBMITTAL1 3ND PERMIT SUBMITTAL24/14/26 REFER TO KEY NOTES REFER TO SHEET A7.0 FOR DOOR SCHEDULE REFER TO SHEET A7.0 FOR WINDOW SCHEDULE0 0 0 LEGEND SHEET NOTES A. B. C. D. REFER TO SHEET A0.1 FOR GENERAL NOTES AND REQUIREMENTS. PROVIDE BLOCKING FOR ALL WALL MOUNTED ITEMS. SEE EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS AND DOOR & WINDOW SCHEDULES FOR TEMPERED GLASS LOCATIONS. GC TO PROVIDE PROPER PROTECTION OF EXISTING TO REMAIN ITEMS DURING ALL PHASES OF CONSTRUCTION. KEYNOTES 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. (E) STOREFRONT FRAME, DOOR AND GLAZING TO REMAIN; ALUMINUM FRAME TO BE PAINTED WHITE; P-1, TYP. (E) AIR CURTAIN AT ENTRY TO REMAIN (E) ROLLER SHADES AT STOREFRONT TO REMAIN, TYP. (E) RELOCATED EXIT SIGN (E) STRUCTURAL COLUMN TO REMAIN, REPAINTED; P-1, TYP. (N) NEW TENANT SIGNAGE, TYP. BACKCOUNTER WALL FINISH T2, ABOVE FRP-1 FINISH GC TO PROVIDE BLOCKING WITHIN WALL DASH LINE FOR LED STRIP AT MILLWORK; FRONT: UNDERSIDE; BACK: UPWARD FACING (N) DECORATIVE WOODEN ARCHWAY METAL GRILLE FOR VENTILATION (N) CEILING MOUNTED GOLD METAL STRUCTURE WITH CHANNEL LETTERING DISPLAY BOARD, TYP. GRAB A PINT AND SKIP THE LINE FOH ELEVATION - BACK WALL SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0" A BB-1 ± 10'-8" 3'-612" K1 K9 K27 K6 K10 BB-1 P-2 GRT-1WT-2 BB-2 P-2 K7K8 4'-112" 2'-10" MAX M4 WD-1 2 78 9M6 FOH ELEVATION - STOREFRONT SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0" C ± 13'-7" BB-2BB-2 P-2 3245 6 1 8'-10" 4'-9" FOH ELEVATION - NORTH WALL SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0" B BB-2 ± 13'-7" ± 10'-8" K22A M4 BB-1 P-2 P-2P-2 WD-1 K26 P-2 6'-512" 6'-1112" FL-1 1012" 10 8 9 BB-1 FOH ELEVATION - SOUTH WALL SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0" D ± 13'-7" ± 10'-8" BB-2 1012" BB-2 P-2P-2 FL-1 10 GRAB A PINT AND SKIP THE LINE CHOOSE HERE FOH ELEVATION - COUNTER SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0" A.1 BB-2 ± 10'-8" M5 P-2 K3M2K5 M4 WD-1 P-2 4'-7" 2'-10" MAX 1'-912" ± 13'-7" 6'-1112" 6'-512" P-1BB-2 BB-2 1'-6" 11 121213 M3 Date Modified: Scale: Project No.: Drawn By: Date Description 2535 1/2" = 1'-0" BOH Interior Elevations AT A5.1 73200 El Paseo, Suite 2D Palm Desert, CA 92260 gregoryarch.com 760.779.2724 3/19/26 400 S. BALDWIN AVE. SUITE T-62, ARCADIA, CA 91007 BACIO DI LATTE - THE SHOPS AT SANTA ANITA All drawings and written material appearing herein constitute original and unpublished work of Gregory Architects. This document contains proprietary information furnished for the limited purpose of evaluation, bidding, or review and may not be duplicated, used, or disclosed without the prior written consent of Gregory Architects. S T A TEOF CA L I F O R NIA C-36489 GEOFFREYGREGORY 05-31-20 LIC E N S E D ARCHIT E C T 1/30/26 1ST PERMIT SUBMITTAL 3/19/26 2ND PERMIT SUBMITTAL1 3ND PERMIT SUBMITTAL24/14/26 REFER TO KEY NOTES REFER TO SHEET A7.0 FOR DOOR SCHEDULE REFER TO SHEET A7.0 FOR WINDOW SCHEDULE0 0 0 LEGEND SHEET NOTES A. B. C. GC TO PROVIDE PROPER PROTECTION OF EXISTING TO REMAIN ITEMS DURING ALL PHASES OF CONSTRUCTION. ALL STRUCTURAL MEMBERS, BULKHEAD HEIGHTS & FIELD DIMENSIONS TO BE CONFIRMED PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. LL BULKHEAD TO REMAIN-IF BULKHEAD IS DAMAGED DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PROCESS OR ACCESS ABOVE BULKHEAD IS REQUIRED BY THE CONTRACTOR TO COMPLETE THE SCOPE OF WORK, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE REFINISHING PROCEDURES AND PRODUCTS WITH THE LL PRIOR TO PERFORMING THE WORK. REFINISHING MAY REQUIRE FINISHING BEYOND THE IMMEDIATE AREA OF WORK (PAINT THE ENTIRE PLANE WHERE THE WORK WAS PERFORMED AS OR IF DIRECTED BY THE LL). KEYNOTES 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. (E) MOP SINK TO REMAIN (E) WATER HEATER TO REMAIN (E) TRANSFORMER ABOVE TO REMAIN (N) ELECTRICAL PANEL (N) CORNER GUARDS, TYP. GC TO PROVIDE BLOCKING WITHIN WALL FIRE ESTINGUISHER, REFER TO SHEET A0.1 FOR MOUNTING HEIGHT AND CABINET SPEC BOH ELEVATION - WEST WALL SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0" A BB-1 K22 BB-1 K13 K14 K15 K15K19K4K13AK20 ± 14'-0" 6" 5'-3" 1'-0" 5 5 FRP-1FRP-1 FRP-1 4'-0" 7 5'-9" MAX ± 14'-0" BOH ELEVATION - EAST WALL SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0" C BB-1 K4 2'-512" ± 14'-0" 6 K4 K4K12K11K16K17K18 5'-3" 1'-0" 7'-0" 1'-7" BB-1 2 6" FRP-1 FRP-1 TYP. BOH ELEVATION - SOUTH WALL SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0" D K4K16K17K18 5'-3" 1'-0" BB-1 K4K4 K19K20 6" FRP-1 6 TYP. ± 14'-0" COUNTER ELEVATION - NORTH SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0" B K3 K5 M2 1 2'-10" MAX BB-2 P-1 KEYNOTES 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. (N) SHELVING ABOVE METAL GRILLE FOR VENTILATION MERCHANDISE DISPLAY ONLY- NO FOOD IS DISPLAYED OR COSTUMER SELF-SERVICE FOODS ARE PROPOSED. PACKED FOOD DISPLAY ONLY, NOT SELF-SERVICE. MARBLE SPLASH GUARD REFER TO KEY NOTES REFER TO SHEET A7.0 FOR DOOR SCHEDULE REFER TO SHEET A7.0 FOR WINDOW SCHEDULE0 0 0 LEGEND SHEET NOTES A. B. C. D. REFER TO SHEET A0.1 FOR GENERAL NOTES AND REQUIREMENTS. PROVIDE BLOCKING FOR ALL WALL MOUNTED ITEMS. SEE EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS AND DOOR & WINDOW SCHEDULES FOR TEMPERED GLASS LOCATIONS. GC TO PROVIDE PROPER PROTECTION OF EXISTING TO REMAIN ITEMS DURING ALL PHASES OF CONSTRUCTION. FLRX REFER TO SHEET A7.0 FOR WINDOW SCHEDULE 48"x36" 48"x32" 48"x32" J J ENLARGED COUNTER PLAN SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0" 1 COUNTER02 FOH01 6'-11" 2'-812" 5'-712" 2'-412" A5.2 1 A C BA5.2 1D K10K7K9K6K27K8 K5 K5 M2 K3 M5 K22A K26 8'-412"2'-8" 3'-5" 4'-10"1 2 10"1'-1012" 1'-0" 6" 1'-2" 1'-5" 2'-5" 1012"11"11"812"2'-0"3'-3"1'-712"2'-7" 1 34 CHOOSE HERE CHOOSE HERE COUNTER ELEVATION - WEST SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0" A 2'-10" MAX BB-2 P-1 K3 M5M2 BB-2 P-1 K5 4 3 2 P-1 CHOOSE HERE COUNTER ELEVATION - EAST SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0" C 2'-10" MAX BB-1BB-1 4" 11" 712"612" K3M5 M2 K5 43 COUNTER ELEVATION - SOUTH SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0" D 2'-10" MAX M4 K3M5M2 WD-1 P-2 1 ± 10'-8" 6'-1112" 3'-612" 15 Date Modified: Scale: Project No.: Drawn By: Date Description 2535 1/2" = 1'-0" Enlarged Counter Plan & Elevations AT A5.2 73200 El Paseo, Suite 2D Palm Desert, CA 92260 gregoryarch.com 760.779.2724 3/19/26 400 S. BALDWIN AVE. SUITE T-62, ARCADIA, CA 91007 BACIO DI LATTE - THE SHOPS AT SANTA ANITA All drawings and written material appearing herein constitute original and unpublished work of Gregory Architects. This document contains proprietary information furnished for the limited purpose of evaluation, bidding, or review and may not be duplicated, used, or disclosed without the prior written consent of Gregory Architects. S T A TEOF CA L I F O R NIA C-36489 GEOFFREYGREGORY 05-31-20 LIC E N S E D ARCHIT E C T 1/30/26 1ST PERMIT SUBMITTAL 3/19/26 2ND PERMIT SUBMITTAL1 3ND PERMIT SUBMITTAL24/14/26 N Date Modified: Scale: Project No.: Drawn By: Date Description 2535 3/8" = 1'-0" Exterior Storefront Elevation & Section AT A6.0 73200 El Paseo, Suite 2D Palm Desert, CA 92260 gregoryarch.com 760.779.2724 3/19/26 400 S. BALDWIN AVE. SUITE T-62, ARCADIA, CA 91007 BACIO DI LATTE - THE SHOPS AT SANTA ANITA All drawings and written material appearing herein constitute original and unpublished work of Gregory Architects. This document contains proprietary information furnished for the limited purpose of evaluation, bidding, or review and may not be duplicated, used, or disclosed without the prior written consent of Gregory Architects. S T A TEOF CA L I F O R NIA C-36489 GEOFFREYGREGORY 05-31-20 LIC E N S E D ARCHIT E C T 1/30/26 1ST PERMIT SUBMITTAL 3/19/26 2ND PERMIT SUBMITTAL1 3ND PERMIT SUBMITTAL24/14/26 KEYNOTES 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. (E) ALUMINUM STOREFRONT AND WINDOW FRAMES TO REMAIN, REPAINTED WHITE: P-1, TYP. (E) 2% MAX SLOPE AT ENTRY (E) BRAKE METAL TRIM TO BE REPAINTED BEIGE: P-3 (E) WHITE FACADE PANELS TO REMAIN, TYP. (E) DOOR HANDLES TO REMAIN, REPAINTED WHITE, TYP. (N) MAIN LOGO SIGNAGE. UNDER SEPARATE SUBMITTAL (N) BACIO DI LATTE SIGNAGE, TYP. (E) UNDERSIDE STRUCTURE (N) T-BAR CEILING (N) FULL HEIGHT PLUMBING WALL (N) 6", 20 GA. STUD @ 24" O.C. TYP. (N) 5/8" GYP. BD, SCREWS @ 8" O.C. (N) 3-5/8", 20 GA. STUD @ 24" O.C., TYP. (N) 3-5/8", 20 GA. METAL STUD KICKER AT 4'-0" O.C., -45 ANGLES. START 48" FROM INTERSECTING WALLS, ATTACH KICKER TO CEILING W/ (2) 3/4" TECH SCREWS (E) STRUCTURAL POST TO REMAIN, TYP. (N) RECESSED 1" ROUND CAN LIGHT, TYP; SEE SHEET A7.1 FOR LIGHT SCHEDULE (N) FLUSH MOUNTED LINEAR AIR DIFFUSOR FACING STOREFRONT (N) FLUSH MOUNTED SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSOR (N) FLUSH MOUNTED RETURN AIR DIFFUSOR (E) TRANSFORMER TO REMAIN NEW IT RACK BY VENDOR SHEET NOTES A. B. C. D. REFER TO SHEET A0.1 FOR GENERAL NOTES AND REQUIREMENTS. PROVIDE BLOCKING FOR ALL WALL MOUNTED ITEMS. SEE EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS AND DOOR & WINDOW SCHEDULES FOR TEMPERED GLASS LOCATIONS. GC TO PROVIDE PROPER PROTECTION OF EXISTING TO REMAIN ITEMS DURING ALL PHASES OF CONSTRUCTION. REFER TO KEY NOTES REFER TO SHEET A7.0 FOR DOOR SCHEDULE REFER TO SHEET A7.0 FOR WINDOW SCHEDULE0 0 0 LEGEND NOT IN SCOPESTOREFRONT ELEVATION SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0" 1 ± 18'-412" CL L.L.L.L. 13'-712" 8'-10" 14'-10" 2'-9" 4'-912" 6 7 5 43 21 1'-3" 2'-10" 15 6'-2" CL 6'-2" CL CROSS SECTION SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0" 2 ± 14'-0" ± 13'-7" ± 10'-8" 14913811 1210 15 COUNTER02 FOH01BOH03 1819 1217 16 TYP. 20 21 ± 14'-0" ± 7'-10" 8'-6" 3'-3" 7'-0"E.Q. E.Q. 1'-4" 2'-1112" Date Modified: Scale: Project No.: Drawn By: Date Description 2535 N.T.S. Door & Window, Schedules AT A7.0 73200 El Paseo, Suite 2D Palm Desert, CA 92260 gregoryarch.com 760.779.2724 3/19/26 400 S. BALDWIN AVE. SUITE T-62, ARCADIA, CA 91007 BACIO DI LATTE - THE SHOPS AT SANTA ANITA All drawings and written material appearing herein constitute original and unpublished work of Gregory Architects. This document contains proprietary information furnished for the limited purpose of evaluation, bidding, or review and may not be duplicated, used, or disclosed without the prior written consent of Gregory Architects. S T A TEOF CA L I F O R NIA C-36489 GEOFFREYGREGORY 05-31-20 LIC E N S E D ARCHIT E C T 1/30/26 1ST PERMIT SUBMITTAL 3/19/26 2ND PERMIT SUBMITTAL1 3ND PERMIT SUBMITTAL24/14/26 DOOR #LOCATION ROOM #TYPE (E)/(R) (N) MFR MODEL OPERATION NOMINAL DOOR SIZE ENERGY DETAILS MATERIAL GLAZING HARDWARE TYPE REMARKSWIDTHHEIGHTTHKNU-FACTOR SHGC HEAD JAMB U-FACTOR 1 COUNTER 02 A (N)DOUBLE SWING 2'-10"2'-10"2"-----MWK N/A NO LATCH MWK PAINTED P1 2 BOH 03 B (N)DOUBLE SWING 3'-3"7'-0" V.I.F.2"-----STEEL GL-2 HW-1, HW-2, HW-3 SELF-CLOSING DOOR, VERIFY DIMENSIONS IN FIELD DOOR TYPES DOOR SCHEDULE TYPE A TYPE B HARDWA RE #LOCATION ROOM #DESCRIPTION MFR MODEL TYPE FINISH PROVIDED BY REMARKS HW-1 BOH 3 DOUBLE CYLINDER DEADBOLT SCHLAGE B562P DEADBOLT 626 SATIN CHROME GC SELF-CLOSING HW-2 BOH 3 TOP PIVOT HINGE DORMAKAB A PART 8062 PIVOT 630 SATIN STAINLESS STEEL GC HW-3 BOH 3 SURFACE MOUNT CLOSER LCN 1461 CLOSER 689 ALUMINUM GC SELF-CLOSING DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE DOOR / DOOR HARDWARE NOTES: *Door handles shall be lever type, push / pull or equivalent. Maximum effort to operate doors shall not exceed 5 lbs per CBC 11B-309.4. *All wood doors to be solid core. *All exterior doors to be rodent proof. *Exit doors to be operable from the inside without the use of a key, special knowledge or effort. *All exit doors shall provide a min. clear opening width of 32" and be capable of opening 90 degrees per CBC 1010.1.1. *All exit doors should have a maximum width of 48" nominal of a swinging door leaf. Exit doors shall be side-hinged swinging type. *ENTRY DOOR: In building in occupancy Group B, the main door are permitted to be equipped with key operated locking devices from the egress side provided: CBC1010.2.4. a) The locking device is really destinguishable as locked. b) A readily visible durable sign is posted on the egress side on or adjacent to the door stating: THIS DOOR TO REMAIN UNLOCKED WHEN THIS SPACE IS OCCUPIED. c)The sign shall be in letters 1 inch (25 mm) high on a contrasting background. The use of the key-operated locking device is revocable by the building official for due cause. NOTE: Swinging door and gate surfaces within 10” of the finish floor shall have a smooth surface on the push side extending the full width of the door or gate. Parts creating horizontal or vertical joints in these surfaces shall be within 1/16” of the same plane as the other 2'-8" 2'-10" MATERIAL NUMBER DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER MODEL NAME/ #FINISH/ COLOR SIZE COMMENTS FLOORING FL-1 EUROPEAN OAK DUCHATEAU RSCDAN7-1 HARD WAX OIL 7-1/2"X5/8" THICK LOC: FOH FL-2 SMOOTH EPOXY ARMORTRED ARMOR QUARTZ TRUE GREY 3/16" THICK LOC: BOH, SMOOTH AND EASILY CLEANABLE FL-3 TEXTURED EPOXY ARMORTRED ARMOR QUARTZ BROWN -LOC: BOH & COUNTER WALKING AREAS, TEXTURED & EASILY CLEANABLE BASEBOARD BB-1 EPOXY ARMORTRED ARMOR QUARTZ TRUE GREY 4"H, 6"H 3/8" RADIUS COVE LOC: 4" @ SERVICE AREA; 6" @ BOH BB-2 MDF BASE --WHITE PAINT GRADE 4'H LOC: FOH; SERVICE AREA BB-3 EXISTING STOREFRONT --WHITE PAINT; P-1 -LOC: EXISTING STOREFRONT MWK R-1 SCHLUTER SCHLUTER 100-AT SS -LOC: FLOOR TILE @ RR WOOD WD-1 WOOD STAIN MINWAX WHITE OAK + WOOD STAIN WALNUT MW224PLAN -LOC: COUNTER TOP WALL TILE WT-1 WALL TILE DALTILE K775 MATTE BISCUIT 2X8"LOC: SERVICE AREA; 1/8" GROUT; SMOOTH; VERTICAL STACK BOND LAMINATE LM-1 LAMINATE FORMICA MATTE (58)949 WHITE - LM-2 WOOD LAMINATE INTERIOR ARTS EURO OAK 6050 ORGANIC - STONE STN-1 STONE -CARRARA MARBLE HONED -LOC: SERVICE AREA BACK COUNTER GROUT GRT-1 GROUT CUSTOM BUILDING ULTRA COLOR PLUS FA #103 MOON WHITE 1/8" THICK APPLIED AT 1/8" THICKNESS @ BACK COUNTER GLASS GL-2 TEMPERED GLASS GLASPRO CLEAR 1/4" THICK LOC: INTERIOR KITCHEN DOOR METAL MT-1 METAL MILLWORK -CUSTOM GOLD FINISH -METAL MILLWORK STRUCTURE @ SHELVES MT-2 POWDER COATED METAL --MATCH RAL 9003 -METAL MILLWORK SYSTEM PAINT P-1 WATER BASED ACRYLIC DUNN EDWARDS WARM WHITE DEW 380 SEMI GLOSS N/A LRV 83; PRIMER-VINYLASTIC VNPR00 P-2 PLASTER TEXTURE TBD -LOC: SERVICE AREA WALLS; GC TO PROVIDE A SUBSTRATE OF DENSE GLASS; IF AT BACKCOUNTER: SMOOTH FRP-1 FRP PANEL MARLITE OR EQ SYMMETRIX FRP S 100G WHITE -LOC: BOH WALLS; SMOOTH MATERIALS SCHEDULE ROOM NAME FLOOR COVE BASE 3/8" RADIUS WALLS 5/8" GYP. BD. SUBTRATE CEILING 5/8" GYP. BD. SUBTRATE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE 01 ENTRY FL-4: MORROCAN MOSAIC & TILE HOUSE. AMLO CEMENT TILE 8"x8"x1/2" FL-1: DUCHATEAU EUROPEAN OAK 71/2"X 5/8", MODEL RSCDAN7-1 BB3: MDF BASEBOARD WHITE PAINT GRADE- 4" H P-1: WATER BASE ACRYLIC, DUNN EDWARDS WARM WHITE DEW 380. SEMI GLOSS P-3: PLASTER TEXTURE- TEXTURA ARENITO, OURO BRANCO P-1: WATER BASE ACRYLIC, DUNN EDWARDS WARM WHITE DEW 380 SEMIGLOSS, SMOOTH ON GYP BD 02 COUNTER FL-2: EPOXY ARMORTRED ARMORED QUARTZ TRUE GREY, SMOOTH AND EASILY CLEANABLE BB2: EPOXY ARMORTRED ARMORED QUARTZ TRUE GREY, 6" H, 3/8" RADIUS- SMOOTH AND EASILY CLEANABLE WT-2: CERAMIC TILE 2"X8" DALTILE, K775 MATTE BISCUIT, SMOOTH P-1: WATER BASE ACRYLIC, DUNN EDWARDS WARM WHITE DEW 380 SEMIGLOSS, SMOOTH ON GYP BD 03 RESTROOM FL-3: CERAMIC TILE DALTILE PF04 DOVE GREY 12"X24" SMOOTH TILE BASE 6" WITH 3/8" RADIUS SMOOTH AND EASILY CLEANABLE WT-1: CERAMIC TILE ARCTIC WHITE 0190 6"X6", SMOOTH P-1: WATER BASE ACRYLIC, DUNN EDWARDS WARM WHITE DEW 380 SEMIGLOSS, SMOOTH ON GYP. BD 04 BOH FL-2: EPOXY ARMORTRED ARMORED QUARTZ TRUE GREY, SMOOTH AND EASILY CLEANABLE BB2: EPOXY ARMORTRED ARMORED QUARTZ TRUE GREY, 6" H, 3/8" RADIUS- SMOOTH AND EASILY CLEANABLE FRP-1: MARLITE OR EQ., C100-G63 WHITE, SMOOTH P-1: WATER BASE ACRYLIC, DUNN EDWARDS WARM WHITE DEW 380 SEMIGLOSS, SMOOTH ON T-BAR TILE HEALTH DEP. FINISH SCHEDULE NOTES: EPOXY FLOORING WILL BE SMOOTH AND EASALY CLEANABLE UNDER ALL EQUIPMENT, SHELVING, REFRIGETATORS AND SINKS. EPOXY COVE BASE IS SMOOTH THROUGHOUT 12 Date Modified: Scale: Project No.: Drawn By: Date Description 2535 N.T.S. Equipment & Fixture Schedules AT A7.1 73200 El Paseo, Suite 2D Palm Desert, CA 92260 gregoryarch.com 760.779.2724 3/19/26 400 S. BALDWIN AVE. SUITE T-62, ARCADIA, CA 91007 BACIO DI LATTE - THE SHOPS AT SANTA ANITA All drawings and written material appearing herein constitute original and unpublished work of Gregory Architects. This document contains proprietary information furnished for the limited purpose of evaluation, bidding, or review and may not be duplicated, used, or disclosed without the prior written consent of Gregory Architects. S T A TEOF CA L I F O R NIA C-36489 GEOFFREYGREGORY 05-31-20 LIC E N S E D ARCHIT E C T 1/30/26 1ST PERMIT SUBMITTAL 3/19/26 2ND PERMIT SUBMITTAL1 3ND PERMIT SUBMITTAL24/14/26 EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE FIX NO. RESPONSIBILITY QTY.SYMBOL DESCRIPTION MANUFACT.CATALOG NO.FINISH/ COLOR LAMP TYPE LAMP WATT.REMARKS F1 GC 18 1" ROUND RECESSED OAK DOWNLIGHT ELCO E1L02F27W WH- WHITE LED 6.1W 2700K, DIMMABLE; TO BE FLUSHED WITH CEILING F2 GC 5 1" ROUND RECESSED ADJUSTABLE OAK GIMBAL ELCO E1L02F27W WH- WHITE LED 6.1W 2700K DIMMABLE F3 GC 2 2X4 BOH RECESSED LIGHT PHILIPS 2-CA-G-55L-840-4-UNV-DIM WHITE LED 47.6W DIMMABLE T1 GC ± 25'STRIP LIGHT LUMINII LL SERIES N/A LED 0.95/LF 2700K, DIMMABLE EX-1 (E)2 EXIT LIGHT CHLORIDE ALKCO RGLO-LEDX1-G WHITE LED 5 EXISTING TO BE RELOCATED EM-1 (E)2 CONCEALED EMERGENCY LIGHTING CONCEALITE F5000-LED30-2 WHITE LED 3W EXISTING TO BE RELOCATED@ FOH; INTERNALLY/EXTERNALLY ILLUMINATED, 5FT CANDLES (54 LUX) MIN. INTENSITY WHEN ILLUMINATED BY AN EXTERNAL SOURCE EM-2 (E)1 EMERGENCY LIGHTING BEST LIGHTING DBEL-W-SDT WHITE LED 12W EXISTING TO BE RELOCATED; 90 MIN BATTERY BACKUP REQUIRED LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE NO.QNTY.ITEM SUPPLY/ INSTALL DESC.REMARKS FURNITURE F1 1 SAFE OWN/ GC INSTALL ON SIX (6) INCH HIGH EASILY CLEANABLE LEGS. F2 6 DINING TABLES OWN/ MWK @FOH F3 12 DINING CHAIRS OWN/ MWK @FOH, ADJACENT TO BANQUETTE M1 1 FRONT COUNTER 1 @ POS MWK/ MWK P1 LACQUERED @ COUNTER M2 1 PASTRY DISPLAY MWK/ MWK @ FOH M3 3 CEILING DIGITAL MENU BOARD MWK/ MWK @CEILING- GC TO COORDINATE SCREEN POWER CONNECTION W/ VENDOR M4 2 UPPER CABINET SHELF MWK/ MWK @ UPPER WALL (FOH, COUNTER, BOH) M5 1 DISPLAY OWN/ MWK @ COUNTER M6 1 MERCATTO FEATURE OWN/ MWK @ COUNTER FURNITURE & MILLWORK SCHEDULE DRY STORAGE SHELVING NO.LIN. SHELVING UNIT (4-SHELVES) WALL-MOUNT SHELVES QUANTITY RUN. FEET OF SHELF K21 18" DEEP X 36" LONG X 4 TIERS -5 60'0" K21A 18" DEEP X 54" LONG X 4 TIERS -1 18'0" K4 -12" DEEP X 32' LIN FT (32' X 0.666)21'4" -TOTAL 99'4" SYMBOL QNTY ROOM #24" SHELVING, WALL MOUNTED NAME/MANUFACTURER MODEL NUMBER SUPPLY / INSTALL REMARKS K1 1 01 FREEZER MERCHANDISE TRUE MANUFACTURING CO, INC.GDM-12F-HC-TSL01 V / GC K2 1 01 60L TRASH BIN --V / GC K3 1 02 GELATO SHOWCASE MISURA 12+12 O / GC K4 8 03 48" SHELVING, WALL MOUNTED GSW USA WS-1248 V / GC K5 2 02 P.O.S V / GC K6 1 02 ESPRESSO CAPPUCCINO MACHINE ILLY FOR UNIC US2452 V / GC PROVIDE WATERLINE K7 2 02 DIPPER WELL GSW-USA HS-DSROG W/ AA-503G, AA-136 V / GC K8 1 02 UNDERCOUNTER REFRIGERATOR TURBO AIR MUR-48-N, 30265H0200 V / GC BASE W/ CASTER K9 3 02 WAFFLE CONE MAKER / BAKER GOLD MEDAL PRODUCTS CO.5020 V / GC K10 1 02 HAND SINK KROWNE METAL CORPORATION HS-1220 V / GC K11 1 02 STAINLESS STEEL WORK TABLE GSW-USA WT-PB3060 V / GC 30X60 K12 1 02 WALL MOUNTED HAND SINK TRIMARK B-4112, T1950XC V / GC K13 1 03 BATCH FREEZER & HEAT COMBI MACHINE BRAVO TRITTICO M60 O / GC K13A 1 03 FAUCET, W/ SPRAY HOSE T&S BRASS B/0968, B-0970-01, B0107-035 & 96"V/GC K14 1 03 BLAST FREEZER TEKNA 5010 NFNA O / GC 220V 60HZ K15 3 03 REACH-IN FREEZER CONTINENTAL REFRIGERATOR 1FN V / GC K16 1 03 CORNER THREE COMPARTMENT SINK T&S BRASS AND BRONZE WORKS CUSTOM, B-3950 V / GC CUSTOM K17 1 SET 03 PRE-RINSE FAUCET ASSEMBLY T&S BRASS B-0133-12-CR-B, B-0107 V / GC K18 1 SET 03 WALL / SPLASH MOUNT FAUCET T&S BRASS B-0231 V / GC K19 1 03 WORK TABLE, WITH PREP SINKS GSW USA V / GC K20 1 03 WALL MOUNTED FAUCET T&S BRASS B-0231 V / GC K21 5 03 METRO RACK W/ 18"X36" WIRE SHELVING THUNDER GROUP CMSV1836 V / GC K21A 1 03 METRO RACK W/ 18"X54" WIRE SHELVING THUNDER GROUP CMSV1854 V / GC K22 1 03 REACH-IN REFRIGERATOR CONTINENTAL REFRIGERATOR 1RN V / GC K22A 1 03 REACH-IN REFRIGERATOR K23 1 04 LOCKER GSW USA ELS-6DR V / GC SECURED EMPLOYEE LOCKER K24 1 SET 03 MOP HOLDER T&S BRASS SE2424FM, B-0653, CFS BRANDS 3690804 V / GC K25 1 03 SERVICE FAUCET T&S BRASS B-0665-CR-BSTP V / GC K26 1 02 ICE CREAM FEEZER AVANTCO REFRIGERATION DFC6-HCL 26 3/16"O / GC K27 1 02 BLENDER WARING COMMERCIAL WDM240TXM, CAC20 V / GC EXISTING TO REMAIN 1 8" MAX 45° MAX. 45° MAX. 45° MAX. W N E S 2" 2" 3/4" CLR. 12 GA. SPLAY WIRES TO ANGLE 45° TO PLANE OF CIELING. NOTE: SPLAY BRACING SHOWN OCCURS AT 12'-0" O.C. EACH DIRECTION IN ADITION TO 12 GA. VERT. HANGER WIRES AT 4'-0" O.C. EACH WAY, PLUS ONE WIRE AT EACH CORNER OF LIGHT FIXTURES AND 8" MAX. FROM PERIMETER OF WALLS. NOTE: LATERAL FORCE BRACING MEMBERS SHALL BE SPACED A MINIMUM OF 6" FROM ALL HORIZINTAL PIPING OR DUCT WORK THAT IS NOT PROVIDED WITH BRACING RESTRAINTS FOR HORIZONTAL FORCES. BRACING WIRES SHALL BE ATTACHED TO THE GRID AND TO THE STRUCTURE IN SUCH A MANNER THA THEY CAN SUPPORT A DESIGN LOAD OF NOT LESS THAN 200 POUNDS OR THE ACTUAL LOAD. WHICHEVER IS GREATER, WITH A SAFETY FACTOR OF 2. METAL PIPE OR "USC" DOWNCOMPRESSION STRUT12'-0" O.C. TO STRUCTURE,SEE TABLE BELOW FOR SIZE AND LENGTH OF STRUT. STRUT MUST BE VERTICAL AND SHALL NOT HANG MORE THAN 1 IN 6 OUT-OF-PLUMB. HANGER WIRE. ANGLE SUPPORT MAIN TEE. CROSS TEE. USG DONN COMPRESSION POST METAL PIPE STRUTS MODEL NO. TRADE SIZE ALLOWABLE LENGTH ALLOWABLE LENGTH EMT IMC RMC 1'-6" TO 2'-6" 2'-6" TO 4'-0" 4'-0" TO 7'-0" 7'-0" TO 10'-0" 10'-0" TO 12'-0" 3'-10"4'-4"4'-4" 5'-2"5'-7"5'-7" 6'-6"7'-0"7'-0" 8'-6"9'-0"9'-0" 9'-10" - 10'-5" 13'-2" 10'-5" 13'-2" VSA 12 1/2" VSA 24 3/4" VSA 47 1" VSA 710 1 1/4" VSA 1012 1 1/2" 2" No Scale T-BAR BRACING Date Modified: Scale: Project No.: Drawn By: Date Description 2535 AS SHOWN Ceiling Details AT A8.0 73200 El Paseo, Suite 2D Palm Desert, CA 92260 gregoryarch.com 760.779.2724 3/19/26 400 S. BALDWIN AVE. SUITE T-62, ARCADIA, CA 91007 BACIO DI LATTE - THE SHOPS AT SANTA ANITA All drawings and written material appearing herein constitute original and unpublished work of Gregory Architects. This document contains proprietary information furnished for the limited purpose of evaluation, bidding, or review and may not be duplicated, used, or disclosed without the prior written consent of Gregory Architects. S T A TEOF CA L I F O R NIA C-36489 GEOFFREYGREGORY 05-31-20 LIC E N S E D ARCHIT E C T 1/30/26 1ST PERMIT SUBMITTAL 3/19/26 2ND PERMIT SUBMITTAL1 3ND PERMIT SUBMITTAL24/14/26 DETAIL TITLE 0104DETAIL TITLE 0104DETAIL TITLE 0104DETAIL TITLE 0104 CROSS RUNNER, 7/8" X 20 GA. FURRING CHANNELS @ 16" O.C. SADDLE TIED AROUND MAIN RUNNER WITH 16 GA. WIRE WALL OR SOFFIT, SEE FLOOR PLAN 1 1/2" X 1 1/2" X 16 GA. ANGLE @ WALLS W/ #8 S.T.S @ EACH STUD SPLAYED BRACE WIRE 8 GA. VERTICAL HANGER WIRE @ 4'-0" O.C. EACH WAY 5/8" GYP BD, TYP. 1 1/2" x 16 GA. MAIN RUNNER @ 47" O.C. 8' MAX 45° 6' MAX ROOF OR CEILING ASSEMBLY GYP. BD. CEILING SECTION 02 Scale 1/2"=1'-0" CEILING JOIST METAL TABLE 01 NTS HEADER 03 Scale 3"=1'-0" 07T-BAR BRACING 06 NTS FRONT OF HOUSE INSULATION 5/8" GYP. BD. DOUBLE BOX HEADER STL. STUD-TYP. CLEAR SEALANT, TYP. EACH SIDE HM DOOR FRAME STL. STUD ANCHOR (3) MIN. PER JAMB DOOR PER SCHEDULE 2" 58" 34" 12" N.T.S. T-BAR SUSPENDED FIXTURE 60° 45° 45° NO. 12 GA. FIXTURE SUPPORT WIRE WITHIN 3" OF EACH CORNER OF LIGHT FIXTURE. SPLAY WIRES AS SHOWN. FASTEN TO STRUCTURE WITH 16d RING SHANK NAIL WITH MIN. 3 WIRE TURNS AT EACH CONNECTION POINT. 12 GA. FIXTURE SUPPORT AT 4 CORNERS OF FIXTURE. THREE FULL WRAPS MINIMUM. RECESSED FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE PROVIDE POSITIVE CONNECTION TO CEILING GRID. CROSS TEES. MAIN RUNNERS.AXONOMETRIC T-BAR SUSPENDED FIXTURE NTS 7/8" #8 X 1 5/8" DRY WALL SCREWS @ EA. WOOD STUD #10 S.M.S SCREWS @ EA. METAL STUD ARMSTRONG ANGLE MOLDING 7800 RUNNER #12 GA. VERT. WIRE HANGER WALL LINE 1 1/2" 3/4" MIN. CLEAR UNATTACHED END ±6'-0" CAULKING AT CLIP AND WALL CONT. SLOTTED ANGLE STRUT SPACER W/ HORIZ. 6d RINGSHANK NAIL (OMIT STRUT WHERE RUNNER IS WITHIN 8" OF WALL) ARMSTRONG BERC2 UNATTACHED CLIP LOOSE SCREW 7/8" RUNNER #8 X 1 5/8" DRY WALL SCREWS @ EA. WOOD STUD #10 S.M.S SCREWS @ EA. METAL STUD ARMSTRONG BERC 2 ATTACHED CLIP 1 1/2" T-BAR WALL LINE ATTACHED END #12 GA. VERT. WIRE HANGER CAULKING AT CLIP AND WALL 7/8" 7/8" ARMSTRONG ANGLE MOLDING 7800 T-BAR ±6'-0" T-BAR CLNG UNATTACHED END 05 Scale 6"=1'-0" T-BAR CLNG ATTACHED END 04 Scale 6"=1'-0" GLYCOL SYSTEM PLATFORM DETAIL 09 Scale 1/2"=1'-0" GLYCOL SYSTEM DETAIL 08 Scale 1/2"=1'-0" Scale 1/2" = 1'-0"Scale 1/2" = 1'-0"Scale 1/2" = 1'-0"Scale 1/2" = 1'-0"Scale 1/2" = 1'-0"Scale 1/2" = 1'-0"Scale 1/2" = 1'-0"Scale 1/2" = 1'-0"Scale 1/2" = 1'-0"06 6'-0" 6'-2" OUTLINE OF CONDENSER HOUSING 6"X10" PITCH POCKET FOR GLYCOL AND ELECTRICAL LINES REAR FRONT FRONT OF REFRIGERATION RACK 10"4" 1'-4" 2'-6" 4'-0" 3'-0" MIN. CLR 6" MIN. PLAN VIEW ELEVATION SECTION 2" HIGH PITCH POCKET COLLAR W/ WATER-TIGHT SOLDERED JOINTS 18 GUAGE GALVANIZED METAL CAP ROOFING MATERIAL TO RUN UP UNDER METAL CAP CONTINUOUS ALL AROUND ROOF 3/4" THICK PLYWOOD SUB-TOP HEAVY GUAGE METAL PLATFORM FRAMING 4" 6" OPEN THRU 4"6"X10" 2" 2" NOTE: MUST MAINTAIN A MIN. 36" SPACE CLEARANCE IN FRONT OF FUSIBLE DISCONNECT AND REFRIGERATION RACK PER CODE AND FOR SERVICING FRONT ELEVATION VIEW END VIEW PLAN VIEW 2'-6" 6'-0" 6'-0"2'-5" 3" 3'-6" 3'-9" CONDENSING UNITS AIR INTAKE AT REAR GLYCOL LINES (SUPPLY AND RETURN LINES) AT THIS END Date Modified: Scale: Project No.: Drawn By: Date Description 2535 AS SHOWN Wall Details AT A8.1 73200 El Paseo, Suite 2D Palm Desert, CA 92260 gregoryarch.com 760.779.2724 3/19/26 400 S. BALDWIN AVE. SUITE T-62, ARCADIA, CA 91007 BACIO DI LATTE - THE SHOPS AT SANTA ANITA All drawings and written material appearing herein constitute original and unpublished work of Gregory Architects. This document contains proprietary information furnished for the limited purpose of evaluation, bidding, or review and may not be duplicated, used, or disclosed without the prior written consent of Gregory Architects. S T A TEOF CA L I F O R NIA C-36489 GEOFFREYGREGORY 05-31-20 LIC E N S E D ARCHIT E C T 1/30/26 1ST PERMIT SUBMITTAL 3/19/26 2ND PERMIT SUBMITTAL1 3ND PERMIT SUBMITTAL24/14/26 01 Scale 3"=1'-0" NON-RATED CEILING HEIGHT WALL 02 Scale 1-1/2"=1'-0" 90 DEGREE PARTITION WALL 03 Scale 3"=1'-0" METAL STUD TABLE 04 NTS PLUMBING WALL 05 Scale 6"=1'-0" FRP OUTSIDE OF CORNER - PLAN 06 Scale 1-1/2"=1'-0" BOH FOH 20 GA. MTL. BRACES @ 8'-0" O.C. STAGGERED LINE OF CEIL. WHERE OCCURS 3 5/8 OR 6" X 20 GA. MTL. STUDS@ 16 " O.C. (SEE MTL. WALL STUD TABLE) METAL RUNNER RAMSET @ 4'-0" O.C & 6" FROM CORNERS PROVIDE ACCOUSTICAL SEALANT CAULKING @ BOTH SIDES OF WALL TOP & BOTTOM WALL BASE (SEE ELEV. FOR FINISH) FIN. FLOOR. (SEE PLAN FOR FINISH) 5/8" GYP. BD. WALL FIN. (SEE ELEV. FOR FINISH) NON-RATED - CEIL. HT. 6" MIN. VARIES VARIES (E) 2X10 CEILING FRAMING, V.I.F. 5/8" CEMENT BD. ATTACH STUDS TO TRACK W/ #10 HEX SCREW EA SIDE TYP. PROVIDE 20 GA CLIP ANGLE SCREWED TO THE BOTTOM OF THE STEEL TRUSSES W/ (2) #10 HEX SCREWS AND TO BRACE W/ (2) #10 HEX SCREW 20 GA. MTL. BRACES @ 8'-0" O.C. PROVIDE 1/2" DRIF TRACK AT TOP OF WALL NOTE: 1. ALL LINES (CO, SYRUP, LIQUOR, SODA, ETC.) MUST BE FIXED IN PLACE TO PREVENT VIBRATION OR OTHER MOVEMENT. 2. ANY IN-LINE VALVES MUST BE MADE ACCESSIBLE. (EXCEPTIONS) WILL BE GRANTED ONLY IF STATED IN THE UBC/UBC/UMC.) 3. IF SOLID WALLS (ie. CONCRETE BLOCK) ARE ENCOUNTERED, WALL TO BE FURRED OUT WALL TO CONCEAL THE CONDUIT, PIPES, ETC. 3/8" R CONTINUOUS COVED BASE SECTION VIEW GYP. BD. SODA OR BEER CHASE GAS WATER CONDUIT WASTE LINE VERTICAL STUD WALL (TYP.) FLAT STUD CHASE WALL (TYP.) FLAT STUD CHASE WALL (TYP.) Scale 6"= 1'-0" QUARRY TILE BASE @ FRP PANEL 3 5/8 OR 6" X 20 GA. MTL. STUDS @ 16 " O.C. (SEE MTL. WALL STUD TABLE) 5/8" GYP. BOARD 3 5/8 X 20 GA. MTL. STUDS@ 16 " O.C. (SEE MTL. WALL STUD TABLE) METAL RUNNER RAMSET @ 4'-0" O.C & 6" FROM CORNERS PROVIDE ACCOUSTICAL SEALANT CAULKING @ BOTH SIDES OF WALL TOP & BOTTOM WALL BASE WHERE OCCURS FIN. FLOOR 5/8" CEMENT BD. LINE OF CLG. WHERE OCCURS 6" MIN 6" x 20 GA. MTL. STRAP @ 8'-0"& 4'-0" AFF. FASTEN TO (E) DEMISING WALL FRAMING WALL FINISH PER INT. ELEVATION ATTACH STUDS TO TRACK W/ #10 HEX SCREW EA SIDE TYP. 250C C25 600E J18 NOTE: 1. ALL MATERIALS TO BE ICC APPROVED. 2. ALL STUDS INDICATED ARE METAL STUD MANUFACTURER'S ASSOCIATION AND AFFILIATED MANUFACTURER'S, ER-3064 P STOP DESIGNATION DENOTES DEPTH (TYP.) JOIST DESIGNATION (TYP.) DENOTES DEPTH DENOTES SECTION/ GAUGE (TYP.) DENOTES SECTION/ GAUGE (TYP.) DETAIL TITLEDETAIL TITLE XXXX WALL (VARIES SEE FLOORPLAN) PVC OUTSIDE CORNER GUARD ADHESIVE FRP-1 FRP-1 BASE FLOOR SINK DOME STRAINER WATERPROOF MEMBRANE FLOOR FINISH PER FINISH PLAN BACKING FURR-OUT WALL @ BACKCOUNTER AREA 2 Date Modified: Scale: Project No.: Drawn By: Date Description 2535 AS SHOWN Floor Transition Details AT A8.2 73200 El Paseo, Suite 2D Palm Desert, CA 92260 gregoryarch.com 760.779.2724 3/19/26 400 S. BALDWIN AVE. SUITE T-62, ARCADIA, CA 91007 BACIO DI LATTE - THE SHOPS AT SANTA ANITA All drawings and written material appearing herein constitute original and unpublished work of Gregory Architects. This document contains proprietary information furnished for the limited purpose of evaluation, bidding, or review and may not be duplicated, used, or disclosed without the prior written consent of Gregory Architects. S T A TEOF CA L I F O R NIA C-36489 GEOFFREYGREGORY 05-31-20 LIC E N S E D ARCHIT E C T 1/30/26 1ST PERMIT SUBMITTAL 3/19/26 2ND PERMIT SUBMITTAL1 3ND PERMIT SUBMITTAL24/14/26 DETAIL TITLE XXDETAIL TITLE XX VERTICAL WALL TILE FINISH 4" OPEN KITCHEN IN EVENT OF EXCESSIVE SPACE BETWEEN WALL AND FACE OF CERAMIC TILE, A 1/4" THICK STRIP OF HARDIEBOARD BY FLOORING CONTRACTOR MAY BE REQUIRED TO FILL SPACE SCHLUTER "JOLLY" A 100-AT ALUMINUM EDGE PROTECTION STRIP TO BE INSTALLED BY G.C; COORDINATE WITH SIZE OF TILE 1/4"x1/4" KEYWAY; PROVIDE KEYWAY AS CLOSE TO WALL AS SAW GUARD WILL ALLOW EPOXY 3/8" RADIUS COVE, TYP. EPOXY SEAMLESS FLOORING SYSTEM 18" 1/4"x1/4" KEYWAY; PROVIDE KEYWAY AS CLOSE TO WALL AS SAW GUARD WILL ALLOW (N) FRP WALL COVE W/ S.S. EDGE BOH EPOXY 3/8" RADIUS COVE, TYP. PROVIDE CONTINUOUS BEAD SEALANT SCHLUTER "JOLLY" A 100-AT ALUMINUM EDGE PROTECTION STRIP TO BE INSTALLED BY G.C. EPOXY RESIN BASE EPOXY SEAMLESS FLOORING SYSTEM 6" TWO-PART EPOXY SYSTEM SHALL BE INSTALLED TROWELED ON IN A CONTINUOUS MANNER TO CREATE A MINIMUM 4" COVE BASE SS "Z" MTL (E) 5/8" GYP. BD. WATERPROOF IF (N) R-1 00 FINISH FLOOR O/ BASE COAT OF LATICRETE 9235 WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE LIQUID, PRESS IN LATICRETE REINFORCING FABRIC AND TOP W/ A SECOND COAT OF LATICRETE 9235 WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE LIQUID XX BASE DETAIL @ COUNTER 01 Scale 6"=1'-0" BASE DETAIL @ BOH 02 Scale 6"=1'-0" EXTERIOR THRESHOLD 03 Scale 3"=1'-0" FLOOR SINK PROTECTIVE ENCLOSURE @ CABINET 06 Scale 1-1/2"=1'-0" COUNTER BASE DETAIL 05 Scale 6"=1'-0" SLOPE 2% TEMPERED GLASS DOOR WHERE OCCURS ALUM. SWEEP & DRIP 1/4" PLYWD. SHIM SET IN MASTIC W/ EXPANSION SHIELD & SCREWS EXTERIOR FIN. FL. CL (E) 12" 38" MAX 12"MAX WOOD FLOOR, GC TO VERIFY HEIGHT DIFFERENCE, IF ANY. FIN. FL. Scale 3"= 1'-0" WINDOW HEAD DETAIL 00 Scale 3"= 1'-0" DETAIL TITLEDETAIL TITLE XX ALL INTERIOR SURFACES BASE FLOOR SINK LM-1 112" 2'-312" 1" 4" 2'-10" 6" DOME STRAINER WATERPROOF MEMBRANE FLOOR FINISH PER FINISH PLAN ANCHOR FLANGE W/ WEEPHOLES AND FLASHING CLAMP BACKING PROTECTIVE ENCLOSURE @ THE BACKSIDE OF HALF-EXPOSED FLOOR SINK; TYP @ 3 SIDES 2"BB-1 FL-3 BB-2 FL-1FINISH FLOOR WALL BY GC 3/4" PLYWOOD MDF BASE FLEXIBLE SEALANT EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB R-3 VERTICAL STUD WALL (TYP.) COUNTER TOP KITCHEN EQUIPMENT; REFER TO A7.1 FLOOR FINISH PER FINISH PLAN COSTUMER SIDEEMPLOYEE SIDE STEEL CHANNEL SUPPORT SPANNING FROM END WALL TO WALL FL-2 3" K3 VENTILATION CUTOUT @ BACKING FOR EQUIPMENT WD-1 4'-6" 6" COMMERCIAL CASTERS 1'-6" 4" 3/4" PLYWOOD 32" HIGHT WALL BY GC. 5" MTL STUD (SEE WALL STUD) DYKES #443 NOSING LACQUERED TYP. BY MWK STONE COUNTER TOP STN-1 P1 DYKES #161 ASTRAGAL LACQUERED TYP., BY MWK P1 EPOXY MDF BASE BB-2 FLOOR FINISH PER FINISH PLAN WATERPROOF MEMBRANE COSTUMER SIDEEMPLOYEE SIDE MDF PANEL BY MWK ALL INTERIOR SURFACES 1" 1" 912" 712" 11" 1" 4" 2'-10" 212" 312" 3" 1'-712" 2" 4" R-3 R-2LM-1 RAMSET @ 4'-0" O.C. & 6" FROM CORNERS ALL INTERIOR SURFACES STONE COUNTERTOP STN-1 FL-2 BB-1 STN-1 WT-2 1/2" MARINE GRADE PLYWOOD KB657 3/8" X 7/8" MOLDING BLOCKING AS REQ'D, TYP. COUNTER FACE FINISH LM-1 P1 LM-1 112" 2'-012" 2" 4" 2'-10" 2'-8" 2'-2" 4" 2" 1" 9" 1/2" MILLWORK TRIMBB-1 FL-3 2" Date Modified: Scale: Project No.: Drawn By: Date Description 2535 AS SHOWN General Details AT A8.3 73200 El Paseo, Suite 2D Palm Desert, CA 92260 gregoryarch.com 760.779.2724 3/19/26 400 S. BALDWIN AVE. SUITE T-62, ARCADIA, CA 91007 BACIO DI LATTE - THE SHOPS AT SANTA ANITA All drawings and written material appearing herein constitute original and unpublished work of Gregory Architects. This document contains proprietary information furnished for the limited purpose of evaluation, bidding, or review and may not be duplicated, used, or disclosed without the prior written consent of Gregory Architects. S T A TEOF CA L I F O R NIA C-36489 GEOFFREYGREGORY 05-31-20 LIC E N S E D ARCHIT E C T 1/30/26 1ST PERMIT SUBMITTAL 3/19/26 2ND PERMIT SUBMITTAL1 3ND PERMIT SUBMITTAL24/14/26 COUNTER SECTION @ BACK COUNTER 01 Scale 1-1/2"=1'-0" SECTION @ GELATO SHOWCASE 02 Scale 1-1/2"=1'-0" COUNTER SECTION @ POS 03 Scale 1-1/2"=1'-0" 1-1/2" SHELF DETAIL 04 Scale 6"=1'-0" 06 Scale 1"=1'-0" SHELVING SECTION @ PINT FRIDGESHELVING SECTION @ COUNTER 05 Scale 1"=1'-0" 138" 112" LED INSERT; SEE A7.1 FOR MORE INFORMATION WHITE LAMINATE OVER MDF ON ALL EXPOSED SIDES LED INSERT; SEE A7.1 FOR MORE INFORMATION LM-1 T-1 T-1 1'-2" 2'-8" 112" 2" 2'-012" 2" 4" BASE FLOOR FL-3 BB-1 CABINET FACE KB657 3/8" X 7/8" MOLDING STONE COUNTERTOP BACK SPLASH VERTICAL WALL TILE LED STRIP LIGHT INSERT, TYP; REFER TO A7.1 T1 WT-2 STN-1 STN-1 P1 LM-1 ± 10'-8" A8.3 4 DETAIL TITLE DETAIL TITLE FLOOR ± 10'-8" 10'-8" KITCHEN EQUIPMENT; REFER TO A7.1 BASE FL-1 BB-2 K1 P1 CASTER, TYP. 2'-4" WHITE PAINTED WOOD LOGO, TYP.P1 DETAIL TITLE LASER CUT ROUND 1 1/16" TRIM MOLDING 4'-8" 4" 5'-4" 4" 2'-9" 4" 6'-0" 6" 2" 6" 2" 4'-812" 112" 2'-8" 4" 2'-10" FLOOR FL-2 www.alphamep.net Date Modified: Scale: Project No.: Drawn By: AS INDICATED 73200 El Paseo, Suite 2D Palm Desert, CA 92260 gregoryarch.com 760.779.2724 01/30/2026 Date Description 2535 400 S. BALDWIN AVE. SUITE T-62, SANTA ANITA, CA 91007 BACIO DI LATTE - THE SHOPS SANTA ANITA 02/18/26 PLAN CHECK RESUBMITTAL1 04/10/26 PLAN CHECK RESUBMITTAL2 P0.0 KD GENERAL INFORMATION - PLUMBING PLUMBING NOTES PLUMBING SYMBOLS LISTCALIFORNIA CODES AND STANDARDS ABS - ACRYLONITRILE - BUTADIENE STYRENE ABV - ABOVE ACC - ACCESSIBLE AFF - ABOVE FINISH FLOOR AFG - ABOVE FINISHED GRADE AHU - AIR HANDLING UNIT AP - ACCESS PANEL BAD - BYPASS DAMPER BEL - BELOW BEH - BEHIND CD - CONDENSATE DRAIN CFM - CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE C.I. - CAST IRON CLG - CEILING C.O. - CONDUIT ONLY. CON - CONNECT/CONNECTION CONT - CONTINUATION CB - CIRCUIT BREAKER. CKT - CIRCUIT. CU. - COPPER. DA - DISABLED ACCESS DF - DRINKING FOUNTAIN DN - DOWN DOAS - DEDICATED OUTDOOR AIR SYSTEM D.A. - DISTRIBUTION PANEL. EC - ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR ECC - ENVIRONMENAL CONTROL CONTRACTOR EM - EMERGENCY. EMCS - ENERGY MANAGEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM EF - EXHAUST FAN (E) - EXISTING. (ER) - EXISTING DEVICE TO BE REPLACED FA - FIRE ALARM. FCU - FAN COIL UNIT FLR - FLOOR FD - FLOOR DRAIN FU - FIXTURE UNIT FV - FLUSH VALVE F.H.C.- FIRE HOSE CABINET GND - GROUND. GRD - GRADE GPM - GALLONS PER MINUTE HDR - HEADER H.B.- HOSE BIBB HP - HORSEPOWER RATING. HRW - HEAT RECOVERY WHEEL J-BOX - JUNCTION BOX. KA - KILO AMPERES. KW - KILOWATT. KVA - KILO-VOLT AMPS. LAN - LOCAL AREA NETWORK LTG - LIGHTING. LCL - LONG CONTINUOUS LOAD L.O.- LUGS ONLY. LV - LOW VOLTAGE. MH - MOUNTING HEIGHT (TO BOTTOM OF FIXTURE) MC - MOMENTARY CONTACT ACTION. MTD - MOUNTED (N)- NEW N.C.- NORMALLY CLOSED NEC - NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE. NL - NIGHT LIGHT. NIC - NOT IN CONTRACT NTS - NOT TO SCALE. OFCI - OWNER FURNISHED CONTRACTOR INSTALLED PNL - PANEL BOARD RA - RETURN AIR SA - SUPPLY AIR. SSS - SATIN STAINLESS STEEL. TEL - TELEPHONE TL - TWIST-LOCK CONSTRUCTION TTB - TELEPHONE TERMINAL BOARD. TYP - TYPICAL. UON - UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. V - VOLTS. VTR - VENT THROUGH ROOF W.P - WEATHERPROOF CONSTRUCTION. WT - WEATHERTIGHT CONSTRUCTION. SEISMIC NOTES 1.CONTRACTOR SHALL PROV1DE COMPLETE SEISMIC ANCHORAGE AND BRACING FOR ALL REQUIRED CONDUIT AND EQUIPMENT. 2.CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY WITH THE SUPPORT AND ANCHORAGE OF EQUIPMENT AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. IF THERE IS NO ANCHORAGE DETAIL SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS IF THE FOLLOWING APPLY: 2.1.EQUIPMENT WITH AN OPERATING WEIGHT OVER 40 POUNDS AND IS MOUNTED DIRECTLY ON THE FLOOR OR ROOF. 2.2.EQUIPMENT WITH AN OPERATING WEIGHT OVER 20 POUNDS AND IS SUSPENDED FROM THE CEILING, STRUCTURE, ROOF, FLOOR, OR WALL OR IS SUPPORTED BY SPRING ISOLATION DEVICES. 2.3.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT THE ANCHORAGE DETAILS AND CALCULATIONS FOR ITEMS NOT SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND FOR ALL SUBSTITUTED EQUIPMENT THAT IS GREATER IN WEIGHT OR VARIES MORE THAN 10% IN LENGTH. 3.THE CALCULATIONS AND DETAIL SUBMITTALS SHALL BE SEALED AND SIGNED BY A STRUCTURAL ENGINEER REGISTERED IN THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA. THE CALCULATIONS SHALL DEMONSTRATE THE FOLLOWING: 3.1.THE ADEQUACY OF ANCHORAGE UNDER ALL APPLICABLE LOAD CONDITIONS PRESCRIBED BY THE UNIFORM BUILDING CODE. 3.2.THE STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS, WHICH ARE RESISTING THE ANCHORAGE LOADS; SUCH AS CONCRETE FILL ON METAL DECK AND/OR STEEL BEAMS, ARE NOT STRESSED BEYOND ITS ACCEPTABLE VALUE. 4.FOR ALL VIBRATION ISOLATORS AND THEIR ANCHORAGES, THE CONTRACTOR SHILL PROVIDE CALCULATIONS, DETAILS AND TEST DATA TO SUBSTANTIATE THE ISOLATOR'S CAPACITY FOR VERTICAL AND LATERAL LOADS. CALCULATIONS MUST ALSO BE SUBMITTED TO SUBSTANTIATE THE SIZE, QUANTITY, LOCATION AND CONNECTION TO STRUCTURE. THE DRAWINGS MUST BE MADE CONSISTENT WITH THE CALCULATIONS. THE MANUFACTURER, EQUIPMENT AND STRUCTURAL ATTACHMENT PROCEDURE MUST BE CLEARLY SPECIFIED. ISOLATORS WHICH SUPPORT A COMPONENT INSIDE THE ACTUAL UNIT WILL NOT BE REVIEWED. 5.WHERE CONCRETE AND MASONRY EXPANSION OR ADHESIVE TYPE ANCHORS ARE USED, THE ANCHORAGE DETAILS AND CALCULATIONS SHALL INDICATE THE MANUFACTURER, ICBO REPORT NO., TYPE, DIAMETER, MINIMUM EMBEDMENT, CONCRETE TYPE AND STRENGTH. 6.WHEN INSTALLING DRILLED-IN ANCHORS IN EXISTING NON-PRESTRESSED REINFORCED CONCRETE, USE CARE AND CAUTION TO AVOID CUTTING DR DAMAGING THE EXISTING REINFORCING BARS. LOCATE REINFORCEMENT BY USING A NON-DESTRUCTIVE METHOD PRIOR TO INSTILLATION. MAINTAIN A MINIMUM CLEARANCE OF ONE INCH BETWEEN THE REINFORCEMENT AND THE DRILLED-IN ANCHOR AND/OR PIN. 7.NO POWER DRIVEN FASTENERS AND/OR SHOT PINS ARE ALLOWED FOR HANGING EQUIPMENT, DUCTWORK AND PIPING SYSTEMS. 8.ALL EXPANSION ANCHORS SHALL HAVE 50% OF THE BOLTS TESTED. IF ANY ANCHOR FAILS TESTING, TEST ALL ANCHORS OF THE CATEGORY NOT PREV10USLY TESTED UNTIL 20 CONSEQUENT PASS, THEN RESUME THE MINIMAL TESTING FREQUENCY. TESTING SHALL OCCUR 24 HOURS MINIMUM AFTER INSTALLATION OF THE SUBJECT ANCHORS, IN ACCORDANCE WITH IR19-1. 9.FOR ANCHORAGE USE RED HEAD THRU BOLTS ICC ESR-2427 OR HILTI KWIK BOLT 3 WEDGE ANCHORS ICC ESR-13BS. 10.THE SEISMIC ANCHORAGE OF PLUMBING EQUIPMENT SHALL CONFORM TO 2022 CBC SECTIONS 1615A.1.21 AND 1616A.1.22. ABBREVIATIONS (E) (D) HW CW HWR S V SD NG (A) OSD CO CO PIPING EXISTING TO REMAIN EXISTING TO BE DEMOLISHED DOMESTIC HOT WATER DOMESTIC COLD WATER DOMESTIC HOT WATER RETURN SANITARY VENT STORM NATURAL GAS PIPING (FITTINGS, VALVES, AND MISCELLANEOUS) DROP RISE TEE CAP FLOW ARROW PUMP BUTTERFLY VALVE BALL VALVE CHECK VALVE BALANCE VALVE STRAINER UNION TEMPERATURE & PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE THERMOMETER METER PIPE SLEEVE PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE EXISTING ABANDONED PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE TEST PLUG GLOBE VALVE PLUG VALVE SOLENOID VALVE GAS PRESSURE REGULATOR OUTSIDE STEM & YOKE VALVE REDUCED PRESSURE BACKFLOW PREVENTER WATER HAMMER ARRESTOR PRESSURE GAUGE WITH STOPCOCK AQUASTAT WALL HYDRANT OR HOSE BIBB CLEANOUT CLEANOUT AT FLOOR OR AT GRADE SECONDARY STORM FLOOR OR AREA DRAIN ROOF DRAIN NOTATIONS CONNECT TO EXISTING BEGINNING AND/OR END OF DEMOLITION HEAT TRACE CABLE START POINT HEAT TRACE CABLE TEE POINT HEAT TRACE CABLE END POINT 1 1 1 A A M S 1.PROVIDE NEW DOMESTIC WATER, SANITARY WASTE/VENT AND NATURAL GAS AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY COMPONENTS FOR FULLY OPERATIONAL SYSTEM. INSTALL SYSTEMS IN ACCORDANCE WITH STATE REQUIREMENTS AND LOCAL AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. COORDINATE THE LOCATION OF ALL UTILITY CONNECTION POINTS, FLOOR DRAINS AND HUB DRAINS FOR EQUIPMENT WITH OTHER TRADES. 2.ALL ABOVE FLOOR PENETRATIONS TO BE SEALED WATER TIGHT AND COMPLETELY PACKED WITH FIRE STOP MATERIAL BY TRADE CONTRACTORS. 3.THESE DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC IN NATURE AND ARE NOT INTENDED TO SHOW THE EXACT LOCATIONS OF COMPONENTS, NOR SHOW ALL SYSTEM COMPONENTS. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ADDITIONAL OFFSETS OR FITTINGS REQUIRED FOR PROPER INSTALLATION, COORDINATION WITH OTHER TRADES, AND/OR TO MAINTAIN PROPER CLEARANCES. 4.DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO BE SCALED, DIMENSIONS SHALL GOVERN. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND CONDITIONS AT THE JOB SITE CONCERNING EXISTING AND NEW WORK BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH EITHER FABRICATION OR INSTALLATION IN MECHANICAL AREAS WITH NUMEROUS OBSTRUCTIONS INCLUDING DUCTWORK, EQUIPMENT AND PIPING. THIS WILL REQUIRE ON SITE CUTTING AND VERIFICATION. 5.ANY INFORMATION CONFLICTS BETWEEN THE SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ENGINEERS'S ATTENTION. THE CONTRACTOR(S) SHALL NOT PROCEED WITH ANY WORK, EXCEPT AT THEIR OWN RISK, UNTIL CLARIFICATIONS OF THE CONFLICTS ARE ISSUED TO THE CONTRACTOR(S) BY THE ENGINEER. 6.THE TERM "PROVIDE" SHALL MEAN THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH, INSTALL AND CONNECT FOR A COMPLETE AND OPERATIONAL SYSTEM. 7.ALL MATERIAL AND LABOR SHALL BE UNDER WARRANTY FOR ONE YEAR FROM THE DATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE BY THE OWNER. ANY NEW DEVICES OR EQUIPMENT FOUND FAULTY SHALL BE REPLACED AS PART OF THE WARRANTY. 8.A SET OF APPROVED DRAWINGS SHALL BE MAINTAINED ON SITE AND ALL FIELD CHANGES SHALL BE RED LINED ON THE DRAWINGS. CONTRACTOR SHALL PREPARE "AS-BUILT" DRAWINGS IN ELECTRONIC (AUTOCAD) FORMAT, REFLECTING ACCURATE FIELD CONDITIONS. 9.ALL PENETRATIONS THROUGH FIRE RESISTANCE RATED CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE PROVIDED A UL LISTED THROUGH PENETRATION FIRESTOP ASSEMBLY. THE RATINGS OF ALL FIRESTOP ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO THE RATING OF THE PENETRATED BARRIER. 10.CORE DRILL PENETRATIONS IN CONCRETE FLOORS OR WALLS 1-2 INCHES LARGER THAN THE PIPE DIAMETER OF THE PENETRATING PIPE. 11.DUCTWORK, PIPING, MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AND CEILINGS SHALL NOT BE UTILIZED AS LADDERS, SCAFFOLDING OR WORK PLATFORMS. 12.NO STRUCTURAL MEMBERS SHALL BE CUT, DRILLED, OR BURNED WITHOUT THE KNOWLEDGE AND WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE OWNER/ ARCHITECT. 13.EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS, INSTALLATION WORKMANSHIP, EXAMINATION AND TESTING SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH CURRENT PLUMBING CODE. INSTALL PIPING STRAIGHT AND TRUE TO BEAR EVENLY ON HANGARS AND SUPPORTS. PIPE SHALL NOT INTERFERE WITH OTHER EQUIPMENT AND CONSTRUCTION. 14.CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR AVOIDING ALL CONFLICTS WITH LIGHTING FIXTURES, DIFFUSERS, GRILLS, DUCTS, STRUCTURAL MEMBERS, MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AND PIPES. 15.CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT SYSTEM CATALOG PRODUCT DATA SHEETS OF ALL COMPONENTS PROPOSED FOR USE PRIOR TO INSTALLATION FOR APPROVAL. SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL BE SUBMITTED FOR APPROVAL. 16.ALL MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE NEW UNLESS MENTIONED IN DRAWING/SCHEDULE. 17.PIPING SHALL NOT SHARE SUPPORTS WITH OTHER BUILDING SYSTEMS. IN MECHANICAL AREAS, PIPING SHALL NOT BE ATTACHED TO THE DUCT WORK. STATIONS SHALL BE USED WHERE PIPING IS UNABLE TO BE HUNG FROM ABOVE. 18.PIPING IN AREAS WITH FINISHED CEILINGS SHALL BE INSTALLED ABOVE FINISHED CEILINGS. 19.CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE LABELS (WITH FLOW ARROWS) FOR ALL PIPING. 20.PIPING SHALL NOT PASS THROUGH ELECTRICAL ROOMS OR OVER ELECTRICAL PANELS / EQUIPMENT WHICH SERVES OTHER AREAS. COORDINATE THE LOCATION OF ALL PIPING WITH ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND OTHER TRADES AND ADJUST AS NECESSARY. 21.MAKE REASONABLE AND NECESSARY MODIFICATIONS IN LAYOUTS AND COMPONENTS NEEDED TO PREVENT CONFLICTS WITH WORK OF OTHER TRADES AND TO COORDINATE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SPECIFICATIONS. 22.MAINTAIN MAXIMUM HEADROOM AT ALL LOCATIONS. ALL PIPING TO BE AS TIGHT TO THE UNDERSIDE OF DECK AS POSSIBLE. ALL EXPOSED PIPING SHALL BE APPROVED BY ARCHITECT AND SHALL MAINTAIN REQUIRED CLEARANCES. 23.ALL SANITARY, STORM AND VENT PIPE SHALL BE IN SLOPE AS PER CODE REQUIREMENTS. 24.PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECTURAL FOR PAINTING ON EXPOSED PIPING/INSULATION. 25.ALL EQUIPMENT PROCURED FOR THIS PROJECT SHALL MEET THE BUY AMERICAN ACT. 26.SLOPE WASTE LINES AT 2%, 1% SLOPE IS ONLY ALLOWED WITH PRIOR APPROVAL BY LOCAL JURISDICTION. 27.PROVIDE ACCESS PANELS IN WALLS AND INACCESSIBLE CEILINGS AS NEEDED TO ENSURE ACCESS IS AVAILABLE FOR MAINTENANCE, SHUT-OFF, BALANCING, INSPECTION, ETC. 2-WAY CLEANOUT CO CONDITION/LOCATION MATERIAL TYPE ABOVE GROUND WATER BELOW GROUND WATER WASTE ABOVE GROUND VENT ABOVE GROUND GAS PIPING CONDENSATE PIPING TYPE "L" COPPER TYPE "K" COPPER WASTE UNDER GROUND VENT UNDER GROUND SCH. 40 BLACK STEEL SCHED. 40 PVC PLASTIC PIPE MATERIALS SCH. 40 PVC PLASTIC CAST IRON TITLE 24 C.C.R., PART1 2025 CALIFORNIA BUILDING STANDARDS ADMINISTRATIVE CODE. TITLE 24 C.C.R., PART2 2025 CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE (CBC) TITLE 24 C.C.R., PART3 2025 CALIFORNIA ELECTRICAL CODE (CEC) TITLE 24 C.C.R., PART4 2025 CALIFORNIA MECHANICAL CODE (CMC) TITLE 24 C.C.R., PART5 2025 CALIFORNIA PLUMBING CODE (CPC) TITLE 24 C.C.R., PART6 2025 CALIFORNIA ENERGY CODE TITLE 24 C.C.R., PART7 (NO LONGER PUBLISHED IN TITLE 24. SEE TITLE 8, CCR) TITLE 24 C.C.R., PART8 2025 CALIFORNIA HISTORICAL BUILDING CODE TITLE 24 C.C.R., PART9 2025 CALIFORNIA FIRE CODE (CFC) TITLE 24 C.C.R., PART10 2025 CALIFORNIA EXISTING BUILDING CODE TITLE 24 C.C.R., PART11 2025 CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS CODE TITLE 24 C.C.R., PART12 2025 CALIFORNIA REFERENCED STANDARDS CODE TITLE 19 C.C.R., PUBLIC SAFETY, STATE FIRE MARSHAL REGULATIONS. NFPA 70 NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE NFPA 72 NATIONAL FIRE ALARM AND SIGNALING CODE NFPA 80 FIRE DOORS AND OTHER OPENING PROTECTIVES NFPA 101 LIFE SAFETY CODE UL 300 FIRE TESTING OF FIRE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS FOR PROTECTION UL 464 AUDIBLE SIGNALING DEVICES FOR FIRE ALARM AND SIGNALING SYSTEMS IEEE 3003.2 RECOMMENDED PRACTICE FOR EQUIPMENT GROUNDING & BONDING & INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL POWER SYSTEMS IEEE 3001.5 RECOMMENDED PRACTICE FOR THE APPLICATION OF POWER DISTRIBUTION APPARATUS IN INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL POWER SYSTEMS NECA 1 STD PRACTICE OF GOOD WORKMANSHIP IN ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION NATIONAL ELECTRICAL SAFETY CODE (NESC) D.L. - DEVELOPED LENGTH. SCH. 40 PVC PLASTIC CAST IRON NOTE : PVC IS NOT PERMITTED IN PLENUMS, USE STEEL PIPE OR PVC FIRE WRAP. * ALTERNATIVE PIPE MATERIAL REQUIRES OWNER'S APPROVAL PRIOR TO ORDERING. DEMOLITION NOTES: 1.ALTHOUGH INTENDED TO CONVEY APPROPRIATE INFORMATION, THESE DRAWINGS HAVE BEEN PREPARED FROM LIMITED FIELD MEASUREMENTS AND ARCHIVAL BUILDING DRAWINGS. AS SUCH, DRAWINGS MAY CONTAIN DISCREPANCIES AND OMISSIONS DUE TO THE CONCEALED CONDITION, INACCURACIES IN THE ORIGINAL DRAWINGS, INACCESSIBLE LOCATIONS, UNRECORDED BUILDING ALTERATIONS AND OTHER CONFLICTING INFORMATION. ALWAYS VERIFY FIELD CONDITIONS BEFORE COMMENCING WORK. NOTIFY ARCHITECT/ENGINEER IF FIELD CONDITIONS CONFLICT SUBSTANTIALLY WITH PROPOSED WORK. 2.CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ITEMS NOTED AS EXISTING TO REMAIN AND NOTIFY ENGINEER OF ANY DISCREPANCIES FROM CONDITIONS INDICATED IN THE DRAWINGS. 3.DEMOLISH AND REMOVE EXISTING CONSTRUCTION ONLY TO THE EXTENT REQUIRED BY NEW CONSTRUCTION AND AS INDICATED. USE METHODS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE WORK WITHIN LIMITATIONS OF GOVERNING REGULATIONS. CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE INCIDENTAL DEMOLITION AND CUTTING AS REQUIRED BY THE NEW CONSTRUCTION TO COMPLETE THE WORK AS INDICATED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO OWNER. 4.REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS & SPECS FOR ADDITIONAL DEMOLITION, AND CONSTRUCTION WORK. 5.PROTECT ALL EXISTING EQUIPMENT FROM DAMAGE DUE TO DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION. 6.PROTECT FLOOR DRAINS FROM CONSTRUCTION DEBRIS BY SEALING DURING DEMOLITION.REMOVE PROTECTIVE COVER AFTER DEMOLITION IS COMPLETE. 7.DEMOLITION OF EACH SYSTEM SHALL INCLUDE ALL ACCESSORIES (DAMPERS, VALVES, AND OTHER COMPONENTS), PIPE, DUCT AND EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS, AND HANGERS AS WELL AS ALL EXISTING ABANDONED EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS WHERE SUCH ITEMS ARE NOT REQUIRED FOR THE PROPER OPERATION OF THE REVISED SYSTEMS. 8.REMOVE INDICATED PIPING BACK TO HEADER ISOLATION VALVES OR CONTROL VALVE WHERE INDICATED. CAP, PLUG, OR BLANK FLANGE THE DOWNSTREAM SIDE OF HEADER ISOLATION VALVES OR CONTROL VALVE. DEMOLITION NOTES: THE PLUMBING SCOPE OF WORK CONSISTS OF THE FOLLOWING: DEMOLISH ALL EXISTING PLUMBING FIXTURES AND ASSOCIATED PIPING AS SHOWN ON DEMO PLANS. EXISTING WATER HEATER TO REMAIN AND BE UTILIZED. INSTALL NEW PLUMBING FIXTURES AS SHOWN ON THE PLANS, INCLUDING ALL REQUIRED WATER, SANITARY/VENT, AND INDIRECT WASTE (AIR GAP) CONNECTIONS. PROVIDE AND INSTALL ALL NECESSARY TRAPS AND PRIMERS, BACKFLOW PREVENTION DEVICES, INSULATION, AND ACCESSORIES FOR A FULLY CODE-COMPLIANT SYSTEM. THE SCOPE OF WORK IS NOT LIMITED TO THE ITEMS LISTED ABOVE. THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, AND EQUIPMENT NECESSARY TO PROVIDE A COMPLETE AND FULLY FUNCTIONAL PLUMBING SYSTEM. CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW ALL NOTES, SPECIFICATIONS, SCHEDULES, AND DETAILS, AND SHALL COORDINATE WITH THE OWNER, ARCHITECT, AND OTHER TRADES AS REQUIRED. PLUMBING SCOPE OF WORK 03 BOH 02 COUNTER NOT IN SCOPE: ELEVATOR TO PARKING 01 FOH 2 (D)3 COMP. SINK 1(D)FS 1 (D)FS 1 (D) HS 1(D)PREP SINK 1 (D)FS 1 (D)FS 1 (D)FD 1(D)HS 1 (D)FCO 3 (E)3"Ø VTR (E)4''Ø S (E)4''Ø S(E)3''Ø S (E)2''Ø V (D)3''Ø S (D)2''Ø V(D)3''Ø S (D)2''Ø V (D)3''Ø S (D)2''Ø S (D)2''Ø V (D)2''Ø V (D)3''Ø S (D)2''Ø V (D)2''Ø V (D)4''Ø S (E)MOP SINK (E)WCO (D)2''Ø S (D)2''Ø V 2 www.alphamep.net Date Modified: Scale: Project No.: Drawn By: AS INDICATED 73200 El Paseo, Suite 2D Palm Desert, CA 92260 gregoryarch.com 760.779.2724 01/30/2026 Date Description 2535 400 S. BALDWIN AVE. SUITE T-62, SANTA ANITA, CA 91007 BACIO DI LATTE - THE SHOPS SANTA ANITA 02/18/26 PLAN CHECK RESUBMITTAL1 04/10/26 PLAN CHECK RESUBMITTAL2 PD1.1 KD EXISTING-DEMO FLOOR PLAN - SANITARY AND VENT EXISTING-DEMO FLOOR PLAN - SANITARY AND VENT SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" 1 C O D E D N O T E S G E N E R A L N O T E S 1.REMOVE EXISTING FIXTURE AND ASSOCIATED PIPING. PIPING SHALL BE REMOVED BACK TO SOURCE OR WHERE TO BE REUSED FOR NEW TENANT LAYOUT / FIXTURES. CONTRACTOR SHALL CONFIRM ALL PIPING THAT SHALL REMAIN TO SERVICE ADJACENT TENANTS. 2.4"Ø EXISTING SANITARY PIPING, CONTINUES TO THE EXTERIOR TO THE CITY SEWER SYSTEM. CONTRACTOR TO FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION AND INVERT LEVEL. 3.EXISTING 3'' VTR TO REMAIN. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY EXACT SIZE AND LOCATION IN THE FIELD. A.REFER TO SHEET P0.0 FOR GENERAL NOTES. B.ALL EXISTING PLUMBING PIPING AND FIXTURES SHOWN ON THIS PLAN ARE BASED ON AS-BUILT DOCUMENTS AND FIELD SURVEY. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY EXACT LOCATIONS, SIZES, AND CONDITIONS IN THE FIELD. 03 BOH 02 COUNTER NOT IN SCOPE: ELEVATOR TO PARKING 01 FOH 2 (E)EWH-1 4 (D)1/2''Ø HW (D)1/2''Ø CW (D)1/2''Ø HW (D)1/2''Ø CW(D)1/2''Ø CW (D)1/2''Ø HW (D)1/2''Ø CW (D)1/2''Ø HW (D)1/2''Ø CW (D)1/2''Ø HW (D)1/2''Ø CW (E)3/4''Ø HW (E)1-1/4''Ø CW (R)DIGITAL WATER METER READER (D)PREP SINK 1 (D)3 COMP SINK1 (D)HS1 (D)HS 1 (E)MOP SINK (E)3/4''Ø HW (E)3/4''Ø CW (E)3/4''Ø CW 3 3 (E)3/4''Ø HW (E)1''Ø CW 1 (D)ICE MAKER 5 (E)ET-1 www.alphamep.net Date Modified: Scale: Project No.: Drawn By: AS INDICATED 73200 El Paseo, Suite 2D Palm Desert, CA 92260 gregoryarch.com 760.779.2724 01/30/2026 Date Description 2535 400 S. BALDWIN AVE. SUITE T-62, SANTA ANITA, CA 91007 BACIO DI LATTE - THE SHOPS SANTA ANITA 02/18/26 PLAN CHECK RESUBMITTAL1 04/10/26 PLAN CHECK RESUBMITTAL2 PD1.2 KD EXISTING-DEMO FLOOR PLAN - DOMESTIC WATER AND GAS EXISTING-DEMO FLOOR PLAN - DOMESTIC WATER AND GAS SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" 1 C O D E D N O T E S G E N E R A L N O T E S A.REFER TO SHEET P0.0 FOR GENERAL NOTES. B.ALL EXISTING PLUMBING PIPING AND FIXTURES SHOWN ON THIS PLAN ARE BASED ON AS-BUILT DOCUMENTS AND FIELD SURVEY. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY EXACT LOCATIONS, SIZES, AND CONDITIONS IN THE FIELD. 1.REMOVE EXISTING FIXTURE AND ASSOCIATED PIPING. PIPING SHALL BE REMOVED BACK TO SOURCE OR WHERE TO BE REUSED FOR NEW TENANT LAYOUT / FIXTURES. CONTRACTOR SHALL CONFIRM ALL PIPING THAT SHALL REMAIN TO SERVICE ADJACENT TENANTS. 2.EXISTING DOMESTIC WATER PIPING CONTINUES TO EXISTING MAIN SITE DOMESTIC WATER PIPING. CONTRACTOR TO FIELD VERIFY EXACT SIZE AND LOCATION. 3.MAIN DOMESTIC WATER PIPING TO REMAIN. CONTRACTOR TO CAP THE MAIN PIPE AT ANY DEMOLISHED BRANCH POINT OF DISCONNECTION. 4.EXISTING WATER HEATER TO REMAIN WITH ALL ASSOCIATED, PIPING, ACCESSORIES AND SUPPORT. 5.EXISTING DIGITAL WATER METER READER TOO BE RELOCATED. REFER TO SHEET P1.2 FOR NEW LOCATION AND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 03 BOH 02 COUNTER NOT IN SCOPE: ELEVATOR TO PARKING 01 FOH 2 FS FS FD TD K19 K16 K10 K12 K6 3''Ø S 2''Ø V 2''Ø V 4 K7 3 2''Ø V 3''Ø S 3''Ø S 3''Ø V (E)3''Ø S (E)2''Ø V (E)4''Ø S 11 1 1 1 1 1 1 (E)MOP SINK 3''Ø V (E)3"Ø VTR 2 2''Ø V WCO WCO FCO 2''Ø S 3''Ø S (E)4''Ø S 1 2% S L O P E 2% S L O P E 2% S L O P E 3''Ø S 3''Ø S www.alphamep.net Date Modified: Scale: Project No.: Drawn By: AS INDICATED 73200 El Paseo, Suite 2D Palm Desert, CA 92260 gregoryarch.com 760.779.2724 01/30/2026 Date Description 2535 400 S. BALDWIN AVE. SUITE T-62, SANTA ANITA, CA 91007 BACIO DI LATTE - THE SHOPS SANTA ANITA 02/18/26 PLAN CHECK RESUBMITTAL1 04/10/26 PLAN CHECK RESUBMITTAL2 P1.1 KD PROPOSED FLOOR PLAN - SANITARY AND VENT PROPOSED FLOOR PLAN - SANITARY AND VENT SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" 1 C O D E D N O T E S G E N E R A L N O T E S A.REFER TO SHEET P0.0 FOR GENERAL NOTES. B.ALL EXISTING PLUMBING PIPING AND FIXTURES SHOWN ON THIS PLAN ARE BASED ON AS-BUILT DOCUMENTS AND FIELD SURVEY. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY EXACT LOCATIONS, SIZES, AND CONDITIONS IN THE FIELD. C.CONTRACTOR TO KEEP CONDENSATE IN PLACE AND PROTECT FROM CONSTRUCTION. 1.NEW PLUMBING FIXTURE. REFER TO SCHEDULES SHEET P6.0 AND P6.1 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 2.EXISTING 4''Ø SANITARY PIPING CONTINUES TO THE EXTERIOR TO THE CITY SEWER. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY, EXACT LOCATION, SIZE, AND INVERT LEVEL. 3.PROVIDE A RIGID WASTE DRAIN LINE WITH AN APPROVED MINIMUM 1-INCH AIR GAP TO THE SEWER THROUGH THE FLOOR SINK FOR THE INDIRECT CONNECTION. 4.1"Ø INDIRECT DRAIN FROM ESPRESSO CAPPUCCINO MACHINE, TERMINATE IN FS WITH MINIMUM 1" AIR GAP. 2 03 BOH 02 COUNTER NOT IN SCOPE: ELEVATOR TO PARKING 01 FOH (E)EWH-1 6 (E)3/4''Ø HW (E)3/4''Ø HW (E)3/4''Ø CW (E)3/4''Ø CW (E)1-1/4''Ø CW (R)DIGITAL WATER METER READER FS FS TD K13A 1/2''Ø TP 1/2''Ø CW 1/2''Ø TW TMV 1/2''Ø CW 1/2''Ø HW K19 1/2''Ø TW 1/2''Ø TW TMV 1/2''Ø HW 1/2''Ø CW K16 K7 K10 K12 1/2''Ø HW 1/2''Ø CW 3/4''Ø HW 3/4''Ø CW TMV K6 1/2''Ø CW 4 1/2''Ø TP (E)3/4''Ø CW (E)1''Ø CW (E)1''Ø CW (E)3/4''Ø HW 2 3 5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 7 (E)MOP SINK 1/2''Ø CW K13 1/2''Ø CW 1 8 88 1/2''Ø CW 1/2''Ø CW 1/2''Ø CW 1/2''Ø TW 1/2''Ø CW (E)ET-1 FD1/2''Ø TP www.alphamep.net Date Modified: Scale: Project No.: Drawn By: AS INDICATED 73200 El Paseo, Suite 2D Palm Desert, CA 92260 gregoryarch.com 760.779.2724 01/30/2026 Date Description 2535 400 S. BALDWIN AVE. SUITE T-62, SANTA ANITA, CA 91007 BACIO DI LATTE - THE SHOPS SANTA ANITA 02/18/26 PLAN CHECK RESUBMITTAL1 04/10/26 PLAN CHECK RESUBMITTAL2 P1.2 KD PROPOSED FLOOR PLAN - DOMESTIC WATER AND GAS PROPOSED FLOOR PLAN - DOMESTIC WATER AND GAS SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" 1 C O D E D N O T E S G E N E R A L N O T E S A.REFER TO SHEET P0.0 FOR GENERAL NOTES. B.ALL EXISTING PLUMBING PIPING AND FIXTURES SHOWN ON THIS PLAN ARE BASED ON AS-BUILT DOCUMENTS AND FIELD SURVEY. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY EXACT LOCATIONS, SIZES, AND CONDITIONS IN THE FIELD. 1.NEW PLUMBING FIXTURE. REFER TO SCHEDULES SHEET P6.0 AND P6.1 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 2.EXISTING DOMESTIC WATER PIPING CONTINUES TO EXISTING MAIN SITE DOMESTIC WATER PIPING. 3.CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AND INSTALL "ECOLAB" WATER FILTER AT THE PREP. SINK. CONFIRM MAKE/MODEL, EXACT LOCATION, AND INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS WITH OWNERSHIP PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. 4.PROVIDE REDUCED PRESSURE ZONE BACKFLOW PREVENTER - ZURN WILKINS 975XL2 WITH DOUBLE CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY OR EQUAL. 5.NEW LOCATION OF THE EXISTING DIGITAL WATER METER READER. CONFIRM EXACT LOCATION AND MOUNTING HEIGHT WITH THE OWNER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION, PROVIDE NEW WIRES AD NEEDED FOR A FULLY FUNCTIONAL CONNECTION. 6.WATER HEATER OVERFLOW AND CONDENSATE DRAIN TO TERMINATE IN MOP SINK WITH MINIMUM 1" AIR GAP. 7.EXISTING WATER HEATER TO REMAIN WITH ALL ASSOCIATED PIPING, ACCESSORIES AND SUPPORT. 8.CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE 8"X8" ACCESS PANEL FOR ALL ISOLATION VALVES, WHA AND TMV. 2 (E)3"Ø VTR R1 0 ' - 0 " EXISTING CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPE TO REMAIN EXISTING CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPE TO REMAIN (E) RTU-1 TO REMAIN EF-1 60 lbs GLYCOL SYSTEM CONDENSING UNIT. (SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY) EXISTING UNIT. NOT IN SCOPE EXISTING CONDENSATE DRAIN CONTINUES. www.alphamep.net Date Modified: Scale: Project No.: Drawn By: AS INDICATED 73200 El Paseo, Suite 2D Palm Desert, CA 92260 gregoryarch.com 760.779.2724 01/30/2026 Date Description 2535 400 S. BALDWIN AVE. SUITE T-62, SANTA ANITA, CA 91007 BACIO DI LATTE - THE SHOPS SANTA ANITA 02/18/26 PLAN CHECK RESUBMITTAL1 04/10/26 PLAN CHECK RESUBMITTAL2 P2.1 SA PROPOSED ROOF PLAN - PLUMBING PROPOSED ROOF PLAN - PLUMBING SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" 1 C O D E D N O T E S G E N E R A L N O T E S 1.NOT IN USE. A.REFER TO SHEET P0.0 FOR GENERAL NOTES. B.CONTRACTOR TO KEEP CONDENSATE IN PLACE AND PROTECT FROM CONSTRUCTION. www.alphamep.net Date Modified: Scale: Project No.: Drawn By: AS INDICATED 73200 El Paseo, Suite 2D Palm Desert, CA 92260 gregoryarch.com 760.779.2724 01/30/2026 Date Description 2535 400 S. BALDWIN AVE. SUITE T-62, SANTA ANITA, CA 91007 BACIO DI LATTE - THE SHOPS SANTA ANITA 02/18/26 PLAN CHECK RESUBMITTAL1 04/10/26 PLAN CHECK RESUBMITTAL2 P5.0 KD DETAILS - PLUMBING PIPING ADJUSTABLE PIPE ROLLER M.S.S. STANDARD - TYPE-6 SECTION CO , FCO - INTERIOR SOIL PIPE TOP SUITABLE FOR FINISHED FLOOR, TITLE, CARPET, CONC., ETC.FINISH FLOOR LEVEL TYPE 1 CLEVIS HANGER W/OR W/OUT PROTECTIVE SHIELD OR SADDLE AS REQD HANGER RODS PIPE 1. INSTALL PLUMB 2. BORE OF WASHER OR SPRING RETAINER TO BE SAME SIZE AS ROD 3. WELD WASHER OR SPRING RETAINER TO ROD INTERIOR CLEANOUT DETAIL SINGLE PIPE TYPE 1 CLEVIS HANGER SCALE N.T.S 2 SCALE N.T.S 3 FLASHING COLLAR STRAINERFINISHED FLOOR TAP PRIMER (IF REQUIRED) PLUGGED TEE W/CLEANOUT BALANCE OF PIPING SAME AS CLEANOUT TO GRADE. MAY EXTEND AS A WASTE OR VENT FLOOR LINEW/KEY LOCK ACCESS DOOR WALL NOTE CLEAN-OUT FLOOR DRAIN DETAIL SCALE N.T.S 1 FLOOR SINK DETAIL SCALE N.T.S 6WALL CLEANOUT DETAIL SCALE N.T.S 5 NOTE 1 1. PROVIDE PROTECTIVE ENCLOSURE AROUND THE BACKSIDE OF FLOOR SINK FOR ALL APPLICABLE INSTANCES LOCATED UNDER A CURB OR BASE MOUNTED EQUIPMENT, STORAGE CABINET, DISPLAY REFRIGERTOR. GALVANIZED STEEL SCH 4O ROOF SLAB PLANS FOR SIZE VENT PIPE SEE WATER TIGHT CAULKING CONSTRUCTION TYPE) PLAN FOR ROOF (REFER TO ARCHITECTS ROOF CONSTRUCTION FLASHING ROOFING FLASHING (BY ROOFER) FLASHING INTO COUPLING VENT TERMINAL PIPE (REFER TO STRUCTURAL PLANS) STACK FLASHING COUPLING (WADE W-367O OR W-367O-C SMITH 174O OR 175O JOSAM 2645O OR 2644O ZURN 196 OR 196-3) GALVANIZED STEEL SCH 4O PIPE SLEEVE EQUAL TO DEPTH OF ROOF CONSTRUCTION INCLUDING INSULATION ESCUTCHEON (WHEN EXPOSED TO VIEW) VENT THROUGH ROOF DETAIL SCALE N.T.S 4 1" CONDENSATE DRAIN FROM A/C UNITS 1" COPPER COUPLING 1" COPPER ELBOW COPPER TO INCH PIPE SIZE CHROME PLATED ESCUTCHEON2" TRAP ARM 2" P-TRAP "Y" FITTING 2" TAILPIECE LAVATORY OR SINK WALL FLOOR SCALE N.T.S 9CONDENSATE DRAIN CONNECTION DETAIL A B MI N . M I N . 3/4" PVC TEE WITH THREADED CAP FOR CLEANOUT (TYP) 3/4" MPT GALV NIPPLE DRAIN PAN 3/4" PVC 90° STANDARD ELBOW DRAIN PLUG 3/4" PVC TEE WITH THREADED CAP FOR CLEANOUT 3/4" PVC COND 1/8"/FT MIN SLOPE CEILING 3/4" RETURN BEND, PVC 2" MIN. BLOW THRU UNIT: A - FAN OUTLET STATIC PRESSURE (IN. W.C.) + 1/2 IN MINIMUM. B - 1/2 IN MINIMUM. DRAW THRU UNIT: A - FAN INLET PRESSURE (IN W.C.) + 1 IN MINIMUM B - A/2 MINIMUM NOTE: 1. MINIMUM TRAP DEPTH 4". DISTANCE FROM OUTLET TO TRAP NOT LESS THAN 2 PIPE DIAMETERS. 2. PIPING ARRANGEMENT SHOWN IS SCHEMATIC. ADJUST AS REQUIRED. VERIFY CONNECTION LOCATIONS BEFORE INSTALLING PIPE RUNS. DO NOT PROVIDE TRAP ON UNITS WHICH HAVE AN INTERNAL TRAP. 3. UTILIZE UV-RESISTANT STANDARD-WALL PVC. 4. DO NOT DUMP CONDENSATE AROUND FOUNDATIONS, BASEMENTS OR AREAS THAT COULD CAUSE PONDING, EROSION AND/OR LEAKAGE. 5. DO NOT DUMP CONDENSATE FROM LARGE ROOFTOP UNITS TO PREVENT PONDING. WHEN DISCHARGING INTO A SHARED DRAIN OR SEWER SYSTEM ENSURE THAT IT IS NOT PIPED IN SUCH A WAY THAT WASTE FUMES COULD ENTER THE SYSTEM OR OCCUPIED SPACE. 6. DO NOT DUMP CONDENSATE IN PLACES THAT COULD CREATE A TRIP HAZARD. OPEN TO ATMOSPHERE SCALE N.T.S 8EQUIPMENT CONDENSATE PIPING CONNECTION SCALE N.T.S 10PIPE SUPPORT ROLLER DETAIL SCALE N.T.S 73 COMPARTMENT SINK 3 COMPARTMENT SINK FLOOR DRAIN 2'- 1 0 " MI N . H E I G H T O F S I N K DR A I N B O A R D VENT WASTE 2 www.alphamep.net Date Modified: Scale: Project No.: Drawn By: AS INDICATED 73200 El Paseo, Suite 2D Palm Desert, CA 92260 gregoryarch.com 760.779.2724 01/30/2026 Date Description 2535 400 S. BALDWIN AVE. SUITE T-62, SANTA ANITA, CA 91007 BACIO DI LATTE - THE SHOPS SANTA ANITA 02/18/26 PLAN CHECK RESUBMITTAL1 04/10/26 PLAN CHECK RESUBMITTAL2 P6.0 KD SCHEDULE - PLUMBING MAXIMUM FIXTURE FLOW RATES FIXTURE TYPE MAXIMUM FLOW RATE WATER CLOSET 1.28 GALLONS/FLUSH URINAL (WALL MOUNTED)0.125 GALLONS/FLUSH URINAL (FLOOR MOUNTED)0.5 GALLONS/FLUSH SHOWERHEADS 1.8 GPM @80 PSI LAVATORY FAUCETS - NON RESIDENTIAL 0.5 GPM @60 PSI KITCHEN FAUCETS 1.8 GPM @60 PSI METERING FAUCETS 0.2 GALLONS/CYCLE PIPING INSULATION THICKNESS TABLE 120.3-A PIPE INSULATION THICKNESS FLUID TEMPERATURE RANGE, (°F) CONDUCTIVITY RANGE (in BTU-inch per hour per square foot per °F) INSULATION MEAN RATING TEMPERATURE (°F) NOMINAL PIPE DIAMETER (in inches) < 1 1 to < 1.5 1.5 to < 4 4 to < 8 8 and larger INSULATION THICKNESS REQUIRED (in inches) Space heating, hot water systems (steam, steam condensate and hot water) and service water heating systms (recirculating sections, all piping in electric trace tape systems, and the first 8 feet of piping from the storage tank for nonrecirculating systems) Above 350 0.32-0.34 250 4.5 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 251-350 0.29-0.32 200 3.0 4.0 4.5 4.5 4.5 201-250 0.27-0.30 150 2.5 2.5 2.5 3.0 3.0 141-200 0.25-0.29 125 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.0 2.0 105-140 0.22-0.28 100 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.0 2.0 Space cooling systems (chilled water, refrigerant and brine) 40-60 0.21-0.27 75 Nonres 0.5 Res 0.75 Nonres 0.5 Res 0.75 1.0 1.0 1.0 Below 40 0.20-0.26 50 1.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 NOTES: 1. HOT WATER AND DRAIN PIPES EXPOSED UNDER SINKS SHALL BE INSULATED OR OTHERWISE CONFIGURED SO AS TO PROTECT AGAINST CONTACT. THERE SHALL BE NO SHARP OR ABRASIVE SURFACE UNDER SINKS. 2. FAUCET CONTROLS AND OPERATING MECHANISMS SHALL BE OPERABLE WITH ONE HAND AND SHALL NOT REQUIRE TIGHT GRASPING, PINCHING, OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST. THE FORCE REQUIRED TO ACTIVATE CONTROLS SHALL NOT BE GREATER THAN 5 LB-FT. 3. CONTROLS FOR SERICE WATER HEATING SYSTEMS SHALL LIMIT THE OUTLET TEMPERATURE AT PUBLIC LAVATORIES TO 110⁰F. HOT WATER DEMAND CACLCULATION Quantity SINK TYPE Demand 1 3 - Comp. Sink 42 GPH 1 Prep. Sink 5 GPH 2 Hand Sink 10 GPH 1 MOP 15 GPH TOTAL 72 GPH NOTE:- 1) 72 GPH x 80 % ALLOWANCE FOR SINGLE SERVE UTENSILS = 57.6 GPH 2) KW INPUT = CALCULATED GPH AFTER 80% x 60 DEGREE FEHRENHIT x 8.33 LBS /0.98 X 3412 BTU/KW = 8.6 KW EXISTING ELECTRIC WATER HEATER SCHEDULE MARK LOCATION TANK CAPACITY (GALS) TEMPERATURE RISE @ 90°F (GALS) ELECTRICAL DATA WEIGHT (lbs)MAKE MODEL NUMBER NOTES VOL/HZ/PH INPUT POWER (KW)NO. OF ELEMENT TOTAL KW (E)EWH-1 STORAGE 50 21 240/60/3 4.5 2 9 132 RHEEM XE50M06ST45U1 ALL NOTES : 1 THE WATER HEATER IS EXISTING TO REMAIN AND THE DATA LISTED ON THIS SCHEDULE IS FOR REFERENCE ONLY PLUMBING FIXTURES SCHEDULE MARK COMPONENT LOCATION MANUFACTURER MODEL REMARKS WCO WALL CLEANOUT REFER TO PLAN ZURN Z1446 CLEANOUT TEE, DURA-COATED CAST IRON BODY, GAS AND WATERTIGHT ABS TAPERED THREAD PLUG, AND ROUND, SMOOTH STAINLESS STEEL WALL ACCESS COVER WITH SECURING SCREW. CO FLOOR CLEANOUT REFER TO PLAN ZURN Z1400-K "LEVEL-TROL" ADJUSTABLE FLOOR CLEANOUT, DURA-COATED CAST IRON BODY WITH ANCHOR FLANGE, GAS AND WATERTIGHT ABS TAPERED THREAD PLUG AND ROUND SCORIATED CAST IRON HEAVY-DUTY SECURED TOP (SPECIFY FINISH Z, ZB, ZN, ZS) ADJUSTABLE TO FINISHED FLOOR. FS FLOOR SINK REFER TO PLAN J.R. SMITH 3140-3161 SANI-CEPTOR® ACID RESISTANT COATED FLOOR & INDIRECT WASTE DRAINS. TP TRAP PRIMER REFER TO PLAN ZURN Z1022-XL TRAP PRIMER IS DESIGNED TO COMPLY WITH ANSI/ASSE STANDARD 1018. TMV THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE REFER TO PLAN WATTS LFMMVM1-US ASSE 1017, ASSE 1069 & ASSE 1070 CERTIFIED. TD TRENCH DRAIN REFER TO PLAN ZURN Z667 WIDE MODULAR TRENCH DRAIN - MEDIUM DUTY. PROVIDE WITH VODALAND 4'' BASE STAINLESS STEEL ADA HEELPROOF GRATE A15. NOTES: 1 PLUMBING FIXTURES SHOWN ARE FOR REFERENCE ONLY. SELECTION OF PLUMBING FIXTURES WITH REGARD TO MANUFACTURER, TYP, AND MODEL SHALL BE SUBJECT TO ARCHITECT/OWNER'S APPROVAL. HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS SYSTEM PARAMETERS Water Meter:Yes PRV Required:Yes Total Fixture Units:13.25 WSFU Total System GPM:11 GPM Maximum System GPM:100 GPM Flush Type:Tank Water Meter Size (in):1-1/4" SYSTEM COMPONENTS Copper Type K Copper Type L Other (Specify) Piping Material:-X - SIZE (IN)MAKE MODEL Pressure Reducing Valve: Backflow Prevention Device:1-1/4"EXISTING EXISTING HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS: Maximum Site Pressure:85.0 psi Minimum Site Pressure:65.0 psi Pressure loss trough 1" BFP 6.5 psi Water meter losses 3.0 psi Maximum Building Pressure:75.5 psi Minimum Building Pressure:55.5 psi PRV Set Pressure:50.0 psi PRV Pressure After Losses:50.0 psi Piping Friction loss (psi/100ft)4.0 psi Pressure Loss Due to Elevation:6.5 psi Static Head:15.0' Residual Pressure @ Farthest Fixture:15.0 psi Total Developed Length:200.0' Pressure Available for Friction Loss:24.5 psi 25% Fitting Length:50.0' Allowable Friction Loss Per 100 ft:9.8 psi Total Equivalent Length:250.0' ALLOWABLE FRICTION LOSS PER 100 FT:9.8 psi SIZING CRITERIA: PIPE SIZE (IN) CW FLUSH VALVE (W.S.F.U.) (8 FT/S MAX) CW FLUSH TANK (W.S.F.U.) (8 FT/S MAX) HW FLUSH TANK (W.S.F.U.) (5 FT/S MAX) 1/2 -6 3 3/4 -16 8 1 -30 16 1 1/4 14 56 28 1 1/2 35 103 46 2 132 254 119 2 1/2 329 455 245 3 666 719 406 3 1/2 1091 1091 585 4 1668 1668 840 WATER FIXTURE UNITS (NOTES - 1) Quantity WATER FU'S TotalFIXTURE DESCRIPTION EACH CW HW Hand Sinks 2 1 1.5 1.5 2 Prep Sink 1 2 1.5 1.5 2 3 - Comp. Sink 1 3 2.25 2.25 3 (Existing) Mop Sink 1 3 2.25 2.25 3 Espresso Machine (K6)1 0.5 0.5 --0.5 Dipper Well (K7)2 0.5 0.5 --1 Gelato Machine (13)1 0.5 0.5 --0.5 Faucet, W/Spray Hose (13A)1 0.5 0.5 --0.5 Trap Primer 3 0.25 0.25 --0.75 TOTAL FU 13.25 TOTAL GPM 11 SANITARY DRAINAGE FIXTURE UNITS (NOTES - 2,3) Quantity Drainage FU's Total FIXTURE DESCRIPTION Trench Drain 1 2 2 Floor Sink 2 3 6 Hand Sink 2 1 2 (Existing) Mop Sink 1 3 3 Floor Drain 1 2 2 3 - Comp. Sink 1 3 3 TOTAL DFU 18 NOTE ; 1 - PER TABLE A103.1 OF CALIFORNIA PLUMBING CODE 2 - PER TABLE 702.1 OF CALIFORNIA PLUMBING CODE 3 - I.D. = INDIRECT DRAIN TO FLOOR SINK UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE 2 2 2 2 www.alphamep.net Date Modified: Scale: Project No.: Drawn By: AS INDICATED 73200 El Paseo, Suite 2D Palm Desert, CA 92260 gregoryarch.com 760.779.2724 01/30/2026 Date Description 2535 400 S. BALDWIN AVE. SUITE T-62, SANTA ANITA, CA 91007 BACIO DI LATTE - THE SHOPS SANTA ANITA 02/18/26 PLAN CHECK RESUBMITTAL1 04/10/26 PLAN CHECK RESUBMITTAL2 P6.1 KD SCHEDULE - PLUMBING (E)3"Ø VTR (E)3"Ø V (E)K24 (MOP SINK) (3 DFU) (E)3"Ø S (3 DFU) K10 (HAND SINK) (1 DFU)K12 (HAND SINK) (1 DFU) WCO 2"Ø S (1 DFU) 2"Ø S (1 DFU) WCO 3"Ø S (5 DFU) K16 (3 COMP. SINK) (3 DFU) TD (2 DFU) FD (2 DFU) FCO 2"Ø V 2"Ø V 2"Ø V 2"Ø V 2"Ø V 2"Ø V (E)4"Ø S (3 DFU) (E)4"Ø S (5 DFU) (E)4"Ø S (8 DFU) (E)4"Ø S (10 DFU) (E)4"Ø S (18 DFU) FS (3 DFU) FS (3 DFU) 3"Ø S (3 DFU) 3"Ø S (2 DFU) 3"Ø S (3 DFU) 3"Ø S (3 DFU) INDIRECT DRAIN FROM (K19) (PREP SINK) INDIRECT DRAIN FROM (K6) (ESPRESSO MACHINE) INDIRECT DRAIN FROM (K7) (DIPPER WELL) 3"Ø V 3"Ø V 3"Ø V 2"Ø V (E)2"Ø V 2% SL O P E 2% SL O P E (E)EWH-1 (E)3/4"Ø HW (E)3/4"Ø CW M (R)DIGITAL WATER METER READER (E)K24 (MOP SINK) (3 WSFU) (E)3/4"Ø HW (E)3/4"Ø CW (E)1-1/4"Ø CW ( 13.25 WSFU) 1/2"Ø TW 1/2"Ø HW 1/2"Ø CW TMV K19 (PREP SINK) (2 WSFU) 3/4"Ø CW (2 WSFU) K13A FAUCET, W/SPRAY HOSE (0.5 WSFU) 1/2"Ø CW GELATO MACHINE (0.5 WSFU) 1/2"Ø CW 1"Ø CW (3 WSFU) 3/4"Ø HW (E)3/4"Ø HW (E)1"Ø CW (3 WSFU) 1/2"Ø TW 1/2"Ø CW 1/2"Ø HW TMV K16 (3-COMP.SINK) (3 WSFU) 1/2"Ø TW 1/2"Ø CW K6 (ESPRESSO MACHINE) (0.5 WSFU) 1/2"Ø CW (3.25 WSFU) 1/2"Ø HW 1/2"Ø CW 1/2"Ø HW TMV K7 (DIPPER WELL) (0.5 WSFU)K7 (DIPPER WELL) (0.5 WSFU) K10 (HAND SINK) (1 WSFU) K12 (HAND SINK) (1 WSFU) 1/2"Ø TW TD (FLOOR DRAIN) (0.25 WSFU) FS (0.25 WSFU) 1/2"Ø TP (0.25 WSFU) 1/2"Ø TP (0.25 WSFU) 1/2"Ø CW 3/4"Ø CW (7.25 WSFU) 3/4"Ø HW 3/4"Ø CW (3.75 WSFU) 3/4"Ø HW 1/2"Ø CW (5 WSFU) 1/2"Ø HW 3/4"Ø HW 1"Ø CW (2.75 WSFU) 3/4"Ø HW (E)3/4"Ø HW (E)1-1/4"Ø CW (6 WSFU) (E)1-1/4"Ø CW ( 13.25 WSFU) (E)3/4"Ø HW (E)3/4"Ø CW 1/2"Ø CW 1/2"Ø CW 1/2"Ø CW 1/2"Ø CW 1/2"Ø CW (E)ET-1 FD (0.25 WSFU) 1/2"Ø TP (0.25 WSFU) www.alphamep.net Date Modified: Scale: Project No.: Drawn By: AS INDICATED 73200 El Paseo, Suite 2D Palm Desert, CA 92260 gregoryarch.com 760.779.2724 01/30/2026 Date Description 2535 400 S. BALDWIN AVE. SUITE T-62, SANTA ANITA, CA 91007 BACIO DI LATTE - THE SHOPS SANTA ANITA 02/18/26 PLAN CHECK RESUBMITTAL1 04/10/26 PLAN CHECK RESUBMITTAL2 P7.0 KD ISOMETRIC - PLUMBING 1 N.T.S. ISOMETRIC - SANITARY 2 N.T.S. ISOMETRIC - WATER 2 2 www.alphamep.net Date Modified: Scale: Project No.: Drawn By: AS INDICATED 73200 El Paseo, Suite 2D Palm Desert, CA 92260 gregoryarch.com 760.779.2724 01/30/2026 Date Description 2535 400 S. BALDWIN AVE. SUITE T-62, SANTA ANITA, CA 91007 BACIO DI LATTE - THE SHOPS SANTA ANITA 02/18/26 PLAN CHECK RESUBMITTAL1 04/10/26 PLAN CHECK RESUBMITTAL2 P8.0 KD SPECIFICATIONS - PLUMBING SECTION 22 11 16 - DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 1.1 PIPING A.GENERAL: THE OUTSIDE OF ALL PIPING AND FITTINGS SHALL BEAR THE MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD MARKING FOR TYPE, PRESSURE, ETC. THE A/E DOES NOT GUARANTEE THE ACCURACY OF THE FIGURE NUMBERS AS LISTED. B.PIPE - GENERAL: ALL CARBON STEEL PIPE SHALL BE FABRICATED FROM OPEN HEARTH OR ELECTRICAL FURNACES. NO BESSEMER PIPE SHALL BE INSTALLED. ALL PIPE AND FITTINGS SHALL BE EQUAL TO OR BETTER THAN THE GRADE SPECIFIED. WHENEVER SPECIFICATIONS CALL FOR CLOSE BENDING OR COILING, USE GRADE B PIPE. ALL PIPING MATERIAL SHALL BE NEW AND FREE FROM DEFECTS AND SHALL BE SUBJECT TO STANDARD MILL TEST BEFORE BEING SHIPPED. PIPE SHALL BE LABELED. FITTINGS AND VALVES SHALL HAVE THE MANUFACTURER'S NAME OR TRADEMARK LEGIBLY RAISED OR CUT INTO EACH PIECE. ALL PIPE SHALL BE CUT OFF EVEN AND REAMED FULL BORE. THREADS SHALL BE CUT SMOOTH, TRUE AND TO FULL STANDARD SIZE. PIPING SHALL BE INSTALLED CLEAN OF CHIPS, BURRS OR OIL. NO SALVAGED OR USED PIPE SHALL BE USED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE A/E OR OWNER. WHEREVER SUCH APPROVAL IS GIVEN, RECUT THE ENDS OF THE PIPE, SQUARE, CUT NEW THREADS ON SCREWED PIPE, AND THOROUGHLY CLEAN THE PIPE OF ALL RUST, DIRT, SCALE AND FOREIGN MATTER BEFORE INSTALLATION. C.PIPE 4-INCH SIZE AND SMALLER: PIPE: COPPER TUBE, SEAMLESS, TYPE L HARD TEMPER, ASTM B_88, ABOVE GROUND, AND TYPE K SOFT TEMPER, 2-INCH AND SMALLER, BELOW GROUND. FITTINGS: CAST BRASS OR WROUGHT COPPER, SOLDER TYPE, ASTM 75, ANSI B16.22, OR B16.18. JOINTS: SOLDERED, 95_5 TIN_ANTIMONY SOLDER ABOVE GROUND, AND SILVER SOLDER BELOW GROUND. UNIONS: SWEAT_END, 150 LB. CAST BRASS, GROUND JOINT. COPPER PRESS FITTINGS MAY BE USED AS AN OPTION, PER ASTM B16.18 OR ASTM B16.22. O-RINGS SHALL BE EDPM. SOLDER SHALL BE LEAD-FREE. 1.2 PIPING AUXILIARIES/SPECIALTIES A.GENERAL: ALL AUXILIARIES AND SPECIALTIES SHALL BE GUARANTEED BY THE MANUFACTURER FOR THE PRESSURE, TEMPERATURE AND MATERIALS BEING HANDLED. ALL AUXILIARIES AND SPECIALTIES SHALL BE SUITABLE FOR THE PIPING TO WHICH THEY ARE ATTACHED. B.WALL HYDRANTS: MANUFACTURERS: JOSAM, J.R. SMITH, WADE, WOODFORD, MIFAB OR ZURN. C.WATER METER: UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, METER IS PURCHASED FROM THE UTILITY COMPANY AND INSTALLED BY THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR. PROVIDE METER INSTALLATION MEETING UTILITY COMPANY REQUIREMENTS. D.STRAINERS: MANUFACTURERS: SARCO, ANDERSON, ARMSTRONG, CRANE, OR WATTS. SARCO TYPE BT OR BF_150, BRONZE BODY WITH STAINLESS STEEL SCREEN. PROVIDE DRAIN VALVE ON STRAINER. E.WATER HAMMER ARRESTERS: MANUFACTURERS: JOSAM, MIFAB, WADE, J.R. SMITH, WATTS, OR ZURN. JOSAM TYPE “ABSORBATRON”. MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF PDI STANDARD WH_201 FOR SIZE AND LOCATION. SIZE OF UNIT SHALL BE CLEARLY INDICATED ON UNIT. F.BACKFLOW PRENVETERS: PIPES 1-1/2 INCH AND SMALLER: ASSE 1013, WILKINS 975XL SERIES, ALL BRONZE, REDUCED-PRESSURE-TYPE WITH TWO BALL VALVES. PROVIDE STRAINER UPSTREAM. BACKFLOW PREVENTERS SHALL BE SERVICEABLE WITHOUT REMOVAL FROM PIPE LINE. PROVIDE INDIRECT DRAIN WITH AIR GAP FITTING. MANUFACTURERS: WATTS, CONBRACO, FEBCO, WATTS, AMES, OR MIFAB BEECO G.GAUGE COCKS: POWELL FIG. 757, OR EQUAL BY ANVIL, WALTEC, VICTAULIC, WHITE ROGERS. H.TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES: ASME-CODED, ALL-BRONZE CONSTRUCTION WITH SEAT_TO_DISC ALIGNMENT THAT WILL NOT STICK OR FREEZE. SHALL START TO OPEN AT 230 DEG F AND SHALL BE FULLY OPEN AT 240 DEG F. SHALL HAVE SNAP ACTION THERMOSTAT AND SENSING BULB SIZED TO WATER HEATER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. MANUFACTURERS: WATTS, MCDONNEL, WILKINS, CONBRACO. 1.3 PIPING INSTALLATION, GENERAL A.GENERAL: PIPING SHALL BE INSTALLED IN A MANNER WHICH PERMITS EASY REMOVAL OF VALVES AND DISCONNECTION OF EQUIPMENT. UNIONS OR FLANGED JOINTS SHALL BE INSTALLED FOR THIS PURPOSE. CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT SHALL BE ARRANGED TO FACILITATE EASE OF REMOVAL AND SERVICE WITHOUT DISMANTLING OF THE RUN-OUTS OF MAIN PIPING, AND SHALL BE INSTALLED BY THE USE OF MULTIPLE ELBOWS OR OTHER SIMILAR METHODS TO MINIMIZE STRAIN ON THE EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS. DIELECTRIC SEPARATION: PROVIDE DIELECTRIC SEPARATION AT ALL COPPER PIPING AND VALVES CONNECTED TO FERROUS PIPING. BRASS OR BRONZE VALVES INSTALLED IN FERROUS PIPING SHALL NOT REQUIRE DIELECTRIC SEPARATION. CONNECTIONS BETWEEN COPPER PIPING AND FERROUS FLANGED PIPING AND EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS SHALL BE WITH A BRONZE COMPANION FLANGE WITH DIELECTRIC SEPARATION FOR FLANGES AND BOLTS. CONNECTIONS BETWEEN COPPER PIPING AND SCREWED FERROUS PIPING SHALL BE CLEARFLOW DIELECTRIC WATERWAY FITTINGS. PROVIDE ALL ROUGH_IN AND FINAL CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT AND SERVICES INDICATED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR EQUIPMENT AND SERVICES TO BE FUNCTIONAL. 1.4 BUILDING PIPING SYSTEM: INSTALLATION A.DOMESTIC WATER: COLD, HOT, TEMPERED, RECIRCULATING: ALL PIPING SHALL BE INSTALLED AND PITCHED TO PROVIDE PROPER DRAINAGE. INSTALL DRAIN VALVES AT ALL LOW POINTS AND AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE DRAINAGE FACILITIES FOR THE PIPING. WHEREVER SYSTEM IS SECTIONALIZED, INSTALL DRAIN VALVES BETWEEN EACH SECTIONAL SHUT_OFF VALVE. ALL HOT WATER PIPING SHALL BE PITCHED TO PROVIDE NATURAL GRAVITY RECIRCULATION REGARDLESS OF A RECIRCULATION PUMP. INSTALL PRESSURE GAUGE IN DOMESTIC COLD WATER MAIN AT WATER ENTRANCES TO BUILDING. B.SHOCK ELIMINATION: ALL PIPING SHALL BE PROTECTED AGAINST WATER SHOCK. INSTALL A WATER HAMMER ARRESTOR OF THE PROPER SIZE AT THE END OF THE MAIN, AT THE END OF ALL BRANCH LINES, AND AT THE END OF LINES SERVING GROUPS OF FIXTURES. WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS SHALL BE SIZED AND INSTALLED AS RECOMMENDED BY THE PLUMBING AND DRAINAGE INSTITUTE, AND SHALL ELIMINATE WATER HAMMER. ALL WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN LOCATIONS WHERE THEY ARE READILY ACCESSIBLE FOR SERVICE. WHERE REQUIRED, PROVIDE SUITABLE ACCESS DOORS. C.CONTAMINATION PROTECTION: ALL NEW DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS SHALL BE PROTECTED AGAINST CONTAMINATION DUE TO BACKFLOW FROM NON-POTABLE SOURCES. PROVIDE AN APPROVED BACKFLOW PREVENTER OF THE REDUCED PRESSURE ZONE TYPE AT EACH CONNECTION TO A FIXTURE WHERE INDICATED OR REQUIRED BY CODE. PIPE TO NEAREST FLOOR DRAIN. D.BACKFLOW PREVENTION: INSTALL A CODE APPROVED BACKFLOW PREVENTER UNIT IN THE SERVICE MAIN, WHERE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS, OR AS REQUIRED BY CODE. INCLUDE STRAINER, DUAL_SERVICE SHUT-OFF VALVES, DOUBLE-CHECK VALVES, AND CHECK COCKS. PROPERLY SUPPORT, INDEPENDENT OF THE PIPING, WITH UNION CONNECTIONS. E.WATER METER: ARRANGE FOR AND PAY ALL COSTS INVOLVED IN THE INSTALLATION OF A WATER METER IN THE BUILDING SERVICE LINE, WHERE INDICATED. SUPPORT INDEPENDENT OF THE PIPING WITH UNION CONNECTIONS. INSTALLATION AND METER SHALL BE IN ACCORD WITH AND APPROVED BY THE WATER UTILITY COMPANY. 1.5 DOMESTIC WATER VALVES A.FOR SERVICE VALVES WITHIN COPPER PIPING OF 1/4 INCH THROUGH 2 INCH SIZE; TWO-PIECE BALL VALVE WITH BRONZE SOLDER ENDS, LEVER HANDLE, STAINLESS STEEL BALL AND STEM, CLASS 150 SWP-600 W.O.G. B.FOR CHECK VALVES WITHIN HORIZONTAL STEEL OR COPPER LINES THROUGH 2 INCH SIZE, BRONZE CHECK VALVE WITH TEFLON DISC, THREADED ENDS, CLASS 150 SWP-300 W.O.G. C.ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: CHECK & BALL VALVES: NIBCO, HAMMOND, CRANE, JENKINS, POWELL, MILWAUKEE, HOMESTEAD, APOLLO, MUELLER D.VALVES SHALL BE LEAD-FREE. 1.6 VALVE INSTALLATION A.INSTALLATION SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS, AND ALL VALVES MUST BE SUITABLE FOR THE SERVICE INTENDED. B.PROVIDE SERVICE (ISOLATION) VALVE AT EVERY PIECE OF EQUIPMENT. SERVICE VALVES TO BE POSITIONED IN A MANNER TO ALLOW FOR EASE OF SERVICE AND REMOVAL OF EQUIPMENT WITH MINIMUM DISRUPTION OF THE PIPING SYSTEM. C.ALL SHUT-OFF VALVES IN PLUMBING WATER SYSTEMS 2 INCH AND SMALLER SHALL BE BALL-TYPE. 1.7 PIPE INSULATION A.NON-FLEXIBLE: O-C FIBERGLAS ASJ/SSL-II PIPE INSULATION WITH ALL SERVICE JACKET (ASJ). THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY (K VALUE): NOT GREATER THAN 0.23 AT MEAN TEMPERATURE OF 75 DEG F. APPLY TO THE FOLLOWING PIPING IN THICKNESS INDICATED: 2 INCH AND SMALLER: 1/2 INCH B.ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: GLASS FIBER PIPE COVERING, CALCIUM SILICATE, AND THERMAL INSULATING WOOL: MANVILLE, OWENS-CORNING, MANSON, KNAUF. 1.9 INSULATION APPLICATION - GENERAL A.DO NOT INSULATE PIPING UNTIL SATISFACTORY COMPLETION OF REQUIRED PRESSURE TESTS. B.APPLY INSULATION TO CLEAN, DRY SURFACES WITH PIPE SURFACES AT ROOM TEMPERATURE. C.BUTT INSULATION FIRMLY TOGETHER WITH LONGITUDINAL AND END JOINTS SEALED WITH COMPATIBLE JACKETS, FACINGS AND ADHESIVES AS SPECIFIED. D.APPLY ADHESIVES, MASTICS AND COATINGS PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND AS SPECIFIED. E.ON COLD SURFACES WHERE VAPOR BARRIER JACKETS ARE USED, APPLY INSULATION WITH A CONTINUOUS, UNBROKEN VAPOR SEAL. ADEQUATELY INSULATE AND VAPOR SEAL HANGERS, SUPPORTS, AND ANCHORS THAT ARE SECURED DIRECTLY TO COLD SURFACES TO PREVENT CONDENSATION. F.CONTINUE INSULATION THROUGH SLEEVES AND WALL AND CEILING OPENINGS EXCEPT INSULATION SHALL NOT CONTINUE THROUGH FIRE-RATED (2-HOUR OR GREATER) PARTITIONS, WALLS, FLOOR-CEILING SYSTEMS. G.INSULATE ALL FITTINGS, VALVE BODIES, FLANGES AND OTHER PIPELINE ACCESSORIES. 1.10 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A.HANGERS FOR PIPE SIZES 1/2 TO 1_1/2 INCH: CADMIUM PLATED CARBON STEEL, ADJUSTABLE SWIVEL SPLIT RING. USE PVC COATED OR COPPER PLATED FOR COPPER PIPING. B.HANGERS FOR PIPING THAT GETS INSULATED SHALL BE SIZED TO ALLOW INSULATION TO BE CONTINUOUS THROUGH HANGERS. C.WALL SUPPORT FOR PIPE SIZES TO 3 INCHES: CAST IRON HOOK. D.VERTICAL SUPPORT: STEEL RISER CLAMP. E.FLOOR SUPPORT FOR PIPE SIZES TO 8 INCHES: CAST IRON ADJUSTABLE PIPE SADDLE, LOCKNUT NIPPLE, FLOOR FLANGE, AND CONCRETE PIER OR STEEL SUPPORT. F.SHIELD FOR INSULATED PIPING 2 INCHES AND SMALLER: 18 GAGE GALVANIZED STEEL SHIELD OVER INSULATION IN 180 DEGREE SEGMENTS, MINIMUM 12 INCHES LONG AT PIPE SUPPORT. G.ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: PIPE HANGERS: ELCEN METAL PRODUCTS CO., B-LINE SYSTEMS INC., CARPENTER AND PATERSON INC., ANVIL. 1.11 HANGER RODS AND ATTACHMENTS A.STEEL HANGER RODS: THREADED BOTH ENDS, THREADED ONE END, OR CONTINUOUS THREADED. USE CADMIUM PLATED RODS WHERE UNCONCEALED OR EXPOSED TO THE ELEMENTS. B.BEAM CLAMPS (UP TO 8-INCH DIAMETER PIPE): TOP BEAM CLAMP, STEEL JAW, HOOK ROD WITH NUT AND SPRING WASHER STEEL EYE-BOLT. C-CLAMPS BY THEMSELVES ARE EXPRESSLY PROHIBITED UNLESS OTHERWISE APPROVED BY STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. 1.12 PIPE SLEEVES AND SEALANTS A.SLEEVES - GENERAL: SLEEVE ALL PIPING PASSING THROUGH WALLS, FLOORS, ROOFS, FOUNDATIONS, FOOTINGS AND GRADE BEAMS SUFFICIENT TO ALLOW FREE MOVEMENT OF PIPING. B.SLEEVE SIZES: LENGTH: ENDS FLUSH WITH FINISHED SURFACES. DIAMETER: MINIMUM 3 INCH, MINIMUM 1 INCH LARGER THAN PIPE AND PIPE INSULATION, DIAMETER SUITABLE FOR CONSTRUCTION TOLERANCES AND TO RECEIVE SEALANT, WHEN INDICATED. C.SEALANTS: SEAL ANNULAR SPACE AROUND PIPING: FOR FIRE- AND SMOKE-RATED FLOORS, WALLS AND PARTITIONS: USE UL-LISTED FIRESTOPPING MATERIAL THAT MAINTAINS FIRE-RATED WALL AND FLOOR INTEGRITY. PROVIDE PROPER MATERIAL FOR EACH TYPICAL APPLICATION AS DESCRIBED BY MANUFACTURER. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: DOW CORNING "FIRE STOP", NELSON "FLAMESEAL", 3M "FIRE BARRIER", PIPE SHIELDS INC., MODEL WFB, DFB, OR QDFB SERIES, PROSET SYSTEMS. FOR NON-RATED WALLS AND PARTITIONS: USE MINERAL OR GLASS FIBER INSULATION. FOR EXTERIOR AND FOUNDATION WALLS: USE SYNTHETIC RUBBER SEALS, "LINK-SEAL" WATERPROOF MATERIAL OR SYSTEM. 1.13 CLEANING AND PREPARATION FOR SERVICE A.FLUSHING MAINS. IMMEDIATELY UPON COMPLETION OF THE WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM, TEST VALVES TO ENSURE THEIR FULL OPENING. FLUSH THE SYSTEM AS FOLLOWS: OPEN VALVE AND PERMIT THE FLOW TO CONTINUE UNTIL THE WATER RUNS CLEAR. REPEAT THE OPERATION AT THE NEXT VALVE AND PROCEED IN ORDER TO THE VALVE FARTHEST FROM THE SOURCE OF SUPPLY. USE OUTLETS IN BUILDING TO FLUSH THE UPPER ENDS OF MAINS AND SERVICE LINES. DURING SUCH FLUSHING OPERATION, THE A/E MAY TEST THE FLOWS FROM VALVES AND, BEFORE FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK, MAKE FURTHER TESTS OF FLOWS TO ASCERTAIN THAT LINES ARE CLEAR. B.INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR STERILIZATION OF WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM. AFTER THE WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM HAS BEEN FLUSHED, STERILIZE THE SYSTEM BY THE FOLLOWING OR OTHER, MORE RIGID METHODS SATISFACTORY TO THE A/E AND THE STATE AND LOCAL PLUMBING AUTHORITIES. INTRODUCE CHLORINE OR A SOLUTION OF CALCIUM OR SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE, FILLING THE LINES SLOWLY AND APPLYING THE STERILIZING AGENT AT A RATE OF 50 PARTS PER MILLION OF CHLORINE, AS DETERMINED BY RESIDUAL CHLORINE TESTS AT THE ENDS OF THE LINES. OPEN AND CLOSE ALL VALVES AND HYDRANTS WHILE CHLORINATING THE SYSTEM. AFTER STERILIZATION AGENT HAS BEEN APPLIED FOR 24 HOURS, TEST FOR RESIDUAL CHLORINE AT THE ENDS OF THE LINES. IF LESS THAN 25 PPM IS INDICATED, REPEAT THE STERILIZATION PROCESS. WHEN TESTS SHOW AT LEAST 25 PPM OF RESIDUAL CHLORINE, FLUSH THE SYSTEM UNTIL ALL TRACES OF THE CHEMICAL ARE REMOVED. C.THE OWNER RESERVES THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE TESTING OF THE WATER AGAIN AT ANY TIME PRIOR TO FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK AND, IF FOUND BACTERIOLOGICALLY UNSAFE, TO REQUIRE THE CONTRACTOR TO RECHLORINATE THE SYSTEM UNTIL THE WATER IS PROVEN EQUAL TO THAT SUPPLIED BY THE PUBLIC SYSTEM. SECTION 22 13 13 - BUILDING SANITARY 1.1 PIPE MATERIALS A.GENERAL: ALL PIPE SHALL BE CUT OFF EVEN AND REAMED FULL BORE. THREADS SHALL BE CUT SMOOTH, TRUE AND TO FULL STANDARD SIZE. PIPING SHALL BE INSTALLED CLEAN OF CHIPS, BURRS OR OIL. NO SALVAGED OR USED PIPE SHALL BE USED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE A/E OR OWNER. WHEREVER SUCH APPROVAL IS GIVEN, RECUT THE ENDS OF THE PIPE, SQUARE, CUT NEW THREADS ON SCREWED PIPE, AND THOROUGHLY CLEAN THE PIPE OF ALL RUST, DIRT, SCALE AND FOREIGN MATTER BEFORE INSTALLATION. HUBLESS CAST IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS SHALL BE MANUFACTURED FROM GRAY CAST IRON AND SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A 888 AND CISPI STANDARD 301. ALL PIPE AND FITTINGS SHALL BE MARKED WITH THE COLLECTIVE TRADEMARK OF THE CAST IRON SOIL PIPE INSTITUTE AND LISTED BY NSF INTERNATIONAL. HUB AND SPIGOT CAST IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS SHALL BE MANUFACTURED FROM GRAY CAST IRON AND SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A 74. ALL PIPE AND FITTINGS SHALL BE MARKED WITH THE COLLECTIVE TRADEMARK OF THE CAST IRON SOIL PIPE INSTITUTE AND LISTED BY NSF INTERNATIONAL. B.BURIED SOIL, WASTE, AND VENT PIPING: ASTM A74 SERVICE WEIGHT CAST IRON PIPE, BITUMASTIC-COATED, BELL AND SPIGOT JOINTS, DRAINAGE FITTINGS WITH ASTM C564 GASKETED JOINTS OR CISPI 301 HUBLESS CAST IRON PIPE, BITUMASTIC-COATED, MECHANICAL JOINTS, DRAINAGE FITTINGS WITH 304 CORRUGATED STAINLESS STEEL COUPLINGS. C.ABOVE-GROUND SOIL, WASTE AND VENT: CISPI 301 HUBLESS CAST IRON PIPE, BITUMASTIC-COATED, MECHANICAL JOINTS, DRAINAGE FITTINGS WITH 304 CORRUGATED STAINLESS STEEL COUPLINGS OR ASTM A74 SERVICE WEIGHT CAST IRON PIPE, BITUMASTIC-COATED, BELL AND SPIGOT JOINTS, DRAINAGE FITTINGS WITH ASTM C564 GASKETED JOINTS. 1.2 PIPING AUXILIARIES/SPECIALTIES A.GENERAL: ALL AUXILIARIES AND SPECIALTIES SHALL BE GUARANTEED BY THE MANUFACTURER FOR THE PRESSURE, TEMPERATURE AND MATERIALS BEING HANDLED, AND SHALL BE SUITABLE FOR THE PIPING TO WHICH THEY ARE ATTACHED. B.VENT FLASHINGS: FURNISH 6 LB. LEAD FLASHING FOR GENERAL CONTRACTOR INSTALLATION. FLASHING SHALL EXTEND 12 INCHES IN ALL DIRECTIONS, SEALED BETWEEN ROOFING PLIES, EXTENDED UP TO END OF VENT AND CLAMPED WITH VANDALPROOF VENT CAP. C.HUBLESS CAST IRON COUPLINGS: SHIELD CONSTRUCTED OF TYPE 301 OR 304 STAINLESS STEEL MEETING ASTM A167-84. NEOPRENE GASKETS SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C564. COUPLINGS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM OF 2 SCREWDRIVER BANDS. THE USE OF SEALANT OR ADHESIVES ON COUPLINGS IS NOT PERMITTED UNLESS APPROVED BY THE MANUFACTURER. MANUFACTURERS: CLAMP-ALL, HUSKY, TYLER, MISSION, AND CHARLOTTE. 1.3 CLEANOUTS A.GENERAL: CAPABLE OF ADJUSTMENT TO MATCH FINISH SURFACE. BE ROUND. ALL COVER PLATES/PLUGS SHALL BE PERMANENTLY LABELED TO MATCH THE DRAIN SERVICE. FOR CAST IRON FITTINGS. CAST IRON CLEAN-OUT MANUFACTURERS: JOSAM, J.R. SMITH, WADE, ZURN, WATTS OR MIFAB. B.FINISHED FLOOR AND TILE FLOOR: J. R. SMITH FIG. 4020, DUCO CAST IRON BODY AND FRAME WITH ROUND ADJUSTABLE SCORIATED NICKEL BRONZE TOP. TOP LABELED CO. PROVIDE NICKEL BRONZE CARPET CLAMPING FRAME WITH VANDALPROOF SCREW IN CARPETED AREAS. C.UNFINISHED FLOOR AND EQUIPMENT AREA FLOOR: J. R. SMITH FIG. 4240, DUCO CAST IRON BODY AND FRAME WITH ROUND ADJUSTABLE SCORIATED CAST IRON TOP. TOP LABELED CO. D.WALL CLEANOUT J. R. SMITH FIG. 4422, DUCO CAST IRON CAULK FERRULE WITH VAST BRONZE TAPER THREAD PLUG AND PRIME-COATED STEEL SHALLOW COVER. VANDALPROOF SCREWS. 1.4 FLASHINGS: INSTALLATION A.GENERAL: ALL PENETRATIONS OF ROOFS AND SIMILAR AREAS REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION OF VENTS, ROOF DRAINS, AND PIPING UNDER THIS DIVISION SHALL BE PROPERLY FLASHED AND MADE WATERTIGHT. COORDINATE WITH ALL NECESSARY GENERAL TRADES WORK SUFFICIENTLY IN ADVANCE AND INSTALL IN CONJUNCTION WITH ROOFING INSTALLATION. B.FLASHING OF VENT AND SOIL PIPE EXTENSIONS: ALL VENT AND SOIL PIPE EXTENSIONS THROUGH ROOF SHALL BE MINIMUM 3-INCH SIZE AND FLASHED WITH 6 LB. SHEET LEAD OR 16 OZ COPPER, 24-INCH SQUARE, WITH SLEEVE SOLDERED ON, EXTENDING TO TOP OF PIPE AND TURNED DOWN 2-INCH INSIDE. 1.5 BUILDING DRAINAGE SYSTEM: INSTALLATION A.GENERAL: ALL SANITARY LINES SHALL BE OF THE SIZES NOTED AND ROUTED AS INDICATED. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED OR REQUIRED BY CODES, ALL BUILDING DRAINS SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH A MINIMUM UNIFORM GRADE OF ONE PERCENT (1%). NO UNDERGROUND DRAINS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN WATER. TRENCHES SHALL BE DRY AND ACCEPTABLE BEFORE LAYING OF PIPE. ALL OVERHEAD LINES SHALL BE INSTALLED AS CLOSE TO THE BUILDING STRUCTURE AS POSSIBLE. ALL OVERHEAD CAST IRON DRAINS SHALL BE SUPPORTED AT EACH JOINT, EACH CHANGE OF DIRECTIONS, EACH CAST IRON TRAP, AND ALL NECESSARY INTERMEDIATE POINTS TO MAINTAIN A UNIFORM PITCH WITHOUT SAGGING OR POCKETING OF THE LINE. B.TRAPS: INSTALL ON ALL WASTE AND SOIL DISCHARGE CONNECTIONS, AND WHERE INDICATED. LOCATE FOR EASE OF SERVICE. ANY OTHER TRAPS REQUIRED BY OFFICIAL BODIES HAVING JURISDICTION SHALL BE INSTALLED AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. WHERE TRAPS ON PLUMBING FIXTURES ARE INSTALLED BELOW GRADE OR OTHERWISE CONCEALED, A CLEAN-OUT SHALL BE INSTALLED IN THE ADJACENT FINISHED SURFACE AS INDICATED. 1.6 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A.HANGERS FOR PIPE SIZES 1/2 TO 1_1/2 INCH: CADMIUM PLATED CARBON STEEL, ADJUSTABLE SWIVEL SPLIT RING. USE PVC COATED OR COPPER PLATED FOR COPPER PIPING. B.HANGERS FOR PIPE SIZES 2 AND OVER: CARBON STEEL, ADJUSTABLE, CLEVIS TYPE. C.WALL SUPPORT FOR PIPE SIZES TO 3 INCHES: CAST IRON HOOK. D.WALL SUPPORT FOR PIPE SIZES 4 INCHES AND OVER: WELDED STEEL BRACKET AND WROUGHT STEEL CLAMP. E.VERTICAL SUPPORT: STEEL RISER CLAMP. F.FLOOR SUPPORT FOR PIPE SIZES TO 8 INCHES: CAST IRON ADJUSTABLE PIPE SADDLE, LOCKNUT NIPPLE, FLOOR FLANGE, AND CONCRETE PIER OR STEEL SUPPORT. G.ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: PIPE HANGERS: ELCEN METAL PRODUCTS CO., B-LINE SYSTEMS INC., CARPENTER AND PATERSON INC., ANVIL. 1.7 HANGER RODS AND ATTACHMENTS A.STEEL HANGER RODS: THREADED BOTH ENDS, THREADED ONE END, OR CONTINUOUS THREADED. USE CADMIUM PLATED RODS WHERE UNCONCEALED OR EXPOSED TO THE ELEMENTS. B.BEAM CLAMPS (UP TO 8-INCH DIAMETER PIPE): TOP BEAM CLAMP, STEEL JAW, HOOK ROD WITH NUT AND SPRING WASHER STEEL EYE-BOLT. C-CLAMPS BY THEMSELVES ARE EXPRESSLY PROHIBITED UNLESS OTHERWISE APPROVED BY STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. 1.8 PIPE SLEEVES AND SEALANTS A.SLEEVES - GENERAL: SLEEVE ALL PIPING PASSING THROUGH WALLS, FLOORS, ROOFS, FOUNDATIONS, FOOTINGS AND GRADE BEAMS SUFFICIENT TO ALLOW FREE MOVEMENT OF PIPING. B.SLEEVE SIZES: LENGTH: ENDS FLUSH WITH FINISHED SURFACES. DIAMETER: MINIMUM 3 INCH, MINIMUM 1 INCH LARGER THAN PIPE AND PIPE INSULATION, DIAMETER SUITABLE FOR CONSTRUCTION TOLERANCES AND TO RECEIVE SEALANT, WHEN INDICATED. C.SEALANTS: SEAL ANNULAR SPACE AROUND PIPING: FOR FIRE- AND SMOKE-RATED FLOORS, WALLS AND PARTITIONS: USE UL-LISTED FIRESTOPPING MATERIAL THAT MAINTAINS FIRE-RATED WALL AND FLOOR INTEGRITY. PROVIDE PROPER MATERIAL FOR EACH TYPICAL APPLICATION AS DESCRIBED BY MANUFACTURER. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: DOW CORNING "FIRE STOP", NELSON "FLAMESEAL", 3M "FIRE BARRIER", PIPE SHIELDS INC., MODEL WFB, DFB, OR QDFB SERIES, PROSET SYSTEMS. FOR NON-RATED WALLS AND PARTITIONS: USE MINERAL OR GLASS FIBER INSULATION. FOR EXTERIOR AND FOUNDATION WALLS: USE SYNTHETIC RUBBER SEALS, "LINK-SEAL" WATERPROOF MATERIAL OR SYSTEM. SECTION 22 20 00 - FACILITY NATURAL GAS SYSTEM 1.1 PIPING A.BELOW-GROUND PIPE 5 FEET FROM THE BUILDING TO ABOVE-GROUND AT THE BUILDING SHALL BE SCHEDULE 40 WELDED-JOINT STEEL PIPE WITH FACTORY-APPLIED PROTECTIVE COATING, SUCH AS X-TRUCOTE. JOINTS SHALL BE FIELD-COATED WITH THE SAME MATERIAL APPLIED AS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER. IF UNDER GROUND GAS DISTRIBUTION PIPE IS STEEL, PROVIDE A DIELECTRIC UNION AT POINT OF CONNECTION. INSTALL A 17-POUND ANODE PACK BETWEEN THE BUILDING AND 5 FEET OUTSIDE THE BUILDING NEXT TO THE CONNECTION TO THE MAIN SERVICE PIPE. ATTACH THE ANODE LEAD WIRE TO THE PIPING BY MEANS OF AN EXOTHERMIC WELD, FOLLOWING THE INSTRUCTIONS OF THE MANUFACTURER. B.ABOVE-GROUND GAS PIPING: STANDARD WEIGHT, SCHEDULE 40, WELDED OR SCREWED, BLACK CARBON STEEL PIPE, ANSI/ASTM A53. 1.1-1/2 INCHES AND SMALLER: 150 LB. SCREWED MALLEABLE BLACK IRON FITTINGS. 2.1-1/2 INCHES AND SMALLER IN CONCEALED SPACES: SCHEDULE 40 BLACK STEEL WITH SOCKET WELDED FITTINGS. 3.2 INCHES TO 2-1/2 INCHES: WELDED OR FORGED STEEL FITTING, SOCKET WELDED AND THREADED. 4.3 INCHES AND LARGER: FORGED STEEL BUTT WELDED, FLANGED, 150 SWP. PROVIDE GASKETS SUITABLE FOR NATURAL GAS. C.ALL CONCEALED PIPING SHALL BE WELDED. D.ALL GAS PIPING EXPOSED TO OUTSIDE WEATHER ENVIRONMENT SHALL BE PROTECTED FROM CORROSION BY APPLICATION OF A NON-METALLIC-BASED PAINTING SYSTEM SPECIFICALLY DESIGNED AND MANUFACTURED FOR PROTECTION OF STEEL STRUCTURES. COLOR AS SELECTED BY OWNER. THE UNION OF THE UNDERGROUND COATING AND ABOVE-GROUND PAINT SHALL BE AT LEAST 2 INCHES ABOVE FINISHED GRADE AND SHALL BE WELL-BONDED BY APPLICATION OF THE COATING MATERIALS. E.GAS PIPING WITHIN THE BUILDING SHALL BE ELECTRICALLY CONTINUOUS AND BONDED TO A GROUNDING ELECTRODE. 1.2 ACCESSORIES A.GAS COCKS SHALL BE ROCKWELL NORDSTROM LUBRICATED PLUG, FIG. 114 OR 115 (REGULAR PATTERN), OR FIG. 142 OR 143 (SHORT PATTERN). B.GAS PRESSURE REGULATORS SHALL BE AS MANUFACTURED BY EQUIMETER, SPENCE OR FISHER. REGULATOR SHALL HAVE CAST IRON BODY, DIE-CAST ALUMINUM ALLOY DIAPHRAGM CASE AND ALUMINUM OR BRASS ORIFICES. SPRING SHALL BE ADJUSTABLE AND SELECTED FOR AN OUTLET PRESSURE OF 7-INCH TO 14-INCH W.C. PROPERLY VENT GAS PRESSURE REGULATORS TO THE OUTDOOR ATMOSPHERE WITH SCREENED VENT CAPS. C.PROVIDE GRINNELL FIGURE 13 OR FIGURE 2, FEE AND MASON OR CRANE NICKEL_PLATED STEEL PLATES ON EXPOSED PIPES PASSING THROUGH WALLS, CEILINGS, FLOORS, AND PARTITIONS. 1.3 INSTALLATION A.GAS PIPING SYSTEM INSTALLATION SHALL CONFORM TO THE STANDARD FOR THE INSTALLATION OF GAS APPLIANCES AND GAS PIPING USA Z21.30, ANSI Z106.1, NFPA NO. 54 AND NO. 58, THE RULES OF LOCAL AND STATE REGULATORY AGENCIES GOVERNING THE INSTALLATION OF GAS PIPING, THE GAS UTILITY ENERGY CODE FOR INDIRECT GAS SERVICE, AND LOCAL GAS UTILITY COMPANY. B.LOCATIONS AND ARRANGEMENTS: DRAWINGS (PLANS, SCHEMATICS, AND DIAGRAMS) INDICATE THE GENERAL LOCATION AND ARRANGEMENT OF PIPING SYSTEMS. DESIGN LOCATIONS AND ARRANGEMENTS OF PIPING TAKE INTO CONSIDERATION PIPE SIZING, FLOW DIRECTION, SLOPE OF PIPE, EXPANSION, AND OTHER DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS. SO FAR AS PRACTICAL, INSTALL PIPING AS INDICATED. C.CONCEALED LOCATIONS: EXCEPT AS SPECIFIED BELOW, INSTALL GAS PIPING (IN MASONRY WALLS) IN AN AIRTIGHT CONDUIT CONSTRUCTED OF SCHEDULE 40 SEAMLESS BLACK STEEL WITH WELDED JOINTS. VENT CONDUIT TO THE OUTSIDE AND TERMINATE WITH A SCREENED VENT CAP. 1.ABOVE-CEILING LOCATIONS: GAS PIPING MAY BE INSTALLED IN ACCESSIBLE ABOVE-CEILING SPACES (SUBJECT TO THE APPROVAL OF THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION), WHETHER OR NOT SUCH SPACES ARE USED AS A PLENUM. VALVES SHALL NOT BE LOCATED IN SUCH SPACES. PIPING IN PLENUMS SHALL BE WELDED. 2.IN FLOORS: PIPING INSTALLED IN FLOORS SHALL HAVE PROTECTIVE WRAPPING SPECIFIED IN PART 2 ABOVE. PIPING CAST IN CONCRETE SLABS SHALL BE SURROUNDED WITH A MINIMUM OF 1-1/2 INCHES OF CONCRETE AND SHALL NOT BE IN PHYSICAL CONTACT WITH OTHER METALLIC STRUCTURES SUCH AS REINFORCING RODS OR ELECTRICALLY NEUTRAL CONDUCTORS. PIPING SHALL NOT BE EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE SLABS CONTAINING QUICK-SET ADDITIVES OR CINDER AGGREGATE. PIPING SHALL BE WELDED. 3.PIPING IN PARTITIONS: CONCEALED PIPING SHALL NOT BE LOCATED IN SOLID PARTITIONS. 4.PROHIBITED LOCATIONS: DO NOT INSTALL GAS PIPING IN OR THROUGH A CIRCULATING AIR DUCT, CLOTHES CHUTE, CHIMNEY OR GAS VENT, VENTILATING DUCT, DUMBWAITER OR ELEVATOR SHAFT. THIS DOES NOT APPLY TO ACCESSIBLE ABOVE-CEILING SPACE SPECIFIED ABOVE. D.DRIPS AND SEDIMENT TRAPS: INSTALL A DRIP LEG AT POINTS WHERE CONDENSATE MAY COLLECT, AT THE OUTLET OF THE GAS METER, AND IN A LOCATION READILY ACCESSIBLE TO PERMIT CLEANING AND EMPTYING. DO NOT INSTALL DRIPS WHERE CONDENSATE IS LIKELY TO FREEZE. CONSTRUCT DRIPS AND SEDIMENT TRAPS USING A TEE FITTING WITH THE BOTTOM OUTLET PLUGGED OR CAPPED. USE A MINIMUM OF 3 PIPE DIAMETERS IN LENGTH FOR THE DRIP LEG. USE SAME SIZE PIPE FOR DRIP LEG AS THE CONNECTED PIPE. DRIP LEGS AT EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS SHALL BE DOWN STREAM OF VALVE. E.USE FITTINGS FOR ALL CHANGES IN DIRECTION AND ALL BRANCH CONNECTIONS. F.INSTALL EXPOSED PIPING AT RIGHT ANGLES OR PARALLEL TO BUILDING WALLS. DIAGONAL RUNS ARE NOT PERMITTED, UNLESS EXPRESSLY INDICATED. G.INSTALL PIPING FREE OF SAGS OR BENDS AND WITH AMPLE SPACE BETWEEN PIPING TO PERMIT PROPER INSULATION APPLICATIONS. H.CONCEAL ALL PIPE INSTALLATIONS IN WALLS, PIPE CHASES, UTILITY SPACES, ABOVE CEILINGS, BELOW GRADE OR FLOORS, UNLESS INDICATED TO BE EXPOSED TO VIEW. I.INSTALL PIPING TIGHT TO SLABS, BEAMS, JOISTS, COLUMNS, WALLS, AND OTHER PERMANENT ELEMENTS OF THE BUILDING. PROVIDE SPACE TO PERMIT INSULATION APPLICATIONS, WITH 1-INCH CLEARANCE OUTSIDE THE INSULATION. ALLOW SUFFICIENT SPACE ABOVE REMOVABLE CEILING PANELS TO ALLOW FOR PANEL REMOVAL. J.LOCATE GROUPS OF PIPES PARALLEL TO EACH OTHER, SPACED TO PERMIT APPLYING INSULATION AND SERVICING OF VALVES. K.INSTALL GAS PIPING AT A UNIFORM GRADE OF 1/4 INCH IN 15 FEET, UPWARD TO RISERS, AND FROM THE RISERS TO THE METER, OR SERVICE REGULATOR WHEN METER IS NOT PROVIDED, OR THE EQUIPMENT. L.MAKE REDUCTIONS IN PIPE SIZES USING ECCENTRIC REDUCER FITTINGS INSTALLED WITH THE LEVEL SIDE DOWN. M.CONNECT BRANCH OUTLET PIPES FROM THE TOP OR SIDES OF HORIZONTAL LINES, NOT FROM THE BOTTOM. N.INSTALL UNIONS IN THREADED PIPES, ADJACENT TO EACH VALVE, AT FINAL CONNECTIONS TO EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT, AND ELSEWHERE AS INDICATED. UNIONS ARE NOT REQUIRED ON FLANGED DEVICES. O.INSTALL DIELECTRIC UNIONS WHERE PIPING OF DISSIMILAR METALS ARE JOINED. P.INSTALL FLANGES IN WELDED PIPING, ON VALVES, APPARATUS, AND FINAL CONNECTIONS TO EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT. Q.INSTALL STRAINERS ON THE SUPPLY SIDE OF EACH CONTROL VALVE, PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE, PRESSURE REGULATING VALVE, SOLENOID VALVE, AND ELSEWHERE AS INDICATED. 1.4 PIPE JOINT CONSTRUCTION A.WELDED JOINTS: COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS IN ASME BOILER AND PRESSURE VESSEL CODE, SECTION IX. B.THREADED JOINTS: CONFORM TO ANSI B1.20.1, TAPERED PIPE THREADS FOR FIELD-CUT THREADS. JOIN PIPE, FITTINGS, AND VALVES AS FOLLOWS: 1.NOTE THE INTERNAL LENGTH OF THREADS IN FITTINGS OR VALVE ENDS, AND PROXIMITY OF INTERNAL SEAT OR WALL, TO DETERMINE HOW FAR PIPE SHOULD BE THREADED INTO JOINT. REFER TO NFPA 54, FOR GUIDE FOR NUMBER AND LENGTH OF THREADS FOR FIELD THREADING STEEL PIPE. 2.ALIGN THREADS AT POINT OF ASSEMBLY. 3.APPLY APPROPRIATE TAPE TO THREAD COMPOUND TO THE EXTERNAL PIPE THREADS. 4.ASSEMBLE JOINT TO APPROPRIATE THREAD DEPTH. WHEN USING A WRENCH ON VALVES PLACE THE WRENCH ON THE VALVE END INTO WHICH THE PIPE IS BEING THREADED. 5.DAMAGED THREADS: DO NOT USE PIPE WITH THREADS WHICH ARE CORRODED OR DAMAGED. IF A WELD OPENS DURING CUTTING OR THREADING OPERATIONS, THAT PORTION OF PIPE SHALL NOT BE USED. C.FLANGED JOINTS: ALIGN FLANGES SURFACES PARALLEL. ASSEMBLE JOINTS BY SEQUENCING BOLT TIGHTENING TO MAKE INITIAL CONTACT OF FLANGES AND GASKETS AS FLAT AND PARALLEL AS POSSIBLE. USE SUITABLE LUBRICANTS ON BOLT THREADS. TIGHTEN BOLTS GRADUALLY AND UNIFORMLY TO APPROPRIATE TORQUE SPECIFIED BY THE BOLT MANUFACTURER. 1.5 VALVE APPLICATIONS A.GENERAL: THE DRAWINGS INDICATE VALVE TYPES, LOCATIONS, AND ARRANGEMENTS. B.SHUT-OFF DUTY: USE GAS COCKS SPECIFIED IN ABOVE. 1.6 VALVE INSTALLATIONS A.INSTALL VALVES IN ACCESSIBLE LOCATIONS, PROTECTED FROM PHYSICAL DAMAGE. TAG VALVES WITH A METAL TAG ATTACHED WITH A METAL CHAIN INDICATING THE PIPING SYSTEMS SUPPLIED. B.INSTALL A GAS COCK UPSTREAM OF EACH GAS PRESSURE REGULATOR. WHERE TWO GAS PRESSURE REGULATORS ARE INSTALLED IN SERIES IN A SINGLE GAS LINE, A MANUAL VALVE IS NOT REQUIRED AT THE SECOND REGULATOR. C.INSTALL PRESSURE RELIEF OR PRESSURE LIMITING DEVICES SO THEY CAN BE READILY OPERATED TO DETERMINE IF THE VALVE IS FREE; SO THEY CAN BE TESTED TO DETERMINE THE PRESSURE AT WHICH THEY WILL OPERATE; AND EXAMINED FOR LEAKAGE WHEN IN THE CLOSED POSITION. 1.7 ELECTRICAL BONDING AND GROUNDING A.INSTALL ABOVE-GROUND PORTIONS OF GAS PIPING SYSTEMS, UPSTREAM FROM EQUIPMENT SHUT-OFF VALVES ELECTRICALLY CONTINUOUS AND BONDED TO A GROUNDING ELECTRODE IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 70 - "NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE." B.DO NOT USE GAS PIPING AS A GROUNDING ELECTRODE. C.CONFORM TO NFPA 70, NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE, FOR ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS BETWEEN WIRING AND ELECTRICALLY-OPERATED CONTROL DEVICES. 1.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.PIPING TESTS: INSPECT, TEST, AND PURGE NATURAL GAS SYSTEMS IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 54 AND LOCAL UTILITY REQUIREMENTS. SECTION 22 33 00 - DOMESTIC WATER HEATER 1.1 ELECTRIC-TANK-TYPE WATER HEATER HEATER(S) SHALL BE LISTED BY UNDERWRITERS' LABORATORIES. TANK(S) SHALL HAVE 150 PSI WORKING PRESSURE AND BE EQUIPPED WITH EXTRUDED HIGH DENSITY ANODE ROD. A.ALL INTERNAL SURFACES OF THE HEATER(S) EXPOSED TO WATER SHALL BE GLASS-LINED WITH AN ALKALINE BOROSILICATE COMPOSITION THAT HAS BEEN FUSED TO STEEL BY FIRING AT A TEMPERATURE RANGE OF 1600°F. ELECTRIC HEATING ELEMENTS SHALL BE MEDIUM WATT DENSITY WITH ZINC PLATED COPPER SHEATH. B.EACH ELEMENT SHALL BE CONTROLLED BY AN INDIVIDUALLY MOUNTED THERMOSTAT AND HIGH TEMPERATURE CUTOFF SWITCH. C.THE OUTER JACKET SHALL BE OF BAKED ENAMEL FINISH AND SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH FULL SIZE CONTROL COMPARTMENT FOR PERFORMANCE OF SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE THROUGH HINGED FRONT PANELS AND SHALL ENCLOSE THE TANK WITH FOAM INSULATION. D.ELECTRICAL JUNCTION BOX WITH HEAVY DUTY TERMINAL BLOCK SHALL BE PROVIDED (EXCEPT ON 120V & 277V). E.TEMPERATURE CONTROL (ADJUSTABLE THROUGH A RANGE OF 110° TO 170°F ON SINGLE ELEMENT AND 120° TO 180°F ON DUAL ELEMENT) AND MANUAL RESET HIGH TEMPERATURE CUTOFF PER ELEMENT (DUAL ELEMENT MODELS). FACTORY WIRED FOR NON-SIMULTANEOUS OPERATION; EASILY CONVERTED TO SIMULTANEOUS ELEMENT OPERATION (THREE PHASE MODELS ONLY). F.TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE: ASME-RATED AND LABELED. G.THE DRAIN VALVE SHALL BE LOCATED IN THE FRONT FOR EASE OF SERVICING. H.WATER HEATER TANK(S) SHALL BE COVERED BY A 3-YEAR LIMITED WARRANTY AGAINST FAILURE DUE TO METAL FATIGUE OR OVERHEATING CAUSED BY BUILDUP OF SAND, SEDIMENT OR SLUDGE. I.HEATER TO BE SET TO MAINTAIN 140 DEGREES IN THE STORAGE TANK. J.MANUFACTURERS: A.O. SMITH, STATE, RUUD, LOCHINVAR, PVI 1.2 EXPANSION TANK A.DIAPHRAGM-TYPE PRE-PRESSURIZED EXPANSION TANK FOR POTABLE WATER STORAGE. LINER SHALL BE POLYPROPYLENE. FLEXIBLE HEAVY-DUTY PRECHARGED BUTYL DIAPHRAGM. UNIT SHALL BE ASME-STAMPED AND -LABELED. CHARGE UNIT TO INCOMING WATER PRESSURE AFTER REDUCED PRESSURE BACKFLOW PREVENTER. WORKING PRESSURE OF 150 PSI. B.MANUFACTURERS: AMTROL, ARMSTRONG, WATTS, WESSEL, TACO, OR EQUAL. 1.3 WATER HEATER INSTALLATION A.GENERAL: SET AND CONNECT UNITS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTALLATIONS INSTRUCTIONS. INSTALL UNITS PLUMB AND LEVEL, FIRMLY ANCHORED IN LOCATIONS INDICATED AND MAINTAIN MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED CLEARANCES. ORIENT SO CONTROLS AND DEVICES NEEDING SERVICING ARE ACCESSIBLE. 1.4 CONNECTIONS A.PIPING INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS ARE SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS OF DIVISION 22. THE DRAWINGS INDICATE GENERAL ARRANGEMENT OF PIPING, FITTINGS AND SPECIALTIES. THE FOLLOWING ARE SPECIFIC CONNECTION REQUIREMENTS: INSTALL PIPING ADJACENT TO EQUIPMENT ARRANGED TO ALLOW SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE. CONNECT HOT AND COLD WATER PIPING TO UNITS WITH SHUT-OFF VALVES AND UNIONS. EXTEND RELIEF VALVE DISCHARGE FULL-SIZE TO CLOSEST FLOOR DRAIN. WHERE WATER HEATER PIPING CONNECTIONS ARE DISSIMILAR METALS, MAKE CONNECTIONS WITH DIELECTRIC FITTINGS OR DIELECTRIC UNIONS. INSTALL EXPANSION TANKS AT COLD WATER INLET PIPING AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. INSTALL DRAIN AS INDIRECT WASTE SPILL INTO OPEN DRAIN OR OVER FLOOR DRAIN. INSTALL DRAIN VALVES AT LOW POINT IN WATER PIPING, FOR WATER HEATERS NOT HAVING TANK DRAIN. B.ELECTRIC CONNECTIONS: POWER WIRING AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES AREA SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 26. GROUNDING: CONNECT UNIT COMPONENTS TO GROUND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE. SECTION 22 40 00 - PLUMBING FIXTURES 1.1 MATERIALS - GENERAL A.ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 1.PLUMBING FAUCETS: CHICAGO FAUCET, JUST, AMERICAN STANDARD, KOHLER, SYMMONS, SPEAKMAN, AND MOEN. 2.VITREOUS CHINA PLUMBING FIXTURES: AMERICAN STANDARD, KOHLER, GERBER. 3.CLOSET SEATS: CHURCH, SPERZEL, BEMIS, BENEKE, AND CENTOCO. 4.STAINLESS STEEL SINKS: ELKAY, JUST, METCRAFT, AND SOUTHERN KITCHENS. 5.CARRIERS: JOSAM, SMITH, WADE, WATTS, ZURN OR MIFAB. B.PLUMBING FIXTURES - GENERAL: CONSTRUCTED OR EQUIPPED WITH ANTI-SIPHON DEVICES TO PREVENT SIPHONING WASTE MATERIAL INTO POTABLE WATER SUPPLY SYSTEM. C.ESCUTCHEONS AND PLATES: CONCEAL ALL HOLES WHERE PIPES PASS THROUGH WALLS, FLOORS OR CEILINGS; USE PLATES OR ESCUTCHEONS. D.PIPING EXPOSED IN FINISHED AREAS (INCLUDING FITTINGS AND TRIM): CHROMIUM-PLATED OR NICKEL-PLATED BRASS WITH POLISHED BRIGHT SURFACE. E.TRIM FOR LAVATORIES AND SINKS: PROVIDE WITH RENEWABLE CARTRIDGES. F.VITREOUS CAPS: PROVIDE FOR WATER CLOSET BOLTS. G.SEALANT: SILICONE-TYPE. SEE DIVISION 07 SECTION “JOINT SEALANTS”. 1.2 INSULATION AT HANDICAPPED LAVATORIES A.HANDICAPPED LAVATORIES EXPOSED WASTE, HOT AND COLD WATER SUPPLY LINES SHALL BE INSULATED WITH A MOLDED, FLEXIBLE VINYL INSULATION SYSTEM WITH ALL FASTENERS. PROVIDE INSULATION FOR 1-1/4-INCH WASTE OFFSET DRAIN, TAILPIECE, P-TRAP AND WASTE ARM AND 3/8-INCH SUPPLY TUBING AND 3/8-INCH KEYED STOP VALVE. COLOR SHALL BE AS SELECTED BY THE A/E. B.INSULATION SHALL COMPLY WITH ASTM E84 25/450, FLAME SPREAD INDEX OF NOT MORE THAN 25 AND A SMOKE-DEVELOPED INDEX OF NOT MORE THAN 450. C.MANUFACTURERS/PRODUCTS: PLUMBREX, BUCKAROO, JOHNS MANSVILLE. 1.3 INSTALLATION A.SINK MANUFACTURER SHALL PROVIDE PROPER TEMPLATE TO ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK SUPPLIER FOR CUTTING OF COUNTERTOP. PLUMBER SHALL PLACE SINK IN COUNTERTOP AND COMPLETE FAUCET AND PIPING. B.INSTALL ALL FIXTURES IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. C.ALL FIXTURE SUPPORT CARRIERS SHALL BE OF THE TYPE NECESSARY TO PERMIT ADJUSTMENT TO FIT VARIATIONS IN CONSTRUCTION. ALL GROUNDS OR SPECIAL SUPPORTS NECESSARY FOR SETTING FIXTURES SHALL BE PROVIDED BEFORE PLASTERING OR OTHER FINISHED CONSTRUCTION WORK IS BEGUN. ALL FIXTURES SHALL BE HUNG AT STANDARD HEIGHT UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED BY THE A/E. D.MINIMUM FIXTURE CONNECTION SIZES ARE SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. E.PROVIDE FIXTURE CARRIERS AND REQUIRED DRAINAGE FITTINGS ON ALL WALL HUNG FIXTURES. ANCHOR CARRIERS SECURELY TO FLOOR. F.WHERE PLUMBING FIXTURES ABUT TO WALLS, FLOORS, AND COUNTERTOPS, SEAL ALL JOINTS WITH SEALANT. G.SEAL FLOOR SINKS TO WALL AND FLOOR WITH BUILDING SEALANT. COLOR SHALL MATCH FIXTURE. H.PROVIDE ANCHORS BEHIND THE WALL FOR FLUSH VALVE SUPPLY PIPING. I.ADJUST SELF_SUSTAINING CLOSET SEATS FOR PROPER OPERATION AND TO SUSTAIN IN ANY POSITION. J.ADJUST ELECTRIC WATER COOLERS FLOW FOR CORRECT OPERATION AND TEMPERATURE. K.INSULATE THE HOT AND COLD WATER AND WASTE PIPING UNDER HANDICAPPED LAVATORIES. L.ADJUST SHOWER MIXING VALVES FOR CORRECT LEAVING WATER TEMPERATURE. M.AFTER ALL FIXTURES HAVE BEEN SET AND ARE READY FOR USE, AND BEFORE THE CONTRACTOR LEAVES THE JOB, HE SHALL THOROUGHLY CLEAN ALL FIXTURES FURNISHED AND SET BY HIM, REMOVING ALL STICKERS, RUST STAINS AND ANY OTHER MATTER OR DISCOLORATION OF FIXTURES, LEAVING EVERY PART IN NEW CONDITION. HE SHALL, FURTHER, ADJUST ALL FLUSH VALVES AND OTHER FIXTURE WATER TEMPERING OR BALANCING AT SUPPLIES TO GIVE PROPER WATER FLOW OF FIXTURES. www.alphamep.net Date Modified: Scale: Project No.: Drawn By: AS INDICATED 73200 El Paseo, Suite 2D Palm Desert, CA 92260 gregoryarch.com 760.779.2724 01/30/2026 Date Description 2535 400 S. BALDWIN AVE. SUITE T-62, SANTA ANITA, CA 91007 BACIO DI LATTE - THE SHOPS SANTA ANITA 02/18/26 PLAN CHECK RESUBMITTAL1 04/10/26 PLAN CHECK RESUBMITTAL2 M0.0 MO GENERAL INFORMATION - MECHANICAL 1.ALL WORK SHALL BE IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH ALL LOCAL CODES AND AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION, AND LISTED LIST OF CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS (C.C.R.), 2.BEFORE STARTING ANY WORK, VERIFY THE ADEQUACY, LOCATION, SIZE, AND AVAILABILITY OF ALL UTILITIES CONCERNED. 3.DRAWINGS INDICATE SIZE AND TERMINATION OF PIPING AND SUGGEST PROPER ROUTES OF PIPING TO CONFORM TO THE STRUCTURE TO AVOID OBSTRUCTION AND TO PRESERVE CLEARANCE. IT IS NOT THE INTENT TO INDICATE ALL NECESSARY OFFSETS AND IT SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL PIPING IN SUCH A MANNER AS TO CONFORM TO STRUCTURE, AVOID OBSTRUCTIONS, PRESERVE HEADROOM, KEEP OPENINGS AND PASSAGEWAYS CLEAR AND MAKE ALL EQUIPMENT REQUIRING INSPECTION, MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR ACCESSIBLE WITHOUT FURTHER INSPECTIONS OR ADDITIONAL COST. 4.ALL WORK THAT INVOLVES "SHUT-DOWN" OF EXISTING UTILITIES OR PORTIONS THEREOF, SHALL BE DONE AT SUCH TIMES THAT WILL CAUSE THE LEAST INCONVENIENCE TO THE SITE ACTIVITIES. THE EXACT TIME AND LENGTH OF "SHUT-DOWN" SHALL BE PRE-ARRANGED WITH THE SITE AT LEAST 72 HOURS IN ADVANCE OF THE REQUIRED SHUT-DOWN. 5.ALL PIPING SHALL BE SEISMICALLY RESTRAINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE "SMACNA" GUIDELINES FOR SEISMIC RESTRAINTS OF MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING PIPING SYSTEMS. 6.EXPOSED HOT WATER SUPPLY PIPES, TRAP AND TRAP ARM AT "ACC" OR "D.A." LAVATORIES WITH HOT WATER SHALL BE INSULATED. 7.ALL WELDING SHALL BE SPECIALLY INSPECTED BY AN AWS-CWI QUALIFIED INSPECTOR APPROVED AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH 2019 CBC SECTION 1705A..2. 8.ALL BRACING OF PIPING SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMACNA GUIDELINES. 9.WHERE BRACING DETAILS ARE NOT SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS OR IN THE GUIDELINES, THE FIELD INSTALLATION SHALL BE SUBJECT TO THE APPROVAL OF THE ENGINEER. 10.A COPY OF THE GUIDELINES PUBLISHED BY SMACNA BE KEPT ON THE JOBSITE AT ALL TIMES. 11.THE LOCATIONS OF EXISTING AND NEW UNDERGROUND UTILITIES WHERE SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS ARE APPROXIMATE ONLY AND HAVE NOT BEEN INDEPENDENTLY VERIFIED BY THE ENGINEER OR THEIR REPRESENTATIVES. DETERMINE THE EXACT LOCATION, DEPTH, INVERT ELEVATIONS, POINT OF CONNECTIONS AND PROPER SLOPES BEFORE CONNECTING WORK. FIELD VERIFY AND COORDINATE AS REQUIRED. 12.UPON COMPLETION OF PROJECT, CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE OWNER WITH WRITTEN CERTIFICATION THAT ALL MATERIALS USED ON THIS PROJECT ARE ASBESTOS FREE. 13.PROVIDE PROPER SLEEVING AND CAULKING TO ALL NEW WATER PIPING PASSING THROUGH SLAB ON GRADE AND WALLS 14.CONTRACTOR TO COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE SAFETY LAWS (OSHA, CAL OSHA ETC.). 15.WHEN CONTRACTOR HAS BEEN AWARDED THE CONTRACT, IT IS HIS RESPONSIBILITY TO SECURE THE AREAS SO NO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL GAIN ACCESS TO THE PROJECT AREA OR THE CONTRACTORS STAGING AREA. 16.THE WORK AREA SHALL BE CLEANED DAILY AND ALL CONSTRUCTION DEBRIS SHALL BE DISPOSED OF BY THE CONTRACTOR AT LEGAL DUMP. AT CONCLUSION OF PROJECT CONTRACTOR SHALL LEAVE WORK AREA AND SITE, BROOM CLEAN. 17.PROTECT-IN PLACE AND CARE FOR LAWNS SHRUBS, ETC, IN THE CONSTRUCTION AREAS DURING CONSTRUCTION PERIOD. REPLACE ALL DAMAGED ITEMS AT NO COST TO OWNER. 18.AT NO TIME DURING THE WORK UNDER THE CONTRACT SHALL THE CONTRACTOR PLACE, OR CAUSE TO BE PLACED, ANY MATERIAL OR EQUIPMENT ETC, AT A LOCATION THAT WOULD IMPEDE OR IMPAIR ACCESS TO OR FROM THE PRESENT FACILITIES. 19.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE PROTECTION OF ALL EXISTING STRUCTURES AT THE WORK AREA FROM WEATHER AND OTHER INCLEMENT CONDITIONS. ANY DAMAGE INCURRED DUE TO FAILURE BY THE CONTRACTOR TO PROPERLY PROTECT SUCH WORK SHALL BE REPAIRED AT CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. 20.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DISPOSE OF ALL EXCESS MATERIAL, WASTE AND DEBRIS CAUSED BY THE NEW WORK. THIS MATERIAL SHALL BE REMOVED FROM THE PROPERTY AND TAKEN TO A LEGALLY OPERATED DISPOSAL SITE. 21.CUTTING, BORING, SAWCUTTING OR DRILLING THROUGH THE NEW OR EXISTING STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS TO BE DONE ONLY WHEN SO DETAILED IN THE DRAWINGS OR ACCEPTED BY THE ARCHITECT AND STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. 22.THE SEISMIC ANCHORAGE OF MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL CONFORM TO ASCE 7-16 SECTION 13.3.1 AND TABLE 13.6-1. ANCHORAGE DETAILS FOR ROOF/FLOOR MOUNTED EQUIPMENT SHALL BE SHOWN ON PLANS. 23.ALL BRACING OF DUCTS AND PIPING SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMACNA GUIDELINES AS APPROVED BY DSA. WHERE BRACING DETAILS ARE NOT SHOWN ON DRAWINGS OR IN THE GUIDELINES, THE FIELD INSTALLATION SHALL BE SUBJECTED TO THE APPROVAL OF ARCHITECT AND STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. 24.FLEXIBLE DUCT SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH 2025 CMC SECTION 603.4, NFPA 90A, UL 181 CLASS (MAXIMUM FLAME SPREAD EQUAL TO 25, MAXIMUM SMOKE-DENSITY DEVELOP EQUAL TO 50), R-8 RESISTANCE VALUE. 25.INSULATED DUCT SHALL NOT BE EXPOSED UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE OR OWNER, ARCHITECT, AND ENGINEER APPROVED. EXPOSED DUCTWORK REQUIRING INSULATION SHALL BE DUAL WALL. 26.DUCTWORK SHALL MEET THE RATING REQUIRED FOR THE SYSTEM BEING SERVED. EXPOSED FIRE WRAP IS NOT ACCEPTABLE UNLESS APPROVED BY THE OWNER, ARCHITECT, AND ENGINEER. 27.ALL EQUIPMENT PROCURED FOR THIS PROJECT SHALL MEET THE BUY AMERICAN ACT. 28.ROOFTOP EQUIPMENT DUCTWORK DROPS SHALL BE SIZED PER THE SPECIFIC EQUIPMENT PROCURED FOR THE PROJECT, AND CONTINUE A MIN. OF 6" BEFORE TRANSITIONING TO SIZES SHOWN ON THE PLANS. TRANSITIONS SHALL HAPPEN AS CLOSE TO ROOF / STRUCTURE UNO. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY DUCT SIZES WITH CURB OPENINGS. GENERAL NOTES MECHANICAL SYMBOLS LIST ABS - ACRYLONITRILE - BUTADIENE - STYRENE ABV - ABOVE ACC - ACCESSIBLE AFF - ABOVE FINISH FLOOR AFG - ABOVE FINISHED GRADE AHU - AIR HANDLING UNIT AP - ACCESS PANEL BAD - BYPASS DAMPER BEL - BELOW BEH - BEHIND CD - CONDENSATE DRAIN CFM - CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE C.I.- CAST IRON CLG - CEILING C.O.- CONDUIT ONLY. CON - CONNECT/CONNECTION CONT - CONTINUATION CB - CIRCUIT BREAKER. CKT - CIRCUIT. CU.- COPPER. DA - DISABLED ACCESS DF - DRINKING FOUNTAIN DN - DOWN DOAS - DEDICATED OUTDOOR AIR SYSTEM D.A.- DISTRIBUTION PANEL. EC - ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR ECC - ENVIRONMENAL CONTROL CONTRACTOR EM - EMERGENCY. EMCS - ENERGY MANAGEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM EF - EXHAUST FAN (E) - EXISTING. (ER)- EXISTING DEVICE TO BE REPLACED FA - FIRE ALARM. FCU - FAN COIL UNIT FLR - FLOOR FD - FLOOR DRAIN FU - FIXTURE UNIT FV - FLUSH VALVE F.H.C.- FIRE HOSE CABINET GND - GROUND. GRD - GRADE GPM - GALLONS PER MINUTE HDR - HEADER H.B.- HOSE BIBB HP - HORSEPOWER RATING. HRW - HEAT RECOVERY WHEEL J-BOX - JUNCTION BOX. KA - KILO AMPERES. KW - KILOWATT. KVA - KILO-VOLT AMPS. LAN - LOCAL AREA NETWORK LTG - LIGHTING. LCL - LONG CONTINUOUS LOAD L.O.- LUGS ONLY. LV - LOW VOLTAGE. MH - MOUNTING HEIGHT (TO BOTTOM OF FIXTURE) MC - MOMENTARY CONTACT ACTION. MVD - MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER MTD - MOUNTED (N)- NEW N.C. - NORMALLY CLOSED NEC - NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE. NL - NIGHT LIGHT. NIC - NOT IN CONTRACT NTS - NOT TO SCALE. OFCI - OWNER FURNISHED CONTRACTOR INSTALLED RTU - ROOF TOP UNIT RA - RETURN AIR SA - SUPPLY AIR. SSS - SATIN STAINLESS STEEL. TEL - TELEPHONE TL - TWIST-LOCK CONSTRUCTION TYP - TYPICAL. UON - UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. V - VOLTS. VTR - VENT THROUGH ROOF WMS - WIRE MESS SCREEN W.P - WEATHERPROOF CONSTRUCTION. WT - WEATHERTIGHT CONSTRUCTION. OA - OUTSIDE AIR. EA - EXHAUST AIR. TA - TRANSFER AIR. VRV - VARIABLE REFRIGERANT VOLUME ABBREVIATIONS DRAWINGS: A.THE DRAWINGS FOR HVAC WORK ARE DIAGRAMMATIC ONLY. THEY ARE INTENDED TO INDICATE EQUIPMENT REQUIRED, CAPACITY, SIZE, LOCATION, DIRECTION, AND GENERAL ARRANGEMENT, BUT NOT EXACT DETAILS OF CONSTRUCTION. B.THE DRAWINGS SHALL NOT BE SCALED FOR EXACT MEASUREMENT AS THE PRINTING PROCESS DISTORTS THE SCALE. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR DIMENSIONS TO LAY OUT OR DIMENSIONS SUPPLIED TO THE CONTRACTOR. VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS IN THE FIELD PRIOR TO START OF INSTALLATION OR ORDERING OF EQUIPMENT. C.THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS AND NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF RECORD OF ANY DISCREPANCIES FOUND BEFORE STARTING WORK. 2.SUPPORTS AND ISOLATION: A.ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE PROPERLY SUPPORTED AND ISOLATED TO PREVENT NOISE AND VIBRATION TRANSMISSION. VIBRATING, OSCILLATING AND OTHER NOISE PRODUCING EQUIPMENT SHALL BE ISOLATED FROM SYSTEMS AND SURROUNDING STRUCTURE IN AN APPROVED MANNER. NOISY OR STRUCTURALLY DAMAGING INSTALLATIONS SHALL BE REPLACED OR REPAIRED AT MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. FINAL APPROVAL OF THE INSTALLATION SHALL BE THAT OF THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER. B.ALL AIR HANDLING EQUIPMENT SHALL BE SUPPORTED WITH SPRING ISOLATORS. C.DETAILS FOR EQUIPMENT PADS, PLATFORMS, AND FLASHINGS SHALL BE AS INDICATED BY THE ARCHITECTURAL/STRUCTURAL/CIVIL DRAWINGS, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 3.DUCTWORK SYSTEMS: A.PROVIDE ALL DUCTWORK, INSULATION MATERIALS, CONNECTIONS, DEVICES ACCESSORIES, FITTINGS, OFFSETS, TRANSITIONS, DAMPERS AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE WORKABLE DUCT SYSTEMS. B.ALL AIRSIDE EQUIPMENT SHALL BE INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND APPROVED LISTING. C.ALL DUCT SIZES ARE CLEAR INSIDE DIMENSIONS. DUCTWORK SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED, ERECTED, INSULATED AND TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE 2006 INTERNATIONAL MECHANICAL CODE AND 2006 INTERNATIONAL ENERGY CODE. D.ALL SUPPLY, RETURN AND EXHAUST AIR DUCT JOINTS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED USING TRANSVERSE DUCT CONNECTION, OR PYRAMID-LOC DUCT CONNECTIONS WHERE POSSIBLE BE A LEAK FREE INSTALLATION. E.EQUIPMENT LOCATED WITHIN THE CEILING SPACES WITH ADEQUATE CLEARANCES FOR REPAIR AND MAINTENANCE. F.DUCT SYSTEMS LOCATED WITHIN THE CEILING SPACES WITH ADEQUATE CLEARANCES FOR REPAIR AND MAINTENANCE OF TERMINALS AND DEVICES. G.THE ENTIRE AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM INCLUDING SUPPLY, RETURN AND EXHAUST DUCTWORK, GRILLES AND DIFFUSERS, AIR TERMINAL DEVICES, AND ALL COMPONENTS OF THE MECHANICAL HVAC SYSTEMS SHALL BE MAINTAINED DUST FREE AND GRIT FREE DURING THE COURSE OF CONSTRUCTION PERIOD. THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR CLEANING OF ALL COMPONENTS TO ARCHITECT/ENGINEER SATISFACTION PRIOR TO START-UP OF THE SYSTEM. H.PROVIDE BALANCING DAMPERS AT ALL BRANCH TAKEOFFS AND OTHER LOCATIONS AS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE BALANCEABLE AIR DISTRIBUTION, SUCH DAMPERS SHALL BE PROVIDED REGARDLESS OF WHETHER OR NOT THEY ARE SPECIFICALLY SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. I.PROVIDE SPLITTER DAMPERS AT TEES AND RADIUS ELBOWS. PROVIDE TURNING VANES WITH ACCESS DOORS AT SQUARE ELBOWS ONLY WHEN RADIUS ELBOWS CANNOT BE INSTALLED. TURNING VANES SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED IN ANY GREASE-LADEN DUCTWORK, SUCH AS KITCHEN EXHAUST SYSTEMS. J.MAXIMUM LENGTH OF FLEXIBLE DUCT AT SUPPLY/RETURN AIR DEVICES SHALL NOT BE GREATER THAN BE 5'-0''. K.DUCTWORK ARRANGEMENTS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS HAVE BEEN DESIGNED TO MINIMIZE NOISE IN THE SYSTEM. INSTALLATION SHALL NOT SIGNIFICANTLY VARY FROM THOSE SHOWN WITHOUT WRITTEN APPROVAL FROM THE ENGINEER. L.ALL TAKE-OFFS SHALL BE EXTENDED PLENUM HAVING GRADUAL TRANSITION SIZE CHANGES. DIFFUSERS AND GRILLES SHALL BE SIZED FOR MAX. N.C. OF 25. PROVIDE EXTENDED PLENUM TAKE-OFFS AT ALL BRANCHES ON SUPPLY, RETURN AND EXHAUST DUCTS. M.SUPPLY AND RETURN DUCTS SHALL BE INSULATED AS SPECIFIED. ALL EXHAUST DUCTS WITHIN 10'-0'' OF ROOF PENETRATION SHALL ALSO BE INSULATED WITH DUCTWRAP. N.THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL LOUVERS. LOUVER SIZES AT ALL MECHANICAL ROOMS HAVE BEEN SHOWN ON ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR USING LOUVER AREA FOR EACH FUNCTION AS SPECIFIED AND BLANK OFF UNUSED LOUVER AREA WITH INSULATED PANELS CONSISTING OF 20 GA. ALUMINUM AND 1" RIGID/3.0 PCF FIBERGLASS INSULATION WITH FSK FACING. O.INSTALL NO DUCTWORK IN A LOCATION OR IN A MANNER WHICH SHALL ALLOW WATER TO WATER TO FREEZE, OR HAVE CONDENSATION COLLECT THEREIN OR THEREON. P.WHERE PENETRATING ROOFING MEMBRANE OR OTHER MATERIALS USED FOR WEATHERPROOFING THE BUILDING, MAKE SUCH PENETRATIONS IN A MANNER THAT SHALL NOT VOID OR DIMINISH THE WARRANTY OF THE MATERIAL PENETRATED. COORDINATE ALL SUCH PENETRATIONS WITH THE ROOFING OR MATERIAL INSTALLER. Q.ACOUSTIC DUCT LINING USED IN AIR SYSTEMS SHALL BE NON-FIBERGLASS MATERIAL IMPREGNATED WITH AN ANTIMICROBIAL AGENT AND, ABOVE 6 M/S (1200 FPM), COVERED BY AN INTERNAL PERFORATED SHEET METAL LINER. 4.CONTROLS AND TAB REQUIREMENTS: A.CONTROLS CONTRACTOR SHALL PREPARE A COMPLETE CONTROLS PACKAGE AS NECESSARY FOR ALL ASSOCIATED WORK REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE AND FUNCTIONAL SYSTEM. THIS INCLUDES DEVELOPING CONTROLS DIAGRAMS, POINTS LIST AND ALL LABOR, COMPONENTS, AND PROGRAMMING NECESSARY FOR A COMPLETE SYSTEM. B.THE CONTRACTOR MAY HIRE A 3RD PARTY CONTROLS CONTRACTOR OR MAY SELF-PERFORM THE CONTROLS WORK IF THEY HAVE THE REQUIRED EXPERTISE. TRAINING CERTIFICATES OF ASSOCIATES PERFORMING THE CONTROLS WORK SHALL BE PROVIDED UPON THE OWNER/CLIENT AND ENGINEER'S REQUEST. C. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL HIRE A 3RD PARTY TESTING AGENCY TO TEST AND BALANCE ALL MECHANICAL SYSTEMS INCLUDED IN SCOPE OF WORK; THE AGENCY SHALL PROVIDE INITIAL AND FINAL REPORTS OF TAB RESULTS TO THE OWNER/CLIENT AND ENGINEER. THE INITIAL REPORT PROVIDED FOR REVIEW SHALL SHOW ALL BALANCED RESULTS WITHIN 10% OF DESIGN VALUES; ANY BALANCED RESULTS OUTSIDE OF THE REQUIRED 10% SHALL BE IDENTIFIED WITH A CORRECTIVE ACTION STATEMENT IN THE REPORT. THE FINAL REPORT PROVIDED FOR REVIEW SHALL SHOW REMEDIATION OF CORRECTIVE ACTIONS FROM THE INITIAL REPORT AND/OR ANY COMMENTS PROVIDED FROM THE ENGINEER. MECHANICAL NOTES 1.CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE COMPLETE SEISMIC ANCHORAGE AND BRACING FOR ALL REQUIRED CONDUIT AND EQUIPMENT. 2.CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY WITH THE SUPPORT AND ANCHORAGE OF EQUIPMENT AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. IF THERE IS NO ANCHORAGE DETAIL SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS IF THE FOLLOWING APPLY: 2.1.EQUIPMENT WITH AN OPERATING WEIGHT OVER 40 POUNDS AND IS MOUNTED DIRECTLY ON THE FLOOR OR ROOF. 2.2.EQUIPMENT WITH AN OPERATING WEIGHT OVER 20 POUNDS AND IS SUSPENDED FROM THE CEILING, STRUCTURE, ROOF, FLOOR, OR WALL OR IS SUPPORTED BY SPRING ISOLATION DEVICES. 2.3.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT THE ANCHORAGE DETAILS AND CALCULATIONS FOR ITEMS NOT SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND FOR ALL SUBSTITUTED EQUIPMENT THAT IS GREATER IN WEIGHT OR VARIES MORE THAN 10% IN LENGTH. 3.THE CALCULATIONS AND DETAIL SUBMITTALS SHALL BE SEALED AND SIGNED BY A STRUCTURAL ENGINEER REGISTERED IN THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA. THE CALCULATIONS SHALL DEMONSTRATE THE FOLLOWING: 3.1.THE ADEQUACY OF ANCHORAGE UNDER ALL APPLICABLE LOAD CONDITIONS PRESCRIBED BY THE CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE. 3.2.THE STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS, WHICH ARE RESISTING THE ANCHORAGE LOADS; SUCH AS CONCRETE FILL ON METAL DECK AND/OR STEEL BEAMS, ARE NOT STRESSED BEYOND ITS ACCEPTABLE VALUE. 4.FOR ALL VIBRATION ISOLATORS AND THEIR ANCHORAGES, THE CONTRACTOR SHILL PROVIDE CALCULATIONS, DETAILS AND TEST DATA TO SUBSTANTIATE THE ISOLATOR'S CAPACITY FOR VERTICAL AND LATERAL LOADS. CALCULATIONS MUST ALSO BE SUBMITTED TO SUBSTANTIATE THE SIZE, QUANTITY, LOCATION AND CONNECTION TO STRUCTURE. THE DRAWINGS MUST BE MADE CONSISTENT WITH THE CALCULATIONS. THE MANUFACTURER, EQUIPMENT AND STRUCTURAL ATTACHMENT PROCEDURE MUST BE CLEARLY SPECIFIED. ISOLATORS WHICH SUPPORT A COMPONENT INSIDE THE ACTUAL UNIT WILL NOT BE REVIEWED. 5.WHERE CONCRETE AND MASONRY EXPANSION OR ADHESIVE TYPE ANCHORS ARE USED, THE ANCHORAGE DETAILS AND CALCULATIONS SHALL INDICATE THE MANUFACTURER, ICC ESR REPORT NO., TYPE, DIAMETER, MINIMUM EMBEDMENT, CONCRETE TYPE AND STRENGTH. 6.WHEN INSTALLING DRILLED-IN ANCHORS IN EXISTING NON-PRESTRESSED REINFORCED CONCRETE, USE CARE AND CAUTION TO AVOID CUTTING DR DAMAGING THE EXISTING REINFORCING BARS. LOCATE REINFORCEMENT BY USING A NON-DESTRUCTIVE METHOD PRIOR TO INSTILLATION. MAINTAIN A MINIMUM CLEARANCE OF ONE INCH BETWEEN THE R8NFORCEMENT AND THE DRILLED-IN ANCHOR AND/OR PIN. 7.NO POWER DRIVEN FASTENERS AND/OR SHOT PINS ARE ALLOWED FOR HANGING EQUIPMENT, DUCTWORK AND PIPING SYSTEMS. 8.ALL EXPANSION ANCHORS SHALL HAVE 50% OF THE BOLTS TESTED. IF ANY ANCHOR FAILS TESTING, TEST ALL ANCHORS UNTIL 20 CONSECUTIVE PASS, THEN RESUME THE MINIMAL TESTING FREQUENCY. TESTING SHALL OCCUR 24 HOURS MINIMUM AFTER INSTALLATION OF THE SUBJECT ANCHORS, IN ACCORDANCE WITH IR19-1. 9.FOR ANCHORAGE USE REDHEAD TRUBOLTS (ICC ESR-2251) OR HILTI KWIK BOLT 3 WEDGE ANCHORS (ICC ESR-2302). 10.THE SEISMIC ANCHORAGE OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL CONFORM TO 2025 CBC SECTIONS 1615.1.21 AND 1616.1.22. 11.PER THE CBC, PAD MOUNTED EQUIPMENT WEIGHING LESS THAN 400 LBS WITH FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS BETWEEN EQUIPMENT AND DUCTWORK / PIPING SHALL BE EXEMPT FROM JUSTIFYING ANCHORAGE. SEISMIC NOTES CALIFORNIA CODES AND STANDARDS NOTE: NOT ALL SYMBOLS APPLY TO THIS PROJECT; DISREGARD THOSE NOT USED ON PLANS AND IN DETAILS. MOUNTING HEIGHTS IN SYMBOL LIST APPLY UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON DRAWINGS. ABBR.DESCRIPTIONSYMBOL FLEX.FLEXIBLE CONNECTION SD SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSER / LINEAR SLOT DIFFUSER RG RETURN AIR GRILLE THERMOSTAT VOLUME DAMPER RECTANGULAR DUCT IS UP ROUND DUCT IS UP EF EXHAUST FAN FSD FIRE SMOKE DAMPER SUPPLY AIR DUCT DUCT INSULATION LINE WEIGHT AND LINE TYPE LEGEND : NEW OR TO BE RELOCATED EXISTING TO REMAIN EXISTING TO BE DEMOLISHED EXISTING TO BE RELOCATED EXISTING TO REMAIN EXISTING TO BE DEMOLISHED (R) (E) (D) ANNOTATION LEGEND : OUTSIDE AIR DUCT RETURN AIR DUCT TITLE 24 C.C.R., PART1 2025 CALIFORNIA BUILDING STANDARDS ADMINISTRATIVE CODE. TITLE 24 C.C.R., PART2 2025 CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE (CBC) TITLE 24 C.C.R., PART3 2025 CALIFORNIA ELECTRICAL CODE (CEC) TITLE 24 C.C.R., PART4 2025 CALIFORNIA MECHANICAL CODE (CMC) TITLE 24 C.C.R., PART5 2025 CALIFORNIA PLUMBING CODE (CPC) TITLE 24 C.C.R., PART6 2025 CALIFORNIA ENERGY CODE TITLE 24 C.C.R., PART7 (NO LONGER PUBLISHED IN TITLE 24. SEE TITLE 8, CCR) TITLE 24 C.C.R., PART8 2025 CALIFORNIA HISTORICAL BUILDING CODE TITLE 24 C.C.R., PART9 2025 CALIFORNIA FIRE CODE (CFC) TITLE 24 C.C.R., PART10 2025 CALIFORNIA EXISTING BUILDING CODE TITLE 24 C.C.R., PART11 2025 CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS CODE TITLE 24 C.C.R., PART12 2025 CALIFORNIA REFERENCED STANDARDS CODE TITLE 19, C.C.R., PUBLIC SAFETY, STATE FIRE MARSHAL REGULATIONS. MOST RECENTLY ACCEPTED VERSIONS OF THE FOLLOWING CODES AND STANDARDS: GSA P100 2018 FACILITIES STANDARDS FOR PUBLIC BUILDINGS SERVICE (W / 10/01/19 ADDENDUM) NFPA 70 NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE NFPA 72 NATIONAL FIRE ALARM AND SIGNALING CODE NFPA 80 FIRE DOORS AND OTHER OPENING PROTECTIVES NFPA 101 LIFE SAFETY CODE UL 300 FIRE TESTING OF FIRE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS FOR PROTECTION UL 464 AUDIBLE SIGNALING DEVICES FOR FIRE ALARM AND SIGNALING SYSTEMS IEEE 3003.2 RECOMMENDED PRACTICE FOR EQUIPMENT GROUNDING & BONDING & INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL POWER SYSTEMS IEEE 3001.5 RECOMMENDED PRACTICE FOR THE APPLICATION OF POWER DISTRIBUTION APPARATUS IN INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL POWER SYSTEMS NECA 1 STD PRACTICE OF GOOD WORKMANSHIP IN ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION NATIONAL ELECTRICAL SAFETY CODE (NESC) EXHAUST AIR DUCT 03 BOH 02 COUNTER 01 FOH NOT IN SCOPE: ELEVATOR TO PARKING 1 T (R) T-STAT (D) RAD (D) SAD(D) RAD (D) SAD(D) SAD (D) RAD (D) SA DUCT (D) SA DUCT (D) SAD (D) SAD (D) SA DUCT (D) SA DUCT (D) RA (D) SAD (D) RAD (E) RA DUCT DROP TO REMAIN (D) SAD (E) SA DUCT DROP TO REMAIN (D) SA DUCT (E) AIR CURTAIN TO REMAIN (E) AIR CURTAIN TO REMAIN 1 1 1 1 3 2 2 4 (D) SA DUCT(D) SA DUCT 3 www.alphamep.net Date Modified: Scale: Project No.: Drawn By: AS INDICATED 73200 El Paseo, Suite 2D Palm Desert, CA 92260 gregoryarch.com 760.779.2724 01/30/2026 Date Description 2535 400 S. BALDWIN AVE. SUITE T-62, SANTA ANITA, CA 91007 BACIO DI LATTE - THE SHOPS SANTA ANITA 02/18/26 PLAN CHECK RESUBMITTAL1 04/10/26 PLAN CHECK RESUBMITTAL2 MD1.1 SA EXISTING - DEMO PLAN - MECHANICAL EXISTING - DEMO PLAN - MECHANICAL SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" 1 C O D E D N O T E S G E N E R A L N O T E S 1.ALL EXISTING MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT, DUCTWORK, PIPING, REGISTER, AND ACCESSORIES IN THIS AREA SHALL BE DEMOLISHED. 2.EXISTING SUPPLY AIR AND RETURN AIR DROPS FROM THE UNIT ON ROOF TO REMAIN. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY EXACT DUCT SIZE AND LOCATION IN THE FIELD. 3.EXISTING AIR CURTAIN TO REMAIN. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE EQUIPMENT SERVICE TO VERIFY GOOD WORKING CONDITION. 4.RELOCATE THE EXISTING THERMOSTAT AS SHOWN IN PROPOSED MECHANICAL FLOOR PALN. REFER TO SHEET M1.1 FOR MORE INFORMATION. A.REFER TO SHEET M0.0 FOR GENERAL NOTES. B.ALL EQUIPMENT AND DUCTWORK SHOWN WITH THIN/LIGHT SOLID LINES ARE EXISTING TO REMAIN. C.ALL EQUIPMENT AND DUCTWORK SHOWN WITH THICK/DARK LINES ARE EXISTING TO BE REMOVED OR RELOCATED. D.RELEVANT EQUIPMENT AND DUCTWORK SHOWN IS BASED ON EXISTING DRAWINGS AND FIELD SURVEY. NOT ALL EXISTING EQUIPMENT AND DUCTWORK IS SHOWN. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS AFFECTED BY THIS RENOVATION AND NOTIFY THE ENGINEER IF CONDITIONS ARE NOT AS INDICATED. E.OWNERS SHALL HAVE FIRST RIGHT OF REFUSAL UPON REMOVAL OF ALL SALVAGED ITEMS. OTHERWISE, REMOVE ALL DEMOLISHED ITEMS FROM SITE. (E) RTU-1 TO REMAIN MAKE: ARCOAIRE MODEL: RHV072L0FA0AAA CAPACITY: 6 TON FLOW: 2400 CFM EXISTING REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT TO BE DEMOLISHED 1 2 (E) SA DUCT TO DOWN TO REMAIN. (E) RA DUCT TO DOWN TO REMAIN. EXISTING UNIT TO REMAIN. (NOT IN SCOPE) www.alphamep.net Date Modified: Scale: Project No.: Drawn By: AS INDICATED 73200 El Paseo, Suite 2D Palm Desert, CA 92260 gregoryarch.com 760.779.2724 01/30/2026 Date Description 2535 400 S. BALDWIN AVE. SUITE T-62, SANTA ANITA, CA 91007 BACIO DI LATTE - THE SHOPS SANTA ANITA 02/18/26 PLAN CHECK RESUBMITTAL1 04/10/26 PLAN CHECK RESUBMITTAL2 MD1.2 SA EXISTING - DEMO ROOF PLAN - MECHANICAL EXISTING - DEMO ROOF PLAN - MECHANICAL SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" 1 C O D E D N O T E S G E N E R A L N O T E S 1.DEMOLISHED EXISTING REFRIGERATION UNIT ALONG WITH ALL ASSOCIATED PIPING AND SUPPORTS COMPLETE. PATCH THE PIPES ROOF OPENING TO MATCH THE EXISTING CONDITIONS. COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECT AND STRUCTURAL AS NEEDED. 2.EXISTING ROOFTOP UNIT TO REMAIN. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION OF THE UNIT. AT START OF PROJECT PROVIDE EQUIPMENT CLEANING AND SERVICE TO VERIFY GOOD OPERATING CONDITION. PROVIDE NEW AIR FILTERS AT START OF PROJECT AND END. VERIFY DUCT MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTOR IS IN PLACE AND OPERABLE. A.REFER TO SHEET M0.0 FOR GENERAL NOTES. B.ALL EQUIPMENT SHOWN WITH THIN/LIGHT SOLID LINES ARE EXISTING TO REMAIN. C.ALL EQUIPMENT SHOWN WITH THIN/DARK DASHES LINES ARE EXISTING TO BE REMOVED OR RELOCATED. D.RELEVANT EQUIPMENT SHOWN IS BASED ON THE EXISTING DRAWINGS AND FIELD SURVEY. NOT ALL EXISTING EQUIPMENT IS SHOWN. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS AFFECTED BY THIS RENOVATION AND NOTIFY THE ENGINEER IF CONDITION ARE NOT AS INDICATED. E.OWNER SHALL HAVE FIRST RIGHT OF REFUSAL UPON REMOVAL OF ALL SALVAGED ITEMS. OTHERWISE, REMOVE ALL DEMOLISHED ITEMS FROM THE SITE. F.EXISTING ROOF TOP UNIT TO BE RECONDITIONED AND REUSED. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY THE CONDITION OF THE UNIT, INSURE GOOD WORKING CONDITION AND INSPECT, CLEAN, LUBRICATE, ADJUST AND BALANCE THE UNIT. IF ANY MAJOR COMPONENT IN THE SYSTEM IS FOUND TO BE DEFECTIVE TO THE EXTENT THAT REPLACEMENT IS NECESSARY, NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY. A-8"Ø 200 CFM A-8"Ø 200 CFM 03 BOH 02 COUNTER 01 FOH NOT IN SCOPE: ELEVATOR TO PARKING A-8"Ø 200 CFM C -36"X4" 300 CFM C -36"X4" 300 CFM C -36"X4" 300 CFM B - 16"Ø 675 CFM A-10"Ø 300 CFM A-10"Ø 300 CFM A-10"Ø 300 CFM D-12"Ø 10"Ø SA 12"Ø SA 10"Ø SA 10"Ø SA CONNECT TO RTU-1 3 1 2 444 12"Ø EXHAUST AIR DUCT UP TO EF-1 ON ROOF 12"Ø EA 10"Ø SA 10"Ø SA 12"Ø SA 10"Ø SA 14"Ø SA 8"Ø SA 8"Ø SA 14"x14" SA 24"x14" SA B - 16"Ø 1125 CFM 20"x14 RA 16"x12 RA 14"Ø SA BALANCE AT 1125 CFM BALANCE AT 675 CFM 5 (E) AIR CURTAIN TO REMAIN (E) AIR CURTAIN TO REMAIN 66 (R) www.alphamep.net Date Modified: Scale: Project No.: Drawn By: AS INDICATED 73200 El Paseo, Suite 2D Palm Desert, CA 92260 gregoryarch.com 760.779.2724 01/30/2026 Date Description 2535 400 S. BALDWIN AVE. SUITE T-62, SANTA ANITA, CA 91007 BACIO DI LATTE - THE SHOPS SANTA ANITA 02/18/26 PLAN CHECK RESUBMITTAL1 04/10/26 PLAN CHECK RESUBMITTAL2 M1.1 SA PROPOSED FLOOR PLAN - MECHANICAL PROPOSED FLOOR PLAN - MECHANICAL SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" 1 C O D E D N O T E S G E N E R A L N O T E S A.REFER TO SHEET M0.0 FOR GENERAL NOTES. B.ALL DUCT DIMENSIONS GIVEN ARE INSIDE DIMENSIONED. C.COORDINATE ALL OPENING IN ROOF, AND WALL WITH THE GENERAL AND STRUCTURAL CONTRACTORS. D.RUN ALL DUCT AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE WITH RETURN AND EXHAUST ABOVE THE SUPPLY AS OFTEN AS POSSIBLE. E.PROVIDE TURNING VANES IN ALL SUPPLY AIR SQUARE THROATED ELBOWS. F.ALL RECTANGULAR SUPPLY AIR BRANCH CONNECTIONS SHALL BE 45° TAKE-OFF FITTINGS AND ROUND SUPPLY AIR BRANCH CONNECTIONS SHALL BE BELL-MOUTH FITTINGS. G.RETURN DUCTWORK SHALL NOT BE INSULATED UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. H.ALL EXHAUST DUCTWORK FROM THE EXTERIOR PENETRATION TO THE BACK-DRAFT DAMPER SHALL BE EXTERNALLY INSULATED 1.5" FIBERGLASS DUCT WRAP WITH FSK JACKET (R-6 MINIMUM). ALL OTHER EXHAUST DUCTWORK SHALL NO BE INSULATED. I.THERMOSTAT AND CONTROL WIRE IN EXPOSED AREAS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN CONDUIT. CONDUIT SHALL BE PAINTED (COLOR SELECTED BY ARCHITECT). J.THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL OTHER TRADES PRIOR TO COMMENCING HIS WORK. K.COORDINATE DUCT ROUTING INSTALLATION HEIGHT AND CLEARANCE WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. L.ALL EQUIPMENT, DUCTWORK AND PIPING SHALL BE SEISMICALLY RESTRAINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATEST APPLICABLE CODES. M.DO NOT ATTACH ANYTHING TO DECK ABOVE. HANGERS AND SUPPORT SHALL ONLY BE ATTACHED TO STRUCTURAL MEMBERS. REMOTE STORAGE - PROPOSED FLOOR PLAN - MECHANICAL SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" 2 1.EXISTING SUPPLY AIR DUCT DOWN FORM (E) RTU-1 ON THE ROOF TO REMAIN. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE EXACT SIZE AND LOCATION IN THE FIELD. 2.EXISTING RETURN AIR DUCT DOWN FROM (E) RTU-1 ON THE ROOF TO REMAIN. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE EXACT SIZE AND LOCATION IN THE FIELD. 3.RELOCATE EXISTING THERMOSTAT TO SHOWN IN PLAN. CONFIRM EXACT LOCATION OF THERMOSTAT WITH THE OWNERSHIP PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. THERMOSTAT SHALL BE MOUNTED AT 48'' A.F.F. 4.THE BUILT-IN VOLUME DAMPER INSIDE THE LINEAR DIFFUSER SHALL BE BALANCED AT THE SHOWN AIRFLOW (CFM). 5.12"Ø EXHAUST AIR DUCT UP TO EF-1 ON ROOF. REFER SHEET M1.2 FOR CONTINUATION. 6.EXISTING AIR CURTAIN TO REMAIN. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE EQUIPMENT SERVICE TO VERIFY GOOD WORKING CONDITION. (E) RTU-1 TO REMAIN 2 1 3 4 EF-1 60 lbs GLYCOL SYSTEM CONDENSING UNIT. (SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY) R1 0 ' - 0 " EXISTING UNIT. NOT IN SCOPE 5 (E) SA DUCT TO DOWN TO REMAIN. (E) RA DUCT TO DOWN TO REMAIN. www.alphamep.net Date Modified: Scale: Project No.: Drawn By: AS INDICATED 73200 El Paseo, Suite 2D Palm Desert, CA 92260 gregoryarch.com 760.779.2724 01/30/2026 Date Description 2535 400 S. BALDWIN AVE. SUITE T-62, SANTA ANITA, CA 91007 BACIO DI LATTE - THE SHOPS SANTA ANITA 02/18/26 PLAN CHECK RESUBMITTAL1 04/10/26 PLAN CHECK RESUBMITTAL2 M1.2 SA PROPOSED ROOF PLAN - MECHANICAL PROPOSED FLOOR PLAN - MECHANICAL SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" 1 C O D E D N O T E S G E N E R A L N O T E S 1.EXISTING ROOF TOP UNIT AND CURB ADAPTOR TO REMAIN. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION AND UNIT PLACEMENT ORIENTATION. 2.CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE NEW OUTSIDE AIR DAMPER AND ECONOMIZER COMPATIBLE WITH THE EXISTING ROOF TOP UNIT. 3.EXISTING ROOFTOP UNIT TO REMAIN. RE-BALANCE TO 2400 CFM SUPPLY AIR AND 600 CFM OUTDOOR AIR MINIMUM SETTING. FILED VERIFY EXACT LOCATION. AT START OF PROJECT PROVIDE EQUIPMENT CLEANING AND SERVICE TO VERIFY GOOD OPERATING CONDITION. PROVIDE NEW AIR FILTERS AT START OF PROJECT AND END. VERIFY DUCT MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTOR IS IN PLACE AND OPERABLE. 4.12"Ø EXHAUST DUCT FROM EF-1 DOWN TO BELOW LEVEL. 5.CONDENSING UNIT FOR GLYCOL SYSTEM SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWING FOR EXACT LOCATION. A.REFER TO SHEET M0.0 FOR GENERAL NOTES. B.COORDINATE ALL OPENING IN THE ROOF WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. www.alphamep.net Date Modified: Scale: Project No.: Drawn By: AS INDICATED 73200 El Paseo, Suite 2D Palm Desert, CA 92260 gregoryarch.com 760.779.2724 01/30/2026 Date Description 2535 400 S. BALDWIN AVE. SUITE T-62, SANTA ANITA, CA 91007 BACIO DI LATTE - THE SHOPS SANTA ANITA 02/18/26 PLAN CHECK RESUBMITTAL1 04/10/26 PLAN CHECK RESUBMITTAL2 M5.0 MO DETAILS - MECHANICAL SCALE 5 NTS DETAILS OF DUCT LAYOUTSCALE6 NTS TYPICAL DUCT CONNECTION DETAILS LOW VELOCITY SUPPLY AIR FLOWAIR FLOW NOTE: PROVIDE 18" LONG ORANGE MARKER TAPE ATTACHED TO DAMPER TO IDENTIFY LOCATION D 45° LEAD IN ROUND BRANCH DUCT 2D TAP SIZE BRANCH DUCT (TYP) VOLUME DAMPER (TYP) RECTANGULAR MAIN DUCT 45° LEAD IN MAIN DUCT RD. BRANCH DUCT (TYP) RD. MAIN DUCT "A " "B " DRAWTHRU COIL A(IN) FAN INLET STATIC "A"/2+1 B(IN) COOLING COIL DRAIN PAN DRAIN LINE SAME SIZE AS NIPPLE ON DRAIN PAN CAPPED TEE FOR CLEANOUT DRAIN PAN PRIME TRAP BEFORE UNIT START-UP VENT CLEAN-OUT TERMINATE CONDENSATE DRAIN AT TAIL PIECE OF LAV/SINK OR ANY OTHER CPC AND LOCAL APPROVED RECEPTICLE. SCALE 4 NTS DUCT SUPPORT DETAILS SCALE 1 NTS CONDENSATE DRAIN DETAILS FILTER BANK W/SIDE ACCESS R.A. PLENUM VOLUME DAMPER O.A. DUCT VOLUME DAMPER LIQUID AND SUCTION REFRIGERANT LINES CEILING CONDENSATE DRAIN PAN FILTER CONN. (TYP.) S.A. DUCT S.A. PLENUM NOTE : REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL & STRUCTURE DETAILS FOR SUPPORT. SCALE 8NTS CEILING MOUNTED EXHAUST FAN DETAILS SCALE 7NTSIN-LINE FAN AIR FLOW FAN DUCTWORK 1. 2. NOTES: INSTALL TO ALLOW ACCESS FOR MAINTENANCE. PROVIDE DIRECT DRIVE FAN WHERE SCHEDULED. BACKDRAFT DAMPER SPRING TYPE VIBRATION ISOLATING HANGER (TYP.) FLEXIBLE CONNECTION (TYP.) STRUCTURE CEILING EXHAUST FAN FRONT VIEW SIDE VIEW REMOVABLEALUMINUM GRILLE EXHAUST DUCT FLEXIBLE CONNECTOR BACKDRAFT DAMPER CEILING EXHAUST FAN MOUNTING BRACKET FRAMED OPENING IN STUDS GYP. BOARD CEILING SCALE 2 NTS DX PIPING DIAGRAM DETAILS SCALE 9NTS OUTSIDE AIR SIDEWALL INTAKE DUCT OUTSIDE WALL INTAKE LOUVER OSA DUCT BIRD SCREEN CAULKING & SEALANT FOR WEATHER TIGHT NOTE: 1. REFRIGERANT PIPING SHALL BE SIZED AND INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. OUTDOOR CONDENSING UNIT SOLENOID VALVE SUCTION & LIQUID VALVES CHARGING VALVE INSULATED AS REQUIRED EQUIPMENT PLATFORM REFRIGERANT PIPING THRU ROOF FLASHING SIGHT GLASS DX PIPING R.S. R.L. OIL TRAP EXPANSION VALVE DX COIL DRAIN PAN CONDENSATE DRAIN FAN COIL UNIT PROVIDE MIN. 24 GUAGE CHANNEL 3"x1-1/2". PROVIDE 12 GAUGE HANGER WIRE AND SPACE NO GREATER THAN 6 FEET. 3" MAX DISTANCE BETWEEN DUCT AND HANGER WIRE. NOTE : REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL & STRUCTURE DETAILS FOR SUPPORT. CONNECT TO STRUCTURE OR SUPPORT FROM STRUCTURE BELOW (TYP.) SCALE 3 NTS HORIZONTAL FAN COIL UNIT DETAIL ROUND 90° ELBOW ROUND 45° ELBOW TYPICAL RECTANGULAR TRANSITION TYPICAL RECTANGULAR TO ROUND TRANSITION DETAIL OF TURN VANES `` w ' ' 11 2" w ``w'' ``w'' ``w'' 11 2"w 1" 1" 1"1" USE THIS DESIGN WHERE ROUND 45° ELBOWS ARE SHOWN ON PLANS USE THIS DESIGN WHERE ROUND 90° ELBOWS ARE SHOWN ON PLANS SLOPE NOT TO EXCEED 1'' IN 4'' SLOPE NOT TO EXCEED 1'' IN 4'' RECTANGULAR DUCT ROUND DUCT "GLYCOL-CHILLER" SYSTEM ALLOW 36" CLEARANCE AT FRONT A1 448A 5/8 3/8 F MIL72A K13 F BGELATO MACHINE F F 55 1 320821.45.0RZM50-2T 41.95 ICETECH TP5 G K13 PROPOSED PLATFORM DETAIL LINE SIZE (O.D.) AND RUN MODELDESCRIPTION FIXTURES SY S T E M IT E M # FI X T U R E M B H RE F R I G E R A N T R - FI X T U R E T E M P . ACCESSORIES (SEE SUPPLY CODE *) @ 6O Hz RATING H. P . RLA V PH DE F R O S T MBH. (95°F) MODEL UNIT COOLER SYSTEM RO U T E TOTAL POWER SU C T I O N DI S C H . LI Q U I D DR A I N 208V, 60 Hz PHAMPS TI M E C L O C K RE F R I G E R A N T LB S I N S Y S T E M IT E M # QU A N T I T Y NOTE: US LISTEDCLU CONDENSING UNIT 33SZ FILE SA32027 R POWER SUPPLY: CONNECTED LOAD= MINIMUM AMPACITY= AMP FUSE SIZE:COOLTEC ENGINEERING SUMMARY MODEL NR. OP2 30.8 AMP36.15 AMP40208V/3PH/60HZ - ALL SYSTEMS ENGINEERED WITH R-448A REFRIGERANT. ANY BASES/COILS NOT SUPPLIED BY COOLTEC MUST BE EQUIPPED WITH R-448A EXPANSION VALVES. - REFRIGERATION PIPE SIZES ARE BASED ON A MAXIMUM LINE RUN UP TO 100 EQUIVALENT FEET FOR LIQUID AND SUCTION LINES. VERIFY LINE LENGTHS WITH JOB SITE CONDITIONS AND LINE ROUTING AT INDIVIDUAL INSTALLATIONS. - "COMPRESSOR MOTOR PROTECTED UNDER PRIMARY SINGLE PHASE PROTECTION" - EFFECTIVE JANUARY 1. 2009, ALL WALK-IN COOLER AND FREEZER EVAPORATIVE COILS INSTALLED IN THE U.S.A. SHALL BE SUPPLIED WITH ENERGY EFFICIENT (EC) MOTORS BASED ON THE FEDERAL ENERGY INDEPENDENCE AND SECURITY ACT (HR-6). 16 500 OUTDOOR-PAK No. OP-2 6"x10" PITCH POCKET FOR GLYCOL AND ELECTRICAL LINES OUTLINE OF CONDENSER HOUSING FRONT OF REFRIGERATION RACK HEAVY GAUGE METAL PLATFORM FRAMING 3/4" THICK PLYWOOD SUB-TOP ROOFING MATERIAL TO RUN UP UNDER METAL CAP CONTINUOUS ALL AROUND 2" HIGH PITCH POCKET COLLAR WITH WATER-TIGHT SOLDERED JOINTS 18 GAUGE GALVANIZED METAL CAP ROOF OP E N T H R U 72"74" PLATFORM 2" 30 " 16 " 48 " PL A T F O R M ELEVATION SECTION PLAN VIEW 6" M I N . 2"4"6"x10" NOTE; MUST MAINTAIN A MINIMUM 36" SPACE CLEARANCE IN FRONT OF FUSIBLE DISCONNECT AND REFRIGERATION RACK PER CODE AND FOR SERVICING. GENERAL CONTRACTOR REFRIGERATION CONTRACTOR 1. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE LEVEL PLATFORM AT CODE HEIGHT. 2. PROVIDE PITCH POCKETS IN PLATFORM AS LOCATED. 3. PROVIDE A SHEET METAL CAP WITH 2" HIGH PITCH POCKET COLLARS, EACH WITH WATER TIGHT SOLDERED JOINTS 1. AFTER INSTALLATION OF RACK, ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS AND GLYCOL LINE CONNECTIONS, REFRIGERATION CONTRACTOR TO BACK FILL EACH PITCH POCKET OPENING WITH EXPANDED FOAM AND ROOF SEALANT. 36 " M I N . C L R 4" 4" OUTDOOR PLATFORM BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR 2" HIGH PITCH POCKET COLLAR HENRY #208 WET PATCH ROOF CEMENT TRIPLE EXPANDABLE FOAM INSULATION CARDBOARD WITH DUCT TAPE TO HOLD FOAM IN PLACE 18 GA. GALVANIZED STEEL SHEET METAL CAP 3/4" THICK PLYWOOD SUB-TOP ROOF ROOFING MATERIAL TO RUN UP UNDER CAP CONTINUOUS COVING HEAVY GAUGE STEEL FRAMING MAXIMUM 16" O.C. SPACING ROOF STRUCTURE FRONT REAR A R-1 C R-1 GLYCOL LINES AT REAR ELECTRICAL CONNECTION TO FUSIBLE DISCONNECT BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR FUSIBLE DISCONNECT 1/4" ANCHOR BOLTS OR LAG SCREWS TO SECURE RACK DOWN LI N E R U N LE N G T H ( F T . ) HE A D P R E S S U R E CO N T R O L TH E R M O S T A T SU C T I O N AC C U M U L A T O R SO L E N O I D VA L V E HE A T E R CR A N K C A S E TH E R M O S T A T I C EX P A N . V A L V E F REMARKS CONDENSING UNIT 3 FRON T O F R A C K F - FACTORY INSTALLED L - LOOSE (FIELD INSTALLED) R - REFRIGERATION CONTRACTOR M - MANUFACTURER EQUIPPED * SUPPLY CODES: B M S SINGLE BRANCH MAIN E G H O OFF CYCLE (TEMP.) HOT GAS (TIMED) GRAVITY (TIMED) ELECTRIC (TIMED) D DEMAND DEFROST WIRING DIAGRAMS D R-1 LEGEND 1. FACTORY WIRING 2. FIELD WIRING BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR 6" 10" 72"30" 45 " 42 " 3" OUTDOOR-PAK OP-2 DETAILSB R-1 ITEM NO._____REMOTE REFRIGERATION PACKAGE THE REFRIGERATION PACKAGE SHALL BE PRE-ENGINEERED AND FACTORY ASSEMBLED UNIT, TRADE NAME "OUTDOOR-PAK", AS MANUFACTURED BY COOLTEC REFRIGERATION CORP., 1250 E. FRANKLIN AVE., POMONA, CA 91766. PHONE: (909) 865-2229, FAX: (909) 868-0777. E-MAIL ADDRESS: sales@cooltecrefrigeration.com CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL, WHERE SHOWN ON PLANS, (1) COOLTEC U.L. APPROVED "OUTDOOR-PAK" AIR COOLED REMOTE REFRIGERATION PACKAGE, MODEL_______, WITH CONTROL PANEL, 208 VOLTS, 3 PHASE, 60 HERTZ. REFRIGERATION SYSTEM SHALL BE HOUSED IN A HEAVY DUTY METAL ENCLOSURE. THE FRAME, ENCLOSURE, AND PANELS SHALL BE FABRICATED OF STAINLESS STEEL. THE ENTIRE FRAME SHALL BE PRE-ASSEMBLED, WELDED AND CLEANED. COOLING FAN MOTORS SHALL BE MOUNTED ON THE TOP OF THE ENCLOSURE FOR BETTER HEAT DISCHARGE. A. COMPRESSORS SHALL BE GLACIER SCROLL TYPE (COPELAND). EACH UNIT SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH HIGH-LOW PRESSURE CONTROL, LIQUID LINE DRIER, SIGHT GLASS, AND RECEIVER. B. ALL COMPRESSOR UNITS SHALL BE NEW FACTORY ASSEMBLED TO OPERATE WITH THE REFRIGERANT SPECIFIED IN THE ENGINEERING SUMMARY SHEET. REFRIGERANT R-448A SHALL BE USED ON ALL COMMERCIAL TEMPERATURE UNITS AND LOW TEMPERATURE UNITS. C. PROVIDE WITH 1-CIRCUIT GLYCOL CHILLER FOR CAPACITY CONTROL. D. CIRCULATION PUMP(S) SHALL BE WET ROTOR TYPE. ISOLATION VALVES AND PIPE UNIONS SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR SERVICEABILITY OF PUMP. E. FOR CLOSED CIRCUIT SYSTEMS, CHILLER LOOP SHALL BE FURNISHED WITH Y-STRAINER, PRESSURE GAUGES, TEMPERATURE SENSORS (SUPPLY/RETURN), AUTOMATIC AIR-SEPARATOR/VENT, EXPANSION TANK AND TANK FILL. 1. REFRIGERATION UNITS FOR GLYCOL CHILLER A. ALL TUBING SHALL BE SECURELY SUPPORTED WITH UNISTRUT AND ANCHORED WITH CLAMPS. B. SILVER SOLDER AND/OR SIL-FOS SHALL BE USED FOR ALL REFRIGERANT PIPING. SOFT SOLDER IS NOT ACCEPTABLE. 2. PRE-PIPING A. THE PACKAGE SHALL HAVE A FACTORY MOUNTED AND PRE-WIRED CONTROL PANEL COMPLETE WITH COMPRESSOR CIRCUIT BREAKERS, FUSES, CONTACTORS AND THE TIME CLOCKS WIRED FOR SINGLE POINT CONNECTION. A. REFRIGERATION SYSTEMS AND EVAPORATOR SHIPPED UNDER NITROGEN PRESSURE. USE CAUTION AND EXERCISE SAFETY AT ALL TIMES WHEN PREPARING FOR FINAL HOOK-UP. 4. SAFETY CAUTION A. EVAPORATIVE COILS SHALL BE DIRECT EXPANSION TYPE, FABRICATED OF COPPER TUBES WITH ALUMINUM FINS, COATED TO PREVENT CORROSION AND CONTAMINANTS. ALL EVAPORATIVE BLOWER COILS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH SOLENOID VALVE, ELECTRONIC THERMOSTAT AND BALANCING VALVE. B. EVAPORATIVE COILS SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH ENERGY SAVING "EC" MOTORS. C. REFRIGERATION CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL AND CONNECT REFRIGERATION TO FREEZER COIL IN WALK-IN FREEZER. 5. EVAPORATIVE COIL FOR FREEZER R01 OP-2 A. GLYCOL COILS SUPPLIED BY COOLTEC, UNLESS SPECIFIED BY OTHERS, BUT SUBJECT TO COOLTEC'S APPROVALS. B. GLYCOL COILS SHALL BE FABRICATED OF COPPER TUBING WITH ALUMINUM FINS FOR 10°TD 6. GLYCOL COIL FOR COOLERS A. PRE-MIXED GLYCOL AT 35% DISTILLED WATER SUPPLIED BY REFRIGERATION CONTRACTOR. REFRIGERATION CONTRACTOR TO PUMP GLYCOL MIX INTO THE SYSTEM UNTIL COMPLETELY FILLED. B. TO POWER AND FILL THE GLYCOL SYSTEM, COOLTEC'S INSTALLATION AND OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS ARE TO BE FOLLOWED. COOLTEC'S ENGINEERING STAFF ON CALL FOR ANY ASSISTANCE. OPTIONAL: ON-SITE ENGINEERING MAY BE PROVIDED BY COOLTEC. 7. CHARGING AND POWERING THE GLYCOL SYSTEM 3. CONTROL PANEL ON OUTDOOR-PAK SYSTEM A. CONTRACTORS SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND COORDINATE WITH OTHER TRADES. B. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PREPARE AND WEATHER PROOF THE PLATFORM AND CURBED OPENINGS FOR REFRIGERATION PIPING AND ELECTRICAL CONDUIT. C. PROVIDE SHEET METAL CAP WITH 2" HIGH PITCH POCKET COLLAR AND WATER TIGHT SOLDERED JOINTS. D. ALL CORE DRILLING REQUIRED FOR REMOTE REFRIGERATION PIPING WORK BY THE REFRIGERATION CONTRACTOR, IS IN THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S SCOOP OF WORK. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND NUMBER OF PENETRATIONS WITH THE REFRIGERATION CONTRACTOR AND COMPLY WITH ALL LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS FOR X-RAY OF SLAB PRIOR TO WORK. E. FILL ROOF REFRIGERATION AND ELECTRICAL PITCH POCKETS WITH FOAM AND INSULATION. F. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL ALL GLYCOL TRANSITION BOXES (SUPPLIED BY K.E.C.) PER SPECIFIED LOCATIONS AND PER FOOD CONSULTANT'S SPECIFICATIONS AND DIMENSIONS. A. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE MAIN POWER FOR THE OUTDOOR-PAK AND CONNECT CONTROL AND DEFROST SYSTEMS. B. ALL ELECTRICAL WIRING AND INSTALLATION SHALL BE ACCORDANCE WITH THE WIRING DIAGRAM AND PER LOCAL CODES. 4. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR 1. GENERAL CONTRACTOR 8. OPTIONAL: COOLTEC TO PROVIDE ON SITE START-UP SUPERVISION. 3. REFRIGERATION CONTRACTOR REFRIGERATION CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE COMPLETE INSTALLATION OF THE REFRIGERATION SYSTEM AS FOLLOWS: A. PROVIDE ANY AND ALL EQUIPMENT NECESSARY TO OFF-LOAD REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT FROM TRUCKS, SUPPLY CRANE TO SET UNITS ON ROOF IF NECESSARY. B. SET AND SECURE OUTDOOR-PAK AT LOCATION SPECIFIED FOR JOBSITE. C. MOUNT ALL WALK-IN EVAPORATOR/GLYCOL COILS AND NECESSARY VALVES. D. PROVIDE AND INSTALL GLYCOL LINES AND SUPPORTS FROM THE POWER-PAK UNIT TO ALL REFRIGERATED FIXTURES AND WALK-IN BOX. TYPE 'L" HARD COPPER SHALL BE USED EXCLUSIVELY. UNI-STRUT (OR APPROVED BRACKET) AND SADDLES SHALL BE USED TO SUPPORT PIPING EVERY 6'-0" MINIMUM. LINES TO BE CAPPED AT CONNECTION POINTS AND WALK-IN COILS TO ALLOW FOR PRESSURE TEST. INSULATION SHALL BE INSTALLED BY REFRIGERATION CONTRACTOR. E. 15% SILVER BRAZING ALLOY SHALL BE SUED WHEN BRAZING COPPER TO COPPER, 55% SILVER BRAZING ALLOY SHALL BE USED FOR DISSIMILAR METALS. SOFT SOLDER IS NOT ACCEPTABLE. F. NITROGEN SHALL BE USED DURING ALL BRAZING. G. PROVIDE AND INSTALL SHUT-OFF VALVES ON BRANCH LINES, TO BE ACCESSIBLE FOR SYSTEM ISOLATION AND SERVICE. H, AFTER GLYCOL SYSTEM CONNECTIONS HAVE BEEN MADE AND ELECTRICAL SERVICE HAS BEEN ESTABLISHED, OPEN ALL SOLENOID VALVES AND PRESSURIZE SYSTEMS TO 100 PSI. VERIFY THAT SYSTEMS HOLD PRESSURE FOR 24 HOURS. J. INSULATE COMPLETELY THE REFRIGERATION SUCTION LINES AND THE GLYCOL PIPING BETWEEN THE FLUID-PAK AND AT ALL REFRIGERATED FIXTURES. ALL REFRIGERANT SUCTION, GLYCOL SUPPLY AND RETURN LINES TO BE INSULATED WITH MINIMUM 1" MINIMUM THICK ARMAFLEX INSULATION, 90° AND "T" FITTINGS SHALL BE MITERED. K. EVACUATE REFRIGERATION SYSTEM TO 500 MICRONS OR LESS, CHARGE SYSTEM WITH R-448A REFRIGERANT. L. PERFORM GLYCOL FILL AND SYSTEM START-UP PER INSTALLATION MANUAL. COOLANT MIXTURE TO BE 35% GLYCOL TO DISTILLED WATER. ALL THERMOSTATS, EXPANSION VALVES, BALANCING VALVES, TIME CLOCKS, PRESSURE CONTROLS MUST BE ADJUSTED/SET. RETURN AFTER 24 HOURS TO ENSURE PROPER OPERATION AND CASE TEMPERATURE. M. SEAL ALL ROOF AND WALK-IN BOX PENETRATIONS. N. COMPLETE COOLTEC INSTALLATION RECORD FORM DURING EQUIPMENT START-UP FOR WARRANTY PURPOSES. INSTALLATION RECORD TO INCLUDE EQUIPMENT SERIAL NUMBERS, O. PROVIDE (90) DAY LABOR WARRANTY. P. PROVIDE ANY AND ALL NECESSARY PERMITS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE INSTALLATION. Q. PROVIDE ANY LICENSES AND INSURANCE REQUIRED IN THE JURISDICTION IN WHICH THE WORK IS PERFORMED. R. WALK THROUGH AND PUNCH LIST WITH MANUFACTURER'S REPRESENTATIVE AND OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. A. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE DRAIN LINE CONNECTIONS FROM BLOWER COILS IN WALK-IN BOX, UNDER-COUNTER REFRIGERATED BASES AND PAN CHILLERS, AND RUN DRAIN LINE INTO NEAREST FLOOR SINK OR RECEPTACLE. USE TYPE "M" COPPER TUBING AND PITCH DRAIN LINE DOWN EVERY 1/4" PER LINEAR FOOT OF RUN. ALL DRAIN LINES TO BE INSULATED TO PREVENT CONDENSATION. TRAP DRAIN LINES OUTSIDE OF REFRIGERATED SPACE TO AVOID ENTRANCE OF WARM AND MOIST AIR. B. ALL PLUMBING WORK AND INSTALLATION SHALL BE ACCORDANCE WITH THE PLUMBING DIAGRAMS AND PER LOCAL CODES. 5. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR FI X T U R E G P M (° F ) CH I L L E D W A T E R TE M P . ( ° F ) 30 10 MA I N G L Y C O L LI N E S I Z E GL Y C O L S U P P L Y AT F I X T U R E GL Y C O L R E T U R N FR O M F I X T U R E GLYCOL LINE SIZE (IN.) 1/2 1/21.0 GLYCOL PUMP RLA: H.P.: 7.2 1.0A SYSTEM CONDENSING RLA: LRA: H.P.: 14.1 115 5.0 ZB30KCE-TF5 RZM50-2T 40 AMPCOMPRESSORBREAKER 20 AMPCONTROLCIRCUITBREAKER C.C.H. GLYCOL LEVEL RLA: H.P.: O.2 SWITCH 20 AMPTEMPCONTROLCIRCUIT L1L2 DISCONNECT MAIN 208V 208V, 3Ø, 60 Hz TO MAIN POWER PANEL OF CONNECTION MAIN POWER POINT BY ELECT. CONTRACTOR ETC-111020 PR O B E 1" 1" A1 1"1" 1/ 2 " 1/ 2 " ALL GLYCOL PIPING BY JOSITE INSTALLER COOLTEC RACK PIPING DIAGRAM TO GELATO MACHINES E R-1 A2 1/ 2 " 1/ 2 " DIFFERENTIALVALVE 5.0 HP A2 5/8 3/8K13BGELATO MACHINE 55 1K13 10 CHILLER ASSEMBLYA M21.4 CONDENSER FAN RLA: H.P.: 2.2 MOTOR 72" 30 " GLYCOL LINES (SUPPLY AND RETURN LINES) AT THIS END 1/8 1/2 UNIT 30 AMPPUMPCONTACTOR AUXILARYCONTACTOR GLYCOL PUMP GLYCOL FLOAT SWITCH 12087.21.0 17.2 12080.2 10.2 GLYCOL CONTROL 12082.0 12.0 ICETECH TP5 AND RELATED COMPONENTS MULTI-PLEX 17.0 17.0 1 Max16A 645 9101112 !1 ····· · 2 3 7 8 ·· 12345678 CONTROLLER COMPRESSOR C.C.H. GROUND 30 AMPCOMPRESSORCONTACTOR CONDENSING UNIT L3 DIFFERENTIAL BY-PASS VALVE PRIMARY PUMP DRAIN VALVE (CLOSED) HEAT EXCHANGER (INSULATED) FREON LIQUID IN FREON SUCTION OUT INDIVIDUAL LINE SYSTEMS BY OTHERS INDIVIDUAL LINE SYSTEMS BY OTHERS GLYCOL-RETURN GLYCOL-SUPPLY "COLD" GLYCOL ZONE BALL VALVE AIR VENT (AT HIGHEST POINT) BALL VALVE 30 GALLON GLYCOL TANK TEMP PROBE LIQUID LEVEL SWITCH GLYCOL PIPING DIAGRAM AT RACK F R-1 CONDENSING UNIT'S AIR INTAKE AT REAR AIR VENT www.alphamep.net Date Modified: Scale: Project No.: Drawn By: AS INDICATED 73200 El Paseo, Suite 2D Palm Desert, CA 92260 gregoryarch.com 760.779.2724 01/30/2026 Date Description 2535 400 S. BALDWIN AVE. SUITE T-62, SANTA ANITA, CA 91007 BACIO DI LATTE - THE SHOPS SANTA ANITA 02/18/26 PLAN CHECK RESUBMITTAL1 04/10/26 PLAN CHECK RESUBMITTAL2 M5.1 MO DETAILS - MECHANICAL www.alphamep.net Date Modified: Scale: Project No.: Drawn By: AS INDICATED 73200 El Paseo, Suite 2D Palm Desert, CA 92260 gregoryarch.com 760.779.2724 01/30/2026 Date Description 2535 400 S. BALDWIN AVE. SUITE T-62, SANTA ANITA, CA 91007 BACIO DI LATTE - THE SHOPS SANTA ANITA 02/18/26 PLAN CHECK RESUBMITTAL1 04/10/26 PLAN CHECK RESUBMITTAL2 M6.0 MO SCHEDULES - MECHANICAL VENTILATION SCHEDULE SPACE NAME SPACE TYPE SPACE AREA (SF) OCCUPANT DENSITY 2025 CALIFORNIA MECHANICAL CODE 2025 CALIFORNIA ENERGY CODE MAX. OUTSIDE AIR FLOW (CFM) OUTSIDE AIR FLOW PROVIDED (CFM) SUPPLY AIR FLOW (CFM) RATIO OF OA/SA (%)PEOPLE OA RATE (CFM/PERSON) AREA OA RATE (CFM * SQ.FT.) BREATHING ZONE OUTSIDE AIR (CFM) OUTSDIE AIR BASED ON PEOPLE (CFM) OUTSDIE AIR BASED ON PEOPLE (CFM) AREA OA RATE (CFM * SQ.FT.) OUTSDIE AIR BASED ON AREA (CFM) 01 FOH DINING 312 14 7.5 0.18 161.16 15 210 0.15 46.8 210 225 900 25% 02 COUNTER KITCHEN 198 4 7.5 0.12 53.76 15 60 0.15 29.7 60 150 600 25% 03 BOH KITCHEN 198 4 7.5 0.12 53.76 15 60 0.15 29.7 60 225 900 25% TOTAL 330 600 2400 25% EXISTING PACKAGED ROOF TOP UNIT SCHEDULE MARK CAPACITY (NOMINAL TONS) REFRIGERANT FAN PERFORMANCE COOLING COIL DATA HEATING COIL DATA EER SEER FILTER DATA ELECTRICAL DATA DIMENSTIONS (INCH) OPERATING WEIGHT (LBS) MFG MODEL NUMBER NOTESOUTSIDE AIR FLOW (CFM) TOTAL SUPPLY AIR FLOW (CFM) DRIVE TYPE E.S.P. (IN.WC.) FAN POWER (BHP) TOTAL COOLING CAPACIT Y (MBH) SENSIBLE COOLING CAPACITY (MBH) EVAP AIR ENTER (DB) EVAP AIR ENTER (WB) EVAP AIR LEAVE (DB) EVAP AIR LEAVE (WB) HEATING CAPACITY (MBH) @ 47 ℉ HIGH TEMP. COP LOW TEMP. COP QTY. FILTER DIMENSTIONS (W X H X D) MERV RATING V/PH/HZ MCA (A)MOCP (A)L W H (E)RTU-1 6.0 R-410 600 2400 DIRECT --71.00 -----64.5 3.60 2.40 11.8 14.3 ---460-3-60 14 -74.4 46.6 41.4 589 ARCOAIRE RHV072L0FA 0AAA ALL NOTES : 1 EXISTING ROOF TOP UNIT TO REMAIN, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. EXHAUST FAN SCHEDULE TAG SERVICE TYPE PERFORMANCE MOTOR WEIGHT (LBS)MANUFACTURER MODEL NUMBER NOTESACTUAL VOLUME (CFM) TOTAL EXTERNAL SP (IN W.G.)FAN (RPM)SIZE VOLT./PH./HZ.FLA -AMP EF-1 BOH ROOF MOUNT 400 0.5 1379 300 WATT 115/1/60 2.8 43 GREENHECK G-095-VG ALL NOTES: 1. UNIT SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH FACTORY ROOF CURB. BACKDRAFT DAMPER, DISCONNECT SWITCH LOCATED AT FAN, BIRDSCREEN, AND FAN SPEED CONTROLLER LOCATED AT FAN.. DUCT INSULATION TABLE DUCT SERVICES MINIMUM INSULATION THICKNESS (IN) DENSITTY (LB/CU.FT.) "R" VALUE (HR.SQ.FT. °F/BTU) MAXIMUM FLAME SPREAD INDEX MAXIMUM SMOKE DEVELOPED INDEX ALL DUCTWORK TYPES CONCEALED WITHIN A RETURN PLENUM 1.5 1.5 4.2 25 50 INDOOR CONCEALED SUPPLY AIR 1.5 1.5 4.2 25 450 INDOOR CONCELAED RECOVERED EXHAUST AND OUTSIDE AIR 1.5 1.5 4.2 25 450 INDOOR CONCEALED EXHAUST DUCT BETWEEN BACKDRAFT DAMPER AND PENETRATION OF BUILDING EXTERIOR 1.5 1.5 4.2 25 450 AIR DISTRIBUTION SCHEDULE MARK CFM NECK SIZE FACE SIZE MAKE MODEL DESCRIPTION NOTES A 0-100 6" Ø 12"X12" TITUS PAS-AA ALUMINUM FACE STEEL BACKPAN PERFORATED SUPPLY DIFFUSER 1,2,3105-210 8" Ø 16"X16"FACE MOUNTED DEFLECTOR 215-325 10" Ø 24"X24"BORDER TYPE 3 - LAY IN AND BORDER TYPE 1 FOR SURFACE MOUNT. B 1008-1680 16"X16"24''X24''TITUS PAR-AA PERFORATED FACE RETURN AIR DIFFUSER 1,2ALUMINUM FACE WITH STEEL BACKPAN BORDER TYPE 1 FOR SURFACE MOUNT AND BORDER TYPE 3 FOR LAY-IN C 300- 400 36"X4"38"X6"TITUS CT-540 ALUMINUM LINEAR BAR GRILLE 1,2,41/4" BARS, 1/2" SPACING, AND 0 EGREE DEFLECTION D 320-420 12" Ø 24''X24''TITUS PAR-AA PERFORATED FACE RETURN AIR DIFFUSER, ALUMINUM FACE WITH STEEL BACKPAN. ALUMINUM FACE WITH STEEL BACKPAN 1,2 BORDER TYPE 3 FOR LAY-IN NOTES: 1 COORDINATE FINISH WITH ARCHITECTURAL. 2 COORDINATE BORDER TYPES WITH ARCHITECTURAL FLOOR PLAN AND REFLECTED CEILING PLAN. 3 PROVIDE DIFFUSER WITH A BUILT-IN VOLUME DAMPER TO CONTROL AIRFLOW. 4 SIDE WALL LINEAR GRILLE SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH BUILT-IN DAMPER TO CONTROL AIRFLOW. GENERAL EQUIPMENT NOTES ALL EQUIPMENT REQUIRING VFD'S OR STARTERS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH THE EQUIPMENT. VFD'S SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH INTEGRAL DISCONNECTS. ANY OUTDOOR VFD'S SHALL BE PROVIDE WITH NEMA 3R ENCLOSURE, COORDINATE WITH EC TO PROVIDE POWER FOR THE ENCLOSURE (IF NEEDED). UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, EQUIPMENT SHALL COME WITH INTEGRAL DISCONNECTS AND SINGLE POINT ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS. COORDINATE ANY CHANGES OF EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS, SELECTIONS AND RFI'S WITH THE ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING CONTRACTORS AND OTHER TRADES COORDINATION CONTRACTORS SHALL PROVIDE COORDINATION DRAWINGS PRIOR TO DISTRIBUTION OF SUBMITTALS AND ORDERING EQUIPMENT. COORDINATION DRAWINGS SHALL SHOW CLEAR INDICATED OF COORDINATION WITH OTHER TRADES, INCLUDING STRUCTURAL, CEILINGS, AND FIRE PROTECTION. ANY CONFLICTS SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE OWNER / ARCHITECT /ENGINEER PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN OR ORDERING OF EQUIPMENT. MAINTAIN MANUFACTURER RECOMMENCED CLEARANCES AND ACCESS TO ALL REMOVABLE PANELS AND DOORS. ALL FILTERS SHALL BE FULL SIZE AND STANDARD SIZE AND ACCESS SHALL ALLOW FOR EASY REPLACEMENT OF FILTERS. www.alphamep.net Date Modified: Scale: Project No.: Drawn By: AS INDICATED 73200 El Paseo, Suite 2D Palm Desert, CA 92260 gregoryarch.com 760.779.2724 01/30/2026 Date Description 2535 400 S. BALDWIN AVE. SUITE T-62, SANTA ANITA, CA 91007 BACIO DI LATTE - THE SHOPS SANTA ANITA 02/18/26 PLAN CHECK RESUBMITTAL1 04/10/26 PLAN CHECK RESUBMITTAL2 M8.0 MO SPECIFICATIONS - MECHANICAL I.MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS - GENERAL CONDITIONS A.GENERAL 1.EXCEPT AS SPECIFIED TO THE CONTRARY, THIS CONTRACT SHALL INCLUDE FURNISHING, INSTALLING, CONNECTING, AND OPERATION OF ALL EQUIPMENT WHICH IS PART OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS. 2.GENERAL AND SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF AIA (AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS) AND OWNER'S GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SHALL APPLY UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 3.THE REQUIREMENTS SET FORTH UNDER "GENERAL CONDITIONS". "MODIFICATIONS TO GENERAL CONDITIONS" AND "SPECIAL CONDITIONS" ARE A PART OF THIS CONTRACT. 4.ALL MOTORS FOR SUCH EQUIPMENT (IF AND WHERE SPECIFIED ON DRAWINGS) SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED AS PART OF THIS CONTRACT. CONTROLS FOR SUCH MOTORS SHALL BE FURNISHED UNDER THIS CONTRACT AND INSTALLATION OF CONTROLS AND ALL ELECTRICAL WIRING, NOT SHOWN ON ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS, SHALL BE PERFORMED UNDER THIS CONTRACT. B.SUBSTITUTIONS AND MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT 1.THE BIDDING OF THIS WORK WILL CONTEMPLATE THE USE OF EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS EXACTLY AS SPECIFIED HEREIN. WHERE ONE OR MORE NAMES OF MANUFACTURERS ARE MENTIONED ANY ONE MAY BE UTILIZED. 2.ALTERNATE EQUIPMENT MAY BE BID AS A SUBSTITUTION TO THAT SPECIFIED WITH THE APPROPRIATE DEDUCT NOTED. HOWEVER, THE EQUIPMENT SUBSTITUTED SHALL MEET ALL SPECIFICATIONS IN DESIGN AND BE SUBJECT TO OWNER AND/OR ENGINEER APPROVAL. ANY ADDITIONAL COST INCURRED DUE TO SUBSTITUTION SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR AT NO EXPENSE TO THE OWNER. 3.MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS NECESSARY TO COMPLETE THE PIPING SYSTEMS SUCH AS FITTING, HANGERS, ETC., CAN BE OF ANY RECOGNIZED MANUFACTURER PROVIDED THESE ITEMS MEET MINIMUM STANDARDS AS SET BY THE ENGINEER. C.ORDINANCES, PERMITS, AND CERTIFICATES AND OWNER REQUIREMENTS 1.ALL WORK UNDER THIS CONTRACT SHALL BE INSTALLED IN FULL ACCORDANCE WITH ALL CODES, LAWS, ORDINANCES AND ALL REGULATIONS OF THE STATE, COUNTY, AND MUNICIPALITY WHICH IN ANY WAY AFFECTS THIS WORK. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL SECURE AND PAY FOR ALL PERMITS AND CERTIFICATES OF INSPECTION REQUIRED BY THE FOREGOING GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITIES. ALL WORK SHALL ALSO BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATIONS OF THE FIRE UNDERWRITERS HAVING JURISDICTION AND LOCAL UTILITIES. CONTRACTOR SHALL ALSO SECURE ANY PERMITS OR PAY ANY FEES TO THE LOCAL UTILITY COMPANIES FOR THE WORK REQUIRED. D.DRAWINGS 1.MECHANICAL DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC AND ARE INTENDED TO SHOW THE APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF OUTLETS, EQUIPMENT AND PIPING. 2.THE EXACT LOCATION OF OUTLETS, EQUIPMENT AND PIPING MAY BE CHANGED FROM TIME TO TIME AS WORK PROGRESSES. UNDER THIS CONTRACT ALL LOCATIONS SHALL BE VERIFIED WITH ALL TRADES AND THAT THEY ARE ACCORDING TO THE LATEST INFORMATION AVAILABLE. SHOULD THIS NOT BE DONE, THE WORK WILL BE CHANGED AT NO ADDITIONAL EXPENSE TO THE OWNER. 3.THE OWNER RESERVES THE RIGHT TO MAKE MINOR CHANGES IN LOCATIONS OF EQUIPMENT OR PIPING ARRANGEMENTS UP TO THE TIME OF ROUGH-IN WITHOUT ADDITIONAL COSTS. 4.THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE INTENDED TO SUPPLEMENT EACH OTHER AND ANY MATERIALS OR LABOR CALLED FOR IN ONE SHALL BE FURNISHED EVEN THOUGH NOT MENTIONED IN BOTH. ANY MATERIAL OR LABOR WHICH IS NEITHER SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS NOR CALLED FOR IN THE SPECIFICATIONS BUT WHICH IS OBVIOUSLY NECESSARY TO COMPLETE THE WORK AND WHICH IS USUALLY INCLUDED IN WORK OF A SIMILAR CHARACTER SHALL BE FURNISHED UNDER THIS CONTRACT. 5.ALL MODIFICATIONS REQUIRED FOR SELECTION OF EQUIPMENT WHICH IS NOT THE BASIS OF DESIGN SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR AT NO ADDITIONAL EXPENSE TO THE OWNER. ANY REDESIGN OF SYSTEMS BASED ON CHANGES FROM BASIS OF DESIGN SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR. 6.ALL EXISTING UTILITY AND MECHANICAL SERVICES SHALL BE FIELD VERIFIED. CORRECTIONS TO THE DESIGN AND INSTALLATION SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. E.SHOP DRAWINGS AND SUBMITTALS 1.AS PART OF THE WORK INCLUDED UNDER EACH MECHANICAL SECTIONS, WITHOUT CAUSING ANY DELAY IN WORK, SHOP DRAWINGS AND SUBMITTALS OF ALL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL SHALL BE SUBMITTED FOR ENGINEER'S REVIEW. 2.ITEMS: 2.1.EXHAUST FANS 2.2.DIFFUSERS, GRILLES AND LOUVERS 2.3.ROOF TOP UNITS 3.SUBMITTAL SHALL INCLUDE WIRING DIAGRAMS, PERFORMANCE CURVES AND DATA SPECIFIC TO THIS PROJECT AND BEAR CONTRACTOR'S APPROVAL STAMP CERTIFYING THAT HE HAS VERIFIED CONFORMANCE TO THE CONTRACTUAL DOCUMENTS. 4.THE ENGINEER'S REVIEW OF SHOP DRAWINGS AND SUBMITTALS IS FOR CONFORMANCE WITH THE GENERAL DESIGN CONCEPT AND ARRANGEMENT ONLY. COMMENTS, CORRECTIONS OR MARKINGS DO NOT CONSTITUTE WAIVER OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS REQUIREMENTS. DIMENSIONS, QUANTITIES AND COORDINATION ARE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR. F.CLEANING UP 1.UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, ALL EXCESS MATERIALS AND DEBRIS CAUSED BY THIS WORK SHALL BECOME THE PROPERTY OF THE CONTRACTOR AND PROMPTLY BE REMOVED FROM THE SITE. ALL FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT INSTALLED SHALL BE THOROUGHLY CLEANED WEEKLY. ALL MOTORS AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE COVERED OR OTHERWISE PROTECTED FROM CONSTRUCTION DUST AND DEBRIS. NO EQUIPMENT, OTHER THAN THOSE DESIGNED TO, SHALL BE EXPOSED TO INCLEMENT WEATHER. G.CUTTING AND PATCHING 1.CUTTING FOR OPENINGS, WHEN NECESSARY, SHALL BE DONE BY THIS CONTRACTOR WITH SUCH TOOLS AND METHODS AS TO PREVENT UNNECESSARY DAMAGE TO SURROUNDING AREAS OR EQUIPMENT. 2.FILL SPACE IN ALL AREAS WITH PACKING WHERE REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN FIRE RATING. OPENINGS SHALL BE TEMPORARILY FIRE STOPPED UNTIL PERMANENT FIRE STOPPING IS DONE. THIS INCLUDES HOLES LEFT DUE TO REMOVAL OF PIPING. 3.PATCHING SHALL MATCH EXISTING SURFACES IN KIND AND FINISH, AND SHALL BE DONE BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 4.NO STRUCTURAL MEMBER WILL BE CUT INTO WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED PERMISSION OF THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. H.FIRESTOPPING 1.EACH CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR FIRESTOPPING AROUND ALL OPENINGS FOR PIPES, DUCTS, CONDUITS ETC., INSTALLED IN FIRE WALLS AND SMOKE WALLS. FIRESTOPPING SHALL BE PERFORMED BY AN INSTALLER WHO HAS BEEN TRAINED BY MANUFACTURER, OR MANUFACTURER'S REPRESENTATIVE, IN THE INSTALLATION PROCEDURES BASED ON PUBLISHED UL TESTED FIRE STOP SYSTEMS. 2.FIRESTOPPING SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM E-814 OR UL 1479 FIRE TESTS BY RECOGNIZED TESTING AGENCY. FIRESTOPPING SHALL ALSO CONFORM BY THE FOLLOWING GOVERNING CODES: CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE, NFPA 101-LIFE SAFETY CODE & NFPA 70-NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE. 3.PENETRATIONS 3.1.CLEAN PENETRATION HOLES OF DIRT, LOOSE MATERIALS, AND FOREIGN MATTER WHICH MAY AFFECT BOND OR INSTALLATION. 3.2.REMOVE COATINGS SUCH AS PAINT, CURING COMPOUNDS, WATER REPELLENT, SEALERS AS REQUIRED. 3.3.INSTALL BACKING MATERIALS TO PREVENT LIQUID MATERIAL LEAKAGE. 4.APPLICATION 4.1.PREPARE AND APPLY PENETRATION SEALING SYSTEMS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S PRINTED INSTRUCTIONS. 4.2.EMPLOY INSTALLATION TECHNIQUES WHICH WILL ENSURE THAT FIRESTOPPING IS DEPOSITED TO FILL AND SEAL HOLES AND OPENINGS. 4.3.TOOL EXPOSED SURFACES OF APPLIED SEALANT TO SMOOTH FINISH. 4.4.PROTECT MATERIALS FROM DAMAGE ON SURFACES SUBJECTED TO TRAFFIC. 4.5.FIRESTOPPING BY DOW CORNING, 3M, HILTI OR METACAULK MAY BE FURNISHED AT THE CONTRACTOR'S OPTION. I.GUARANTEE 1.ALL LABOR AND MATERIALS FURNISHED UNDER THIS CONTACT SHALL BE GUARANTEED FOR A PERIOD OF ONE (1) YEAR FROM THE DATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE BY THE OWNER WHICH WILL COMMENCE UPON THE FINAL INSPECTION BY THE ENGINEER. DURING THIS TIME, ALL LEAKS, CORRECTION OF ALL THE FAILURES TO SUCH MATERIAL AND THE CORRECTION OF ALL DISCREPANCIES WITH DRAWINGS, CODES, AND THE SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE COMPLETED UNDER THIS CONTRACT AT NO ADDITIONAL EXPENSE TO THE OWNER. II.HVAC A.HVAC INSULATION 1.COVER MEDIUM, AND LOW PRESSURE SUPPLY DUCTWORK IN ONLY CONCEALED AREAS AS FOLLOWS: 1.1.ALL DUCTS SHALL BE INSULATED WITH 1 1/2" THICK, 1 LB DENSITY BLANKET FLEXIBLE DUCT INSULATION. 1.2.SEAL ALL BREAKS AND JOINTS IN VAPOR BARRIER WITH 2-1/2" WIDE PRESSURE SENSITIVE TAPE TO MATCH VAPOR BARRIER FACING. ADHERE WITH FOSTER 85-20 ADHESIVE WHERE NECESSARY. 2.COVER THE TOP OF ALL SUPPLY DIFFUSERS ABOVE CEILINGS WHEN NOT IN A RETURN AIR PLENUM. INSULATION TO BE 1 1/2" THICK, 1 LB DENSITY FLEXIBLE BLANKET. 3.ALL DUCT INSULATION TO BE CONTINUOUS THROUGH WALLS AND PIPE HANGERS. 4.ALL INSULATION ABOVE SHALL BE BY JOHNS-MANVILLE OR EQUIVALENT TYPE THICKNESS AND CONDUCTIVITY. INSULATION BY OWENS CORNING, KNAUF, OR CERTAINTEED MAY BE FURNISHED AT THE CONTRACTOR'S OPTION. B. COVER REFRIGERANT PIPING AS FOLLOWS: 1. INSULATE WITH 1" THICK ELASTOMERIC PIPE INSULATION. 2.COVER VALVES (INCLUDING BONNET) AND APPURTENANCES IN COLD LINES. 3. SEAL ALL BUTT JOINTS WITH ARMSTRONG NO. 520 ADHESIVES, OR EQUAL. 4.FITTINGS SHALL BE COVERED WITH 1" THK. ELASTOMERIC INSULATION. SEAL ALL JOINTS WITH ADHESIVE. 5.INSTALL A ELASTOMERIC INSERT BETWEEN PIPE AND HANGER, CONTRACTOR HAS THE OPTION, TO USE CORK STOPPERS, OR WOOD BLOCKS AT EACH HANGER LOCATION. VAPOR BARRIER SHALL BE MAINTAINED THROUGHOUT. 6.PIPE COVERING OUTSIDE OF BUILDING SHALL BE COATED WITH WEATHER PROOFING USING ARMSTRONG TYPE WB FINISH (OR EQUAL). C. HVAC PIPING SYSTEMS 1. CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPING 1.1.PIPING SHALL BE SCHEDULE 40 PVC. SLOPE PIPING A MINUMUM OF 1" IN 30 FEET. PROVIDE TRAP AT EQUIPMENT CONNECTION, SIZED PER MANUFACTURERS REQUIREMENTS. INSULATE. 2. REFRIGERANT PIPING 2.1.PIPING SHALL BE TYPE L, DEHYDRATED, SCALE FREE, COPPER TUBING, WITH SOLDER TYPE WROUGHT COPPER FITTINGS. SHUT-OFF VALVES SHALL BE SIMILAR TO HENRY, BALANCED-ACTING DIAPHRAGM TYPE WITH BRASS BODY. PRECHARGED INSULATED LINE SETS MAY BE FURNISHED AS CONTRACTOR OPTION. INSULATE. D. LOW PRESSURE DUCTWORK AND ACCESSORIES 1.DUCTWORK AND ACCESSORIES SHALL BE FABRICATED AND INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE 3" W.G. TABLE (POSITIVE FOR SUPPLY AND NEGATIVE FOR RETURN AND EXHAUST DUCTS) IN THE LATEST EDITION OF SMACNA EXCEPT AS HEREIN NOTED AND/OR AS DETAILED ON THE DRAWINGS. 2.FIBERGLASS DUCT BOARD SHALL NOT BE UTILIZED. DUCTWORK, PLENUM, ETC. SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF SHEET METAL. 3.FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS TO ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE MADE WITH 3" WIDE DOUBLE NEOPRENE COATED FLAME RETARDANT FIBER GLASS FLEXIBLE CONNECTION. FLEXIBLE TO HAVE A MINIMUM OF 24-GAUGE, 3" WIDE SHEET METAL COLLARS PERMANENTLY ATTACHED TO EACH SIDE. 4.CHANGES IN DUCT SIZES SHALL BE MADE BY UNIFORM TAPER SECTION WITH A MAXIMUM INCLUDED ANGLE OF DIVERGENCE OF 15°. 5.SPLITTER DAMPERS SHALL NOT BE PERMITTED UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED ON THE DRAWING. E.DUCT LINER 1. WHERE DOUBLE-WALL DUCTWORK IS SHOWN ON PLANS, SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR DUCTS SHALL BE LINED WITH 1.5" THICK (R-6) CLOSED CELL FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC THERMAL AND ACOUSTICAL INSULATION. CLOSED CELL INSULATION SHALL BE MADE WITH EPA REGISTERED ANTIMICROBIAL PRODUCT PROTECTION. ALL EXPOSED LEADING EDGES AT JOINT CONNECTIONS SHALL HAVE NOSING OR ADDITIONAL SEALER APPLIED. ANCHORS AND WASHERS SHALL HAVE NON-CORROSIVE COATING. DUCT INSULATION FASTENERS SHALL BE METAL SPINDLE. SPINDLES SHALL BE SPOT WELDED TO DUCTWORK. 2.PROVIDE INSULATION MANUFACTURED BY ARMACELL. F.DOUBLE-WALL RECTANGULAR DUCTS AND FITTINGS 1.RECTANGULAR DUCTS: FABRICATE DUCTS INDICATED DIMENSIONS FOR THE OUTER LINER. 2.OUTER DUCT: COMPLY WITH SMACNA'S "HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS - METAL AND FLEXIBLE" BASED ON INDICATED STATIC-PRESSURE CLASS UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 3.TRANSVERSE JOINTS: SELECT JOINT TYPES AND FABRICATE ACCORDING TO SMACNA'S "HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS - METAL AND FLEXIBLE," FIGURE 2-1, "RECTANGULAR DUCT/ TRANSVERSE JOINTS," FOR STATIC-PRESSURE CLASS, APPLICABLE SEALING REQUIREMENTS, MATERIALS INVOLVED, DUCT SUPPORT INTERVALS, AND OTHER PROVISIONS IN SMACNA'S "HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS - METAL AND FLEXIBLE." 4.LONGITUDINAL SEAMS: SELECT SEAM TYPES AND FABRICATE ACCORDING TO SMACNA'S "HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS - METAL AND FLEXIBLE," FIGURE 2-2, "RECTANGULAR DUCT/ LONGITUDINAL SEAMS," FOR STATIC PRESSURE CLASS, APPLICABLE SEALING REQUIREMENTS, MATERIALS INVOLVED, DUCT SUPPORT INTERVALS, AND OTHER PROVISIONS IN SMACNA'S "HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS - METAL AND FLEXIBLE." 5.INTERSTITIAL INSULATION: FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC DUCT LINER COMPLYING WITH ASTM C 534, TYPE II FOR SHEET MATERIALS, AND WITH NFPA 90A OR NFPA 90B. 6.INNER DUCT: MINIMUM 0.028-INCH PERFORATED GALVANIZED SHEET STEEL HAVING 3/32-INCH DIAMETER PERFORATIONS, WITH OVERALL OPEN AREA OF 23 PERCENT. 7.FORMED-ON TRANSVERSE JOINTS (FLANGES): SELECT JOINT TYPES AND FABRICATED ACCORDING TO SMACNA'S "HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS - METAL AND FLEXIBLE," FIGURE 2-1, "RECTANGULAR DUCT/ TRAVERSE JOINTS," FOR STATIC-PRESSURE CLASS, APPLICABLE SEALING REQUIREMENTS, MATERIALS INVOLVED, DUCT SUPPORT INTERVALS, AND OTHER PROVISIONS IN SMACNA'S "HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS - METAL AND FLEXIBLE." G. ACCESS DOORS 1.ACCESS DOORS SHALL BE INSULATED, AIRTIGHT, "HINGED" AND GASKETED STYLE, WITH A MINIMUM OF TWO QUICK ACTION LATCHES. DOOR SHALL BE MOUNTED IN A GALVANIZED STEEL FRAME WITH AN INSIDE "FOLD-OVER" FLANGE FOR DUCT ATTACHMENT. DOOR HEIGHT SHALL BE 24"; WIDTH SHALL BE EQUAL TO THE DUCT WIDTH OR 12" WHICHEVER IS LESS, UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN OR NOTED ON DRAWINGS. H. MANUAL BALANCE DAMPERS 1.BASED ON AMERICAN WARMING TYPE VC-2 OPPOSED BLADE WITH HEAVY DUTY MOLDED NYLON BEARINGS, 16 GAUGE GALVANIZED STEEL BLADES (8" MAX. WIDTH), EXTENDED SHAFT AND LINKAGE. 2.BALANCE DAMPERS FOR ROUND DUCTS SHALL BE AMERICAN WARMING TYPE VC-9 SINGLE BLADE, 22 GAUGE (4" TO 12"), 20 GAUGE (13" TO 18") AND AND 18 GAUGE (19" TO 24") GALVANIZED STEEL. 3.ALL DAMPERS SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH LOCKING QUADRANTS. 4.AT THE CONTRACTOR'S OPTION, MANUAL BALANCING DAMPERS SHALL BE MANUFACTURED BY THE CONTRACTOR PER SMACNA STANDARDS. DAMPERS SHALL HAVE LOCKING QUADRANTS ON BOTH SIDES OF THE DUCT. 5.DAMPERS BY RUSKIN, AIR BALANCE, GREENHECK OR VENT PRODUCTS OF THE SAME TYPE AND MEETING SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS, MAY BE FURNISHED AT THE CONTRACTOR'S OPTION. J. DIFFUSERS GRILLES, AND REGISTERS 1.REFER TO DRAWINGS FOR BASIS OF DESIGN. 2.AIR DEVICES BY TITUS, PRICE, ANEMOSTAT, KRUEGER, OR TUTTLE-BAILEY, MEETING ALL SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS MAY BE FURNISHED AT CONTRACTORS OPTION. K. TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS 1.CONTRACTOR SHALL ARRANGE AND PAY FOR A CERTIFIED (AABC, NEBB, OR TAB) TEST AND AIR BALANCE FOR THE PROJECT, WITHIN TWO WEEKS AFTER COMPLETION OF THE CONSTRUCTION. A CERTIFIED AIR BALANCE REPORT SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE OWNER FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL. IN THE EVENT THAT THE OWNER REQUIRED ADJUSTMENTS TO OWNER'S AIR DISTRIBUTION, CONTRACTOR SHALL PAY ALL COSTS RELATED THERE. III. HVAC EQUIPMENT A.CONTROLS 1.THIS CONTRACT SHALL INCLUDE ALL LINE, LOW VOLTAGE CONTROL WIRING AND INTERLOCK WIRING TO OPERATE HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT INSTALLED UNDER THIS CONTRACT. ALL WIRING TO COMPLY WITH ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH OWNER AND GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 2.CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLETE TRAINING ON ALL CONTROLS TO OWNER. DURING TRAINING, CONTRACTOR SHALL WORK WITH OWNER REPRESENTATIVE TO ADJUST DAILY, WEEKLY, AND CALENDAR SCHEDULES INCLUDING HOLIDAYS. WEEKEND AND AFTER HOURS UNOCCUPIED SETBACK TEMPERATURES MAY BE ADJUSTED TO ALLOW FOR QUICKER "OCCUPIED" TEMPERATURE WHEN OVERRIDE BUTTONS ARE ENABLED AT SENSORS. 3.PROVIDE CONTROLS REQUIRED TO INTERFACE EXHAUST FANS AND ROOFTOP UNITS, SEE SCHEDULES AND SEQUENCE FOR MORE INFORMATION.SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS: PACKAGED ROOFTOP UNITS (RTU-1): UNIT SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH A STANDALONE CONTROLLER WITH ABILITY TO OPERATE COMPRESSOR, DXCOIL, HEAT PUMP OPERATION, FAN, AND PROVIDE ECONOMIZER WITH BAROMETRIC RELIEF DAMPER. 1.FAN OPERATION: FAN TO RUN CONTINUOUSLY DURING OCCUPIED MODE. DURING UNOCCUPIED MODE FAN SHALL RUN ON CALL FOR HEAT/COOL. CONTROLLER SHALL MODULATE FAN SPEED AS NEEDED TO MAINTAIN SPACE TEMPERATURE SETPOINT. 2.COOLING OPERATION: ON RISE IN SPACE TEMPERATURE ABOVE COOLING SETPOINT, CONTROLLER SHALL MODULATE COMPRESSOR(S) AS REQUIRED TO MEET COOLING SETPOINT. 3.HEATING OPERATION: ON DROP IN SPACE TEMPERATURE BELOW HEATING SETPOINT, CONTROLLER SHALL MODULATE HEAT PUMP AS REQUIRED TO MEET HEATING SET POINT. 4.ECONOMIZER OPERATION: BASED ON ENTHALPY DIFFERENCE, UNIT SHALL MODULATE OUTDOOR AIR AND RETURN AIR MOTORIZED DAMPERS AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN SPACE TEMPERATURE. PROVIDE RTU WITH SPACE MOUNTED, 7-DAY PROGRAMMABLE THERMOSTAT, WITH COLOR TOUCH SCREEN, AND USER ACCESS CONTROL. SETPOINTS (OCCUPIED): COOLING = 74 DEGREES F (ADJ.) HEATING = 70 DEGREES F (ADJ.) HUMIDITY = LESS THAN 60% SETPOINTS (UNOCCUPIED): COOLING = 80 DEGREES F (ADJ.) HEATING = 66 DEGREES F (ADJ.) HUMIDITY = UNCONTROLLED PROVIDE SUPPLY AIR SMOKE DETECTOR INTEGRAL TO RTU AND SHALL SHUTDOWN SUPPLY FAN UPON DETECTION OF SMOKE. www.alphamep.net Date Modified: Scale: Project No.: Drawn By: AS INDICATED 73200 El Paseo, Suite 2D Palm Desert, CA 92260 gregoryarch.com 760.779.2724 01/30/2026 Date Description 2535 400 S. BALDWIN AVE. SUITE T-62, SANTA ANITA, CA 91007 BACIO DI LATTE - THE SHOPS SANTA ANITA 02/18/26 PLAN CHECK RESUBMITTAL1 04/10/26 PLAN CHECK RESUBMITTAL2 E0.0 KK GENERAL INFORMATION - ELECTRICAL NOTE: THIS DOCUMENT FORMS A PART OF THE SPECIFICATIONS AND SHALL BE CONSIDERED THE SAME AS IF ATTACHED THERETO. 1.IT IS THE INTENT OF THESE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS THAT A COMPLETE AND WORKABLE ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION BE PROVIDED FOR THE EQUIPMENT DESCRIBED OR SHOWN AS BEING IN THIS CONTRACT. FURNISH LABOR AND TOOLS NECESSARY AND FURNISH AND INSTALL APPARATUS, MATERIALS, AND EQUIPMENT IN A FASHION COMPLYING WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES, INCLUDING ITEMS REQUIRED BUT NOT NECESSARILY SHOWN, SUCH AS LAMPS, COUPLINGS, HANGERS, BRACKETS, CLAMPS, BOXES, CONNECTORS, AND HARDWARE. 2.BEFORE SUBMITTING THE BID PROPOSAL, VISIT THE JOB SITE AND FULLY ACQUAINT WITH THE JOB CONDITIONS, VERIFY SERVICE REQUIREMENT, INCLUDING NECESSARY PULL BOXES, SIZE AND NUMBER OF CONDUITS AND CONDUCTORS, PANELS, SWITCHBOARDS, DISCONNECT SWITCHES CABLES AND OTHER ASSOCIATED ACCESSORIES, WHETHER SHOWN ON DRAWINGS OR NOT, BUT REQUIRED FOR PROVIDING A COMPLETE AND OPERABLE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM, WITHOUT ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. 3.EXAMINE ALL CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND CONDITIONS, AND BRING ANY DISCREPANCIES TO THE ATTENTION OF THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO COMMENCING ANY WORK. SWITCHES, CONTROLS, ACCESS DOORS ON ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, SHALL BE INSTALLED SO AS TO BE READILY ACCESSIBLE FOR OPERATING, SERVICING, MAINTAINING AND REPAIRING. 4.THE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC IN NATURE AND INDICATE THE LOCATION OF OUTLETS AND EQUIPMENT AND THE CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENT OF THE REQUIRED WIRING, AND THOUGH NOT NECESSARILY INDICATING THE ACTUAL ROUTES OF CONDUITS, THE DRAWINGS SHALL BE FOLLOWED AS CLOSELY AS PROPER COORDINATION WITH THE WORK OF OTHER TRADES AND SPACE WILL PERMIT. SIMPLIFY INSTALLATION WHEREVER POSSIBLE BUT SUBJECT TO APPROVAL OF THE ARCHITECT FOR VISUAL AND STRUCTURAL REASONS. THE DRAWINGS DO NOT SHOW NECESSARY OFFSETS, BENDS, PULL BOXES AND OBSTRUCTIONS. THE DRAWINGS ARE NOT INTENDED TO BE SCALED AND THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL REFER TO THE GENERAL ARCHITECTURAL CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS FOR DIMENSIONS. 5.CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE EQUIPMENT LAYOUT AND SELECTION WITH OTHER TRADES AND CURRENT CONDITIONS. PROVIDE A COORDINATED LAYOUT DRAWING INDICATING EQUIPMENT SIZES AND CLEARANCES WITH EQUIPMENT SUBMITTALS. LAYOUT SHALL INCLUDE DIMENSIONED DRAWING OF THE SURROUNDING AREA AND EQUIPMENT WITH CLEARANCES. 6.THE ELECTRICAL WORK SHALL BE INSTALLED IN STRICT COMPLIANCE WITH THE PREVAILING LATEST CALIFORNIA ELECTRICAL CODE, AND ORDINANCES, AND AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. 7.ERECT AND MAINTAIN SUITABLE BARRIERS, PROTECTIVE DEVICES, LIGHTS AND WARNING SIGNS WHERE REQUIRED FOR THE PROTECTION OF THE PUBLIC AND EMPLOYEES ABOUT THE BUILDING. 8.WHEN CONCRETE WORK IS INCLUDED IN THE SCOPE OF WORK, THE MATERIALS, PROPORTIONING, MIXING, CONVEYING, PLACING, CURING AND PROTECTION OF THE CONCRETE WORK SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE TO AMERICAN CONCRETE INSTITUTE "ACI" STANDARD 301. 9.UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN OR SPECIFIED, CONDUIT SHALL BE CONCEALED IN WALLS OR UNDERGROUND EXCEPT AT MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL/DATA ROOM WHERE EXPOSED CONDUITS ARE PERMITTED A.EXPOSED CONDUIT SHALL BE RUN PARALLEL TO, OR AT RIGHT ANGLES WITH THE LINES OF THE BUILDING. BEND SHALL BE FREE FROM DENTS OR FLATTENING. CONDUIT SHALL BE SUPPORTED AND SECURELY FASTENED. B.CONDUIT SHALL BE INSTALLED AS A COMPLETE SYSTEM BEFORE WIRE OR CONDUCTORS ARE PULLED IN. C.CONDUIT SHALL BE INSTALLED ENTIRELY FREE FROM OTHER PIPING, VALVES OR OTHER MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT, AND SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED WITHIN 6 INCHES OF HOT WATER OR STEAM PIPING OR HEATING FLUES. D.POCKETS OR TRAPS IN ALL CONDUIT RUNS WHERE MOISTURE MAY COLLECT SHALL BE AVOIDED. WHERE DIPS ARE UNAVOIDABLE, A PULL BOX SHALL BE LOCATED AT EACH LOW POINT IN ORDER TO PROVIDE A MEANS OF DRAINAGE. E.THE CONDUIT SYSTEM AND ENCLOSURES SHALL BE SECURELY BONDED TOGETHER SO THAT FOR EVERY CONDUCTING COMPONENT IS PROVIDED WITH A LOW RESISTANCE PATH TO GROUND. F.DOUBLE LOCKNUTS SHALL BE USED FOR SECURING CONDUIT AT A BOX OR CABINET UNLESS A THREADED HUB IS PROVIDED AS PART OF THE BOX OR CABINET. G.RUNNING THREADS SHALL NOT BE USED ON CONDUIT FOR CONNECTION AT COUPLINGS. WHERE 2 LENGTHS OF CONDUIT MUST BE COUPLED TOGETHER, AND IT IS IMPOSSIBLE TO SCREW BOTH LENGTHS INTO AN ORDINARY COUPLING, THEN THE "ERICKSON" TYPE OF COUPLING MUST BE USED IN ORDER TO PROVIDE A RIGID JOINT THAT WILL BE BOTH MECHANICALLY AND ELECTRICALLY EFFECTIVE. H.COUPLING AND CONNECTORS USED ON ELECTRIC METALLIC TUBING SHALL BE COMPRESSION TYPE. I.CONDUIT SHALL BE TERMINATED WITH SUITABLE BUSHINGS OR EQUIVALENT DEVICES WHICH SHALL PROTECT THE ENCLOSED WIRES FROM ABRASION AT THE ENDS. INSULATED BUSHINGS SHALL BE USED. J.CONDUIT SIZES SHALL BE MINIMUM OF 1" UNDERGROUND(AND 3/4" ABOVE GROUND) AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS OF THE "NEC". K.IN EACH CONDUIT WITHOUT CONDUCTORS, PROVIDE ONE #12 TW PULL STRING WITH A TAG IDENTIFYING LOCATION OF OPPOSITE END. L.PROVIDE SLEEVES, NIPPLES, AND COUPLINGS REQUIRED FOR THE INSTALLATION OF CONDUIT. SLEEVES SHALL PROJECT 4" ABOVE FLOOR (MIN.). M.PROTECT CONDUIT FROM DAMAGE AND THE ENTRANCE OF WATER AND FOREIGN MATTER DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD. WATERTIGHT STOPPERS OR CAPS SHALL BE INSTALLED IMMEDIATELY AFTER THE CONDUIT IS INSTALLED, REMOVED ONLY WHEN WIRE IS TO BE INSTALLED. N.THOROUGHLY CLEAN THE INSIDE OF CONDUITS TO ASCERTAIN FOREIGN MATERIALS ARE REMOVED BEFORE PULLING WIRE OR CABLE. 10.PROVIDE AND INSTALL HANGERS, SUPPORTS AND FASTENERS AS REQUIRED. A.INSTALLATION OF HANGERS AND SUPPORTS SHALL BE MADE TO THE STRUCTURAL STEEL, MASONRY AND POURED CONCRETE. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED TO PRE-CAST CONCRETE, METAL DECKS, STEEL BRACING OR BRIDGING, PIPING OR OTHER CONDUIT. B.FASTENERS FOR SUPPORTS AND HANGERS SHALL BE MADE WITH BEAM CLAMPS, U-BOLTS, STUD WELDING OR OTHER APPROVED DEVICES. FASTENERS FOR SUPPORTS AND HANGERS TO CONCRETE SHALL BE MADE WITH ONE PIECE MALLEABLE IRON OR WROUGHT STEEL INSERTS WITH LONG RADIUS NECKS AND KEYHOLE SLOTS FOR ATTACHMENT IN FORMS, WITH SELF DRILLING TYPE EXPANSION SHIELDS WITH INSIDE THREADS AND EXPANSION PLUGS, OR WITH OTHER APPROVED TYPE DEVICES. C.INSTALLATION SHALL BE SUCH SO AS TO SUPPORT CONDUIT WITHOUT SAGGING AND SHALL BE CLEAR OF THE WORK OF OTHER TRADES. PROVISION FOR EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION SHALL BE MADE. D.ELECTRICAL ENCLOSURES SHALL BE WEATHERPROOF WHEN EXPOSED TO OUTDOORS OR WET AREAS. 11.EXACT LOCATION OF EQUIPMENT AND OUTLETS SHALL BE VERIFIED IN FIELD. COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEM WITH THAT OF ALL OTHER TRADES. PRIOR TO COMPLETION OF AFFECTED WORK, ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTRUCT THE OWNER ON THE USE AND MAINTENANCE OF THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM. 12.SIZE OUTLET BOXES IN CONFORMITY WITH CODE FOR NUMBER AND GAUGE OF CONDUCTORS THEREIN. EXCEPT WHERE NOTED TO BE 5S OR LARGER, MINIMUM BOX SIZE SHALL BE 4" SQUARE BY 2-1/8" DEEP. JUNCTION BOXES SHALL BE LABELED WITH RESPECTIVE CIRCUIT NUMBERS. 13.OUTLET BOXES SHALL BE FLUSH WITH THE FINISHED SURFACE OF WALLS AND CEILINGS OF COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS. 14.OPENINGS IN BOXES, CONDUIT BODIES AND FITTINGS SHALL BE ADEQUATELY CLOSED. 15.SURFACE MOUNTED BOXES AND CABINETS MOUNTED IN WET AND DAMP LOCATIONS SHALL BE WEATHERPROOF AND SHALL HAVE AT LEAST 1/4 INCH AIR SPACE BETWEEN THE BOX AND MOUNTING SURFACE. 16.SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS USED AS SWITCHES SHALL BE READILY ACCESSIBLE AND SO INSTALLED THAT THE GRIP OF THE OPERATING HANDLE IS WITHIN 6'-7" ABOVE THE FLOOR OR WORKING PLATFORM, CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE RATED FOR SWITCHING DUTY 17.ENTRANCE TO ROOMS AND OTHER GUARDED LOCATIONS THAT CONTAIN LIVE PARTS SHALL BE MARKED WITH A CONSPICUOUS WARNING SIGN FORBIDDING UNQUALIFIED PERSONS TO ENTER. 18.AFTER AWARD OF THE GENERAL CONTRACT, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT TO THE ARCHITECT FOR APPROVAL, ALL REQUIRED SHOP DRAWINGS, BROCHURES AND OTHER SATISFACTORY DESCRIPTIONS INDICATING MANUFACTURER, CATALOG NUMBER, DIMENSIONS AND PERFORMANCE FOR THE FOLLOWING EQUIPMENT: A.PANELBOARDS, LIGHT FIXTURES, LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES, TERMINAL CABINETS AND CONTROL DEVICES. DATA SHALL INCLUDE CABINET DIMENSIONS, SIZE AND CAPACITY OF BUSSES, CIRCUIT BREAKERS, SWITCHES, FUSES AND OTHER COMPONENTS. 19.IRRELEVANT INFORMATION ON DRAWINGS AND DATA SHEETS SHALL BE COMPLETELY MARKED OUT LEAVING ONLY DATA THAT PERTAINS TO THE ITEMS SUBMITTED FOR APPROVAL. EQUIPMENT SHALL NOT BE DELIVERED TO THE SITE UNTIL SHOP DRAWINGS HAVE BEEN APPROVED. APPROVAL OF THE SHOP DRAWINGS DOES NOT RELIEVE THE CONTRACTOR OF RESPONSIBILITY TO CONFORM TO THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS NOR OF RESPONSIBILITY FOR SATISFACTORY PERFORMANCE OF EQUIPMENT. 20.NOTIFY THE SUPPLIER OF ANY MISSING OR BROKEN PARTS OR ANY MISSING OR BROKEN FIXTURES AT LEAST FOURTEEN (14) DAYS PRIOR TO JOB COMPLETION. EQUIPMENT INSTALLED WITHOUT APPROVAL THEREOF SHALL BE DONE AT THE RISK OF THE CONTRACTOR AND THE COST OF REMOVAL OF SUCH EQUIPMENT OR RELATED WORK WHICH IS JUDGED UNSATISFACTORY FOR ANY REASON SHALL BE AT THE EXPENSE OF THE CONTRACTOR. 21.USE "THNN/THWN" COPPER WIRES OR EQUAL FOR ALL BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING WITH A SEPARATE GREEN GROUNDING CONDUCTOR. SIZE PER NEC 250.122. 22.EQUIPMENT SHALL BE LISTED BY A RECOGNIZED TESTING LABORATORY (UL LISTED). 23.DATA AND ACCESS CONTROL CABLE INSTALLATION, TERMINATING, AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE IN CONFORMITY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS AND SUBJECT TO APPROVAL OF THE OWNER'S COMMUNICATION PERSONNEL AND SHALL COMPLY WITH OWNER'S COMMUNICATION CABLING SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 16750 AND REQUIREMENTS. 24.THE NON-CURRENT CARRYING METALLIC PARTS OF ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND ENCLOSURES, INCLUDING CONDUITS, SUPPORTS, CABINETS, PANEL ENCLOSURES, CONTROL PANELS AND ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT, WHICH ARE INSTALLED OR CONNECTED UNDER THIS CONTRACT, SHALL BE PROPERLY GROUNDED BY CONNECTION TO THE GROUNDING SYSTEM, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER OR NOT THESE CONNECTIONS ARE SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. A.THE GROUNDING INSTALLATION SHALL HAVE PROVISIONS FOR BOTH SYSTEM AND EQUIPMENT GROUNDS AS DEFINED BY THE "CEC" THESE GROUNDING SYSTEMS ARE TO BE EFFECTIVELY INSULATED FROM EACH OTHER EXCEPT AT THE SERVICE CONNECTION. B.GROUNDING SHALL BE DONE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF "CEC" AND THE "NESC". LOCAL REQUIREMENTS OF THE INSPECTION AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION SHALL GOVERN IN ALL MATTERS OF INTERPRETATION. C.IF WATER SERVICE IS USED FOR GROUNDING POINT, IT SHALL BE ASCERTAINED THAT THE WATER PIPING IS ELECTRICALLY CONTINUOUS AT JOINTS AND IS OF CONDUCTING MATERIAL. WATER PIPING WITH SWEATED JOINTS IN ELECTRICAL PATH SHALL HAVE SUCH JOINTS BONDED. D.WHERE GROUND CABLES ENTER AND LEAVE FERROUS CONDUITS, THEY SHALL BE MECHANICALLY CONNECTED TO THE END OF THE RACEWAY. WHERE GROUND CABLE PASSES THROUGH FERROUS FLOORING OR FRAMING, CONNECTION SHALL BE MADE TO SUCH METAL. E.BONDING MADE BELOW GRADE SHALL BE EXOTHERMIC. F.NEW SERVICES, AT A MINIMUM, SHALL INCLUDE A TRIAD CONSISTING OF (3) 10' GROUND RODS 10' APART, UNO.NEW SERVICES, AT A MINIMUM, SHALL INCLUDE A TRIAD CONSISTING OF (3) 10' GROUND RODS 10' APART, UNO. 25.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL KEEP ALL PARTS OF THE BUILDING AND SITE FREE FROM ANY ACCUMULATIONS OF RUBBISH OR WASTE MATERIALS CAUSED BY HIS WORKMEN, AND SHALL REMOVE SUCH ACCUMULATIONS FROM THE BUILDING, SITE AND PROPERTY. JOB SITE SHALL BE CLEANED AT THE END OF EACH WORKING DAY. DAILY AND UPON COMPLETION OF WORK, CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE DEBRIS, RUBBISH, WASTE, AND SURPLUS MATERIAL FROM PROJECT PREMISES. 26.THOROUGHLY CLEAN ALL PARTS OF THE EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL INSTALLED UNDER THIS SECTION. SURFACES OF EXPOSED CONDUIT SHALL BE CLEANED OF CEMENT, PLASTER, DIRT, RUST, GREASE, AND OTHER FOREIGN MATTER, AND BE LEFT IN CONDITION SUITABLE TO THE CONTRACTOR AND ACCEPTABLE FOR PAINTING. A.EQUIPMENT FURNISHED WITHOUT SHOP APPLIED FINISH SHALL BE FIELD PAINTED. B.CONCEALED SURFACES OF METAL RACKS, FRAMES, AND BOXES SHALL BE PAINTED BEFORE MOUNTING. C.AFTER TESTS HAVE BEEN COMPLETED, CLEAN ALL LIGHTING FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT, LEAVING EVERYTHING IN WORKING ORDER AT THE COMPLETION OF THE ELECTRICAL WORK. 27.WIRING AND CONNECTIONS SHALL BE TESTED FOR CONTINUITY, GROUNDS, SHORT CIRCUITS, AND OTHER DEFECTS BEFORE ANY EQUIPMENT OR FIXTURES ARE CONNECTED THERETO. CABLES SHALL BE CHECKED FOR CONTINUITY, SHORTS, INSULATION RESISTANCE, AND PROPER PHASING. CONTRACTOR SHALL TERMINATE ALL CABLES & WIRES WITH TERMINAL LUGS. 28.INSULATION SHALL BE TESTED BEFORE AND AFTER INSTALLATION, AND BEFORE ENERGIZING. A.RUBBER INSULATION SHALL BE TESTED FOR ACCEPTANCE BY APPLYING DIRECT CURRENT POTENTIAL NOT OVER 3 TIMES THE RATIO OF DIRECT CURRENT TO 60% OF EQUIVALENT "RMS" ALTERNATING CURRENT FACTORY TEST VOLTAGE FOR 5 MINUTES. B.VARNISHED CAMBRIC, PAPER, AND OTHER INSULATION SHALL BE TESTED IN THE MANNER DIRECTED BY AND UP TO THE LIMITS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER. C.INSULATION RESISTANCE SHALL BE TESTED BY MEGGER OF NOT LESS THAN 600 VOLTS OUTPUT FOR CIRCUITS 480 VOLTS AND LESS. ANY CIRCUIT SHOWING AN INSULATION RESISTANCE OF LESS THAN 1 MEGOHM SHALL BE INVESTIGATED AND THE WEEK POINT CORRECTED. CORRECT OR REPLACE ANY CIRCUIT DEFECTIVE OR GROUNDED AND MAKE WIRE-BY-WIRE TEST. 29.THE ENTIRE SYSTEM SHALL BE PLACED IN PROPER OPERATING CONDITION. A.OVERLOAD DEVICES SHALL BE ADJUSTED AND SET TO SUIT THE LOADS WHICH THEY CONTROL. B.LOADS ON ALL PARTS OF SYSTEMS SHALL BE BALANCED, INSOFAR AS IS PRACTICAL. C.ALL CHANGES SHALL BE MADE THAT ARE NECESSARY FOR ADJUSTING, SETTING AND BALANCING. D.PHASE ROTATION AT ALL BUSES, PANELS, SWITCHBOARD ETC., SHALL BE CHECKED TO SEE IF IT CONFORMS WITH RECOGNIZED STANDARDS. E.GROUND TESTS SHALL BE MADE WITH THE 3 ELECTRODE "AC" OR "DC" VOLTAGE DROP METHOD TO ESTABLISH INITIAL READINGS FOR RECORDS, AND TO ASCERTAIN THAT THEY MEET DESIGN AND CODE REQUIREMENTS. F.CONTROL CIRCUITS SHALL BE CHECKED OUT FOR PROPER FUNCTIONING AND FAIL-SAFE QUALITIES. 30.DETERMINE EXACT ROUTING OF CONCEALED FEEDERS AND BRANCH HOME RUNS IN COOPERATION WITH OTHER TRADES TO SIMPLIFY INSTALLATION WHEREVER POSSIBLE BUT SUBJECT TO APPROVAL OF ARCHITECT FOR VISUAL AND STRUCTURAL REASONS. 31.INDIVIDUAL ITEMS OF WORK ARE DETAILED IN THE VARIOUS SECTIONS OF THIS SCOPE OF WORK. THE ATTACHED DRAWINGS AND THE NOTES AND LEGENDS ON THE DRAWING, THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO COMPLETE THE REQUIREMENTS FOUND IN ANY OF THE ABOVE. 32.IT SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO INSURE THAT ALL APPLICABLE SAFETY LAWS ARE STRICTLY ENFORCED AND TO MAINTAIN A SAFE CONSTRUCTION PROJECT. 33.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REPAIR AND/OR REPAINT ALL AREAS DAMAGED BY CONSTRUCTION AND FINISH TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACES. 34.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT "AS BUILT" DRAWINGS TO THE OWNER. UPON COMPLETION OF CONSTRUCTION. 35.AFTER HOURS AND WEEKEND WORK MUST BE COORDINATED WITH THE OWNER. 36.CONTRACTOR SHALL WARRANTY MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION FOR THREE YEARS FROM THE DATE OF CONTRACT COMPLETION. 37.CHECK PANEL SCHEDULES IDENTIFICATION FOR VALIDITY. REIDENTIFY ANY OR ALL CHANGES IN PANEL ON PANEL SCHEDULE CARD. WHILE PANEL COVER IS REMOVED TURN OFF ANY SPARE BREAKERS AND VERIFY SPARES ARE INDICATED ON PANEL SCHEDULE CARD. 38.USE "DYMO" LABEL ON FACE OF EACH CONTROL DEVICE AND JUNCTION BOXES INDICATING THE SOURCE PANEL AND CIRCUIT USED. 39.UPON COMPLETION OF THE WORK, COOPERATE IN CONDUCTING AN OPERATING TEST TO DEMONSTRATE THAT ALL EQUIPMENT IS OPERATING IN A SATISFACTORY MANNER. 40.CONTRACTOR SHALL CORE DRILL, SAW CUT, PATCH TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACES, AND PAINT ALL EXPOSED CONDUITS & BOXES TO MATCH EXTERIOR FINISH. USE UL LISTED FIRE RATED CAULK FOR PENETRATION @ RATED FLOORS/WALL/CEILING. 41.EC SHALL COORDINATE WITH OTHER TRADES FOR REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIC TO EQUIPMENT PURCHASED PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN OR ORDERING ASSOCIATED DEVICES OR EQUIPMENT. 42.ALL DEVICES SHALL BE RECESSED MOUNTED UNLESS THEY ARE IN AN AREA WITH EXPOSED MASONRY WALLS OR AS NOTED OTHERWISE. 43.ALL FLOOR MOUNTED EQUIPMENT SHALL BE INSTALLED ON A 4" HOUSEKEEPING PAD, EXTENDING 6" PAST THE END OF THE EQUIPMENT, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. PAD SHALL BE 4,000 PSI CONCRETE (MIN.) WITH #3 DOWELS EMBEDDED 3", 16" ON CENTER. PROVIDE #3 REBAR REINFORCING 16" ON CENTER. 44.REFER TO CEC TABLE 300.5 FOR DEPTH OF UNDERGROUND FEEDERS / CIRCUITS. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, ALL CONDUITS SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 6" BELOW THE BOTTOM OF THE SLAB ABOVE. EXACT TRENCH WIDTH SHALL BE DETERMINED BY THE CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE EXACT ROUTING WITH EXISTING CONDITIONS AND OTHER TRADES. ALL CABLES HALL BE IN CONDUIT (NO DIRECT BURIAL CABLE) AND SHALL HAVE A WARNING TAPE A MIN. OF 6" ABOVE CONDUIT. 45.DISSIMILAR METALS SHALL NOT BE USED AT CONNECTION POINTS UNLESS APPROVED BY THE ASSOCIATED MANUFACTURERS. THIS INCLUDES BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO COPPER WIRE ON ALUMINUM LUGS OR ALUMINUM WIRES ON COPPER LUGS. EC SHALL PROVIDE PRODUCTS OR COATINGS INTENDED SPECIFICALLY FOR AVOIDING OXIDATION FOR THE TYPE OF CONNECTION BEING MADE. ELECTRICAL NOTES ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS LIST NOTE: SYMBOLS REPRESENT EQUIPMENT AND OUTLET BOXES TO WHICH CONDUIT AND WIRE IS RUN FOR CONNECTION TO FIXTURES AND DEVICES. NOT ALL SYMBOLS APPLY TO THIS PROJECT; DISREGARD THOSE NOT USED ON PLANS AND IN DETAILS. MOUNTING HEIGHTS IN SYMBOL LIST APPLY UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON DRAWINGS. JUNCTION BOX, WITH COVER (4" SQUARE, DEEP, WITH PLASTER RING) DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, WALL MOUNTED, GROUNDING TYPE. +18"AFF, U.O.N. (20 AMP, 120 VOLT, COVER PLATE WHITE) DOUBLE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, WALL MOUNTED, GROUNDING TYPE. +18"AFF, U.O.N. (20 AMP, 120 VOLT, COVER PLATE WHITE) SPECIAL RECEPTACLE, GROUNDING TYPE, WALL MOUNTED. +18"AFF, U.O.N. (FOR RATING REFER TO POWER PLAN) DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, WITH GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTER , WALL MOUNTED. +18"AFF, U.O.N. (20 AMP. 120 VOLT, 3W) SPECIAL RECEPTACLE, WITH GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTER , WALL MOUNTED. +18"AFF, U.O.N. (FOR RATING REFER TO POWER PLAN) WEATHER RESISTANT DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, WITH GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTER , WALL MOUNTED. +18"AFF, U.O.N. (20 AMP. 120 VOLT, 3W) PROVIDE WITH IN-USE WEATHER RESISTANT COVER PLATE. OUTLET AT ABOVE COUNTER HEIGHT CONTROLLED SPLIT RECEPTACLE: SHALL BE PERMANENTLY MARKED TO INDICATE THEY ARE CONTROLLED VIA A TIME BASED AND/OR OCCUPANCY DETECTION SYSTEM. LABELING SHALL INDICATE IT IS A SPLIT RECEPTACLE CONTROLLED (SIMILAR TO LEVITON 16352-1 AND 16352-2). FLOOR BOX WITH POWER OUTLETS, FLUSH WITH FINISH FLOOR (COVER PLATE & FINISH POWDER COATED BRASS OR AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT), (2) DUPLEX RECEPTACLES 20 AMP, 120 VOLT. FLOOR BOX WITH POWER OUTLETS AND DATA ROUGH-IN, FLUSH WITH FINISH FLOOR (COVER PLATE & FINISH POWDER COATED BRASS OR AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT), (2) DUPLEX RECEPTACLES 20 AMP, 120 VOLT, DUAL-GANG, LOW VOLTAGE BACKBOX. PROVIDE 1" CONDUIT (AND PULL STRING) TO IT CABINET / BACKBOARD. CEILING MOUNTED POWER OUTLET, FLUSH WITH FINISH CEILING, 20 AMP, 120 VOLT. MANUAL SWITCH, FLUSH IN WALL. 3 = THREE WAY SWITCH, 4 = 4 WAY SWITCH, K = KEYED SWITCH, LV = LOW VOLTAGE SWITCH, OS = OCCUPANCY SENSOR SWITCH, P = PILOT SWITCH, VS= VACANCY SENSOR SWITCH, WP= WEATHERPROOF SWITCH LINE VOLTAGE DIMMER SWITCH, FLUSH IN WALL.COORDINATE DIMMER TYPE WITH SPECIFIC FIXTURE. PROVIDE ON/OFF AND RAISE/LOWER CONTROL FOR EACH SWITCH LEG SHOWN ON PLANS. 3 = THREE WAY DIMMER SWITCH, OS = OCCUPANCY SENSOR DIMMER SWITCH, VS= VACANCY SENSOR DIMMER SWITCH LOW VOLTAGE DIMMER SWITCH, FLUSH IN WALL.COORDINATE DIMMER TYPE WITH SPECIFIC FIXTURE. PROVIDE ON/OFF AND RAISE/LOWER CONTROL FOR EACH SWITCH LEG SHOWN ON PLANS. OS = OCCUPANCY SENSOR LV DIMMER SWITCH, VS= VACANCY SENSOR LV DIMMER SWITCH CEILING MOUNTED LIGHT SENSOR XX (TYPE): OS = OCCUPANCY SENSOR, VS = VACANCY SENSOR YY (SENSING TECHNOLOGY) : BLANK = DUAL TECH, IR= INFRARED ONLY WALL MOUNTED LIGHT SENSOR, +42"AFF XX (TYPE): OS = OCCUPANCY SENSOR, VS = VACANCY SENSOR YY (SENSING TECHNOLOGY) : BLANK = DUAL TECH, IR= INFRARED ONLY ELECTRICAL PANEL, FLUSH WALL MOUNTED ELECTRICAL PANEL, SURFACE WALL MOUNTED CIRCUIT BREAKER METER DISCONNECT, SIZE TO COORDINATE WITH ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. INDOOR SHALL BE NEMA 1, OUTDOOR SHALL BE NEMA 3R (UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE) FUSED DISCONNECT, SIZE DISCONNECT AND FUSES TO COORDINATE WITH ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. INDOOR SHALL BE NEMA 1, OUTDOOR SHALL BE NEMA 3R (UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE) DATA OUTLET ROUGH-IN DATA OUTLET AND TELECOM ROUGH-IN CALIFORNIA CODES AND STANDARDS ABS - ACRYLONITRILE - BUTADIENE - STYRENE ABV - ABOVE ACC - ACCESSIBLE AFF - ABOVE FINISH FLOOR AFG - ABOVE FINISHED GRADE AHU - AIR HANDLING UNIT AP - ACCESS PANEL BAD - BYPASS DAMPER BEL - BELOW BEH - BEHIND CD - CONDENSATE DRAIN CFM - CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE C.I.- CAST IRON CLG - CEILING C.O.- CONDUIT ONLY. CON - CONNECT/CONNECTION CONT - CONTINUATION CB - CIRCUIT BREAKER. CKT - CIRCUIT. CU.- COPPER. DA - DISABLED ACCESS DF - DRINKING FOUNTAIN DN - DOWN DOAS - DEDICATED OUTDOOR AIR SYSTEM D.A.- DISTRIBUTION PANEL. EC - ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR ECC - ENVIRONMENAL CONTROL CONTRACTOR EM - EMERGENCY. EMCS- ENERGY MANAGEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM EF - EXHAUST FAN (E) - EXISTING. (ER)- EXISTING DEVICE TO BE REPLACED FA - FIRE ALARM. FCU - FAN COIL UNIT FLR - FLOOR FD - FLOOR DRAIN FU - FIXTURE UNIT FV - FLUSH VALVE F.H.C.-FIRE HOSE CABINET GND - GROUND. GRD - GRADE GPM - GALLONS PER MINUTE HDR - HEADER H.B.- HOSE BIBB HP - HORSEPOWER RATING. HRW - HEAT RECOVERY WHEEL J-BOX - JUNCTION BOX. KA - KILO AMPERES. KW - KILOWATT. KVA - KILO-VOLT AMPS. LAN - LOCAL AREA NETWORK LTG - LIGHTING. LCL - LONG CONTINUOUS LOAD L.O.- LUGS ONLY. LV - LOW VOLTAGE. MH - MOUNTING HEIGHT (TO BOTTOM OF FIXTURE) MC - MOMENTARY CONTACT ACTION. MTD - MOUNTED (N)- NEW N.C. - NORMALLY CLOSED NEC - NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE. NL - NIGHT LIGHT. NIC - NOT IN CONTRACT NTS - NOT TO SCALE. OFCI - OWNER FURNISHED CONTRACTOR INSTALLED PNL - PANEL BOARD RA - RETURN AIR SA - SUPPLY AIR. SSS - SATIN STAINLESS STEEL. SPD - SUB DISTRIBUTION PANEL TEL - TELEPHONE TL - TWIST-LOCK CONSTRUCTION TTB - TELEPHONE TERMINAL BOARD. TYP - TYPICAL. UON - UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. V - VOLTS. VTR - VENT THROUGH ROOF W.P - WEATHERPROOF CONSTRUCTION. WT - WEATHERTIGHT CONSTRUCTION. SEISMIC NOTES 1.CONTRACTOR SHALL PROV1DE COMPLETE SEISMIC ANCHORAGE AND BRACING FOR ALL REQUIRED CONDUIT AND EQUIPMENT. 2.CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY WITH THE SUPPORT AND ANCHORAGE OF EQUIPMENT AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. IF THERE IS NO ANCHORAGE DETAIL SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS IF THE FOLLOWING APPLY: 2.1.EQUIPMENT WITH AN OPERATING WEIGHT OVER 40 POUNDS AND IS MOUNTED DIRECTLY ON THE FLOOR OR ROOF. 2.2.EQUIPMENT WITH AN OPERATING WEIGHT OVER 20 POUNDS AND IS SUSPENDED FROM THE CEILING, STRUCTURE, ROOF, FLOOR, OR WALL OR IS SUPPORTED BY SPRING ISOLATION DEVICES. 2.3.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT THE ANCHORAGE DETAILS AND CALCULATIONS FOR ITEMS NOT SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND FOR ALL SUBSTITUTED EQUIPMENT THAT IS GREATER IN WEIGHT OR VARIES MORE THAN 10% IN LENGTH. 3.THE CALCULATIONS AND DETAIL SUBMITTALS SHALL BE SEALED AND SIGNED BY A STRUCTURAL ENGINEER REGISTERED IN THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA. THE CALCULATIONS SHALL DEMONSTRATE THE FOLLOWING: 3.1.THE ADEQUACY OF ANCHORAGE UNDER ALL APPLICABLE LOAD CONDITIONS PRESCRIBED BY THE CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE. 3.2.THE STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS, WHICH ARE RESISTING THE ANCHORAGE LOADS; SUCH AS CONCRETE FILL ON METAL DECK AND/OR STEEL BEAMS, ARE NOT STRESSED BEYOND ITS ACCEPTABLE VALUE. 4.FOR ALL VIBRATION ISOLATORS AND THEIR ANCHORAGES, THE CONTRACTOR SHILL PROVIDE CALCULATIONS, DETAILS AND TEST DATA TO SUBSTANTIATE THE ISOLATOR'S CAPACITY FOR VERTICAL AND LATERAL LOADS. CALCULATIONS MUST ALSO BE SUBMITTED TO SUBSTANTIATE THE SIZE, QUANTITY, LOCATION AND CONNECTION TO STRUCTURE. THE DRAWINGS MUST BE MADE CONSISTENT WITH THE CALCULATIONS. THE MANUFACTURER, EQUIPMENT AND STRUCTURAL ATTACHMENT PROCEDURE MUST BE CLEARLY SPECIFIED. ISOLATORS WHICH SUPPORT A COMPONENT INSIDE THE ACTUAL UNIT WILL NOT BE REVIEWED. 5.WHERE CONCRETE AND MASONRY EXPANSION OR ADHESIVE TYPE ANCHORS ARE USED, THE ANCHORAGE DETAILS AND CALCULATIONS SHALL INDICATE THE MANUFACTURER, ICC ESR REPORT NO., TYPE, DIAMETER, MINIMUM EMBEDMENT, CONCRETE TYPE AND STRENGTH. 6.WHEN INSTALLING DRILLED-IN ANCHORS IN EXISTING NON-PRESTRESSED REINFORCED CONCRETE, USE CARE AND CAUTION TO AVOID CUTTING DR DAMAGING THE EXISTING REINFORCING BARS. LOCATE REINFORCEMENT BY USING A NON-DESTRUCTIVE METHOD PRIOR TO INSTILLATION. MAINTAIN A MINIMUM CLEARANCE OF ONE INCH BETWEEN THE REINFORCEMENT AND THE DRILLED-IN ANCHOR AND/OR PIN. 7.NO POWER DRIVEN FASTENERS AND/OR SHOT PINS ARE ALLOWED FOR HANGING EQUIPMENT, DUCTWORK AND PIPING SYSTEMS. 8.ALL EXPANSION ANCHORS SHALL HAVE 50% OF THE BOLTS TESTED. IF ANY ANCHOR FAILS TESTING, TEST ALL ANCHORS UNTIL 20 CONSECUTIVE PASS, THEN RESUME THE MINIMAL TESTING FREQUENCY. TESTING SHALL OCCUR 24 HOURS MINIMUM AFTER INSTALLATION OF THE SUBJECT ANCHORS, IN ACCORDANCE WITH IR19-1. 9.FOR ANCHORAGE USE REDHEAD TRUBOLTS (ICC ESR-2251) OR HILTI KWIK BOLT 3 WEDGE ANCHORS (ICC ESR-2302). 10.THE SEISMIC ANCHORAGE OF EQUIPMENT SHALL CONFORM TO 2022 CBC SECTIONS 1615.1.21 AND 1616.1.22. 11.PER THE CBC, PAD MOUNTED EQUIPMENT WEIGHING LESS THAN 400 LBS WITH FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS BETWEEN EQUIPMENT AND DUCTWORK / PIPING SHALL BE EXEMPT FROM JUSTIFYING ANCHORAGE. ABBREVIATIONS LIGHTING GENERAL NOTES A.CONNECT EMERGENCY LIGHTS (SHADED AND/OR HALF SHADED) AND EXIT SIGNS TO LOCAL LIGHTING CIRCUIT AHEAD OF LOCAL SWITCHING. B.OCCUPANCY SENSORS SHALL BE WIRED UPSTREAM OF LOCAL SWITCHING UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. THE IR PART OF SENSOR SHALL TURN ON THE LIGHTS AND THE ULTRASONIC PART SHALL MAINTAIN LIGHTING CONTROL OF THE SPACE. PROVIDE APPROPRIATE LOCATION AND QUANTITY OF OCCUPANCY SENSORS AND POWER PACKS REQUIRED FOR PROPER OPERATION REGARDLESS OF QUANTITIES AND LOCATIONS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS (MINIMUM QUANTITIES SHOWN). ALL SENSORS IN A ROOM / AREA SHALL OPERATE PARALLEL. CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE THE COST TO INSTALL (4) ADDITIONAL OCCUPANCY SENSORS AND (4) ADDITIONAL POWER PACKS. MATERIAL SHALL BE TURNED OVER TO THE OWNER AS SPARE PARTS IF UNUSED. C.PROVIDE POWER PACKS FOR CONTROLLED RECEPTACLES (1 POWER PACK PER CIRCUIT), SEE FLOOR PLANS FOR MORE INFORMATION. D.ALL COMMON CORRIDOR LIGHTING ON EACH FLOOR SHALL BE CONTROLLED AS ONE ZONE VIA OCCUPANCY SENSORS. CORRIDOR LIGHTING SHALL HAVE 2 LEVELS OF AUTOMATED DIMMING, 50% AFTER 30 MINS OF NO OCCUPANCY AND TURN OFF AFTER 1 HOUR OF NO OCCUPANCY. E.PROVIDE PROGRAMMING AND TRAINING FOR ALL LIGHTING CONTROL. F.EXTERIOR LIGHT POLLUTION MUST COMPLY WITH CGC SECTION 5.106.8. G.ELECTRICAL SWITCHES - CONTROLS AND SWITCHES INTENDED TO BE USED BY THE OCCUPANT OF A ROOM OR AREA TO CONTROL LIGHTING AND RECEPTACLE OUTLETS, APPLIANCES OR COOLING, HEATING AND VENTILATING EQUIPMENT, SHALL COMPLY WITH CBC 11B-308 EXCEPT THE LOW REACH SHALL BE MEASURED TO THE BOTTOM OF THE OUTLET BOX AND THE HIGH REACH SHALL BE MEASURED TO THE TOP OF THE OUTLET BOX. [CBC 11B-308.1.1] POWER GENERAL NOTES A.ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL REQUIREMENTS FOR MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING EQUIPMENT WITH ASSOCIATED CONTRACTOR. WHERE A SERVICE DISCONNECT, STARTER, AND/OR VFD IS NOT SHOWN IT IS TO BE PROVIDED WITH THE EQUIPMENT. COORDINATE EXACT PLACEMENT OF EQUIPMENT PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. B.COORDINATE DEVICE LOCATIONS WITH ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. C.MINIMUM WIRE SIZE IS #12 COPPER. MINIMUM CONDUIT SIZE IS 3/4". BRANCH CIRCUITS SHALL INCLUDE #12 CONDUCTORS FOR EACH PHASE, #12 DEDICATED NEUTRAL, AND #12 GROUND IN A 3/4" CONDUIT UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. D.EC SHALL COORDINATE EXACT PLACEMENT OF DEVICES SPECIFICALLY SHOWN TO SERVICE AN APPLIANCE OR WORKSTATION. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL FURNITURE PLANS AND ELEVATIONS AND NOTIFY THE ENGINEER VIA RFI EXACT DEVICE LOCATION IS NOT CLEAR. E.ENSURE INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE ACCESS PANELS FOR EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES LOCATED IN INACCESSIBLE WALL OR CEILING CAVITIES. NON-FIRE-RATED CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE LARSEN'S MODEL L-SLK "SHUR-LOK" AUTOMATIC SPRING-BOLT LOCK ACCESS DOOR. 1-HR FIRE-RATED SHALL BE LARSEN'S MODEL L-FR-CL FIRE RATED ACCESS DOOR, WITH CYLINDER LOCK. F.ELECTRICAL RECEPTACLE OUTLETS - ELECTRICAL RECEPTACLE OUTLETS ON BRANCH CIRCUITS OF 30 AMPERES OR LESS AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM RECEPTACLES SHALL COMPLY WITH CBC 11B-308 EXCEPT THE LOW REACH SHALL BE MEASURED TO THE BOTTOM OF THE OUTLET BOX AND THE HIGH REACH SHALL BE MEASURED TO THE TOP OF THE OUTLET BOX. [CBC 11B-308.1.2] A.ALL AUDIOVISUAL AND VOICE / DATA OUTLET ROUGH-INS SHALL BE INSTALLED WITHIN 12" OF A POWER OUTLET. EXTEND 1" (MIN.) CONDUIT TO ACCESSIBLE CEILING. B.PROVIDE PULL WIRE IN ALL EMPTY CONDUITS. C.CABLE TRAY AND CONDUIT SIZE AND QUANTITIES ARE MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS. DO NOT EXCEED A FILL RATIO OF 40% FILL, PROVIDE ADDITIONAL WIRE MANAGEMENT CAPACITY AS REQUIRED. D.ALL DEVICES MOUNTED OUTDOORS SHALL BE RATED FOR OUTDOOR. E.DO NOT EXCEED 100' OR TWO 90 DEGREE TURNS WITHOUT AN ACCESSIBLE PULL BOX. SYSTEMS ROUGH-IN GENERAL NOTES A.PROGRAM LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM TO TURN OFF COMMON AREA LIGHTING BASED ON OWNER'S NORMALLY OCCUPIED HOURS OR PROVIDE OCCUPANCY CONTROL (SEE FLOOR PLANS FOR MORE INFORMATION). B.CORRIDOR / HALL AREA SHALL HAVE OCCUPANCY CONTROL TO DIM 50% WHEN NOT OCCUPIED FOR 30 MINUTES AND TURN OFF DURING UNOCCUPIED HOURS. C.ALL LIGHTING SHALL HAVE MANUAL CONTROL UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. D.EXTERIOR LIGHTING SHALL BE CONTROLLED BY TIME-CLOCK, COORDINATE PROGRAMMING WITH OWNER. E.THIS IS A PARTIAL LIST IF REQUIREMENTS AND DOES NOT EXCUSE OTHER REQUIREMENTS NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS, OR APPLICATION CODES. F.CONTROLLED OUTLETS SHALL BE CONTROLLED BY AREA OCCUPANCY SENSORS OR TIME CLOCK / CONTACTORS. PROVIDE A POWER PACK OR CONTACTOR PER CIRCUIT, SEE FLOOR PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. TITLE 24 GENERAL NOTES LINE WEIGHT AND LINE TYPE LEGEND : NEW OR TO BE RELOCATED EXISTING TO REMAIN EXISTING TO BE DEMOLISHED EXISTING TO REMAIN. FUTURE, SHOWN FOR REFERENCE. TO BE DEMOLISHED, REMOVE ASSOCIATED BACK BOX, WIRE, CONDUIT, ETC. (E) (F) (D) ANNOTATION LEGEND : TITLE 24 C.C.R., PART1 2025 CALIFORNIA BUILDING STANDARDS ADMINISTRATIVE CODE. TITLE 24 C.C.R., PART2 2025 CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE (CBC) TITLE 24 C.C.R., PART3 2025 CALIFORNIA ELECTRICAL CODE (CEC) TITLE 24 C.C.R., PART4 2025 CALIFORNIA MECHANICAL CODE (CMC) TITLE 24 C.C.R., PART5 2025 CALIFORNIA PLUMBING CODE (CPC) TITLE 24 C.C.R., PART6 2025 CALIFORNIA ENERGY CODE TITLE 24 C.C.R., PART7 (NO LONGER PUBLISHED IN TITLE 24. SEE TITLE 8, CCR) TITLE 24 C.C.R., PART8 2025 CALIFORNIA HISTORICAL BUILDING CODE TITLE 24 C.C.R., PART9 2025 CALIFORNIA FIRE CODE (CFC) TITLE 24 C.C.R., PART10 2025 CALIFORNIA EXISTING BUILDING CODE TITLE 24 C.C.R., PART11 2025 CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS CODE TITLE 24 C.C.R., PART12 2025 CALIFORNIA REFERENCED STANDARDS CODE TITLE 19 C.C.R., PUBLIC SAFETY, STATE FIRE MARSHAL REGULATIONS. NFPA 70 NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE NFPA 72 NATIONAL FIRE ALARM AND SIGNALING CODE NFPA 80 FIRE DOORS AND OTHER OPENING PROTECTIVES NFPA 101 LIFE SAFETY CODE UL 300 FIRE TESTING OF FIRE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS FOR PROTECTION UL 464 AUDIBLE SIGNALING DEVICES FOR FIRE ALARM AND SIGNALING SYSTEMS WP 03 BOH 02 COUNTER NOT IN SCOPE: ELEVATOR TO PARKING 01 FOH (E) WATER HEATER (E) 45KVA TRANSFORMER (D) (D) (D) (D) (D) (D) (D) (D) (D) (D) (D) (D) (D)(D)(D)(D) (D) (D)(D)(D) (D) (R) PANEL A (R) PANEL H (D) 1 2 2 (D) (D) (D) (D)(D)(D) (D) (D) www.alphamep.net Date Modified: Scale: Project No.: Drawn By: AS INDICATED 73200 El Paseo, Suite 2D Palm Desert, CA 92260 gregoryarch.com 760.779.2724 01/30/2026 Date Description 2535 400 S. BALDWIN AVE. SUITE T-62, SANTA ANITA, CA 91007 BACIO DI LATTE - THE SHOPS SANTA ANITA 02/18/26 PLAN CHECK RESUBMITTAL1 04/10/26 PLAN CHECK RESUBMITTAL2 ED1.1 KK EXISTING - DEMO PLAN - POWER EXISTING - DEMO PLAN - POWER SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" 1 C O D E D N O T E S G E N E R A L N O T E S 1.EXISTING WATER HEATER AND ITS ASSOCIATED DISCONNECT SWITCH TO REMAIN. 2.EXISTING PANEL TO BE RELOCATED TO NEW LOCATION. EXISTING FEEDERS FROM PANEL H TO TRANSFORMER, FROM PANEL A SHALL BE RETAINED TO MAKE NEW CONNECTION AT NEW LOCATION. REFER TO SHEET E2.1 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON NEW WORK. A.REFER SHEET E0.0 FOR GENERAL NOTES. B.ALL EXISTING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, NOT LIMITED TO RECEPTACLES, CONDUITS, CONDUCTORS, ETC SHOWN ON THIS PLAN ARE BASED ON FIELD SURVEY AND SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY EXACT LOCATIONS, SIZES, AND CONDITIONS IN THE FIELD. C.EXISTING LAYOUT IS BASED ON SITE SURVEY DATA AVAILABLE. EC SHALL FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITION FOR ANY DEVIATION. ANY OTHER ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, DEVICE, LIGHT FIXTURE NOT SHOWN ON LAYOUT SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH OWNER PRIOR TO WORK. D.EXISTING ELECTRICAL WIRING THAT WILL NOT BE OBSOLETE AND WHICH WILL BE DISTURBED DUE TO CONSTRUCTION CHANGES REQUIRED BY THIS CONTRACT SHALL BE RESTORED TO OPERATING CONDITION, AS REQUIRED OR DIRECTED. EXTEND CONDUITS AND PULL NEW WIRING, OR INSTALL JUNCTION BOXES AND SPLICE IN NEW WIRING, OR REPLACE OLD WIRING WITH NEW WIRE(S) WHERE NECESSARY. E.EXISTING CONDUIT TO BE ABANDONED SHALL BE REMOVED IF EXPOSED, IN A CRAWL SPACE, OR IN AN ACCESSIBLE CEILING. CUT, CAP, AND PLUG EXISTING CONDUIT INACCESSIBLE AREAS OR WHERE IT IS NOT POSSIBLE TO BE REMOVED. REMOVE EXISTING ELECTRICAL DEVICES, EQUIPMENT, BRANCH CIRCUITS, AND FEEDERS IN THEIR ENTIRETY BACK TO THEIR POINT OF ORIGIN UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. TURN OFF AND LABEL CIRCUIT BREAKERS AS SPARES FOR NEW WORK. F.ALL SALVAGED EXISTING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE TURNED OVER TO THE OWNER. THE ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT INCLUDES THE FOLLOWING: LIGHTING FIXTURES, DISCONNECT SWITCHES, SWITCHES, AND COPPER CONDUCTORS. ANY ELECTRICAL DEVICES THAT ARE MOVED AND WHICH ARE NOT REPLACED OR REUSED SHALL BE TURNED OVER TO THE OWNER. G.RECYCLE OR DISPOSE MATERIALS OFF-SITE AND INCLUDE ALL COSTS IN BID. HANDLE ALL MATERIALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH LEED REQUIREMENTS, ALL FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL REGULATIONS. H.OUTLETS FROM WHICH FIXTURES, SWITCHES, RECEPTACLES, OR OTHER ELECTRICAL DEVICES BEING OMITTED SHALL BE REMOVED. IF IT IS NOT POSSIBLE TO REMOVE THE DEVICE, PROVIDE BLANK COVER PLATES TO THE OUTLET BOX AND REMOVE THE WIRING, WHERE EXISTING WALLS REMAIN INTACT. I.PROVIDE CODE-COMPLIANT SUPPORT TO EXISTING-TO-REMAIN UNSUPPORTED CONDUITS AND BOXES WHERE CEILINGS ARE TO BE REMOVED. RE-ROUTE BRANCH CIRCUITS AND RELOCATE JUNCTION BOXES AS REQUIRED TO FACILITATE INSTALLATION OF NEW EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEM. REMOTE STORAGE - EXISTING - DEMO PLAN - POWER SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" 2 (E) RTU-1 TO REMAIN (E) 1 (D) EXISTING REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT (D) WP(E) (E) EXISTING UNIT. NOT IN SCOPE EXISTING UNISTRUT www.alphamep.net Date Modified: Scale: Project No.: Drawn By: AS INDICATED 73200 El Paseo, Suite 2D Palm Desert, CA 92260 gregoryarch.com 760.779.2724 01/30/2026 Date Description 2535 400 S. BALDWIN AVE. SUITE T-62, SANTA ANITA, CA 91007 BACIO DI LATTE - THE SHOPS SANTA ANITA 02/18/26 PLAN CHECK RESUBMITTAL1 04/10/26 PLAN CHECK RESUBMITTAL2 ED1.2 KK EXISTING - DEMO ROOF PLAN - ELECTRICAL EXISTING - DEMO ROOF PLAN - ELECTRICAL SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" 1 C O D E D N O T E S G E N E R A L N O T E S 1.ELECTRICAL CONNECTION TO EXISTING RTU TO REMAIN. A.REFER SHEET E0.0 FOR GENERAL NOTES. B.ALL EXISTING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, NOT LIMITED TO RECEPTACLES, CONDUITS, CONDUCTORS, ETC SHOWN ON THIS PLAN ARE BASED ON FIELD SURVEY AND SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY EXACT LOCATIONS, SIZES, AND CONDITIONS IN THE FIELD. C.EXISTING LAYOUT IS BASED ON SITE SURVEY DATA AVAILABLE. EC SHALL FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITION FOR ANY DEVIATION. ANY OTHER ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, DEVICE, LIGHT FIXTURE NOT SHOWN ON LAYOUT SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH OWNER PRIOR TO WORK. D.EXISTING ELECTRICAL WIRING THAT WILL NOT BE OBSOLETE AND WHICH WILL BE DISTURBED DUE TO CONSTRUCTION CHANGES REQUIRED BY THIS CONTRACT SHALL BE RESTORED TO OPERATING CONDITION, AS REQUIRED OR DIRECTED. EXTEND CONDUITS AND PULL NEW WIRING, OR INSTALL JUNCTION BOXES AND SPLICE IN NEW WIRING, OR REPLACE OLD WIRING WITH NEW WIRE(S) WHERE NECESSARY. E.EXISTING CONDUIT TO BE ABANDONED SHALL BE REMOVED IF EXPOSED, IN A CRAWL SPACE, OR IN AN ACCESSIBLE CEILING. CUT, CAP, AND PLUG EXISTING CONDUIT INACCESSIBLE AREAS OR WHERE IT IS NOT POSSIBLE TO BE REMOVED. REMOVE EXISTING ELECTRICAL DEVICES, EQUIPMENT, BRANCH CIRCUITS, AND FEEDERS IN THEIR ENTIRETY BACK TO THEIR POINT OF ORIGIN UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. TURN OFF AND LABEL CIRCUIT BREAKERS AS SPARES FOR NEW WORK. F.ALL SALVAGED EXISTING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE TURNED OVER TO THE OWNER. THE ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT INCLUDES THE FOLLOWING: LIGHTING FIXTURES, DISCONNECT SWITCHES, SWITCHES, AND COPPER CONDUCTORS. ANY ELECTRICAL DEVICES THAT ARE MOVED AND WHICH ARE NOT REPLACED OR REUSED SHALL BE TURNED OVER TO THE OWNER. G.RECYCLE OR DISPOSE MATERIALS OFF-SITE AND INCLUDE ALL COSTS IN BID. HANDLE ALL MATERIALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH LEED REQUIREMENTS, ALL FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL REGULATIONS. H.OUTLETS FROM WHICH FIXTURES, SWITCHES, RECEPTACLES, OR OTHER ELECTRICAL DEVICES BEING OMITTED SHALL BE REMOVED. IF IT IS NOT POSSIBLE TO REMOVE THE DEVICE, PROVIDE BLANK COVER PLATES TO THE OUTLET BOX AND REMOVE THE WIRING, WHERE EXISTING WALLS REMAIN INTACT. I.PROVIDE CODE-COMPLIANT SUPPORT TO EXISTING-TO-REMAIN UNSUPPORTED CONDUITS AND BOXES WHERE CEILINGS ARE TO BE REMOVED. RE-ROUTE BRANCH CIRCUITS AND RELOCATE JUNCTION BOXES AS REQUIRED TO FACILITATE INSTALLATION OF NEW EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEM. 03 BOH 02 COUNTER NOT IN SCOPE: ELEVATOR TO PARKING 01 FOH (D)(D) (D) (R) (D)(D)(D)(D)(D) (D)(D)(D)(D)(D) (D) (D) (D) (D) (D) (D) (D) (D) (D) (D)(D)(D)(D) (D)(D)(D)(D) (D) (D)(D)(D)(D)(D) (D) (D) (D) (R) TIME CLOCK AND CONTACTORS (D)(D) (E)(E)1 1 2 2 (E) (E) (E) www.alphamep.net Date Modified: Scale: Project No.: Drawn By: AS INDICATED 73200 El Paseo, Suite 2D Palm Desert, CA 92260 gregoryarch.com 760.779.2724 01/30/2026 Date Description 2535 400 S. BALDWIN AVE. SUITE T-62, SANTA ANITA, CA 91007 BACIO DI LATTE - THE SHOPS SANTA ANITA 02/18/26 PLAN CHECK RESUBMITTAL1 04/10/26 PLAN CHECK RESUBMITTAL2 ED2.1 KK EXISTING - DEMO PLAN - LIGHTING EXISTING - DEMO PLAN - LIGHTING SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" 1 C O D E D N O T E S G E N E R A L N O T E S 1.EXISTING LIGHTING FIXTURE TO REMAIN. REMOVE EXISTING CIRCUITING. REFER TO NEW WORK ON SHEET E2.1 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON NEW WORK. 2.EXISTING EXIT LIGHTS TO BE RELOCATED. REFER TO NEW WORK ON SHEET E2.1 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON NEW WORK. REMOTE STORAGE - EXISTING - DEMO PLAN - LIGHTING SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" 2 A.REFER TO SHEET E0.0 FOR GENERAL NOTES. B.ALL EXISTING CONTROLS, CONNECTIONS, WIRES AND CONDUITS SERVING THE EXISTING LIGHTING FIXTURES TO BE REMOVED, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. ALL THE CIRCUITS TO BE REMOVED BACK TO SOURCE. C.EXISTING LAYOUT IS BASED ON SITE SURVEY DATA AVAILABLE. EC SHALL FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITION FOR ANY DEVIATION. ANY OTHER ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, DEVICE, LIGHT FIXTURE NOT SHOWN ON LAYOUT SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH OWNER PRIOR TO WORK. D.EXISTING ELECTRICAL WIRING THAT WILL NOT BE OBSOLETE AND WHICH WILL BE DISTURBED DUE TO CONSTRUCTION CHANGES REQUIRED BY THIS CONTRACT SHALL BE RESTORED TO OPERATING CONDITION, AS REQUIRED OR DIRECTED. EXTEND CONDUITS AND PULL NEW WIRING, OR INSTALL JUNCTION BOXES AND SPLICE IN NEW WIRING, OR REPLACE OLD WIRING WITH NEW WIRE(S) WHERE NECESSARY. E.EXISTING CONDUIT TO BE ABANDONED SHALL BE REMOVED IF EXPOSED, IN A CRAWL SPACE, OR IN AN ACCESSIBLE CEILING. CUT, CAP, AND PLUG EXISTING CONDUIT INACCESSIBLE AREAS OR WHERE IT IS NOT POSSIBLE TO BE REMOVED. REMOVE EXISTING ELECTRICAL DEVICES, EQUIPMENT, BRANCH CIRCUITS, AND FEEDERS IN THEIR ENTIRETY BACK TO THEIR POINT OF ORIGIN UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. TURN OFF AND LABEL CIRCUIT BREAKERS AS SPARES FOR NEW WORK. F.ALL SALVAGED EXISTING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE TURNED OVER TO THE OWNER. THE ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT INCLUDES THE FOLLOWING: LIGHTING FIXTURES, SWITCHES, AND COPPER CONDUCTORS. ANY ELECTRICAL DEVICES THAT ARE MOVED AND WHICH ARE NOT REPLACED OR REUSED SHALL BE TURNED OVER TO THE OWNER. G.RECYCLE OR DISPOSE MATERIALS OFF-SITE AND INCLUDE ALL COSTS IN BID. HANDLE ALL MATERIALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH LEED REQUIREMENTS, ALL FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL REGULATIONS. H.OUTLETS FROM WHICH FIXTURES, SWITCHES, RECEPTACLES, OR OTHER ELECTRICAL DEVICES BEING OMITTED SHALL BE REMOVED. IF IT IS NOT POSSIBLE TO REMOVE THE DEVICE, PROVIDE BLANK COVER PLATES TO THE OUTLET BOX. I.UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ALL EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURES LABELED AS (E) SHALL REMAIN IN PLACE. CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE SURE THAT ANY NEW WORK SHALL NOT AFFECT THE EXISTING OPERATION. J.UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE DISCONNECT AND REMOVE INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LIGHT FIXTURES, CONTROLS, CONNECTIONS, ACCESSORIES, WIRES, CONDUITS ASSOCIATED WITH EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURES LABELED AS (D) BACK TO SOURCE PANEL. 03 BOH 02 COUNTER NOT IN SCOPE: ELEVATOR TO PARKING 01 FOH K22 +48" K13 +48" K14 K15 +42" K9 +15"+15"+15" K6K8 +42"+42" +15" +18" K26 K22A +34" +28" +28" +28" +28" K5 K1 CEILING MOUNTED JB FOR DIGITAL MENU BOARDS +18" A-1 A-3 A-5 A-7 A-9/11 A-13 A-4A-2 K3 A-6/8/10 A-12 A-14 A-16 A-26 A-15 A-17 A-19/21/23 A-18 A-20A-25/27 NEMA L6-30R +42" +18" +48" (R) PANEL - H (R) PANEL - A +48"+48"+48" A-24 K27 (E) WATER HEATER (E) 45KVA TRANSFORMER 1 2 3 4 4 5 +48" (E) 1 +18" (E) 7 7 7 K15 +48" +72" +72" A-34 A-36 +34" +18" 6 6 A-22 6 www.alphamep.net Date Modified: Scale: Project No.: Drawn By: AS INDICATED 73200 El Paseo, Suite 2D Palm Desert, CA 92260 gregoryarch.com 760.779.2724 01/30/2026 Date Description 2535 400 S. BALDWIN AVE. SUITE T-62, SANTA ANITA, CA 91007 BACIO DI LATTE - THE SHOPS SANTA ANITA 02/18/26 PLAN CHECK RESUBMITTAL1 04/10/26 PLAN CHECK RESUBMITTAL2 E1.1 KK PROPOSED FLOOR PLAN - POWER PROPOSED FLOOR PLAN - POWER SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" 1 C O D E D N O T E S G E N E R A L N O T E S 1.COORDINATE THE EXACT NEMA RECEPTACLE TYPE OR HARDWIRE CONNECTION FOR EQUIPMENT PRIOR TO ROUGH IN. 2.VERIFY THE HEIGHT OF RECEPTACLE AND DATA OUTLET WITH MILLWORK PRIOR TO ROUGH IN. 3.TIMER SWITCH TO CONTROL EXHAUST FAN. COORDINATE THE EXACT LOCATION ON SITE WITH OWNER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 4.RELOCATE EXISTING PANEL AT NEW LOCATION AS SHOWN. EXTEND CONDUIT AND CONDUCTORS TO NEW LOCATION AS REQUIRED. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE NEW PANEL SCHEDULE DIRECTORY. REFER TO SHEET E6.1 FOR MORE INFORMATION. ALL EXISTING TO REMAIN LOADS OF THE PANEL SHALL BE INTERCEPTED AND EXTENDED TO NEW PANEL LOCATION. 5.ELECTRICAL CONNECTION OF EXISTING WATER HEATER TO REMAIN. INTERCEPT EXISTING CONDUCTORS, CONDUITS AND EXTEND UP TO NEW LOCATION OF PANEL A. MATCH CONDUIT AND CONDUCTORS WITH EXISTING. 6.THE DEVICES IN THE REMOTE STORAGE SHALL BE FED FROM PANEL "A" AS SHOWN . E.C SHALL EXTEND CONDUITS AND WIRE FROM PANEL "A" TO THE REMOTE STORAGE AS NEEDED. COORDINATE EXACT ROUTING IN THE FILED. 7.GFCI PROTECTION IS PROVIDED AT CIRCUIT BREAKER AS THE RECEPTACLE IS NOT READILY ACCESSIBLE. REFER TO PANEL SCHEDULE FOR MORE INFORMATION. A.REFER TO SHEET E0.0 FOR GENERAL NOTES. B.VERIFY EXACT LOCATIONS AND MOUNTING HEIGHT OF ALL ELECTRICAL OUTLETS AND DEVICES W/ KITCHEN EQUIPMENT AND ARCH ELEVATIONS SUPPLIER PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. C.ALL ELECTRICAL WIRING RUNS SHALL BE CONCEALED IN WALLS, FLOOR, CEILING OR COUNTERS. D.ALL 125V SINGLE PHASE, 20 AMP RECEPTACLES INSTALLED IN THE KITCHEN, PREPARATION AREA, BATHROOM AND ON THE ROOF SHALL HAVE GROUND-FAULT CIRCUIT-INTERRUPTER PROTECTION PER CEC 210.8.B.2. PROVIDE GFCI CIRCUIT BREAKER IN LIEU OF GFCI RECEPTACLE WHERE THE RECEPTACLE IN NOT READILY ACCESSIBLE TO COMPLY WITH CODE. E.ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AND INSTALL ALL JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES REQUIRED FOR THE INSTALLATION OF ELECTRICAL DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT WHETHER OR NOT SPECIFICALLY INDICATED ON PLANS, SIZING OF BOXES SHALL BE PER CEC. F.IN ALL KITCHEN FOOD PREP AND SERVING AREAS, PROVIDE STAINLESS STEEL OUTLET COVER PLATES. IN ALL OTHER AREAS, MATCH ADJACENT FINISH COLOR. COORDINATE W/ ARCHITECT. G.ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE HARDWIRED W/ AN APPROVED DISCONNECTING MEANS UNLESS EQUIPMENT IS SUPPLIED W/ A FACTORY INSTALLED CORD AND PLUG. H.ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ALL POWER REQUIREMENTS AND LOCATIONS OF FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT W/ FOOD SERVICE CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. I.ALL RECEPTACLES ON COMMON WALLS SHALL BE SEPARATE BOXES AND OFFSET 12" MINIMUM. FIRE RATED WALLS SHALL HAVE AN OFFSET OF 24" MINIMUM AND BACK BOX SHALL BE FIRE SEALED. COORDINATE W/ ARCH FIRE RATED WALL DETAILS. J.ALL PENETRATIONS THROUGH FIRE-RATED WALLS SHALL BE PROTECTED FROM THE SPREAD OF FIRE W/ AN APPROVED FIRESTOP SYSTEM, EQUAL OR GREATER THAN THE FIRE RATING OF THE WALL. K.HEIGHT OF ALL RECEPTACLES AT COUNTER SHELVES, ETC, SHALL BE VERIFIED W/ OWNER PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. PROVIDE GFCI TYPE RECEPTACLE WITHIN 6 FEET OF ANY SINK. L.ALL RECEPTACLE IN KITCHEN/PREP AREA SHALL BE GFCI PER CEC 210.8.B.2. REMOTE STORAGE - PROPOSED FLOOR PLAN - POWER SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" 2 2 2 2 (E) RTU-1 TO REMAIN A-28/30/32 GLYCOL SYSTEM 2 (E) 1 60A/3P 40A FUSE WP 30A/1P WP A-35 EF-1 EXISTING UNIT. NOT IN SCOPE WP(E) (E) EXISTING UNISTRUT www.alphamep.net Date Modified: Scale: Project No.: Drawn By: AS INDICATED 73200 El Paseo, Suite 2D Palm Desert, CA 92260 gregoryarch.com 760.779.2724 01/30/2026 Date Description 2535 400 S. BALDWIN AVE. SUITE T-62, SANTA ANITA, CA 91007 BACIO DI LATTE - THE SHOPS SANTA ANITA 02/18/26 PLAN CHECK RESUBMITTAL1 04/10/26 PLAN CHECK RESUBMITTAL2 E1.2 KK PROPOSED ROOF PLAN - ELECTRICAL PROPOSED ROOF PLAN - ELECTRICAL SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" 1 C O D E D N O T E S G E N E R A L N O T E S 1.ELECTRICAL CONNECTION TO EXISTING RTU TO REMAIN. 2.FUSIBLE DISCONNECT SWITCH SHALL BE FACTORY INSTALLED, PROVIDED WITH GLYCOL SYSTEM. EC TO PROVED ELECTRICAL CONNECTION ONLY. A.REFER TO SHEET E0.0 FOR GENERAL NOTES. B.EQUIPMENT SHALL BE U.L LISTED OR EQUIVALENT. C.ALL EQUIPMENT, DEVICES AND FIXTURES SHALL BE GROUNDED IN COMPLIANCE WITH NEC AND UL REQUIREMENTS. 03 BOH 02 COUNTER 01 FOH NOT IN SCOPE: ELEVATOR TO PARKING D F1 F1 F1 F1 F1 F1 F1 F1 F1 F1 F1 F1 F1 F1 F1 F1 F1F1 F2 F2 F2 F2 F2 T1(1) T1(1) F3 (E)(E) F3 a a a a a a a aaaa a a a a a a a a a a a a c c d d dd d Da,c J A-29 A-31 EM2 EM1 EM1 SIGNAGEA-33 1 1 2 2 (R) (R) 1 1 (E) (E)(E) www.alphamep.net Date Modified: Scale: Project No.: Drawn By: AS INDICATED 73200 El Paseo, Suite 2D Palm Desert, CA 92260 gregoryarch.com 760.779.2724 01/30/2026 Date Description 2535 400 S. BALDWIN AVE. SUITE T-62, SANTA ANITA, CA 91007 BACIO DI LATTE - THE SHOPS SANTA ANITA 02/18/26 PLAN CHECK RESUBMITTAL1 04/10/26 PLAN CHECK RESUBMITTAL2 E2.1 KK PROPOSED FLOOR PLAN - LIGHTING PROPOSED FLOOR PLAN - LIGHTING SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" 1 C O D E D N O T E S G E N E R A L N O T E S 1.CONNECT EXISTING LIGHTING FIXTURES TO NEW CIRCUITING AS SHOWN. E.C SHALL ENSURE THE PROPER FUNCTIONING OF NEW INSTALLED SYSTEM. 2.EXTERIOR SIGNAGE SHALL BE CONTROLLED VIA NDTC SWITCH. REFER TO DETAIL #4 ON SHEET E5.0 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 3.EXISTING EXIT LIGHTS TO BE RELOCATED AND CONNECTED TO NEW CIRCUIT AS SHOWN. A.REFER TO ARCH'L REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR EXACT LOCATION OF ALL LIGHTING FIXTURES. B.VERIFY EXACT CEILING CONSTRUCTION W/ ARCH'L REFLECTED CEILING PLAN AND PROVIDE LIGHTING FIXTURES W/ ALL NECESSARY MOUNTING HARDWARE. C.COORDINATE EXACT LIGHTING FIXTURE LOCATIONS W/ MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AND DUCT WORK PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. D.ALL DIMMING BRANCH CIRCUITS SHALL BE PROVIDED W/ A DEDICATED NEUTRAL CONDUCTOR FOR EACH ZONE/CHANNEL. E.ALL EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK FIXTURES AND NITE LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH AN UNSWITCHED CONSTANT HOT CONNECTION TO THE CHARGING LEAD. F.REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLANS FOR EXIT SIGN CHEVRONS AND NUMBER OF FACES PER EXIT SIGN. ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN EXIT SIGNS SHOWN ON THE ELECTRICAL AND ARCHITECTURAL PLANS SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ORDERING EXIT SIGNS. G.GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY CEILING FIRE RATING WITH ARCHITECT, AND BOX OR TENT ALL RECESSED LIGHT FIXTURES, IF REQUIRED, TO MAINTAIN CEILING FIRE RATING. H.ALL PENETRATIONS THROUGH FIRE RATED WALLS SHALL BE PROTECTED FROM THE SPREAD OF FIRE WITH AN APPROVED FIRESTOP SYSTEM EQUAL OR GREATER THAN THE FIRE RATING OF THE WALL. I.LIGHT FIXTURES IN FOOD PREP AREAS SHALL BE ENCLOSED, GASKETED WITH 0.125" MINIMUM ACRYLIC LENS AND/OR FLUORESCENT LAMPS PROVIDED WITH SHATTER PROOF SLEEVES. J.ALL EMERGENCY EGRESS LIGHTING SHALL BE PROVIDED W/ A MINIMUM 90 MINUTE BATTERY BACKUP. K.REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS FOR LOCATIONS OF EXTERIOR LIGHTING AND SIGNAGE REQUIREMENTS. L.COORDINATE EXACT LIGHT CONTROL ZONE REQUIREMENT WITH OWNER. M.EQUIPMENT SHALL BE U.L. LISTED OR EQUIVALENT. REMOTE STORAGE - PROPOSED FLOOR PLAN - LIGHTING SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" 2 03 BOH 02 COUNTER 01 FOH NOT IN SCOPE: ELEVATOR TO PARKING EM2@9' EM1@9' EM1@9' 0.8 1.1 1.3 1.4 1.3 1.1 0.8 0.9 0.9 1.1 1.0 0.9 1.01.42.02.32.11.61.31.21.31.7 2.4 2.9 2.6 1.7 1.2 1.0 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.20.20.30.50.81.22.1 1.83.14.9 www.alphamep.net Date Modified: Scale: Project No.: Drawn By: AS INDICATED 73200 El Paseo, Suite 2D Palm Desert, CA 92260 gregoryarch.com 760.779.2724 01/30/2026 Date Description 2535 400 S. BALDWIN AVE. SUITE T-62, SANTA ANITA, CA 91007 BACIO DI LATTE - THE SHOPS SANTA ANITA 02/18/26 PLAN CHECK RESUBMITTAL1 04/10/26 PLAN CHECK RESUBMITTAL2 E2.2 KK EGRESS LIGHTING -FLOOR PLAN - ELECTRICAL EGRESS LIGHTING -FLOOR PLAN - ELECTRICAL SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" 1 C O D E D N O T E S G E N E R A L N O T E S 1.NOT IN USE. A.REFER TO SHEET E0.0 FOR GENERAL NOTES. Statistics Description Avg Max Min Max/Min BOH 1.1 fc 1.4 fc 0.8 fc 1.8:1 1.4:1 FOH 1.4 fc 2.9 fc 0.6 fc 4.8:1 2.3:1 Symbol Avg/Min www.alphamep.net Date Modified: Scale: Project No.: Drawn By: AS INDICATED 73200 El Paseo, Suite 2D Palm Desert, CA 92260 gregoryarch.com 760.779.2724 01/30/2026 Date Description 2535 400 S. BALDWIN AVE. SUITE T-62, SANTA ANITA, CA 91007 BACIO DI LATTE - THE SHOPS SANTA ANITA 02/18/26 PLAN CHECK RESUBMITTAL1 04/10/26 PLAN CHECK RESUBMITTAL2 E5.0 KK DETAILS - ELECTRICAL STEPPED PVC BOOT CONDUIT STAINLESS STEEL CLAMPS SPUN ALUMINUM FLASHING BASE CONDUIT, SECURE TO STRUCTURAL STEEL DIRECTLY BELOW PENETRATION. BUILT-UP ROOF DECK (BY OTHERS) ROOFING (BY OTHERS) SCALE 1NTSMOUNTING HEIGHT DETAIL SCALE 4NTSEXTERIOR LIGHTING CONTROL DIAGRAM SCALE 5NTSWALL BOX INSTALLATION SCALE 2NTSCONDUIT ROOF PENETRATION DETAIL 6" 42 " 48 " 18 " 90 " EXIT SIGN EMERGENCY LIGHTREMOTE EMERGENCY HEAD CLOCK OUTLET DUPLEX RECEPTACLE TELEPHONE/DATA OUTLET SINGLE RECEPTACLE FINISHED FLOOR DOOR OPENING GFI-ABOVE COUNTER RECEPTACLE COUNTER LIGHT SWITCH SECURE ALL THREAD RODS TO STRUCTURE WITH CONCRETE ANCHORS OR BEAM CLAMPS AS REQUIRED. 3/8" ALL THREAD, MINIMUM. INCREASE ROD SIZE IF WEIGHT REQUIRES PER ROD MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS. PROVIDE 25% SPACE CAPACITY 1 1/2"x1 1/2"-12GA. KINDORF CHANNEL OF APPROVED SUBSTITUTE SECTIONAL VIEW NUT WASHER LOCK WASHER NUT SUPPORT CONDUIT WITH KINDORF STRAP OR APPROVED SUBSTITUTE. REFER TO SECTION FOR ATTACHMENT OF ALL THREAD ROD TO KINDORF CHANNEL SCALE 3NTSTRAPEZE SUPPORT DETAIL NOTE: FOR METAL STUD WALL CONSTRUCTION ONLY METAL STUD JUNCTION BOX CADDY QUICK MOUNT BRACKET GENERAL NOTES: A.THIS DIAGRAM IS SCHEMATIC IN NATURE, CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL REQUIRED DEVICES AND MATERIALS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE SYSTEM. SYSTEM SHALL BE BY nLIGHT. B.MASTER CONTROLLER SHALL HAVE INTEGRAL, PROGRAMMABLE TIME CLOCK AND INTERFACE TO PHOTOCELL FOR ON/OFF CONTROL. C.SYSTEM TO BE PROGRAMMED UNDER THE DIRECTION OF A REPRESENTATIVE OF nLIGHT TO SETUP 2 NIGHT TIME SCENES, ONE THAT DIMS ALL LOADS TO 50% BASED ON OWNER'S SCHEDULE. D.PROVIDE A MINIMUM OF 2 TRAINING SESSIONS, EACH UP TO 1-HOUR. E.CONFIRM DIMMER MODULE TYPE WITH SPECIFIC FIXTURE PRIOR TO ORDERING. F.PROVIDE MODULES IN nLIGHT ENCLOSURE. G.EXTEND LINE VOLTAGE AND 0-10v CABLES TO LIGHT FIXTURE AND CONTROLLER IN SEPARATE CONDUIT. SCALE 6NTSLIGHTING CONTROL DIAGRAM NLOAD CAT5e SPLITTERSPLITTER NCM PDT 10 [OS] CAT5e TO NEXT NLIGHT DEVICE (IF ANY) NCM PDT 10 [OS] VI GY BLUE N WH I T E BL K / O R G N H GRN 0-10V DIM BLK- 120V/ ORG 277V RE D LOAD CAT5e NPODM DX [SW] PROVIDE 1 MODULE PER SWITCH LEG/CIRCUIT (SEE NOTE-B & C) NPP16 D EFP GENERAL NOTES: A.THIS DIAGRAM IS SCHEMATIC IN NATURE, CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL REQUIRED DEVICES AND MATERIALS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE SYSTEM. SYSTEM SHALL BE BY nLIGHT. B.CONTROL DEVICE QTY (SWITCH, SENSOR, POWER PACK ETC.) SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY. PROVIDE QTY PER LIGHTING PLAN AND MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATION. C.CONFIRM DIMMER MODULE TYPE WITH SPECIFIC FIXTURE PRIOR TO ORDERING. D.PROVIDE MODULES IN nLIGHT ENCLOSURE. E.EXTEND LINE VOLTAGE AND 0-10v CABLES TO LIGHT FIXTURE AND CONTROLLER IN SEPARATE CONDUIT. a,c d NPODM 2P DX [SW] (SEE NOTE-B)(SEE NOTE-B) CA T 5 e CAT5e www.alphamep.net Date Modified: Scale: Project No.: Drawn By: AS INDICATED 73200 El Paseo, Suite 2D Palm Desert, CA 92260 gregoryarch.com 760.779.2724 01/30/2026 Date Description 2535 400 S. BALDWIN AVE. SUITE T-62, SANTA ANITA, CA 91007 BACIO DI LATTE - THE SHOPS SANTA ANITA 02/18/26 PLAN CHECK RESUBMITTAL1 04/10/26 PLAN CHECK RESUBMITTAL2 E6.0 KK SCHEDULES - ELECTRICAL SCHEDULE LEGEND EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE SYMBOL QNTY ROOM#ITEM NAME /MANUFACTURER MODEL NUMBR VOLTAGE & PHASE AMPS VA CONNECTION TYPE SUPPLY/INSTALL K1 1 01 FREEZER MERCHANDISE TRUE MANUFACTURING CO, INC.GDM-12F-HC-TSL01 120V/1P 4.5 540 5-15R V / GC K3 1 02 GELATO SHOWCASE MISURA 14+14 208V/3P 7 2522 HARDWIRE O / GC K5 2 02 P.O.S 120V/1P 2 240 5-15R V / GC K6 1 02 ESPRESSO CAPPUCCINO MACHINE ILLY FOR UNIC US2452 208V/1P 23 4784 L6-30R V / GC K8 1 02 UNDERCOUNTER REFRIGERATOR TURBO AIR MUR-48-N, 30265H0200 120V/1P 2.5 300 5-15R V / GC K9 3 02 WAFFLE CONE MAKER / BAKER GOLD MEDAL PRODUCTS CO.5020 120V/1P 8.3 1000 5-15R V / GC K13 1 03 BATCH FREZZER & HEAT COMBI MACHINE BRAVO TRITTICO M60 208V/3P 33.3 12000 HARDWIRE O / GC K14 1 03 BLAST FREEZER TEKNA 5010 NFNA 208V/1P 14.4 3000 HARDWIRE O / GC K15 3 03 REACH-IN FREEZER CONTINENTAL REFRIGERATOR 1FN 120V/1P 7.6 912 5-15R V / GC K22 1 03 REACH-IN REFRIGERATOR CONTINENTAL REFRIGERATOR 1RN 120V/1P 5.9 708 5-15R V / GC K22A 1 03 REACH-IN REFRIGERATOR CONTINENTAL REFRIGERATOR 1R-GD 120V/1P 3.8 456 5-15R V / GC K26 1 02 ICE CREAM FREEZER AVANTCO REFRIGERATION DFC6-HCL 26 3/16"120V/1P 3 360 5-15R O / GC K27 1 02 BLENDER WARING COMMERCIAL WDM240TXM, CAC20 120V/1P 2.2 264 5-15R V / GC V = VENDOR GC = GENERAL CONTRACTOR O = OWNER LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE Tag Symbol Description Manufacturer Model Lumens Mounting Finish Lamp Color Temp Controls Watts Volts Notes F1 1" ROUND RECESSED OAK DOWNLIGHT ELCO E1L02F27W 650 LUMENS RECESSED WHITE 80CRI LED 2700K 0-10V 6.1 12V ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE A TRANSORMER. REFER TO CUTSHEET FOR ADDITIONAL DETAILS. F2 1" ROUND RECESSED ADJUSTABLE OAK GIMBAL ELCO E1L32F27W 650 LUMENS RECESSED WHITE 80CRI LED 2700K 0-10V 6.1 12V ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE A TRANSORMER. REFER TO CUTSHEET FOR ADDITIONAL DETAILS. F3 2X4 BOH RECESSED LIGHT PHILIPS 2-CA-G-55L-840-4-UNV-DIM 5500 LUMENS RECESSED WHITE 80CRI LED 4000K 0-10V 47.6 120V T1 STRIP LIGHT LUMINII LL SERIES IN-WALL -LED 2700K 0-10V 0.95W/FT 120V (E ) EX EXISTING EXIT SIGN NA NA --NA NA NA --120V EM1 CONCEALED EMERGENCY LIGHTING.INTERNALLY/EXTERNALLY ILLUMINATED, 5FT CANDLES (54 LUX) MIN. INTENSITY WHEN ILLUMINATED BY AN EXTERNAL SOURCE. 90MIN BATTERY BACKUP REQUIRED. CONCEALITE F5000-LED30-2 220 CEILING WHITE LED NON DIM 3 120V EM2 EMERGENCY LIGHTING BOH. 90MIN BATTERY BACKUP REQUIRED.BEST LIGHTING DBEL-W-SDT 1286 WALL WHITE LED NON DIM 12 120V NOTES: 1. PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED HARDWARE, CABLES. ETC., FOR A FULLY FUNCTIONAL INSTALLATION 2. CONFIRM FINISH AND MOUNTING WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS. 3. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL & LIGHTING PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR EXACT REQUIREMENTS, LOCATION & INSTALLATION EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE PROVIDED FOR REFERENCE ONLY, COORDINATE ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENT WITH FINAL EQUIPMENT SELECTION WITH ARCH/KITCHEN CONSULTANT www.alphamep.net Date Modified: Scale: Project No.: Drawn By: AS INDICATED 73200 El Paseo, Suite 2D Palm Desert, CA 92260 gregoryarch.com 760.779.2724 01/30/2026 Date Description 2535 400 S. BALDWIN AVE. SUITE T-62, SANTA ANITA, CA 91007 BACIO DI LATTE - THE SHOPS SANTA ANITA 02/18/26 PLAN CHECK RESUBMITTAL1 04/10/26 PLAN CHECK RESUBMITTAL2 E6.1 KK SCHEDULES - ELECTRICAL SCHEDULE LEGEND (E) PANEL - H (E) PANEL - A (E)PANEL A (E)PANEL H C O D E D N O T E S A.REFER TO SHEET E0.0 FOR GENERAL NOTES. G E N E R A L N O T E S 1.FIELD VERIFY EXISTING BRANCH BREAKERS OF THE EXISTING PANELBOARD. REMOVE, RE-USE OR REPLACE EXISTING BRANCH BREAKERS TO MATCH WITH BREAKERS SHOWN ON PANEL SCHEDULE AS NEEDED. MATCH MAKE AND AIC RATING OF NEW BREAKERS WITH EXISTING BREAKERS. 2.PROVIDE GFCI BREAKER. 1 2 2 2 www.alphamep.net Date Modified: Scale: Project No.: Drawn By: AS INDICATED 73200 El Paseo, Suite 2D Palm Desert, CA 92260 gregoryarch.com 760.779.2724 01/30/2026 Date Description 2535 400 S. BALDWIN AVE. SUITE T-62, SANTA ANITA, CA 91007 BACIO DI LATTE - THE SHOPS SANTA ANITA 02/18/26 PLAN CHECK RESUBMITTAL1 04/10/26 PLAN CHECK RESUBMITTAL2 E7.0 KK ONE-LINE - ELECTRICAL C O D E D N O T E S G E N E R A L N O T E S 1.EXISTING METER ID# 256000-082758. 2.EXISTING PANEL BEING RELOCATED. REFER TO NEW WORK POWER PLAN ON SHEET E2.0 FOR NEW LOCATION. INTERCEPT EXISTING FEEDER, CONDUIT AND EXTEND UP TO NEW LOCATION. G (E) N (E) (E) SWITCHBOARD 2000 AMP "MMSP" 277/480V, 3-PHASE, 4W, 65K AIC E TO UTILITY TRANSFORMER E E TO 901-L (E) E (E) M E E E E E M M M M M M M M TO 802-L E TO 742-L (E)(E)(E)(E)(E)(E)(E)(E)(E) (R) PANEL H MCB 200A PANEL SERVING THE AREA IN SCOPE E M (E) TO 807-L E M (E) TO 813-L E M (E) TO S-44 E M (E) TO KIOSK 9038 SPACE SPACE M (E) M (E) M (E) M (E) M (E) E E E E TO 744-L TO 746-L TO 748-L TO 750-L TO 752-L TO 801-L TO FC3 TO 804-L TO 805-L TO 806-L (R) PANEL A MCB 150A (E)T1 45KVA 480V- 120/208V E 70.3 150.4 A.REFER TO SHEET E0.0 FOR GENERAL NOTES. B.EXISTING ONE LINE DIAGRAM IS BASED ON SITE SURVEY DATA AVAILABLE. EC SHALL FIELD VERIFY EXISTING FEEDER SIZES, BREAKER SIZES, FUSE SIZES ETC. AND ALL EXACT LOCATIONS. EC SHALL FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITION FOR ANY DEVIATION. ANY OTHER ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, DEVICE NOT SHOWN ON ONE LINE DIAGRAM SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH OWNER PRIOR TO WORK. C.ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE NOT TO DISRUPT CIRCUITS IN OTHER NOT IN CONTRACT, (NIC) AREAS DURING CONSTRUCTION. WHERE EXISTING AREAS ARE AFFECTED DUE TO NEW CONSTRUCTION, CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE TEMPORARY POWER AS REQUIRED.(E)(E)(E)(E)(E)(E)(E) 200A 3P (E)(E)(E)(E)(E)(E)(E)(E)(E) 1 2 (E) (E) ONE-LINE - ELECTRICAL SCALE: NTS 1FEEDER SCHEDULE FEEDER TAG CONDUITS CONDUCTORS PER SET PHASE/NEUTRAL GROUNDSIZESET NOTES 1 3/4"4#8 1#10 - 1 1-1/2"3#1 1#8 - 1 1-1/2"4#1 1#8 - 1 1-1/2"4#1 1#6 - 1 2"3#1/0 1#6 - 1 2"4#1/0 1#6 - 1 2"4#2/0 1#6 - 1 2"4#3/0 1#6 - 1 2-1/2"4#4/0 1#4 - 1 2-1/2"3#250 KCMIL 1#4 - 1 2-1/2"4#250 KCMIL 1#4 - 1 3"4#350 KCMIL 1#4 - 1 3-1/2"4#500 KCMIL 1#3 - - 1.CONDUCTORS AND CONDUITS SHOWN IN THIS SCHEDULE ARE BASED ON COPPER CONDUCTORS, 600V RATED, WITH THHN/THWN INSULATION. ALUMINUM IS NOT PERMITTED. 2.THIS SCHEDULE SHALL BE USED ON ALL FEEDERS SERVING LOADS WHERE THE CIRCUIT BREAKER SIZE MATCHES THE AMPACITY OF ITS FEEDER. UPSIZE THE FEEDERS TO OVERCOME THE VOLTAGE DROP AS REQUIRED. 3.PROVIDE GROUND WIRE NOTED ABOVE IN ALL FEEDERS AND BRANCH CIRCUITS. WHERE MULTIPLE CONDUITS ARE INDICATED PROVIDE NOTED GROUND WIRE IN EACH CONDUIT. 4.NOT ALL FEEDERS ARE NECESSARILY USED ON THIS PROJECT. 5.(UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED OR INDICATED ON DRAWINGS): CONDUCTOR SIZE IS BASED ON 600V INSULATED CONDUCTOR APPLIED AT 60°C FOR TERMINATIONS RATED 100 AMPS AND LESS AND 75°C FOR TERMINATIONS RATED MORE THAN 100 AMPS. 6."MET"= EMT, GRC, RAC, OR PVC COATED GRC TYPE CONDUITS. "RNC"= PVC 40 OR PVC 80 TYPE CONDUITS ROUTED UNDERGROUND. EMT SHALL BE ONLY USED FOR BRANCH CIRCUITING, AND "GRC" WILL BE USE FOR FEEDER ABOVE GROUND WHERE SUBJECT TO MECHANICAL DAMAGE. CONDUIT SIZES NOTED ON SINGLE-LINE DIAGRAM OR ON PLANS SUPERSEDE SIZES NOTED ABOVE IF LARGER. 7.OVERSIZED (200% MIN.) NEUTRAL FOR FEEDERS CONNECTED TO K RATED OR HIGHER RATED TRANSFORMER WITH ISOLATED GROUND. 8.ALL FEEDER LENGTH SHOWN ON SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM ARE FOR CALCULATION PURPOSES ONLY. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD MEASURE ACTUAL LENGTH TO SUITE SITE CONDITIONS AND PROPOSED ROUTING. 9.ALL FEEDER SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH SUITABLE LUGS TO MATCH FEEDER CONDUCTOR SIZE. CONTRACTOR PROVIDE INCLUDE REDUCERS WHERE NEEDED. 10.UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN OR SPECIFIED, CONDUIT 2" AND LARGER SHALL BE RIGID. NOTES: 2 2"4#3/0 1#3 1 3#4 1#8 -1" 1 3#4 1#10 -1" 1 4#4 1#8 -1-1/2" 1 3/4"4#10 1#10 -30.4 40.3 60.3 70.3 70.4 100.3 100.4 125.4 150.3 150.4 175.4 200.4 225.4 250.3 250.4 300.4 350.4 400.4 (E)(E)(E) BY BLDG. SHELL CONTR.(E)-(E) 1 2"3#2/0 1#6 -175.3 LT = 1 5 ' - 0 " VD = 0 . 3 % LT = 1 0 ' - 0 " VD = 0 . 5 % www.alphamep.net Date Modified: Scale: Project No.: Drawn By: AS INDICATED 73200 El Paseo, Suite 2D Palm Desert, CA 92260 gregoryarch.com 760.779.2724 01/30/2026 Date Description 2535 400 S. BALDWIN AVE. SUITE T-62, SANTA ANITA, CA 91007 BACIO DI LATTE - THE SHOPS SANTA ANITA 02/18/26 PLAN CHECK RESUBMITTAL1 04/10/26 PLAN CHECK RESUBMITTAL2 E8.0 KK SPECIFICATIONS - ELECTRICAL ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS: WORK AND WORKMANSHIP 1.PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED LABOR, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT AND CONTRACTOR'S SERVICE NECESSARY FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION OF SYSTEMS REQUIRED IN FULL CONFORMITY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION; ALL AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS AND HEREIN SPECIFIED. 2.FINISHED JOB SHALL BE FUNCTIONAL AND COMPLETE IN EVERY DETAIL, INCLUDING ANY AND ALL SUCH ITEMS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE SYSTEMS WHETHER OR NOT THESE ITEMS BE SPECIFIED OR SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. 3.SPECIAL ATTENTION SHALL BE GIVEN TO ACCESSIBILITY OF WORKING PARTS AND CONTROLLING PARTS. ADJUSTABLE PARTS SHALL BE WITHIN REACH. REMOVABLE PARTS SHALL HAVE SPACE FOR REMOVAL. 4.EACH CONTRACTOR SHALL FAMILIARIZE HIMSELF WITH DETAILS OF ALL WORK TO BE PERFORMED BY OTHER TRADES AND MAKE NECESSARY STEPS TO INTEGRATE AND COORDINATE HIS WORK WITH OTHERS TRADES. 5.IT IS ASSUMED THE CONTRACTOR IS FAMILIAR WITH STANDARD FIRST CLASS INSTALLATION PROCEDURES. THEREFORE, SPECIFICATIONS DO NOT ATTEMPT TO INCLUDE EVERY DETAIL OR OPERATION NECESSARY FOR THE COMPLETE INSTALLATION. 6.IT SHALL BE PARTICULARLY NOTED THAT THE TERMS "FURNISH" AND PROVIDE" ARE INTERCHANGEABLE AND THAT EACH OF THOSE MEANS TO PROVIDE, INSTALL, AND CONNECT, UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED. 7.WHENEVER TABLES OR SCHEDULES SHOW QUANTITY OF MATERIALS, THEY SHALL NOT BE USED AS FINAL COUNT. THESE FIGURES SERVE ONLY AS A GUIDE TO THE CONTRACTOR. EACH CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR FURNISHING ALL MATERIALS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS AND IN SPECIFICATIONS. 8.CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROTECTION, SAFEKEEPING, AND CLEANLINESS OF ALL EXISTING EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS, ETC., LOCATED IN SPACES TO BE REMODELED IN WHICH HIS IS WORKING. AS PART OF HIS RESPONSIBILITY, HE SHALL PROVIDE NECESSARY COVERS, STRUCTURES, ETC., AS REQUIRED TO KEEP ALL DIRT, WATER, MOISTURE, AND DUST FROM EQUIPMENT. THE METHOD THE CONTRACTOR PROPOSES TO USE IN PROTECTING EQUIPMENT SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH THE ENGINEER AND THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE FOR APPROVAL BEFORE ANY WORK IS STARTED. ANY DAMAGE SUSTAINED DURING CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE CORRECTED OR REPLACED BY THE CONTRACTOR AT HIS EXPENSE. ASSIGNMENT OF MISCELLANEOUS WORK 1.ALL FLOOR MOUNTED EQUIPMENT SHALL BE INSTALLED ON A 4" HOUSEKEEPING PAD, EXTENDING 6" PAST THE END OF THE EQUIPMENT, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. PADS INSTALLED ON UNFINISHED GRADE SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM OF 6" GRAVEL SUB-BASE. CONCRETE SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 3,000 PSI WITH 8-GAUGE WIRE FABRIC OR #6 REBAR 12" ON CENTER. 2.EXCAVATING AND BACKFILLING FOR ELECTRICAL WORK SHALL BE BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. A.PROPERTY SUPPORT BANKS OF EXCAVATION TO MET OSHA REQUIREMENTS. INSTALL NECESSARY GUARDS. PROVIDE ADEQUATE PUMPING EQUIPMENT AND KEEP EXCAVATION FREE OR WATER. B.EXCAVATE PIPE TRENCHES TO PROPER DEPTH. WHERE ROCK IS ENCOUNTERED, EXCAVATE TO 6" BELOW PIPE AND REFILL TO 6" ABOVE PIPE WITH COMPACTED GRANULAR FILL. GRANULAR FILL SHALL CONSISTENT OF DUNE SAND, GRAVEL, OR OTHER SUITABLE MATERIAL CONTAINING NOT MORE THAN 10% BY WEIGHT PASSING #200 SIEVE AND 100% PASSING SIEVE. C.EXCAVATION FOR UTILITIES SHALL NOT BE BACKFILLED UNTIL ALL REQUIRED TESTS ARE PERFORMED AND APPROVED BY ENGINEER AND POWER COMPANY. D.WHENEVER UNDERGROUND FEEDERS ARE RUN BELOW FOOTINGS AND GRADE BEAMS, CONTRACTOR SHALL BACKFILL THE VOID WITH POURED, STEEL-REINFORCED CONCRETE TO ELEVATION OF BOTTOM FOOTING OR GRADE BEAM. E.FILL WITHIN BUILDING LINES SHALL BE MADE WITH GRANULAR FILL OR COMPACTED BACKFILL MATERIAL LAID IN 6" LAYERS AND TAMPED TO SPECIFIED COMPACTION AFTER EACH LAYER. F.BACKFILL UNDER PAVED AREA SHALL BE MADE WITH GRANULAR COMPACTED BACKFILL MATERIAL LAID IN 12" LAYERS AND TAMPED TO COMPACTION AFTER EACH LAYER G.BACKFILL UNDER OPEN YARDS OR FIELDS SHALL BE MADE WITH NON-COMPACTED BACKFILL LAID IN LAYERS NOT TO EXCEED 24" DEEP. SAND TRENCHES MAY BE ALLOWED TO SETTLE NATURALLY AND SHALL BE REFILLED BACK TO GRADE AS REQUIRED DURING THE FIRST YEAR AFTER FINAL ACCEPTANCE. H.CONTRACTOR SHALL REFILL, REGRADE, AND REFINISH ANY AREAS THAT BECOME UNSATISFACTORY DUE TO SETTLEMENT WITHIN ONE YEAR AFTER FINAL ACCEPTANCE. I.CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL EXISTING GRADES, INVERTS, UTILITIES, OBSTACLES LAND TOPOGRAPHICAL CONDITIONS PRIOR TO ANY TRENCHING, EXCAVATION OR UNDERGROUND INSTALLATION. IN THIS EVENT EXISTING CONDITIONS ARE SUCH AS TO PREVENT INSTALLATION IN ACCORDANCE WITHE THE DRAWINGS THE CONTRACTOR SHALL IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY THE ENGINEER. 2.ROOF OPENINGS AND FLASHING REQUIRED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE CORRECT SIZE AND LOCATION OF SAME. COUNTER FLASHING BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. 3.CUTTING AND PATCHING FOR OBSTETRICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. A.CUT STRUCTURAL MATERIALS WHERE REQUIRED ONLY AFTER APPROVAL FROM THE ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER. B.ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL DO ALL HIS OWN CUTTING AND PATCHING IN FINISHED AREA. 4.SLEEVES AND SMALL OPENINGS (NOT FRAMED) FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE FURNISHED AND SET BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. A.WHERE ELECTRICAL CONDUITS PASS THROUGH WALLS, ROOFS, CEILINGS, OR FLOORS. CONTRACTOR SHALL HAVE SLEEVES SET FOR THEM WHEN FLOORS, WALLS, CEILINGS, OR ROOFS ARE CONSTRUCTED. IF ANY HOLES ARE CUT IN THE FINISHED WORK WHERE SLEEVES HAVE BEEN OMITTED, CUTTING SHALL BE DONE WITH A CONCRETE CORING MACHINE OR OTHER APPROVED METHOD AND ONLY WITH CONSENT OF THE ENGINEER. ALL SUCH HOLES ARE TO BE CAREFULLY CUT AND SHALL NOT BE LARGER THAN NECESSARY. THOSE HOLDS ARE TO BE ENTIRELY COVER BY ESCUTCHEON PLATES WHEN WORK IS COMPLETED. SLEEVES SHALL BE MADE OF STEEL PIPE OR ROLLED SHEET STEEL NO LIGHTER THAN #16 GAUGE. B.WHERE CONDUITS PASS THROUGH SLEEVES IN THE EXISTING WALLS, ANNULAR SPACE SHALL BE CAULKED WITH SILICONE AND FILLED INSIDE AND OUT WITH NON-HARDENING, WATERPROOF SEALANT FINISHED OFF FLOATS WITH BOTH FACES OF WALL. SHOP DRAWINGS: 1.REVIEW OF SHOP DRAWINGS DOES NOT RELIEVE CONTRACTOR OF RESPONSIBILITY FOR CORRECT ORDERING OF MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT. 2.INCLUDE ALL SIGNIFICANT DATA ON SHOP DRAWINGS SUBMITTALS SHOWN IN SPECIFICATIONS AND EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE. 3.CONTRACTOR REVIEW SHOULD INSURE THAT EQUIPMENT WILL TIL INTO AVAILABLE SPACE. 4.SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS IN BROCHURE FOR AND INCLUDE ALL RELATED EQUIPMENT IN ONE BROCHURE. 5.SUBMIT TWO(2) COPIES MORE THAN CONTRACTOR NEEDS FOR HIS USE. 6.AFTER AWARD OF CONTRACT, SUBMIT WITHIN 30 DAYS. 7.SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS OF ALL MAJOR ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS, SUCH AS LIGHT FIXTURES, PANELS. FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS, ETC. COORDINATE WITH ENGINEER. 8.CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW, APPROVE AND AFFIX COMPANY NAME (IN THE FORM OF A STAMP) AND APPROVAL STAMP (STATING IT HAS BEEN THOROUGHLY REVIEWED AND COORDINATED WITH OTHER TRADES) AND PROJECT NAME TO ALL SHOP DRAWINGS AND SUBMITTALS BEFORE SUBMITTING. COORDINATION BETWEEN CONTRACTORS 1.EACH CONTRACTOR AND SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL STUDY ALL DRAWINGS APPLICABLE TO THIS WORK SO COMPLETE COORDINATION BETWEEN TRADES WILL BE EFFECTED. SPECIAL ATTENTION SHALL BE GIVEN TO POINTS WHERE CONDUITS CROSS PIPES AND OR DUCTS, WHERE CONDUIT PASSES THROUGH WALL COLUMNS, ETC. 2.IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF EACH CONTRACTOR AND SUBCONTRACTOR TO LEAVE NECESSARY ROOM FOR OTHER TRADES. NO EXTRA COMPENSATION WILL BE ALLOWED TO COVER THE COAT OF REMOVING PIPING, CONDUIT, OR EQUIPMENT FOUND ENCROACHING ON SPACE REQUIRED BY OTHERS. ATTACHING TO BUILDING CONSTRUCTION 1.EQUIPMENT AND RACEWAY SUPPORTS SHALL BE ATTACHED TO STRUCTURAL MEMBERS (BEAMS, JOISTS, ETC.,) RATHER THAN TO FLOOR OR ROOF STABLE. DO NOT ATTACH TO CEILING SUPPORT WIRES. 2.WHERE EQUIPMENT AND RACEWAY IS SUSPENDED FROM EXISTING CONCRETE OR MASONRY CONSTRUCTION, USE EXPANSION SHIELDS TO ATTACH SUPPORTS TO CONSTRUCTION. EXPANSION SHIELD BALL DIAMETER SHALL BE SAME SIZE AS SUPPORT ROD DIAMETER. 3.WHERE EQUIPMENT MASONRY IS NOT SUITABLE TO RECEIVE AND HOLD EXPANSION SHIELD OR WHERE OTHER MEANS OF ATTACHMENT IS ADVANTAGEOUS. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT ALTERNATE METHOD FOR APPROVAL BY ENGINEER. 4.EQUIPMENT TO BE INSTALLED IN GROUPS SHALL NOT BE MOUNTED DIRECTLY TO MASONRY OR CONCRETE WALL. MOUNT 1"x1" STRUCTURAL CHANNEL SUCH AS UNISTRUT, TO WALL AND SECURE EQUIPMENT TO THESE CHANNELS. 5.WHERE RACEWAY IS SUSPENDED FROM STRUCTURAL STEEL BUILDING 6.OBTAIN APPROVAL FROM OWNER OR ENGINEER BEFORE CUTTING OR WELDING TO STRUCTURAL MEMBERS, OR BEFORE HANGING HEAVY EQUIPMENT. LABELING & TAGGING 1.THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL LABEL ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT BY ONE OF THESE METHODS DESCRIBED BELOW: A.PRINTED CARD LABELS MAY BE USED ON ITEMS OF EQUIPMENT FURNISHED WITH PLASTIC WINDOWS LABELING OF THE CARDS SHALL BE NEARLY PRINTED USING A LETTERING DEVICES SUCH AS LEROY INSTRUMENT. B.DIRECTIONS ON THE INSIDE OF PANELBOARDS SHALL BE TYPEWRITTEN AND SHALL SHOW A LIST OF CIRCUITS AND POINTS, EQUIPMENT, OR AREAS SUPPLIED. C.MOTOR STARTER INTERLOCKED WITH OTHER STARTER OR CONTROLS TO BE PROVIDED WITH LABELS ON THE INSIDE OF THE COVER STARTING THE NATURE OF THE INTERLOCK SYSTEM (I.E. INTERLOCKED WITH 120V CIRCUIT FROM PRV#1) D.LABELS OR TAGS INSIDE THE COVER OF SAFETY SWITCHES OR MOTOR STARTER NOTING INTERLOCKS, CONDUCTOR SIZES, ETC., MAY BE OF EMBOSSED ADHESIVE TAPE TYPE. E.LABEL INSIDE OF ALL WIRING DEVICE COVERPLATES TO INDICATE CIRCUIT NUMBER. USE CLEAR BACKED PRINTED LABELS INDICATING THE PANEL-CIRCUIT NUMBER. F.LABEL EACH DISCONNECT AND STARTER WITH THE EQUIPMENT IT IS SERVING AND THE PANEL-CIRCUIT NUMBER. CODES AND STANDARDS 1.ALL MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES. 2.ALL APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS SHALL INCLUDE ALL STATE LAWS, LOCAL ORDINANCES, UTILITY COMPANY REGULATIONS, AND APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS OF NATIONALLY ACCEPTED CODES AND STANDARDS. 3.IN CASE OF A DIFFERENCE IN BUILDING CODES, SPECIFICATIONS, STATE LAWS, LOCAL ORDINANCES, INDUSTRY STANDARDS, AND UTILITY COMPANY REGULATIONS, AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, THE MOST STRINGENT SHALL GOVERN. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROMPTLY NOTIFY THE ENGINEER IN WRITING OF SUCH A DIFFERENCE. 4.NON-COMPLICANE: SHOULD THE CONTRACTOR PERFORM ANY WORK THAT DOESN'T COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF APPLICABLE BUILDING CODES, STATE LAWS, LOCAL ORDINANCES INDUSTRY STANDARD AND UTILITY COMPANY REQUIREMENTS, HE SHALL BEAR ALL COSTS ARISING IN CORRECTING THE DIFFERENCES. ELECTRICAL RACEWAY 1.RACEWAYS A.INTERIOR EXPOSED AND CONCEALED: ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT-THINWALL): GALVANIZED OR SHERARDIZED STEEL TYPE; UL APPROVED. ALLIED, REPUBLIC STEEL, TRIANGLO, OR EQUAL. (M.C. CABLE IS NOT AN ACCEPTABLE EQUAL TO EMT WITHOUT OWNER APPROVAL AND POSSIBLE CREDIT; BID EMT U.N.O.). B.MOTOR CONNECTIONS: FLEXIBLE TYPE: GALVANIZED GROUNDING AND SINGLE STRIP TYPE WITH SMOOTH WIRING CHANNEL; UL APPROVED; NEOPRENE JACKETED IN MOIST LOCATIONS AND FOR CONNECTIONS TO MOTORS. AMERICAN BRASS SEALTITE TYPE EF; ELECTRI-FLEX: H.K. PORTER; TRIANGLE OR EQUAL. C.EXTERIOR, UNDERGROUND AND LOW VOLTAGE: RIGID NON-METALLIC TYPE (PVC): HEAVY, SCHEDULE 40, PVC DUCT, UL LISTED, JOINTS SOLVENT WELDED, FITTINGS AND CEMENT BY SAME MANUFACTURE CARLON OR EQUAL. D.SURFACE METAL RACEWAY (WIREMOLD): 1 PIECE RACEWAY SYSTEM WITH ALL NECESSARY FITTINGS. WIREMOLD, OR EQUAL. 2.FITTINGS A.ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT): ALL FITTING SHALL BE RAINTIGHT, CONCRETE-TIGHT COMPRESSION TYPE THINWALL, STEEL OR MALLEABLE IRON. FITTINGS SHALL MAINTAIN CONTINUITY OF GROUND. APPLETON, RACO, THOMAS, AND BELTS OR EQUAL. B.FLEXIBLE: LIQUID-TIGHT CONNECTORS SHALL HAVE INSULATED THROATS, STEEL OR MALLEABLE IRON BODY, NEOPRENE GASKET AND MAINTAIN CONTINUITY OF GROUND. CONNECTORS SHALL BE COMPRESSION TYPE; APPLETON, RACO, THOMAS AND BELLS OR EQUAL. C.BUSHINGS: METALLIC OR INSULATED AS REQUIRED: STEEL OR MALLEABLE IRON CONSTRUCTION OF STANDARD PIPE DIMENSIONS: APPLETON, RACO, THOMAS AND BELLS OR EQUAL. D.LOCK NUTS: CASE HARDENED STEEL OR MALLEABLE IRON. LOCK NUT SHALL INSURE CONTINUITY OF GROUND APPLETON, RACO, THOMAS AND BELLS OR EQUAL. ELECTRICAL WIRING 1.CABLE LUGS AND TAPE A.LUGS FOR TERMINATION OF CONDUCTORS IN DISTRIBUTION PANELS, MOTORS. ETC., EITHER PROVIDED BY MANUFACTURER OR BY CONTRACTOR, SHALL BE T&B COMPRESSION TYPE OR EQUAL. SERIES 53100 FOR CONDUCTORS #8 AWG TO 40 AND SERIES 53200 FOR CONDUCTORS 250 MCM AND LARGER. ALL LUGS AND CONTACT SURFACES WHERE LUGS ARE INSTALLED SHALL BE SILVERPLATED. B.TERMINATE FOR CONTROL WIRE SHALL BE LINNED RIGHT TONGUE TYPE: BUCHANAN TERMINAL; T&B STAKON OR APPROVED EQUAL. C.SPLICES AND CONNECTIONS TO CONDUCTORS LARGER THAN #8 AWG SHALL BE BY MEANS OF COMPRESSION TYPE T&B SERIES 53500 FOR 2-WAY AND SERIES 53300 FOR 3-WAY CONNECTIONS; OR EQUIVALENT BURNDY CONNECTORS. SPLICES AND LAPS SHALL HAVE AT LEAST EQUIVALENT MECHANICAL STRENGTH AND INSULATION AS CONDUCTORS. D.SPLICING OF CONDUCTORS #10AWG OR SMALL SHALL BE BY ONE OF THE FOLLOWING METHODS: CONDUCTORS SHALL BE TWISTED TOGETHER AND SOLDERED. PRE-INSULATED SPRING PRESS CONNECTORS SUCH AS SCOTCHLOCK TYPES; Y, R, AND B. IDEAL WINGNUT OR EQUAL. 2.WIRE AND CABLE UP TO 600 VOTLS A.INSULATION: COLOR CODED THERMOPLASTIC TYPE RATED 500V EXCEPT WHERE OTHERWISE NOTED. #12AWG THROUGH #8 AWG - 75°C, #6AWG THROUGH #500 AWG - 90°C. B.CONDUCTORS: SOFT DRAWN COPPER, EACH STRAND INDIVIDUALL\Y TINNED OR COALED WITH APPROVED ALLOY (CLASS B STRANDING). C.CONDUCTORS #10 AND SMALLER: FOR FINAL CONNECTIONS TO MOTORS AND ALL LOCATIONS WHERE VIBRATION OR MOVEMENT IS PRESENT - CLASS B, STRANDED CONDUCTORS. FOR ALL OTHER LOCATIONS - SOLID CONDUCTORS. D.CONDUCTORS #8 AND LARGER: DOUBLE BRAID, CLASS B, STRANDED. E.MINIMUM WIRE SIZE: GENERAL - #12; OVER 80' - #10; OVER 120'-#8; CONTROL - #14; SIGNAL - #18 OR AS DETAILED IN APPROPRIATED SECTION OF THESE SPECIFICATIONS OR SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. F.TYPES AND USES (UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED OR INDICATED ON DRAWINGS): UP TO AND INCLUDING 100 AMP CIRCUITS - THW, THWN, OR THNN, RATED AT 75°C AMPACITIES GREATER THAN 100 AMP CIRCUITS - THW, THWN, OR THNN, RATED AT 90° AMPACILTIES. G.MANUFACTURERS: ANACONDA; ITT-RAYAL, TRIANGLE, G.E., OR EQUAL. H.WIRE TAGS: MAIN AND FEEDER CABLES SHALL BE TAGGED IN ALL PULL BOXES, WIREWAYS AND WIRING GUTTERS OF PANELS. TAGS SHALL IDENTIFY WIRE OR CABLE NUMBER AND/OR EQUIPMENT SERVED AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. TAGS SHALL BE METAL OR OF FLAME-RESISTING ADHESIVE MATERIAL, T&B TYPE WSL OR EQUAL. I.METALLIC CLAD CABLE IS ACCEPTABLE EQUAL TO EMT FOR THE FINAL 5' TO AN INDIVIDUAL LIGHT FIXTURE ONLY. OUTLET BOX INSTALLATION 1.OWNER OR HIS REPRESENTATIVE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE THE LOCATION OF ANY OUTLET UP TO A DISTANCE OF 10'-0" AT NO EXTRA CHARGE PROVIDING NECESSARY INSTRUCTIONS ARE GIVEN PRIOR TO ROUGHUING-IN OUTLET. 2.LOCATIONS OF ALL FLOOR OUTLETS SHALL BE VERIFIED BEFORE ROUGH-IN. ELECTRICAL PANELS 1.PANELS A.TYPE: GALVANIZED STEEL CABINETS WITHE TRIM AND HINGED DOOR WITH LOCK. ALL LOCKS TO BE KEYED ALIKE. B.FINISH: STANDARD FACTORY FINISH. C.GUTTER SPACE: 4" MINIMUM FOR 225 OR LESS PANELS. D.MAIN BREAKERS: MINIMUM 42 K,A,I,C. E.LUGS: SEPARATE SOLDERLESS TYPE FOR EACH CONDUCTOR. F.BRANCHES: BALL-ON CIRCUITS BREAKERS AS SPECIFIED. NUMBER AND SIZE AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. G.GROUNDING BUS: PROVIDE SEPARATE COPPER BUS FOR GREEN GROUND CONDUCTORS. ISOLATE GROUND BUS FROM NEUTRAL BUS. H.MANUFACTURERS: GENERAL ELECTRIC, CUTLER-HAMMER, SIEMENS, SQUARE D (NOOD) OR EQUAL. 2.INSTALLATION A.PROVIDE TWO 3/4" SPARE CONDUITS TO ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING FOR FUTURE USE. ELECTRICAL WIRING DEVICES 1.RECEPTACLES: (NEMA 5 -20R), DUPLEX, 20 AMP, 125 VAC, GROUNDING TYPE, STAINLESS STEEL, HUBBELL 5362, OR EQUAL BY, GE, LEVITON, P&S. MOUNT AT 18" A.F.F. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 2.WATT STOPPER DLM SYSTEM DIMMER: FLUORESCENT DIMMER SHALL BE 1500 WATTS, THIN PROFILE, SIMILAR TO LUTRON NOVA-T SERIES. 3.GFCI TYPE RECEPTACLE: (NEMA 5-20RGFI), DUPLEX, 20 AMP, 125 VAC, DUPLEX 5 ML AMP SENSITIVITY TRIP TYPE, ARROW-HART 5352, BRYANT 5352, EAGLE 647-2 (METAL STRAP) GE GF5342, HUBBEL GF-5352, LEVITON 6598, P&S 20915. MOUNT AT 44" A.F.F. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 4.COMBINATION USB CHARGER TAMPER RESISTANT (TR) RECEPTACLES: STANDARD AC DUPLEX TAMPER RESISTANT RECEPTACLE WITH TWO USB CHARGING PORTS RATED AT 2.1A, UL LISTED TO UL 498 AND UL 1310. BASIS-OF-DESIGN PRODUCT: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, PROVIDE HUBBELL #USB20X2 OR COPPER; TR7746 (20A) DEVICE SHALL HAVE AN LED INDICATOR TO NOTIFY A USER THAT A DEVICE IS CONNECTED TO THE USB PORT FOR CHARGING. IT SHALL HAVE; AUTO GROUNDING FEATURE, TRIPLE WIPE BLADE CONTACTS (HOT-NEUTRAL) AND DOUBLE WIPE GROUND CONTACTS TO INSURE LONG-TERM BLADE RETENTION, TWO AC OUTLETS, TWO USB CHARGING PORTS (2.1A @ 5V DC.). USE ONLY DEEP ROUGH-IN BOXES AND DO NOT USE THE BOX AS A HOMERUN BOX OR TAP BOX AND ONLY THE CIRCUIT FEEDING THIS DEVICE SHALL BE PRESENT IN THE SAME BOX. 5.TOGGLE SWITCHES: 20 AMP, 120VAC RATED, QUIET TYPE, SPECIFICATION GRADE, SPST, 3 OR 4 WAY TYPE AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS ARROW-HART 1991, BRYANT 4901, EAGLE 2121, GE 5951, HUBBELL 1221, LEVITON 1221, P&S20AC1. MOUNT AT 48" A.F.F. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 6.COVERPLATES: STAINLESS STEEL. WEATHERPROOF UNIT SHALL BE GASKETED LIFT LEAD TYPE. ARROW-HART 1991, BRYANT 88101, EAGLE 5130B, GE 81101, HUBBELL 1221, LEVITON OR P&S RP. ELECTRICAL MOTOR STARTERS 1.MANUAL MOTOR STARTERS SHALL BE TOGGLE TYPE SNAP SWITCH WITH THERMAL OVERLOAD DEVICES. MANUAL STARTERS SHALL BE SIMILAR TO SQUARE D CLASS 2510. 2.MAGNETIC MOTOR STARTERS SHALL BE 3 PHASE ACROSS-THE-LINE TYPE RATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEMA STANDARDS. COILS SHALL OF MOLDED CONSTRUCTION. OVERLOAD RELAYS SHALL BE REPLACEABLE MELTING ALLOY MANUAL RESET TYPE, 1 PER PHASE. PROVIDE ONE SPARE AUXILIARY INTERCHANGEABLE CONTACT. CONTROL DEVICES (STOP/START, H-O-A, PILOT LIGHT) SHALL BE MOUNTED IN COVER OF ENCLOSURE. PILOT LIGHTS SHALL BE RED UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. MAGNETIC STARTERS SHALL BE SIMILAR TO SQUARE D CLASS 8536. COMBINATION MAGNETIC MOTOR STARTERS WITH FUSED (OR NON-FUSED) DISCONNECT SWITCH SHALL BE 3 PHASE ACROSS-IN-LINE TYPE RATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEMA STANDARDS. DISCONNECT SWITCH SHALL CONSIST OF VIABLE BLADES. DISCONNECT HANDLE SHALL BE CLEARLY MARKED AS TO WHETHER DISCONNECT DEVICE IS 'ON' OR OFF'. MOTOR STARTERS IN COMBINATION MAGNETIC MOTOR STARTERS SHALL MEET REQUIREMENTS OF MAGNETIC MOTOR STARTERS PREVIOUSLY OUTLINED. COMBINATION MAGNETIC MOTOR STARTERS SHALL BE SIMILAR TO SQUARE D CLASS 8538. 3.CONTROL STATIONS SHALL CONTAIN HEAVY DUTY TYPE DEVICES. PUSH-BUTTON AND SELECTOR SWITCHES IN CONTROL STATIONS SHALL BE BASED MOUNTED WITH DOUBLE BREAK SILVER CONTACTS. PILOT LIGHTS SHALL BE TRANSFORMER TYPE USING 6-8V MINIATURE BULB. COLORED PILOT LIGHT LENSES SHALL BE INTERCHANGEABLE. 4.MANUFACTURER: ALLEN BRADLEY; SQUARE D; WEETINGHOUSE; GENERAL ELECTRIC. ELECTRICAL SAFETY SWITCHES (DISCONNECTS) 1.SAFETY SWITCHES SHALL BE HEAVY DUTY FUSED OR NON-FUSED, WITH NUMBER OF POLES, ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS, RATINGS AND MODIFICATIONS ARE REQUIRED (I.E. HP RATING, SHORT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTING RATING, ETC.). 2.SWITCHING MECHANISM SHALL BE QUICK-MAKE, QUICK-BREAK, WITH HANDLES THAT IS PADLOCKABLE IN "OFF" POSITION. 3.ENCLOSURE SHALL BE SUITABLE FOR AREA IN WHICH IT IS TO BE INSTALLED AND SHALL HAVE DEFEATABLE DOOR INTERLOCK WHICH PREVENTS DOOR FORM BEING OPENED WHEN SWITCH IS 'ON'. 4.FUSIBLE UNITS WHICH ARE TO BE EQUIPPED WITH CURRENT LIMITING FUSE SHALL HAVE FUSEHOLDERS WITH REJECTION CLIPS TO PREVENT OTHER TYPE FUSES FROM BEING INSTALLED. 5.MANUFACTURERS: SQUARE D; GENERAL ELECTRIC; WESTINGHOUSE; ITE. OVERCURRENT PROTECTION 1.GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: A.SHORT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTING RATING SHALL BE EQUAL TO OR GREATER THAN MAXIMUM SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENTS POSSIBLE IN CIRCUIT LOCATION WHERE DEVICES WILL BE INSTALLED AND LARGER WHERE INDICATED. B.WHERE USED FOR OTHER THAN MOTOR CIRCUITS, DEVICES SHALL BE SIZED SAME AS OR NEXT STANDARD SIZE ABOVE CONDUCTOR AMPACITY. C.WHERE USED FOR MOTOR CIRCUITS, SIZE SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC, AND TIME DELAY CHARACTERISTICS SHALL BE SUITABLE FOR MOTORS ACCELERATION TIME. D.ALL DEVICES SHALL BE ON TIME DELAY ON NOMINAL OVERLOADS AND INSTANTANEOUS OPERATION ON HIGH FAULT CURRENT TYPE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 2.CIRCUIT BREAKERS A.CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE GANG-OPERATED, LOAD INTERRUPTER TYPE WITH SUBSTANTIAL CASE OF MOISTURE RESISTANT, NON-AGING MOLDED INSULATING MATERIAL. BREAKERS SHALL BE BOLTED DESIGN UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. B.CONTACTS SHALL BE COPPER ALLOY OR COPPER AND SILVER ALLOY, WITH ARC QUENCHERS AND BARRIER FOR EACH POLE. C.MECHANISM SHALL BE QUICK-MAKE, QUICK-BREAK WITH TRIP ELEMENT FOR EACH POLE AND ELECTRICALLY AND MECHANICALLY TRIP-FREE. OVERCURRENT ON ANY POLE OF MULTI-POLE CIRCUIT BREAKER SHALL CAUSE ALL POLES TO OPEN. D.TRIP ELEMENTS SHALL BE AMBIENT TEMPERATURE COMPENSALED, THERMAL MAGNETIC TYPE WITH TIME DELAY ON NOMINAL OVERLADS AND INSTANTANROUS TRIP OF SHORT CIRCUITS. CIRCUIT BREAKERS LARGER THAN 100 AMP SHALL HAVE ADJUSTABLE TRIPS. E.OPERATED HANDLE SHALL BE PROVIDED WHICH WILL INDICATE 'ON', 'TRIPPED' AND 'OFF POSITIONS. F.GFI BREAKERS USED IN BRANCH CIRCUITS SHALL HAVE BUILT-IN GROUND FAULT SENSOR WHICH WILL AUTOMATICALLY TRIP BREAKER N MAXIMUM LIVE (5) MILLIAMP GROUND FAULT. UNIT SHALL HAVE BUILT-IN PUSH-TO-TEST BUTTON. G.BREAKERS FOR CONTROL OF FLUORESCENT LIGHTING SHALL BE SWITCHING DUTY TYPE SWITCH. BREAKERS FOR CONTROL OF HID LIGHTING SHALL BE SWD-HID RATED. GROUNDING 1.ENTIRE INSTALLATION TO BE GROUNDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC REQUIREMENTS. 2.EQUIPMENT SHALL BE GROUNDED THRU ONE OF THE FOLLOWING PATHS TO GROUND: CONDUIT SYSTEM; SEPARATE GROUNDING CONDUCTOR CONNECTED TO MAIN; GROUNDING CONDUCTOR OR PANELBOARD GROUND BUS; SEPARATE GROUNDING CONDUCTOR CONNECTED TO GROUND ROD INSTALLATION. 3.AT ALL ELECTRICAL PANELS, INSTALL GROUNDED BUSHINGS ON ALL CONDUITS AND BOND TO PANEL GROUND BUS USING BASE #4 AWG COPPER CONDUCTOR. AT JUNCTION BOXERS, BOXES IN FEEDER CONDUIT RUNS, INSTALL GROUNDING BUSHINGS ON ALL CONDUITS, TUG ON JUNCTION BOX AND BOND CONDUITS AND BOX TOGETHER USING BARE #4 AWG COPPER CONDUCTOR. 4.WIRING RUN IS NON-MATALLIC DUCT AND FLEXIBLE CONDUIT SHALL CARRY SEPARATE GROUNDING CONDUCTOR. 5.AT MOTOR LOCATIONS, MOTOR FRAMES SHALL BE BONDED TO GROUND SYSTEM BY MEANS OF SEPARATE CONDUCTOR PULLED FORM PANEL GROUND BUS OR BONDING JUMPER FORM CONDUIT TO MOTOR FRAMES. 6.FOR TELEPHONE, ALARM. COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS, ETC., A #100 AWG COPPER CONDUCTOR FROM ELECTRICAL GROUND SYSTEM TO EACH TERMINAL CABINET OR EQUIPMENT LOCATION SHALL BE CONSIDERED SUFFICIENT UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 7.RESISTANCE TO GROUND AT ANY POINT SHALL NOT MEASURE MORE THAN 25OHMS. ELECTRICAL LIGHT FIXTURES 1.LIGHT FIXTURES A.CONSTRUCTION: SHEET STEEL, DEFORMED TO PROVIDE STRUCTURAL STRENGTH. LOUVERS TO BE CONSTRUCTED OF SPRING STEEL (22 GAUGE MINIMUM). B.PAINTING: FIXTURES TO BE PROPERTY TREATED FOR ACCEPTANCE FOR FINISH COATS. FINISHES TO BE BAKED WHILE HIGH REFLECTANCE ENAMEL OR PORCELAIN ENAMEL. C.LENS PANEL FRAMES: LENS PANELS FOR SURFACE BOX TYPE FIXTURES AND FOR RECESSED TROFFERS SHALL BE FRAMED, HINGES AND LATCH. FRAMES AND LOUVERS SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH RETAINING MEANS TO SUPPORT FRAME DURING SERVICE. D.LAMPHOLDERS: PORCELAIN, FURNEL-TYPE FOR INDUSTRIAL FIXTURES. TOMBSTONE-TYPE FOR COMMERCIAL FIXTURES. E.WIRES: HEAL RESISTING TYPE IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC. F.BALLAST MOUNTING: FIXTURE TO BE DESIGNED IN SUCH A MANNER THAT CASE TEMPERATURE OF BALLAST DOES NOT EXCEED 90°C. ALL BALLAST MOUNTING STUDS TO BE WELDED TO FIXTURE. G.FIXTURE MANUFACTURED WITH PREPRINTED STEEL TO BE PAINTED. NO UNPAINTED EDGES OF FIXTURES HOUSING WILL BE ACCEPTED. 2.LIGHT FIXTURE INSTALLATION A.FIXTURES TO BE EQUIPPED WITH LAMPS OF PROPER SIZE AND TYPE AS SCHEDULED OR RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER. B.TANDEM FIXTURES MAY BE USED IN CONTINUOUS ROWS PROVING FINISHED APPEARANCE CONFORMS TO APPEARANCE OF INDIVIDUAL UNITS. C.ALL ROWS OF LIGHT FIXTURES TO BE PROPERTY ALIGNED AND PLUMBED. D.SCHEDULE OF LIGHTING FIXTURES ON DRAWINGS CONTAINS WRITTEN DESCRIPTION OF FIXTURE AND MANUFACTURERS CATALOG NUMBERS. NUMBERS PROVIDED ARE INTENDED TO INDICATE DESIGN AND QUALITY DESIRED. FIXTURES MUST MEET REQUIREMENTS OF THIS SPECIFICATIONS AND OF DESCRIPTION CONTAINED IN SCHEDULE. E.IF OUTLET DOES NOT HAVE FIXTURE SYMBOL, INSTALL FIXTURE OF SAME TYPE USED IN SIMILAR LOCATIONS ELSEWHERE ON DRAWINGS. F.PROVIDE ADDITIONAL TRIM AS REQUIRED FOR MEAT MOUNTING OF RECESSED FLUORESCENT LIGHTS MOUNTED IN PATTERNS. G.LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL BE SUPPORTED FROM THE STRUCTURAL SYSTEM, NOT THE CEILING SYSTEM. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE WITH THE CEILING CONTRACTOR TO ENSURE ADEQUATE SUPPORTS ARE FURNISHED. 3.GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A.INSTALL PROPER NUMBER, TYPE, AND SIZE LAMPS IN LIGHT FIXTURE AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. B.REPLACE ALL BURNED OUT LAMPS AT TIME OF ACCEPTANCE. www.alphamep.net Date Modified: Scale: Project No.: Drawn By: AS INDICATED 73200 El Paseo, Suite 2D Palm Desert, CA 92260 gregoryarch.com 760.779.2724 01/30/2026 Date Description 2535 400 S. BALDWIN AVE. SUITE T-62, SANTA ANITA, CA 91007 BACIO DI LATTE - THE SHOPS SANTA ANITA 02/18/26 PLAN CHECK RESUBMITTAL1 04/10/26 PLAN CHECK RESUBMITTAL2 E9.0 KK TITLE 24 - ELECTRICAL SHEET NUMBER SHEET TITLE WE S T F I E L D S A N T A A N I T A 40 0 S B A L D W I N A V E SU I T E T - 6 2 AR C A D I A C A , 9 1 0 0 7 BA C I A D I L A T T E 11 9 6 6 B R O A D H E A D C O V E RI V E R T O N U T , 8 4 0 6 5 E N G I N E E R I N G (8 0 1 ) 5 1 4 - 0 3 6 3 3.19.2026 #REV.Date S1.0 SECTIONS TYPICAL CEILING SEISMIC SUPPORT SCALE:NTS 6'-4"+ FOR FIRST SUPPORT FIE L D V E R I F Y 1 5 ' - 7 " + O R 7 ' - 8 " + TYPICAL CEILING SUPPORT SCALE:NTS SECTION 1 - GENERAL NOTES I.DRAWINGS ARE PRELIMINARY AND NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS WET STAMP IS AFFIXED TO DRAWINGS. II.ANY DISCREPANCIES IN THE DRAWINGS, NOTES AND SPECIFICATIONS, SHALL BE REPORTED TO ENGINEER/ARCHITECT FOR CLARIFICATION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY AND COORDINATE ALL DIMENSIONS, ELEVATIONS, AND TOP OF CONC. PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH ANY WORK OR FABRICATION. III.THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL BRACING AND SHORING DURING CONSTRUCTION. IV.CONTRACTOR TO SUBMIT A REQUEST TO ENGINEER & ARCHITECT FOR ANY SUBSTITUTION OF MATERIALS OR PRODUCTS SPECIFIED ON THE DRAWINGS V.STRUCTURAL DESIGN PER 2021 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE (IBC). VI.ALL CONSTRUCTION TO CONFORM TO 2021 IBC. VII.THE FOLLOWING NOTES APPLY UNLESS SHOWN OTHERWISE. VIII.THESE DRAWINGS HAVE BEEN PREPARED SOLELY FOR THE USE IN THE CONSTRUCTION OF A PROPOSED BUILDING TO WHICH THESE NOTES ARE ATTACHED. THE DRAWINGS SHALL NOT BE USED IN WHOLE OR IN PART, FOR FABRICATION OR CONSTRUCTION AT ANY OTHER LOCATION WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ENGINEER. IX.THE OWNER SHALL NOTIFY ENGINEER IF ANY UNIQUE SOILS CONDITIONS EXIST ON SITE WHICH MAY BE DETECTED DURING CONSTRUCTION. THESE INCLUDE BUT SHALL NOT BE LIMITED TO: 1. SATURATED SOIL AT FOOTING SUBGRADE 2. GROUNDWATER 3. UNDOCUMENTED FILL 4. CLAY SOIL WITH SWELL OR COLLAPSE POTENTIAL 5. FILL BEING PLACED BELOW FOOTINGS PLATTINUM ENGINEERING CANNOT BE HELD RESPONSIBLE FOR SOIL CONDITIONS THAT ARE NOT BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ENGINEER PRIOR TO WORK PROCEEDING. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE OWNER TO HIRE A GEO-TECHNICAL ENGINEER IF NEEDED. THE DESIGN OF THE FOUNDATION SYSTEM SHALL BE BASED ON THE ALLOWABLE SOIL BEARING PRESSURES ALLOWED IN TABLE 1804.2 OF THE 2021 IBC THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VISUALLY INSPECT THE SITE PRIOR TO WORK PROCEEDING AND SHALL NOTIFY ENGINEER IF ANY UNIQUE SOIL CONDITIONS EXIST THAT COULD AFFECT THE PERFORMANCE OF THE FOUNDATION SYSTEM PRIOR TO ANY WORK PROCEEDING. SECTION 4 - SUBSTITUTIONS SUBSTITUTION FOR ANY SPECIFIED STRUCTURAL COMPONENT MUST BE REQUESTED IN WRITING BY THE CONTRACTOR. THE ENGINEER WILL REVIEW THE REQUESTED ALTERNATIVE & RESPOND IN WRITING. ADDITIONAL SUPERVISION OR SPECIAL INSPECTION MAY BR REQUIRED FOR THE REQUESTED SUBSTITUTION. SECTION 5- JOB SAFETY THE ENGINEER HAS NOT BEEN RETAINED NOR COMPENSATED TO PROVIDE DESIGN AND/OR CONSTRUCTION REVIEW SERVICES RELATED TO THE CONTRACTOR'S SAFETY PRECAUTIONS OR TO MEANS, METHODS, TECHNIQUES, SEQUENCES OR PROCEDURES FOR THE CONTRACTOR TO PERFORM HIS WORK. THE UNDERTAKING OF PERIODIC SITE VISITS BY THE ENGINEER SHALL NOT BE CONSTRUED AS SUPERVISION OF ACTUAL CONSTRUCTION NOR MAKE HIM RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING A SAFE PLACE FOR THE PERFORMANCE OF WORK BY THE CONTRACTOR, SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS OR THEIR EMPLOYEES, OR FOR ACCESS, VISIT, USE WORK, OR OCCUPANCY BY ANY PERSON. SECTION 6 - PROPRIETARY PRODUCTS ALL PROPRIETARY PRODUCTS SHALL BE INSTALLED PER THE MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS & RECOMMENDATIONS GLYCOL EQUIPMENT ANCHORAGE SCALE:NTS RIGID COMPRESSION STRUT OR MTL STUD STRUT TYP. @ 8'-0" O.C. EA WAYSTARTING AT 6'-0" FROM WALLS, CONNECT TO BOTTOM CORD OF TRUSS ABOVE SPLAY WIRE TO STRUCTURE ABOVE AT 8'-0" O.C. EA WAY HEAVY DUTY T-GRID SUSPENDED CEILING SYSTEM. SEE CEILING PLAN MAIN RUNNER CROSS TEE 20 GA MTL STUDS INTERIOR SLAB EXISTING TO REMAIN 20 GA TRACK W/ .157"DIA. HILTI X-U SHANK FASTENERS @ 16" O.C. - 12" MIN EMBEDMENT FREE DRAINING GRANULAR MATERIAL #10 HEX SCREW EA SIDE 2 S1.0 3 S1.0 1 S1.0 4 S1.0 OPEN EXISTING OPEN WEB STEEL JOISTS TO REMAIN 1/4 TYP 3/16 3/16TYP ANGLE FRAME L6x4x5/16 (LLV) UNDER CURB, TYP. L6x6x5/16 x 1'-0", TYPICAL A A CURB DIM. SEE ARCH/MECH 6'-0" MAX SE E A R C H / M E C H 6' - 0 " M A X ANGLE FRAME L4x4x1/4 AROUND OPENING MECH EQUIPMENT OPENING SCALE:NTS 8 S1.0 SECTION A-A WHERE MECH SPANS TWO JOIST SPACES, TRIM HORIZ LEG OF L6x4'S ADDITION DIAGONAL WEB MEMBER L2x2x3/16 MIN. >6" >6" 3/16TYP P=CONCENTRATED LOAD P=CONCENTRATED LOAD ROOF JOIST 7 S1.0 LOOP WIRE AROUND BOTTOM CORD OF EXISTING ROOF TRUSSES, WIRE MAYBE ANGLED TO ALIGN WITH TRUSS 5 S1.0 RIGID COMPRESSION STRUT OR MTL STUD STRUT 8" 18 GA METAL STUD W/ (4) #10 HEX SCREW TO EA TRUSS, ATTACH STRUT W/ (4) #10 HEX SCREWS REMOVE EXISTING ROOF DECKING AND SHEATHING AROUND CONNECTION TO INSTALL NEW ANGLE NOTE: WALL MAY BE FULL HEIGHTOR STOP AT CEILING LINE 7 S1.0 EXISTING 4" SLAB ON GRADE MIN (4) 3 8"x3" TITEN ANCHORS FOR UNITS OVER 400 LBS. SEE UNITS K3, K13 AND K14 ON SHEET A7.1 KITCHEN EQUIPMENT BY OWNER, ENSURE LEGS ARE CAPABLE OF BEING BOLTED TO FLOOR 9' 6'-2" 1'-2"6" 2' 3'- 9 " 6' 3'- 0 " M I N . C L R 12 " M I N . 6" 9" 6"6"X10" 3" 3" EF P T T A S FEO DAVID H. PLATT 68987 NE OR ISS I G R E N E CA L I NO LA F O R NIA CIVIL Exp 12/31/26 Designed Per CBC 2025 Roof Live Load 20 psf Roof Dead Load 20 psf Floor Live Load NA Floor Dead Load NA Seismic Criteria Seismic Design Category D N=NA Ss=2.28 I=1 S1=0.76 R=NA Fa=1.2 T=NA Fv=NA PGA M : 0.96 SMS : 2.41 SM1 : 1.73 SDS : 1.61 SD1 : 1.15 TL : 8 SS : 2.28 S1 : 0.76 VS30 : 260 ANALYSIS DONE USING 18" OPEN WEB STEEL TRUSSES WITH 20'-0" SPAN - CONTRACTOR TO FIELD VERIFY 13